|
|
| Line 17: |
Line 17: |
|
| |
|
| =Text= | | =Text= |
| {{#Wiki_filter:' | | {{#Wiki_filter:}} |
| . EP-IP-INDEX Revicion J Page 1 of 2 7- TABLE OF CONTENTS
| |
| ()_
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES EP-IP - OVERVIEW Rev. A EP-IP-001 -
| |
| EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION Rev. C EP-IP-002 -
| |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Rev. C EP-IP-003 -
| |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES Rev. A EP-IP-004 -
| |
| EP-IP-005 EP-IP-006 -
| |
| SEARCH / RESCUE /FIRST AID Rev. D EP-IP-007 -
| |
| PERSONNEL ASSEMBLY AND ACCOUNTABILITY Rev. B EP-IP-008 -
| |
| NATURAL OCCURRENCES Rev. B EP-IP-009 -
| |
| EMERGENCY DOSE CALCULATION Rev. A EP-IP-010 -
| |
| IN-PLANT EMERGENCY MONITORING Rev. C EP-IP-Oll -
| |
| SECURITY CONTINGENCY Rev. B EP-IP-012 -
| |
| ON-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING Rev. D EP-IP-013 -
| |
| 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING Rev. C EP-IP-014 -
| |
| PERSONNEL AND VEHICLE CONTAMINATION SURVEYS Rev. B EP-IP-015 -
| |
| EMERGENCY ACCESS Rev. B EP-IP-016 -
| |
| DAMAGE CONTROL Rev. C EP-IP-017 -
| |
| T0XIC MATERIAL Rev. B EP-IP-018 -
| |
| EMERGENCY CALL-IN AND COMMUNICATIONS Rev. B EP-IP-019 -
| |
| MANAGEMENT OF OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING Rev. A
| |
| ,, EP-IP-020 -
| |
| I
| |
| , EP-IP-021 -
| |
| SITE EMERGENCY EVACUATION Rev. B EP-IP-022 -
| |
| SHIFT STRUCTURE / RELIEF / TURNOVER EP-IP-023 -
| |
| EP-IP-024 -
| |
| EP-IP-025 -
| |
| EP-IP-026 -
| |
| EP-IP-027 -
| |
| ACTIVATION OF THE RESTORATION ORGANIZATION Rev. B EP-IP-028 -
| |
| DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION OF THE EMERGENCY Rev. A EP-IP-029 -
| |
| ACTIVATION OF THE TSC Rev. C EP-IP-030 -
| |
| ACTIVATION OF THE EOF Rev. B EP-IP-031 -
| |
| PUBLIC INFORMATION EMERGENCY PROCEDURES Rev. A EP-IP-032 -
| |
| ACTIVATION OF THE GENERAL OFFICE Rev. A EP-IP-033 -
| |
| DOSE ASSESSMENT AND PROTECTIVE ACTIONS -Rev. A EP-IP-034 -
| |
| RX BUILDING SAMPLE STATION EMERGENCY SAMPLING Rev. B EP-IP-035 -
| |
| EMERGENCY VENT MONITOR SAMPLING Rev. C EP-IP-036 -
| |
| EP-IP-037 -
| |
| EP-IP-038 -
| |
| RECONSTRUCTION AND ACCIDENT CLOSE0UT Rev. B EP-IP-039 -
| |
| EP-IP-040 -
| |
| EMERGENCY EXPOSURE CONSIDERATIONS Rev. A EP-IP-041 -
| |
| FIRE EMERGENCIES Rev. A EP-IP-042 -
| |
| CHEMISTRY LAB EMERGENCY PREPARATION Rev. C EP-IP-043 -
| |
| PASS SMALL VOLUME LIQUID SAMPLE Rev. B EP-IP-044 -
| |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING Rev. 0 EP-IP-045 -
| |
| PASS 10ML GAS SAMPLE Rev. B v
| |
| 8203250097 820322 PDR ADOCK 05000387 F PDR
| |
| | |
| T EP-IP-INDEX Revision J Page 2 of 2 EP-IP-046 -
| |
| PASS IODINE / PARTICULATE SAMPLE Rev. B EP-IP-047 -
| |
| PASS LARGE LIQUID SAMPLE / DISSOLVED CAS SAMPLE Rev. C EP-IP-048 -
| |
| EP-IP-049 -
| |
| EP-IP-050 -
| |
| EP-IP-051 -
| |
| EP-IP-052 -
| |
| EP-IP-053 -
| |
| EP-IP-054 -
| |
| EP-IP-055 -
| |
| EP-IP-056 -
| |
| EP-IP-057 -
| |
| EP-IP-058 -
| |
| EP-IP-059 -
| |
| EP-IP-060 -
| |
| O l
| |
| O I
| |
| | |
| Rev. A EP-IP OVERVIEW
| |
| (~~
| |
| 'i- () EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION - EP-IP-001 i0ien an abnormal condition is noted, the Shift Supervisor must assess and classify the condition within 15 =inutes. The classification procedure provides guide-lines to aid the Shift Supervisor in this process. The abnormal condition is identified and compared to plant specific emergency action levels which correspond to the various emergency classifications.
| |
| EMERGENCY ACTIONS - EP-IP-002 This procedure is used after the abnormal condition is classified into one of the four emergency conditions (Unusual Event, Alert, Site Emergency, General Emergency) . It serves as an overview to assist the responsible individuals in their communications with external and internal orranizations and gives a broad outline as to their indivudual responsibilities. This procedure also contains ,
| |
| instructions for the upgrading and downgrading of abnormal conditions.
| |
| EMERGENCY PERSONNEL RESPONSIBILITIES EP-IP-003 ,_ f f
| |
| I
| |
| ((~'j This procedure lists the general and specific responsibilities of emergency i '' > organization managers, coordinators and key staff positions.
| |
| I SEARCH / RESCUE /FIRST AID - EP-IP-006 i
| |
| This procedure provides instruction for handling both non-contaminated injured as well as contaminated individuals. It covers all aspects, ranging from organizing '
| |
| the first aid team and dispatching them to administer first aid to gathering important information concerning the incident to finally the. transportation of <
| |
| the person to the hospital. In addition, this procedure provides guidelines for {
| |
| forming a search and rescue team and proper actions of this team while locating missing individuals.
| |
| PERSONNEL ACCOUNTABILITY - EP-IP-007 The Emergency Director may call for a personnel accountability check during an l emergency. This check will be called for over the PA system and Supervisory personnel will conduct a check in their respective sections. The accountability check will include all PPSL, Bechtel and contractor personnel. The results of this check will be given to Security present at each location and relayed to the
| |
| , (~) ED.
| |
| (/ j l
| |
| 1 L
| |
| | |
| Rev. A
| |
| '('O sATuRAt OCCURRENCES - EP-IP-008 The Natural Occurrence procedure contains instruction for .the Emergency Director if the following events occur:
| |
| : 1. Earthquake greater than Safe Shutdown Earthquake.
| |
| : 2. Flood with probable closure of evacuation routes.
| |
| : 3. Tornado or hurricane with winds greater than 75 mph.
| |
| : 4. Off-site Brush or Forest. Fire within 2 miles of the site.
| |
| These instructions include actions to be taken after the event occurs as well as which procedures are to be activated.
| |
| EMERGENCY DOSE CALCULATION - EP-IP-009 I
| |
| Normally, dose calculation will be done by the Emergency response Computer ,_
| |
| System utilizing data such as the type,. concentration and length of release; meteorological conditions and terrain characteristics. If this system is down, i i(]{}}dosecalculationsmustbedonemanually,orbythehand-heldcomputerdose
| |
| ' projection method, thus the dose projection procedure provides guidance for all three methods. The responsibility to perform dose calculation initially belongs -
| |
| to the Shift Supervi.nr/ Emergency Director but shifts to the. Radiological Protection Coordinator when the TSC is manned and then to the Radiological Support Manager .
| |
| upon manning of the EOF. l IN-PLANT EMERGENCY MONITORING EP-IP-010 This procedure provides instructions for the In-Plant Monitoring Team. Included are detailed instructions to be followed in the perfor=ance of plant surveys, ;
| |
| donning of respirators, and personal dosimetry and taking of air samples. It also covers personal frisking and decontamination.
| |
| SECURITY ALERTS - EP-IP-011 )
| |
| This procedure gives instruction to the Emergency Director, Security Control Center Controller and Security Shift Supervisor during a security alert at the plant. It also contains a detailed communication flow path necessary for Security to maintain plant security.
| |
| O (y
| |
| 2- -
| |
| | |
| ~s ON-SITE EMERGENCY RADIATION MONITORING - EP-IP-012
| |
| ('(J n If an emergency having radiological consequences occurs it will be necessary to perform On-Site Radiation Monitoring. The Emergency Director is responsible for I implementing the procedure until he is relieved by the Radiological Protection Coordinator. Guidance is given for: .
| |
| : 1. Forming the monitoring teams.
| |
| : 2. Communications.
| |
| : 3. Exposure limits.
| |
| : 4. Sampling locations.
| |
| S. Data evaluations. .
| |
| 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING EP-IP-013 This procedure is geared toward the off-site monitoring teams. Detailed instructions for the performance of surveys, air samples and air sample counting are provided.
| |
| V PERSONNEL AND VEHICLE CONTAMINATION SURVEYS - EP-IP-014 If a release of radioactive material takes place and the Emergency Director orders a Site Evacuation, this procedure describes the control methods, locations and limits to be used. It pertains to all vehicles and personnel within the protected area. .
| |
| EMERGENCY ACCESS - EP-IP-01S In the event an emergency occurs which warrants support aid from off-site support groups such as ambulance companies or fire departments, access for vehicles and personnel must be granted without undue delay since the safety of the plant and plant personnel may depend on this air. This procedure describes the method to be followed by the Emergency Director or Security to expeditiously allow the Support personnel and emergency vehicles on site and still maintain plant security.
| |
| l l
| |
| | |
| erm
| |
| ' (' O o^x^ct cosTao''ex"'oSto" - 5"-t"-ot6 If an. explosion occurs in the plant or other damage occurs to a system vita'l to i the safe operation of the plant, the Emergency Director is' responsible for appointing a Damage Control team consisting of at least two persons to go to the affected area and assess the damage and repair damaged systems. Direction is also provided if radiological hazards exist in the affected area.,
| |
| T0XIC MATERIAL - EP-IP-017 This procedure describes the actions to be taken by the Emergency Director in the event of a toxic material release at Susquehanna. It includes evacuation guidance, actions relevant to ventilation systems and specific notification requirements.
| |
| EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION AND NOTIFICATION - EP-IP-018
| |
| '. I Upon classification of an emergency,'the ED directs the Communications Coordi- --
| |
| j nator to notify the governmental agencies, LCCD, PEMA, and NRC, of the situation y by " hotline" telephone..
| |
| Communications to activate the On-Site Organi:ation will depend upon the time cf j day the emergency occurs. If it occurs during the normal working shift, the on-site personnel will be alerted to report to the TSC by a pager activated by the UHF radio system or the PA system. If the emergency occurs during the back j shift or a weekend, the on-site, emergency organization will be notified by a j pager which is activated by the'VHF radio system. The off-duty individual will acknowledge the page by notifying SCC. ;
| |
| l .
| |
| The Communications Coordinator will call the Power Dispatcher in Allentown to ;
| |
| notify the P.ecovery Manager of the emergency condition. The Recovery Manager j i will all the ED to be briefed and will determine what off-site personnel are i necessary to man the EOF. l E
| |
| The Com=unications Coordinator will notify the Public Information Manager by :
| |
| phone. News releases will originate from the Special Office or the Information !
| |
| Center during an Unusual Event or Alert and from the FCC during a Site Emergency or General Emergency.
| |
| If aid is needed from one of the local s'upport groups such as the Berwick Hospital, ;
| |
| the ED will direct the Communications Coordinator to call and request assistance.
| |
| . If emergency conditions warrant assistance of a technical nature, the ED will
| |
| (, direct the Communications' Coordinator to call the organization providing the assistance.
| |
| p- , g- +-- , . _ . - - % - .,e.-e
| |
| | |
| mev. A
| |
| ( Q If off-site monitoring teams are needed, the Communications Coordinator will notify the divisional dispatcher to call the off-site monitoring. teams. !
| |
| ACTIVATION OF OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS EP-IP-019 l
| |
| This procedure gives detailed instructions for the activ'ation of the Off-Site Emergency Monitoring Teams from the EOF or TSC. Included are the specifics for round-the-clock calling of the affected divisions and instructing them to -
| |
| initiate their activation schemes. Also included in this procedure are detailed instructions for " plume tracking."
| |
| h.
| |
| SITE EMERGENCY EVACUATION - EP-IP-021 i
| |
| Depending on the severity of the situation,'the Emergency Plan pr~ovides for three types of evacuation. These are a Local Area Evacuation,. Controlled Zone Evacuation and a Site Evacuation. The Emergency Director is responsible for determining what type of Evacuation is appropriate, the evacuation routes, '
| |
| personnel accountability and assembly areas to be used. The necessary alarms and information for the safety of evacuating personnel must then be activated. -
| |
| ~
| |
| I i<t o RE-ENTRY - EP-IP-026 1
| |
| ! Re, entry may be needed to: ;
| |
| : 1. Conduct Surveys.
| |
| : 2. Repair equipment.
| |
| I
| |
| : 3. Conduct search and rescue operations.
| |
| l
| |
| : 4. Perform life saving operations.
| |
| This procedure provides instruction for organizing a re-entry team and re-entering the affected area. It also includes recommended equipment and protective gear to be used in the re-entry effort.
| |
| J ACTIVATION OF THE RESTORATION ORGANIZATION - EP-IP-027 -
| |
| In the event of an emergency which causes damage to the plant which normal maintenance techniques and procedures cannot correct, it may be necessary to
| |
| ; activate a Restoration Organi:ation to return the affected unit to service.
| |
| I
| |
| | |
| nuv. w ,
| |
| '( n Vice President - Nuclear Operations will recommend to Corporate Management U Committee to establish a Restoration Organi:ation. EP-IP-027 provides guidance for the change over from the Emergency Organization to the Restoration Organi-
| |
| :ation.
| |
| TERMINATION OF THE EMERGENCY - EP-IP-028 e Upon mitigating the emergency condition, it becomes necessary to return the plant to a normal operating condition. This procedure provides guidance for the transition from an emergency organization to a normal operation organization and the deactivation of emergency response facilities.
| |
| ACTIVATION OF THE TSC EP-IP-029 n
| |
| This procedure gives detailed instructions for the activation of the TSC. -
| |
| Included are procedures for the physical rearrangement of the observation deck from an office to the TSC, warm-up of TSC equipment, and establishment of data links from the TSC to the EOF.
| |
| t
| |
| - ACTIVATION OF THE EOF EP-IP-030 This procedure gives detailed instructions for the activation of the interim EOF. Included are procedures for the physical rearrangement of the Training Center into the interim EOF, warm-up of equipment, and establishment of data links to the TSC and General Office.
| |
| ACTIVATION OF THE FCC EP-IP-031 This procedure gives detailed instructions for the activation of the MOC. This procedure is primarily to be used by the Public Information Manager but does include instructions for the MOC to TSC/ EOF interface.
| |
| ACTIVATION OF THE GENERAL OFFICE EP-IP-032 This procedure gives detailed instructions for the conversion of N 495 to the General Office Support Center. Included in this procedure are detailed instruc-tions for General Office Support Staff Activation, obtaining of ess.ential logistical support and establishment of EOF to General Office data links.
| |
| r(:)
| |
| | |
| .-. _ - _ _ - . - . _ - - ~ . . . _ _ . - . - . - - . . -. _ -_ _. ..
| |
| i i
| |
| l
| |
| (. DOSE PROJECTION AND ASSESSMENT EP-IP-035 This procedure gives guidelines for the integration of dose calculations (EP-IP- !
| |
| 009) and off-site monit6 ring data (EP-IP-015) into an overall integrated dose l i
| |
| projection. Guidelines for recommended protective actions based upon these dose ,
| |
| proj ections are also included.
| |
| I, i
| |
| . 1
| |
| ? i i
| |
| .1 i
| |
| 4 ~
| |
| i I i
| |
| ~
| |
| lKD f
| |
| l i
| |
| I *
| |
| ?
| |
| ach/1S2999 O
| |
| . - , . - _ - . - ~ . - - ~ - - - . - - - -
| |
| | |
| . _ . _ _ . . - . ._ __ . - = . _
| |
| l EP-IP-001 Revision C Page 1 of 45 PROCEDURE COVER SHEE" PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION - EP-IP-001 Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date O.
| |
| Prepared By Date Reviewed By Data PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( ) Date l . Approved By Date Section Head Data Superintendent of Plant l
| |
| | |
| EP-IP-001 Revision C Page 2 of 45 O
| |
| TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page No.
| |
| 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3-4 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4 ATTACHMENTS Attathment Page No.
| |
| A Action Step - EMERGENCY DIRECTOR / SHIFT 5-6 SUPERVISOR
| |
| - Timing of Classification 7 B Action Step - RADIATION PROTECTION 8 COORDINATOR C Action Step - RECOVERY MANAGER 9 D Action Step - RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER 10 E Classification Matrix Index 10A-45 O
| |
| | |
| EP-IP-001 Revision C Page 3 of 45 O
| |
| EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this instruction is to provide guidance for the classification of abnormal events into EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS (i.e., UNUSUAL EVENT, ALERT, SITE EMERGENCY or GENERAL EMERGENCY).
| |
| An abnormal event is any occurrence on-site or off-site (that could or does have effects on-site) that is considered outside the realm of normal operation.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE This procedure should be utilized any time an abnormal event is identified or an existing abnormal event changes significantly.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 NUREG-0654, Planning Standards and Evaluation Criteria 3.2 NUREG-0696, Functional Criteria for Emergency Response Facilities
| |
| () 3.3 NUREG-0731, Guidelines for Utility Management Structure and Technical Resources, Sept. 1980.
| |
| 3.4 SSES Emergency Plan 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 EOF - Emergency Operations Facility 4.2 TSC - Technical Support Center 4.3 OSC - Operations Support Center 4.4 EAL's - Emergency Action Levels
| |
| ! 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES l
| |
| 5.1 It is the responsibility of .the SHIFT SUPERVISOR to assess available information and data and initially classify the abnormal event. Until the TSC is manned, the SHIFT l SUPERVISOR has the responsibility to upgrade, downgrade or terminate the EMERGENCY as plant conditions warrant. If the i
| |
| TSC is functional, the SHIFT SUPERVISOR shall assess l available information and recommend reclassification, to the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR as necessary.
| |
| (:)
| |
| l t
| |
| | |
| EP-IP-001 Revision C Page 4 of 45 l
| |
| 5.2 After the accident is initially classified, it is the responsibility of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR to assess available information and to reclassify the EMERGENCY as necessary.
| |
| Until the EOF is manned, the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR has the responsibility to upgrade, downgrade or terminate the EMERGENCY as plant conditions warrant. If the EOF is functional, the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR is responsible for assessing plant conditions and advising the RECOVERY MANAGER to upgrade the EMERGENCY as necessary. The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR can also recommend declassification or termination of the EMERGENCY to the RECOVERY MANAGER when conditions warrant.
| |
| 5.3 It is the responsibility of the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR to assess off-site release information and recommend to the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR to reclassify the EMERGENCY, as necessary.
| |
| 5.4 It is the responsibility of the RECOVERY MANAGER to assess plant information and to reclassify the EMERGENCY as necessary. In addition, the RECOVERY MANAGER is responsible for declassifying or terminating the EMERGENCY when conditions warrant.
| |
| () 5.5 It is the responsibility of the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER to assess off-site release information and recommend to the RECOVERY MANAGER to reclassify the EMERGENCY as necessary.
| |
| 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR / SHIFT SUPERVISOR.will follow the instructions in Attachment A. Action Step, EMERGENCY DIRECTOR / SHIFT SUPERVISOR.
| |
| 6.2 The RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR will follow the instructions in Attachment B, Action Step, RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.3 The RECOVERY MANAGER will follow the instructions in Attachment C, Action Step, RECOVERY MANAGER.
| |
| 6.4 The RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER will follow the instructions in Attachment D, Action Step, RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| AttachEent A EP-IP-001 Revision C Page 5 of 45 O
| |
| ACTION STEP EMERGENCY DIRECTOR / SHIFT SUPERVISOR A.l.0 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR / SHIFT SUPERVISOR will:
| |
| NOTE: WHEN AN ABNORMAL CONDITION IS NOTED, EITHER BY ASSESSMENT OF CONTROL ROOM INDICATION OR A CALL TO THE CONTROL ROOM CONCERNING THE ABNORMAL CONDITIONS. THE SHIFT SUPERVISOR WILL BE NOTIFIED AND THEN REPORT TO THE CONTROL ROOM TO ASSESS THE SITUATION.
| |
| i A.l.1 Evaluate available information.
| |
| A.l.2 Secure additional information if necessary to insure an accurate assessment.
| |
| A.l.3 Classify the existing conditions using the guidance in Attachment E, Classification Matrix.
| |
| (f NOTE: IF MORE THAN ONE ABNORMAL EVENT IS OCCURRING AT THE SAME TIME, CLASSIFY THE EMERGENCY BASED ON THE-1 EVENT APPEARING TO HAVE THE HIGHEST EMERGENCY
| |
| , CLASSIFICATION. ATTACHMENT E SHOULD BE UTILIZED TO i
| |
| GIVE GUIDANCE AS TO THE RELATIVE SEVERITY OF DIFFERENT CATEGORIES OF EVENTS.
| |
| NOTE: THE EMERGENCY SHOULD BE CLASSIFIED WITHIN 15 MINUTES OF INDICATION. SEE TIMING OF CLASSIFICATION, PAGE 7, OF THIS PROCEDURE FOR DETAILED GUIDANCE.
| |
| A.1.4 IF the new EMERGENCY classification is higher than the existing EMERGENCY classification, then go the EP-IP-002, Attachment A.
| |
| A.l.5 IF the new EMERGENCY classification is lower than existing emergency classification, THEN, go to EP-IP-028, Attachment A.
| |
| 75' NOTE: OTHER ACTIONS AND REPORTS OUTSIDE THE SCOPE OF THE EMERGENCY PLAN MAY BE REQUIRED. SEE NDI 5.1.3 FOR OTHER REPORTING REQUIREMENTS.
| |
| EP-IP-001, Attachment A. Rev. C, Page of f
| |
| | |
| .-. - _ _ . - . - _ - . . - . = _ _
| |
| 1
| |
| : Attachzont A I EP-IP-001 Revision C Page 6 of 45 O.
| |
| i A.l.6 WHEN existing conditions are less severe than any of the classifications in Attachment E.
| |
| Classification Matrix, THEN go co EP-IP-028.
| |
| t 1
| |
| l
| |
| )
| |
| l 1
| |
| i O ^
| |
| i l
| |
| l l
| |
| O EP-IP-001, Attachment A. Rev. C, Page of w g- y m-+mw
| |
| | |
| Attachaont A EP-IP-001 Revision C Page 7 of 45 O
| |
| TIMING OF CLASSIFICATION l l
| |
| UNUSUAL EVENT The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR shall declare an UNUSUAL EVENT as soon as it has been indicated and verified. All reasonable efforts shall be implemented to make this verification within 15 minutes of the initial indication of the event.
| |
| ALERT The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR shall declare an ALERT as soon as the event has been indicated and verified. All reasonable efforts shall be implemented to make this verification within 15 minutes of the initial indication of the event.
| |
| SITE EMERGENCY
| |
| ,I The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR shall declare a SITE EMERGENCY as soon as s,/ the event has been indicated and verified; but in no case shall this verification time exceed 15 minutes.
| |
| i GENERAL EMERGENCY The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR shall declare a GENERAL EMERGENCY as soon as an event or combination of events within this category is indicated and verified. For indications based on radiological effluents, the verification time shall not exceed 15 minutes.
| |
| For less apparent indications, the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR shall ensure that an appropriate ALERT or SITE EMERGENCY is in effect and determine the applicability of a GENERAL EMERGENCY as soon as possible.
| |
| O l
| |
| EP-IP-001 Attachment A. Rev. C, Page of
| |
| | |
| Attachnont B EP-IP-001 4
| |
| Revision C Page 8 of 45 O
| |
| ACTION STEP RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR B.1.0 UNTIL relieved by the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER, the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR will:
| |
| B.l.1 Evaluate available radiological release information.
| |
| NOTE: SECURE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IF NECESSARY TO INSURE AN ACCURATE ASSESSMENT.
| |
| B.l.2 Classify the existing radiological release conditions using the guidance in Attachment E, Classification Matrix.
| |
| NOTE: IF MORE.THAN ONE RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE CR EVENT IS OCCURRING AT THE SAME TIME, CLASSIFY THE EMERGENCY BASED ON THE EVENT OR COMBINATION OF EVENTS APPEARING TO HAVE THE HIGHEST EMERGENCY
| |
| () CLASSIFICATION. ATTACHMENT E SHOULD BE UTILIZED TO GIVE GUIDANCE AS TO THE RELATIVE SEVERITY OF DIFFERENT CATEGORIES OF EVENTS.
| |
| B.l.3 IF the NEW EMERGENCY classification is higher than the existing EMERGENCY classification THEN advise the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR to upgrade to the new classification.
| |
| B.l.4 IF the new EMERGENCY classification is lower than the existing classification THEN recommend to the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR to downgrade to the new classification.
| |
| O EP-IP-001, Attachment B, Rev. C, Page of
| |
| | |
| Attachoone C EP-IP-001 Revision C Page 9 of 45 O
| |
| ACTION STEP RECOVERY MANAGER C.l.0 The RECOVERY MANAGER will:
| |
| C.1.1 Evaluate available information.
| |
| NOTE: SECURE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IF NECESSARY TO INSURE AN ACCURATE ASSESSMENT. *-
| |
| C.1.2 Classify the existing conditions using the guidance in Attachment E, Classification Matrix.
| |
| NOTE: IF MORE THAN ONE ABNORMAL EVENT IS OCCURRING AT THE SAME TIME, CLASSIFY THE EMERGENCY BASED ON THE EVENT APPEARING TO HAVE THE HIGHEST EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION. ATTACHMENT E SHOULD BE UTILIZED TO GIVE GUIDANCE AS TO THE RELATIVE SEVERITY OF DIFFERENT CATEGORIES OF EVENTS.
| |
| O NOTE: THE EMERGENCY SHOULD BE CLASSIFIED WITH 15 MINUTES OF INDICATION, SEE ATTACHMENT A. PAGE 7, OF THIS PROCEDURE FOR DETAILED GUIDANCE.
| |
| C.l.3 IF the new EMERGENCY classification is higher than the existing EMERGENCY elassification, THEN go to EP-IP-002 Attachment I, I.2.0.
| |
| C l.4 IF the new EMERGENCY classification is lower than the existing EMERGENCY classification, THEN GO TO EP-IP-028, Attachment E.
| |
| NOTE: OTHER ACTIONS AND REPORTS OUTSIDE THE SCOPE OF THE EMERGENCY PLAN MAY BE REQUIRED SEE NDI 5.1.3 F0F.
| |
| OTHER REPORTING REQUIREMENTS.
| |
| C.l.5 WHEN existing conditions are less severe than any of the classifications in Attachment E.
| |
| Classification Matrix, THEN go to EP-IP-028, Attachment E.
| |
| O EP-IP-001 Attachment C, Rev. C, Page of
| |
| | |
| 1 i
| |
| Attcchaont D EP-IP-001 Revision C Page 10 of 45 ;
| |
| O ACTION STEP RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER D.1.0 The RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER will:
| |
| D.l.1 Evaluate available radiological release information.
| |
| NOTE: SECURE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IF NECESSARY TO INSURE AN ACCURATE ASSESSMENT.
| |
| D.l.2 Classify the existing radiological release conditions using the guidance in Attachment E, Classification Matrix.
| |
| NOTE: IF MORE THAN ONE RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE OR EVENT IS OCCURRING AT THE SAME TIME, CLASSIFY THE EMERGENCY BASED ON THE EVENT OR COMBINATION OF EVENTS APPEARING TO HAVE THE HIGHEST EMERGENCY t
| |
| CLASSIFICATION. ATTACHMENT E SHOULD BE UTILIZED T0 s GIVE GUIDANCE AS TO THE RELATIVE SEVERITY OF DIFFERENT CATEGORIES OF EVENTS.
| |
| D.l.3 IF the new EMERGENCY classification is higher than the existing EMERGENCY classification THEN advise the RECOVEAY MANAGER to reclassify to the new classification.
| |
| L.l.4 IF the new Emergency classification is lower than the existing classification THEN recommend to the RECOVERY MANAGER to reclassify to the new classification.
| |
| EP-IP-001 Attachment D, Rev. C, Page of
| |
| | |
| Attochoont E EP-IP-001 Revision C Page 10A of 45 CLASSIFICATION OF EMERGENCY CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS I CATEGORY OF EVENT PAGE ABNORMAL EVENTS REQUIRING PLANT SHUTDOWN 13 AIRCRAFT / TRAIN ACTIVITY 20 CONTROL ROOM EVACUATION 35 FUEL CLADDING DEGRADATION 11-12 GENERAL 45 L INJURED / CONTAMINATED PERSONNEL 25 INPLANT HIGH RADIATION 31 LOSS OF AC POWER 28-29 LOSS OF CONTROL ROOM ALARMS AND ANNUNCIATORS 37-38 O LOSS OF DC POWER 30 LOSS OF REACTIVITY CONTROL 17-18 LOSS OF REACTOR VESSEL INVENTORY 14-16 LOSS OF SHUTDOWN COOLING ~ CAPABILITY 36 NATURAL PHENOMENA 24 ONSITE FIRE / EXPLOSION 23 RADIOLOGICAL EFFLUENT RELEASE 21-22 SAFETY / RELIEF VALVE FAILURE 26 SECURITY EVENT '7 SPENT FUEL RELATED INCIDENT 32-34 STEAM LINE BREAK 39-44 T0XIC/ FLAMMABLE GASES 19 O
| |
| EP-IP-001, Attachment E, Rev. C, Page of
| |
| | |
| Attachm:nt E R v. C CATEGORY - FUEL CLADDING DEGRADATION Pag 3 11 UNUSUAL EVE'IT ALERT (O
| |
| Significant degradation, as indicated Severe degradation, as indicated by:
| |
| by:
| |
| Off-gas Pre-treatment monitor High-High Off-gas Pre-treatment Monitor high radiativ: alarm (Sci /sec; equivalent to radiation alarm annunciation on 30 min. decay mix) annunciation on panel IC601 or indication on panel panel 1C651 or indication on panel IC600. 1C600.
| |
| E1 -
| |
| EE Off-gas Post-treatment Monitor high Reactor coolant activity greater than radiation alarm annunciation on 300 uci/cc of equivalent I-131.
| |
| panel OC673 or indication on panel 1C322. OR OR Main Steam Line High radiation trip annunciation or indication on panel Reactor coolant activity, as 1C651.
| |
| determined by sample analysis; greater than or equal to 2 uCi/cc of I-131 equivalent.
| |
| SE Main Steam Line high radiation
| |
| 'ndication on panel 1C600.
| |
| SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY l
| |
| Degraded core with possible loss of Loss of 2 out of 3 fission product coolable geometry, as indicated by: barriers (fuel cladding & rea.stor coolant pressure boundary) with l
| |
| : 1. Failure of control rod (s) to potential loss of the third barrier fully insert on a scram or (primary containment), as indicated by:
| |
| shutdown indication on full .
| |
| core display, panel IC651. 1. Containment post accident monitor I .
| |
| indication on panel IC601 greater AND than 100R.
| |
| Upscale readings on LPRM AND strings (greater than 94 watts /cm) adjacent to not-fully a. Containment pressure greater inserted rods as indicated by than 40.4 PSIG as indicated LPRM upscale alarms on panel on panel 1C601.
| |
| IC651.
| |
| j EE l AND
| |
| : b. A visual 1nspection of the containment indicates a potential for loss of g- containment (e.g. a crack in V
| |
| | |
| Acccchmatt E R1. C CATEGORY - FUEL CLADDING DECRADATION Pago 12 UNUSUAL EVLNT ALERT t 3ee previous page. See previous page l
| |
| SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY Reactor coolant activity greater than 300 uC1/cc of equivalent I-131 as determined,by sample containment concrete at analysis. candon and anchorage or penetration failure).
| |
| : 2. Reactor coolant activity l greater'than 10,000 uC1/cc of OR equivalent I-131 as determined by sample analysis, c. Containment isolation valve (s) fail to close as indicated by valve position indication on panel IC601.
| |
| : 9. R. '
| |
| l l 2. The containment post accident monitor on panel 1C601 indication greater than 1000R.
| |
| 5 G
| |
| i 1
| |
| 1
| |
| | |
| Attrch: nc I R0v. C CATEGORY - ABNORMAL EVENTS REOUIRING PLANT SHUTDOWN Pcg2 13 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT p
| |
| , 1
| |
| \''
| |
| Abnormal occurances which result in Tyrbine failure causing casing taking the plant from operating penetration, as . indicated by:
| |
| status to a hot shutdown condition such as: Direct observation or notification received by the Control room operator.
| |
| Implementation of a controlled shutdown in response to a Tech Spec Action statement.
| |
| EE _
| |
| Indications or alarms on process or
| |
| * offluent pa rame t e rs not functional in control room to an extent requiring plant shutdown as a result of significant loss of assessment or communication capability. (e.g.,
| |
| plant computer, safety parameter display system, all meteorological instrumentation.)
| |
| El Turbine rotating component failure causing rapid plant shutdown.
| |
| O _
| |
| SITE DiERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY None None l
| |
| l i
| |
| l') .
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| Attachment E Rev. C CATEGORY - LOSS OF REACTOR VESSEL INVENTORY Pega 14 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT
| |
| ,a k-) Valid initiation of an ECCS System as Reactor coolant system leak rate indicated by: greater than 50 gpm, as indicated by:
| |
| : 1. Initiation of an ECCS System AND Drywell floor drain pump A or B Hi-Hi low reactor water level alarm on pan IC601 AND 2 of 4 drywell annunciation or indication on floo.e drain pumps continuously running panel IC651. as indicated on panel 1C601.
| |
| OR OR
| |
| : 2. Initiation of an ECCS Systum AND Other estimates of Rx coolant system High Drywell Pressure leakage.
| |
| annunciation or indication on panel IC601.
| |
| -w l
| |
| SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY Known loss of coolant accident 1. Loss of coolant accident with greater than make-up capacity, possibility of imminent release of as indicated by: large amounts of radioactivity as indicated by:
| |
| ; Uater level below (and failure to l return co) cop of active fuel for Water level below (and failure to greater than~three minutes as return to) top of active fuel for indicated on fuel zone level greater than 20 minutes as indicator on panel IC652 or IC651. indicated on panel 1C651 or 1C652.
| |
| AND g
| |
| , a. Low-low reactor water level Primary containment hi pressure annunciation indication (-129") indicated or annunciated on panel I on panel 1C601. 1C651.
| |
| l OR AND
| |
| : b. Primary containment Hi-Pressure Primary containment high radiation annunciation on panel IC657 or indicated or annunciated on panel indication (1.69 paig) on panel IC601.
| |
| 1C601.
| |
| [)
| |
| v -
| |
| OR
| |
| | |
| Attechnent E Rav. C CATEGORY -
| |
| LOSS OF REACTOR VESSEL INVENTORY -
| |
| Pega 15 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT
| |
| )
| |
| ss/ See previous page Spa previous page e s SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY See previous page 2. Loss of 2 out of 3 fission product barriers (fuel cladding & reactor coolanc pressure boundary) with potential loss of the third barrier (primary containment), as indicated by:
| |
| . a. Containment post accident monitor on panel IC601 indication greater than 100R.
| |
| AND
| |
| . 1. Containment pressure exceeds 40.4 PSIG as indicated on panel 1C601.
| |
| QR
| |
| : 11. A visual inspection of the containment indicates a
| |
| _ potential for loss of .
| |
| | |
| Attachnent E Rav. C CATEGORY - LOSS OF REACTOR VESSEL INVENTORY Pcg2 16 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT O
| |
| - 3ee previous page See previous page l
| |
| SITE DfERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY See previous page containment (e.g. a crack in cantainment concrete at tendon and anchorage or' penetration failure).
| |
| 03 111. Containment isolation valve (s) fail to close as l indicated by valve position indication on r auel 1C601.
| |
| 16
| |
| : b. Containment post accident monitor on panel IC601 indication greater than 1000R.
| |
| O 1
| |
| | |
| l Attcchment E R3v. C CATEGORY - LOSS OF REACTIVITY CONTROL Paga 17 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT
| |
| )
| |
| (~/
| |
| %- Inadvertent Criticality, as indicated Failure of the reactor protection by: system to initiate and complete a scram which brings the reactor suberitical, Unexpected increasing neutron flux as indicated by:
| |
| indication on panel 1C651.
| |
| Trip.of at least on subchannel in each trip system (RPSA and RPSB) as indicated by annunciators and trip status lights on panel 1C651.
| |
| AND l Failure of control rods to insert as confirmed by the full core display indication on panel 1C651 or process computer indications.
| |
| AND Failure to bring the reactor suberitical confirmed by neutron count race on the neutron monitoring indication on panel 1C651.
| |
| 9 SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY Loss of functions needed to bring the Loss of physical control of the reactor suberitical with the mode facility, as indicated by:
| |
| switch in SHUTDOWN and Rx coolant temperature greater than'212 F, as Reactor in SHUTDOWN mode and the indicated by: neutron count rate indication panel 1C651 indicates the reactor is critical Inability to' insert sufficient or supercritical.
| |
| control rods to bring the reactor subcritical as indicated by count AND rate on the neutron monitoring instrumentation on panel 1C651. Loss of capability to insert all control rods not fully inserted as
| |
| . AND indicated by instrumentation on panel
| |
| . 1C601.
| |
| Failure of both loops of standby liquid control to inject into the AND vessel indicated by: a. low pump discharge pressure indication on Loss of SLC system capability to inject panel 1C601; OR b. Failure of valve as indicated by instrumentation on C41-F008 position light on panel 1601 panel 1C651.
| |
| to indicate open; OR c. Failure of O
| |
| | |
| Attachnent E R;v. C CATECORY - LOSS OF REACTIVITY CONTROL Fe g218 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT ace previous page See previous page SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY explosive valves IF004 A and B See previous page position lights to indicate open (fired);
| |
| AND Rx coolant te'mperature greater than 212 F as indicated on panel 1C651.
| |
| o O
| |
| | |
| Atttchment E Rev. C CATEGORY - TOKIC/ FLAMMABLE GASES Paga 19 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT
| |
| (~)
| |
| \J iearby or on-site release of Eptry of toxic or flammable gases into potentially harmful quantities of the facility, wi.th subsequent toxic or flammable material, as habitability problem, as indicated by:
| |
| indicated by:
| |
| Visual observation, direct measurement Visually ob se rvation or no tification or when notification received by the received 5y the control room control room operator.
| |
| operator.
| |
| ie SITE EMERGENCY ' GENERAL EMERGENCY l Toxic or flammable gases enter vital None I
| |
| areas, restricting access to plant control stations, vich plant not in cold shutdown, as indicated by:
| |
| Mode switch not in SHUTDOWN or mode switch in SH6TDOWN and reactor coolant temperature greater than .
| |
| 212 F as indicated on panel IC651.
| |
| AND
| |
| : 1. Visual observation, direct measurement or notification received by control room operator.
| |
| QR
| |
| : 2. High chlorine level annunciation 7'-
| |
| or indication on panel OC681 -
| |
| g- with isolation of primary or ,
| |
| (j alternate air intakes.
| |
| | |
| Attachnait E Rsv. C CATEGORY - AIRCRAFT / TRAIN ACTIVITY Pass 20 UNUSUAL EVENT EERT O tircraft crash on-site, unusual Aircraft or missile strikes a station aircraft activity over facility or structure as indicated by:
| |
| train derailment on-site, as indicated by: Direct observation or notification received by control room operator.
| |
| Visual observation or. notification received by control room operator. AND As determined appropriate by Shift Supervisor.
| |
| o.
| |
| SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY Severe damage to safe shutdown None equipment from aircraft crash when not in cold shutdown, as, determined by:
| |
| Visual observation or notification received by c'ontrol room operator.
| |
| AND i As determined appropriate by shift supervisor with plant in operational
| |
| . conditions 1, 2 or 3.
| |
| e
| |
| : O .
| |
| | |
| Attachment E I R;v. C CATEGORY - RADIOLOGICAL EFFLUENT RELEASE .
| |
| Pega 21 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT
| |
| (')'
| |
| s
| |
| ' ' Radiological effluents exceed Radiological effluents exceed 10 times Technical Specification limits for the Technical Specification instantaneous release, as indicated instantaneous limits, as indicated by:
| |
| by:
| |
| Building Vent Stack Monitoring System Building Vent Stack Monitoring System alarm annunciation or indication on high radiation alarm annunciation or panel OC669 or OC677.
| |
| indication on panel OC669 or OC677.
| |
| Ha 21 Service Water Effluent high radiation Service Water Effluent high radiation indication on panel IC600 or alarm annunciation on panel IC668 or annunciation on panel 1C668.
| |
| indication on panel IC600.
| |
| OR
| |
| ~~
| |
| _O _R RHR Service Water Loop A or B Rx RHR Service Water Loop A or B Rx effluent high radiation alarm effluent high radiation alarm annunciation on panel 1C601 or annunciation on panel IC601 or indication on panel 1C600.
| |
| indication on panel 1C600.
| |
| 1 SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL DfERGENCY l
| |
| : 1. Radiological effluent release Radiological effluent release corresponds to greater than 50 corresponds to greater than 1 rem whole ar/hr f or a half-hour or 500 body or greater than 5 rem to the child mr/hr for 2 minutes at the site thyroid at the site boundary as area boundary. determined by dose proj ections based
| |
| ~
| |
| on: .
| |
| l M
| |
| . Actual meteorological conditions.
| |
| : 2. Radiological effluent release corresponds to an off-site dose AND greater than 170 mrem to the whole body or 850 mram to the 1. Building Vent Stack Monitoring l child thyroid due to the event. System indication on panel OC669 or OC677.
| |
| As determined by dose projections based on: 2. Field Monitoring data on-site or off-site
| |
| : 1. Building vent stack monitoring system indications on panel OC669 or 0C67 7.
| |
| l r~s .
| |
| Y
| |
| | |
| Atttchment E Rev. C CATEGORY - RADIOLOGICAL EFFLUENT RELEASE Pega 22 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT i
| |
| O ice previous page See previous page l
| |
| l i
| |
| l I
| |
| l t
| |
| l O
| |
| SITE EMERGENCY Gr.NERAL EMERGENCY pR_ See previous page
| |
| : 2. Field monitoring data on-site or off-site.
| |
| l 0
| |
| l O
| |
| --, - , , , , ,,--- --,y- --~v-
| |
| | |
| l Attachment E R v. C CATEGORY - ON-SITE FIRE / EXPLOSION Pegs 23 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT n'l.
| |
| '- Significant On-Site Fire, as indicated by:
| |
| Fire or explosion affecting safety related componen.cs or systems, as indicated by:
| |
| Activation of fire brigade by Shift Supervisor. Direct observation or notification received by control room operator.
| |
| AND AND Duration o.f fire longer than 15 minutes after time of As determined appropriate by Shift notification. Supervisor.
| |
| ER
| |
| : 2. Explosion inside security protected area; with no significant damage to station facilities. As indicated by:
| |
| Visual observation or notification received by control room operator.
| |
| O I
| |
| SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL DERGENCY None None
| |
| ~
| |
| b
| |
| ~
| |
| C:)
| |
| l l
| |
| l l
| |
| | |
| Ac*ech=ent E R0v. C CATECORY - NATURAL PHENOMENA -
| |
| Pega 24 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT
| |
| [s latural Phenomenon occurrence, as Nptural Phenomenon Occurrence, as indicated by: indicated by:
| |
| : 1. Tornado warning; with probable 1. Tornado striking plant vital impact on station. structures.
| |
| OR OR
| |
| : 2. Hurricane warning; with probable 2. Hurricane impacting plant impact on station. structures.
| |
| OR OR
| |
| : 3. Flood warning; with probable 3. Earthquake with greater than closure of designated evacuation operating basis earthquake levels routes. as indicated on panel OC696.
| |
| S.R,
| |
| : 4. Earthquake detected by seismic instrumentation systems on panel OC696.
| |
| O SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY Natural Phenomenon Occurrence, as None indicated by:
| |
| : 1. Tornado or hurricane impacting station with winds in excess of design levels. .
| |
| 25 -
| |
| : 2. Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE) as indicated on panel OC696.
| |
| G .
| |
| U 1
| |
| | |
| Attachment E Rev. C CATECORY - INJURED / CONTAMINATED PERSONNEL .
| |
| Pegs 25 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT O Iransport of injured or contaminated N 9 ne individual from Susquehanna SES for j treatment at a hospital, if deemed appropriate by Shift Supervisor.
| |
| l
| |
| (
| |
| l t
| |
| {
| |
| J-O SITE N GENCY GENERAL DERGENCY None None I
| |
| i o .
| |
| l l
| |
| | |
| (
| |
| Attecim:nc E Pcv. C CATEGORY - SAFETY / RELIEF VALVE FAILURE Pag 3 26 UNUSUAL EVENT -AN O Failure of a safety / relief valve to None close following reduction in Rx pressure as indicated by:
| |
| Indication of open safety / relief valve on panel IC651..
| |
| AND Rx Pressure less than 1100 psig as indicated on panel IC651. -
| |
| AND The open safety / relief valve is not being held open manually by operator action or the Automatic Depressurization System.
| |
| s m m RGENcy GENDAI. MERGDCY None None 9
| |
| e n
| |
| v
| |
| | |
| Attachment E Fav. C CATECORY - SECURITY EVENT Paga 27 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT iecurity threat or attempted entry or Opgoing Security Compromise, if attempted sabotage, if deemed determined appro.priate by Shift appropriate by Shift Supervisor. Supervisor.
| |
| i i
| |
| '9
| |
| -T SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY An on-going adversary event threatens None
| |
| , imminent loss of physical control of i the plant, if determined appropriate l by Shift Supervisor.
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| Acccchment E Rev. C CATEGORY - LOSS OF AC POWER pgg3 23 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT O Loss of all off-site power OR loss of L9 ss of all off-site power AND all all on-site AC power supplies, as on-site AC power, supplies, as indicated indicated by: by:
| |
| : 1. Loss of power to Startup Loss of power to Startup Transformer 10 Transformer 10 AND 20 and 20 annunciation or indication on annunciation or indication on panel OC653.
| |
| panel OC653.
| |
| AND 03 Loss of power to UAT 11 AND 12
| |
| : 2. Loss of power to UAT11 AND 12 annunciation or indication on panel annunciation or indication on OC653.
| |
| panel OC653 AND failure of all diesel generators to start or AND synchronize indication or au;;;ciation on panel OC653. Failure of all diesel generators to start or synchronize annunciation or indication on panel OC653.
| |
| O)
| |
| SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY Loss of all off-site power and loss None of all on-site AC power supplies for greater than 15 minutes, as indicated
| |
| . by:
| |
| I Loss of power to startup Transformer .
| |
| 10 AND 20 ann ~unciation or indication on panel 0C653. .
| |
| AND Loss of power to UATil AND 12 annunciation or indication on panel OC653. .
| |
| AND Failure of all diesel generators to startup or synchronize indication or annunciation on OC653.
| |
| (:)
| |
| | |
| Attachment E rov. C CATECORY - LOSS OF AC POWER Pagn 29 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT O 3ee previous page See previous page 8 -
| |
| SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY AND See previous page i
| |
| The above conditions exist for greater than 15 minutes.
| |
| e l
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| Attach =a2c E Rsv. C CATEGORY - LOSS OF DC POWER Paga 30 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT O None Loss of all on-site vital DC power as indicated by:
| |
| Less than 210 volts on the 250 VDC main distribution panel buses, 1D652 AND 1D662, as indicated by trouble alarms on panel 1C651.
| |
| AND Less than 105 volts on the 125 VDC main distribution buses; 1D612, 1D622, 1D632, AND 1D642 as indicated by trouble alarms on panel 1C651.
| |
| Note: Buses are not tripped on undervoltage condition.
| |
| l SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY Loss of all vital on-site DC power None sustained for greater than 15 minutes, as indicated by.:
| |
| Less than 210 volts on the 250 VDC main distribution panel buses, 1D652 AND 1D662, ad indicated by trouble alarms on panel 1C651.
| |
| AND Less than 105 volts on the 125 VDC
| |
| . main distribution buses; 1D612, 1D622, 1D632 AND 1D642 as indicated by trouble alarms on panel 1C651.
| |
| * AND The above condition exists for greater than 15 minutes.
| |
| }
| |
| Buses are not tripped on Ou.ote:
| |
| ndervoltage condition.
| |
| | |
| Atrechment E R2v. C CATEGORY - INPLANT HIGH RADIATION -
| |
| Pago 31 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT O Jone Ugexpected in plant high radiation levels or airbor.ne contamination which indicates a severe degradation in the control of radioactive material, as indicated by:
| |
| Increase of 1000 times normal of area radiation monitor, annunciation on panel 1C601 or indication on panel 1C600.
| |
| 4 -
| |
| SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY None None
| |
| | |
| Attachment E Rev. C CATEGORY - SPENT FUEL RELATED INCIDENT Pagn 32 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT Unexpected in plant high radiation levels or airborne contamination which indicates a severe fuel handling accident as indicated by:
| |
| Increase of 1000 times normal of refueling floor area radiation monitors, annunciation on panel 1C601 or indication on panel 1C600.
| |
| O SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY
| |
| : 1. Major damage to spent fuel due to fuel fuel handling accident with actual or clear potential for significant release of radioactive material to the e nv iro ns,e n t , as indicated by:
| |
| Dropping, bumping or otherwise rough handling of a new Ojt spent fuel bundle with spent fuel in the pool.
| |
| .AND
| |
| : a. Refueling floor area high radiation monitors annunciation on panel 1C651 or indication on 1C600.
| |
| Og
| |
| | |
| Attachm:nt E ,
| |
| Rsv. C !
| |
| CATEGORY - SPENT FUEL RELATED INCIDENT -
| |
| Pag 3 33 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT l
| |
| ().ee previous page S
| |
| Spe previous page j i
| |
| O SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY
| |
| : b. Building vent stack monitoring See previous page system high radiation annunciation or indication on panel OC669 or OC677.
| |
| ER ,
| |
| i
| |
| : 2. Damage to spent fuel due to .
| |
| ! uncontrolled decrease in the fuel pool level to below the level of the fuel, as indicated by:
| |
| l l Uncovering of spent fuel l confirmation by low water level annunciation on panel OC211 and a high seal leak flow alarm annunciated on OC211.
| |
| AND C:)
| |
| | |
| Attachment E Rav. C CATEGORY - SPENT FUEL RELATED INCIDENT Pags - 34 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT O See previous page See previous page l _
| |
| SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY
| |
| : a. Refueling floor area radiation See previous page monitor annunciation on panel LC651 or indication on panel 1C600.
| |
| n -
| |
| : b. Building vent stack monitoring system high radiation annunciation or indication on panel OC669 or OC677.
| |
| e O
| |
| | |
| Attachn:nt E Rev. C CATEGORY - CONTROL ROOM EVACUATION Paga 35 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT O
| |
| .fone C9 ntrol Room evacuation initiated AND control of shutdown systems established from local stations.
| |
| O -
| |
| SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY Control Room Evacuation initiated by None shift supervisor.
| |
| AND Shutdown systems control at local .
| |
| stations not' established within later (time to be determined during startup testing.)
| |
| 1 i
| |
| | |
| 1 l
| |
| Attacb:ent E Rsv. C CATEGORY - LOSS OF SHUTDOWN COOLING CAPABILITY .
| |
| Pagn 36 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT l
| |
| . tone Lgss of some of the shutdcen cooling capability as indicated by:
| |
| : 1. Loss of both RHR service water loops as indicated by low flow indication or annunciation on panel OC653.
| |
| EE
| |
| : 2. Loss of RHR loops A AND B as indicated by low flow indication j or annunciation on panel 1C601.
| |
| SE
| |
| : 3. Loss of main condenser systems as indicated by closed turbine stop and bypass valve position indications on panel IC651 AND loss of RCIC AND HPCI as indicated by failure to start when actuated from panel 1C601.
| |
| SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY Loss of capability to achieve cold Loss of capability to achieve cold shutdown, as indicated by: shutdown, with possibility of release of large amounts of radioactivity as Loss of main condenser system as indicated by:
| |
| indicated by closed turbine stop and bypass valve position indications on Primary containment hi pressure panel IC651 A'ND loss of RCIC AND HPCI indication or annunciation on panel as indicated by failure to start when IC651.
| |
| actuated from panel 1C601.
| |
| l AND l AND Suppression pool temperature greater
| |
| : 1. Loss of both RHR service water than 200 F for greater than ( ).
| |
| loops and service water as Later indicated on panel 1C601.
| |
| indicated by low flow indication or annunciation on panel OC653.
| |
| 2E
| |
| : 2. Loss of both RHR loops as indicated by flow indication or annunciation on panel 1C601.
| |
| O ,
| |
| | |
| Actretment E Rsv. C CATZGORY - LOSS OF CONTROL ROOM ALARMS AND ANNUNCIATORS Paga 37 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT O None Loss of all control room alarms and annunciators, as. determined by control room operator from direct observation.
| |
| O SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY All alarms lost (no annunciators) for None more than 15 minutes AND plant not in cold shutdown OR plant transient initiated while alarms are lost, as indicated by:
| |
| : 1. Loss of'all alarms for more than 15 minutes confirmed by direct observation of control room operator.
| |
| AND Mode switch not in SHUTDOWN OR reactor coolant temperature greater than 212 F as indicated l on panel 1C651.
| |
| QR
| |
| ?. All alarms lost.
| |
| l ()AND ' '
| |
| | |
| Attachm:nt E Rsv. C CATEGORY - LOSS OF CONTROL ROOM ALARMS AND ANNUNCIATORS Pago 36 UNUSUAL EVENT EERT O 3ee previous page See previous page l
| |
| Q
| |
| .- SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY
| |
| : a. Low - Low reactor water level See previous page indication on panel 1C651 followed by ECCS in.itiation indication on panel 1C601.
| |
| OR
| |
| : b. Reactor coolant temperatura l change greater than 100 F <er heur indication on reco aet TR-lR006 on panel 1C007.
| |
| SE
| |
| : c. High Rx pressure indication on panel 1C651 and followed by scram indication on panel 1C601.
| |
| 1 T?-
| |
| ()
| |
| I 1
| |
| | |
| Attachment E Rsv. C CATEGORY - STEAM LINE BREAK .
| |
| paga 39 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT O . Tone S, team line break with significant release (greater,than 10 gpm) or MSIV malfunction causing leakage as indicated by:
| |
| High Main Steam Line Flow indication on flow indicators on panel 1C652.
| |
| SE High Mai'n Steam Line Tunnel temperature annunciation on panel IC601 or indication on panel 1C614.
| |
| 9 SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY Main steam line break occurs outside None of containment without isolation, as indicated by:
| |
| : 1. Failure of both MSIV's in the line with the leak to close as
| |
| ~
| |
| indicated by position indicated on panel 1C601. .
| |
| AND
| |
| : a. High MSL flow annunciation on panel IC601 or indication on panel 1C652.
| |
| EE
| |
| : b. High steam tunnel temperature annunciation on panel 1C601 or indication on panel IC614.
| |
| O 2R
| |
| | |
| Attachmint E Rav. C CATEGORY - STEAM LINE BREAK Pags 40 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT O 3ee previcus page See previous page O
| |
| SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY
| |
| : c. Other indication of main See previous page steam leakage outside containment.
| |
| gR
| |
| : 2. Failure'of steam isolation valve HV-F008 and HV-F007 to close as indicated on panel 1C601.
| |
| AND
| |
| . a. RCIC steamline pipe routing area high temperature annunciation on panel IC601, or indication on panel 1C614.
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| Attachment E RGv. C CATECORY - STEAM LINE BREAK Pago 41 JNUSUAL EVENT ALERT O 3ee previous page Se 9 previous page l
| |
| l 0 -
| |
| SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY
| |
| : b. RCIC equipment area high See previous page temperature annunciation on panel 1C601 or indication on panel 1C614.
| |
| OR .
| |
| l c. RCIC steamline high flow I annunciation on panel 1C601.
| |
| 9 R_
| |
| : d. RCIC steamline tunnel .
| |
| l ventilation high delta temperature annunciation on panel 1C601, 1
| |
| 0,,,R, O -
| |
| w w w- , , - - -
| |
| | |
| Attachment E Rsv. C CATEGORY - STEAM LINE BREAK Pag 3 42 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT O 3ee previous page See previous page SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY
| |
| : e. RCIC turbine exhaust See previous page diaphragm high pressure annunciation on panel IC601.
| |
| OR
| |
| : f. Other indication of steam leakage from the RCIC system.
| |
| : 3. Failure of steam isolation valve HV-F002 and HV-F003 to close as indicated by position indicator on panel IC601.
| |
| AND
| |
| : a. HPCI steamline pipe routing area high temperature annunciation on panel IC60li or indication on O panel 1C614.
| |
| ., ma
| |
| | |
| AttzcNeent E R=v. C CATECORY - STEAM LINE BREAK .
| |
| Pzgs 43 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT O 3ee previous page Spe previous page SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY OR See previous page
| |
| : b. HPCI equipment area high temperature annunciation on panel IC601 or indication on , panel 1C614 .
| |
| 2E -
| |
| : c. HPCI steamline high flow annunciation on panel IC601.
| |
| 91
| |
| : d. HPCI steamline tunnel ventilation high delta temperature annunciation on panel IC601.
| |
| SE
| |
| (:)
| |
| | |
| Attechment E Rav. C CATEGORY - STEAM LINE BREAK pag 3 44 tlNUSUAL EVENT ALERT O 3ee previous page See previous page O
| |
| SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERG DCT
| |
| : e. HPCI turbine exhaust S** Previous page diaphragm high pressure annunciation on panel IC601.
| |
| 2* .
| |
| : f. Other indication of steam .
| |
| leakage from the HPCI system.
| |
| e e
| |
| O ,
| |
| | |
| Attichment E Rsv. C CATEGORY - GENERAL pegg 4$
| |
| (INUSUAL EVENT ALERT O None Plant conditions exist that warrant precautionary activation of Technical Support Center and placing Emergency Operations Facility personnel and other key emergency personnel on standby.
| |
| l
| |
| (
| |
| SITE EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY Plant conditions exist that warrant Plant conditions exist that make activation of all emergency centers release of large amounts of and monitoring teams OR a radioactivity in a short time periods precautionary notification to the possible. AND notification of public near the site. recommended protective action to the public near the site is warranted.
| |
| ( ,
| |
| l t
| |
| e e
| |
| 4
| |
| | |
| i EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS EP-IP-002 Rev. C j Page 1 of 55 O
| |
| PROCEDURE COVER SHEET PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS EP-IP-002 Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date I
| |
| O l
| |
| I l
| |
| Prepared By Date Reviewed By Date PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( ) Date Approved By Data Section Head Date Superintendent of Plant I
| |
| L O .
| |
| l
| |
| - - . , . , - . , , - , , - - . . , . . , , - - - - . .- , , _ ~ w -, , , - - - - -- ,
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS EP-IP-002 Rev. C Page 2 of 55 O- l TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTIONS PAGE 4
| |
| 1.0 PURPOSE 4 2.0 SCOPE 4
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 4
| |
| ; 4.0 DEPINITIONS 4-5 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5-6 ,
| |
| j 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6-7 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT PAGE q A ACTION STEP - EMERGENCY DIRECTOR 8-14 N_/ -
| |
| INCIDENT REPORT 15 FORM-EP-IP-002-1 RADIOLOGICAL ASSE$SMENT 16-17 FORM EP-IP-002-2 B ACTION STEP - COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR CR/TSC 18-32 C ACTION STEP - POWER DISPATCHER 33 1 D ACTION STEP - LEHIGH SERVICE CENTER SERVICE 34 DISPATCHER E ACTION STEP - SECURITY COORDINATOR 35-36 F ACTION STEP - RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR 37 G ACTION STEP - TECHNICAL SUPPORT COORDINATOR 38 H ACTION STEP - CENTRAL DIVISION SERVICE 39 DISPATCHER I ACTION STEP - RECOVERY MANAGER 40-42
| |
| ~P J ACTION STEP - SITE SUPPORT MANAGER 43-48 1
| |
| | |
| - - - _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ . . _. _ _. _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ . _=
| |
| l EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT '
| |
| I NOTIFICATIO8S
| |
| : i. EP-IP-002 Rev. C i
| |
| Page 3 of 55 PAGE K ACTION STEP - COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR EOF 49-50 L ACTION STEP - RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER 51 ,
| |
| i l M ACTION STEP - TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER 52 N ACTION STEP - GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER 53-54
| |
| \
| |
| O ACTION STEP - ENGINEERING SUPPORT LEADER 55 e
| |
| 4 1
| |
| j .
| |
| 9 e
| |
| f e
| |
| t O -
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS EP-IP-002 Rev. C Page 4 of 55 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS 1.0 PURPOSE 1.L The purpose of this procedure is to:
| |
| 1.1.L Inform SSES and PP&L Management of the Emergency.
| |
| 1.1.2 Inform offsite emergency response organizations.
| |
| 1.1.3 Initiate appropriate emergency actions to support emergency assessment / management /
| |
| mitigation.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE Provide instruction which will place the plant and outside organizations in a state of readiness.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 NUREG-0654, Planning Standards and Evaluation Criteria 3.2 NUREG-0696, Functional Criteria for Emergency Response Facilities 3.3 NUREG - 0731 Guidelines for Utility Management Structure and Technical Resources, Sept. 1930.
| |
| 3.4 SSES Emergency Plan 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 EOF - Emergency Operations Facility 4.2 TSC - Technical Support Center 4.3 OSC - Operations Support Center 4.4 LSC - Lehigh Service Center 4.5 CR - Control Room 4.6 SCC - Security Control Center 4.7 NRC - Nuclear Regulatory Commission
| |
| (} 4.8 PEMA - Pennsylvania Emergency Management Agency
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS
| |
| . EP-IP-002 Rev. C .
| |
| Page 5 of 55 4.9 LCCD - Luzerne County Civil Defense 4.10 CEMA - Columbia County Emergency Management Agency 4.11 DER /BRP - Department of Environemenal Resources / Bureau of Radiological Protection 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 It is the responsibility of the SHIFT SUPERVISOR to assume the role of EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, implement this procedure and activate appropriate emergency teams if any of the Emergency Action Levels exist.
| |
| 5.2 It is the responsibility of the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-CR-TSC, to notify onsite and offsite personnel, agencies and organizations as specified in this procedure.
| |
| 5.3 It is the responsibility of the POWER DISPATCHER to notify off-site personnel as specified in this procedurt.
| |
| ; 5.4 It is the responsibility of the LEHIGH SERVICE CENTER SERVICES DISPATCHER to notify off-site personnel as specified in this procedure.
| |
| 5.5 It is the rejponsibility of SECURITY C00RDINATOR to coordinate personnel accountability and provide access
| |
| ; and traffic control necessary to support emergency conditions.
| |
| 5.6 It is the responsibility of the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR to communicate with DER /BRP radiological personnel regarding off-site assessment and protective action recommendations until relieved of this responsibility by the EOF.
| |
| 5.7 It is the responsibility of the TECHNICAL SUPPPORT COORDINATOR to communicate with DER /BRP technical personnel regarding plant specifics until relieved of this responsibility by the EOF.
| |
| 5.8 It is the responsibility of the CENTRAL DIVISION SERVICE DISPATCHER to call in OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS.
| |
| 5.9 It is the responsibility of the RECOVTRY MANAGER to
| |
| '~
| |
| staff the EOF during a SITE or GENERAL- EMERGENCY and l take over responsibility for overall emergency management from the TSC.
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS EP-IP-002 Rev. C Page 6 of 55 5.10 It is the responsibility of the SITE SUPPORT MANAGER to manage communications and data flow internal to the EOF, between the EOF and all other emergency facilities and between the EOF and off-site agencies.
| |
| 5.11 It is the responsibility of the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-EOF to notify off-site agencies and organizations as specified in this procedure.
| |
| 5.12 It is the responsibility of the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER to communicate with DER /BRP radiological personnel regarding off-site assessment and protective action recommendations.
| |
| 5.13 It is the responsibility of the TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER to communicate with DER /BRP technical personnel regarding plant specific problems.
| |
| 5.14 It is the responsibility of the GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER to activate the General Office Nuclear Emergency Support Center (N-495) and to notify Corporate Management and Allegheny Electric of EMERGENCY status.
| |
| I) 5.15 It is the responsibility of the ENGINEERING SUPPORT LEADER to activate the Engineering Support Center (N-550b).
| |
| 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 Upon Classification into an EMERGENCY per EP-IP-001, the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will follow the instructions in Attachment A, Action Step, EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| 6.2 Upon classification into an EMERGENCY and at the direction of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-CR-TSC will follow the instructions in Attachment B, Action Step, COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-CR-TSC.
| |
| 6.3 Upon notification by the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-CR-TSC, the POWER DISPATCHER will follow the instructions in Attachment C, Action Step, POWER DISPATCHER.
| |
| 6.4 Upon notification by the POWER DISPATCHER, the LSC SERVICES DISPATCHER will follow the instructions in Attachment D. Action Step, LSC SERVICES DISPATCHER.
| |
| l l
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS EP-IP-002 Rev. C Page 7 of 55 O
| |
| 6.5 At the direction of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, the SECURITY COORDINATOR will follow the instructions in Attachment E, Action Step. SECURITY COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.6 After being notified of an EMERGENCY, the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR will follow the instructions in Attachment F. Action Step, RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.7 After being notified of an EMERGENCY, the TECHNICAL SUPPORT CCORDINATOR will fcilow the instructions in Attachment G, Action Step. TECHNICAL SUPPORT COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.8 When directed, the CENTRAL DIVISION SERVICE DISPATCHER will follow Instructions in Attachment H. Action Step, CENTRAL DIVISION SERVICE DISPATCHER.
| |
| 6.9 After being notified of an EMERGENCY, the RECOVERY MANAGER will follow the instructions in Attachment I,
| |
| . Action Step. RECOVERY MANAGER.
| |
| I
| |
| '6.10 Following notification of an EMERGENCY' requiring EOF gg activation, the SITE SUPPORT MANAGER will follow the
| |
| ( instruction in Attachment J. Action Step, SITE SUPPORT MANAGER. .
| |
| 6.11 At the direction of the SITE SUPPORT MANAGER, the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-EOF will follow Instructions in Attachment K. Action Step-COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-EOF.
| |
| 6.12 Upon arrival at the EOF, the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER will follow the instructions in Attachment L. Action Step, RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| 6.13 Upon arrival at the EOF, the TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER will follow the instructions in Attachment M, Action l
| |
| Step, TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| 6.14 Upon notification of an EMERGENCY the GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER will follow Instructions in Attachment N. Action Step, GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| l 6.15 Upon notification of a SITE or GENERAL EMERGENCY or EOF activation, the ENGINEERING SUPPORT LEADER will follow Instructions on Attachment 0, Action Step, ENGINEERING SUPPORT LEADER.
| |
| I
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment A EP-IP-002 Rev. C Page 8 of 55 ACTION STEP EMERGENCY DIRECTOR PRIMARY NOTIFICATION AND ACTIVATION NOTE: THE EMERGENCY DIRECTOR / SHIFT SUPERVISOR MAY OMIT SPECIFIC STEPS THAT ARE NOT NECESSARY.
| |
| STEPS NEED NOT BE PERFORMED IN ORDER.
| |
| A.l.0 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will:
| |
| A.l.1 Document Emergency classification, time and date in the Control Room Log that the Emergency was declared.
| |
| A.l.2 SHIFT SUPERVISOR announces to CONTROL ROOM PERSONNEL "I have assumed responsibility as l the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR."
| |
| A.l.3 A p p ..i n t and instruct a COMMUNICATIONS l
| |
| I O. CQORDINATOR-CR-TSC to notify plant personnel of the EMERGENCY. Announcement specified in B.l.1/B.1.2.
| |
| NOTE: The SHIFT SUPERVISOR / EMERGENCY DIRECTOR has 3 parallel steps.
| |
| : 1. Offsite Agency Notification
| |
| : 2. Combat Emergency
| |
| : 3. Notify Internal Management A.l.4 0FF-SITE AGENCY NOTIFICATION NOTE: MUST BE INITIATED IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING CLASSIFICATION OF EMERGENCY.
| |
| A.l.4.1 Complete Incident Form EP-IP-002-1.
| |
| A.l.4.2 Instruct the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-CR-TSC to report the information obtained in A.l.4.1 to the following agencies.
| |
| EP-IP-002, Attachment A. Rev. C, Page I of /0
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment A EP-IP-002 g Rev. C g_/ Page 9 of 55 UNUSUAL SITE GENERAL EVENT ALERT EMERGENCY EMERGENCY PEMA PEMA PEMA PEMA LCCD LCCD LCCD LCCD CEMA A.l.4.3 Notify the SUPERINTENDENT OF PLANT or his designee per EP-IP-018 A.1.4.4 Instruct COMMUNICATION COORDINATOR-CR-TSC to transmit information obtained in A.l.4.1 to NRC.
| |
| A.1.5 COMBAT EMERGENCY A.l.5.1 If off-site effluent (gaseous or liquid) release is expected, notify H.P. and CHEMISTRY ':.ZCHNICIANS to report to Control Room.
| |
| A.1.5.2 Appoint and direct OSC COORDINATOR to O* establish OSC.
| |
| A.l.5.3 In event of ALERT, SITE or GENERAL
| |
| ! EMERGENCY or if the situation otherwise l warrants, direct the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-CR-TSC to initiate TSC staffing.
| |
| A.l.5.4 In event of SITE or GENERAL EMERGENCY or at the direction of the RECOVERY MANAGER, direct the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-CR-TSC to initiate EOF staffing.:
| |
| A.l.6 NOTIFY INTERNAL MANAGEMENT A.1.6.1 The COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-CR-TSC will l notify the POWER DISPATCHER and instruct l him to contact RECOVERY MANAGER.
| |
| l l A.l.6.2 The COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-CR-TSC will notify the PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER.
| |
| NOTE: THE EMERGENCY DIRECTOR MUST APPROVE ALL PRESS N
| |
| RELEASES UNTIL RELIEVED OF THIS RESPONSIBIL'ITY BY EOF PERSONNEL.
| |
| l EP-IP-002, Attachment A, Rev. C, Page 2. of /d
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment A EP-IP-002 Rev. C
| |
| (_s) Page 10 of 55 A.l.7 Perform the following based on Classification:
| |
| SITE &
| |
| UNUSUAL GENERAL RESPONSIBILITY EVENT ALERT EMERGENCY SECURITY N/A Accountability Accountabil-COORDINATOR -EP-IP-007 icy-EP-IP-007 SECURITY N/A N/A Evacuate un-COORDINATOR necessary personnel-EP-IP-021 and block Town-ship Road
| |
| . . T-419.
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS Call-In Off- Call-In Off- Call-In Off-COORDINATOR Site Teams & Site Teams & Site Teams &
| |
| EOF SET-UP EOF SET-UP EOF SUPPORT FOREMAN. (EP- FOREMAN. (EP- MANAGER and IP-018) IP-018) STAFF (EP-IP-018)
| |
| SECURITY Unlock EOF and Unlock EOF and Unlock EOF COORDINATOR establish ac- es tablish ac- and establish cess control cess control access con-trol 1.DMINISTRATIVE Deliver Vehic- Deliver Vehic- Deliver COORDINATOR les to EOF
| |
| * les to EOF
| |
| * Vehicles to EOF
| |
| * CALL IN OF OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS IS ONLY REQ" IRED AT THE DIRECTION OF THE RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR OR EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| A.l.8 In the event of off-site affluent (gaseous or liquid) release, complete Radiological Assessment Form EP-IP-002-2 and instruct RADIOLOGICAL PROTECTION COORDINATOR (preferable)/ COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR (alternate) to communicate information to DER /BRP and NRC.
| |
| l
| |
| ! i EP-IP-002, Attachment A. Rev. C, Page 3 of /d
| |
| )
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment A EP-IP-002
| |
| () Rev. C Page 11 of 55 A.l.9 Ensure that required notifications have been made.
| |
| TSC AND EOF PERSONNEL OFF-SITE AGENCIES PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER RECOVERY MANAGER A.l.10 When conditions change significantly, return to EP-IP-001 and determine whether to reclassify or the EMERGENCY.
| |
| A.l.11 During static conditions (no change in classification) perform periodic communications / updates per A.3.
| |
| O O
| |
| EP-IP-002, Attachment A. Rev. C, Page 4 ofl0
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCT MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment A EP-IP-002 Rev. C
| |
| () Page 12 of 55 A.2.0 UPCRADING EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION Perform those steps for the appropriate classification which are presently controlled by EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| TO TO TO SITE GENERAL ALERT EMERGENCY EMERGENCY A.2.1 Announce Re- Announce Re- Announce Re-classification classification classification to Control Room to Control Room to Control Room and TSC person- and TSC person- and TSC person-nel nel nel A.2.2 Document Re- Document Re- Document Re-classification, classification, classification, Data and Time Data and Time Date and Time A.2.3 Complete Inci- Complete Inci- Complete Inci-NOTE: dent' Form EP- dent Form EP- dent Form EP-MUST BE IN- I.P-002-1 IP-002 IP-002-1 (f ITIATED IM-MEDIATELY Notify: Notify: Notify:
| |
| FOLLOWING RECLASSIFI- DER /BRP DER /BRP DER /BRP CATION SUPT. OF SUPT. OF PEMA PLANT OR PLANT OR DESIGNEE DESIGNEE LCCD
| |
| 'NRC NRC CEMA SUPT. OF PLANT OR DESIGNEE NRC A.2.4 Return to Step Return to Step Return to Step A.l.5 and redo- A.l.5 and redo A.l.5 and redo all stens all steps
| |
| * all steps O
| |
| V EP-IP-002, Attachment A. Rev. C. Page27 offd
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT I l
| |
| NOTIFICATIONS Attachment A '
| |
| EP-IP-002 Rev. C
| |
| () Page 13 of 55 A.3.0 STATIC CONDITION - INFORMATION UPDATE A.3.1 INCIDENT UPDATE MATRIX l NOTIFIER ORGANIZATION SITE &
| |
| TO BE UNUSUAL GENERAL NOTIFIED EVENT ALERT EMERGENCY ss DER /BRP TECH Tech. Support Tech. Support Coordinator Manager NRC EMERGENCY Emergency Site Support i Director Manager l DIRECTOR
| |
| : REC. MGR. Emergency Site Support AS Director Manager G.O. SUPPORT SITUATION Recovery Site Support MANAGER Manager Manager DICTATES PUBLIC INFORM- Emergency Site Support ATION MANAGER Director Manager
| |
| ( ENGINEERING SUPPORT LEADER Tech. Support Tech. Support Coordinator Manager EMERGENCY Not \# Not Site Support DIRECTOR Applicable Applicable Manager o For record purposes and incident reconstruction, all incident update information is to be recorded on an Incident Form. EP-IP-002-1, prior to transmission.
| |
| l o Incident update information must be approved by either EMERGENCY DIRECTOR. SITE SUPPORT MANAGER or RECOVERY MANAGER l prior to transmission.
| |
| i o Incident update information should be transmitted every 30 minutes or after any significant event (excluding reclassification which is governed by separate procedure).
| |
| o " NOTIFIER" listed in Matrix for any given classification is preferred individual. Individual listed in lowest l
| |
| classification has the responsibility for notification until l relieved. -
| |
| o " NOTIFIER" listed in matrix need not perform the update himself but is responsible for seeing that it is accomplished.
| |
| l o If EOF activated, the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will keep the GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER appraised of EMERGENCY status i until relieved of this function by EOF personnel.
| |
| EP-IP-002, Attachment A. Rev. C, Page 6 ofIO
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment A EP-IP-002 Rev. C
| |
| ; O- Page 14 of 55 A.3.2 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT UPDATE MATRIX (ONLY REQUIRED IN EVENT OF GASEOUS OR LIQUID EFFLUENT RELEASE)
| |
| NOTIFIER ORGANIZATION SITE &
| |
| TO BE UNUSUAL GENERAL NOTIFIED EVENT ALERT EMERGENCY DER /BRP RAD Emergency Radiation Radiation Director Protection Support Coordinator Manager
| |
| ! NRC Emergency Emergency Site Support
| |
| ! Director Director Manager REC. MGR. Emergency Emergency Site Support Director Director Manager G.O. SUPPORT Recovery Recovery Site Support Manager Manager Manager
| |
| ~
| |
| EMERGENCY Health Radiological Site Support DIRECTOR Physics Protection Manager O Technician Coordinator l
| |
| o For record purposes and incident reconstruction, all status update information is to be recorded on the Radiological Assessment Form, EP-IP-002-2, prior to transmission.
| |
| o Radiological Assessment status update information must be approved by either EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR OR RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER' prior to transmission.
| |
| o Radiological Assessment status update information should be transmitted every 30 minutes or after any significant change in affluent release status, o " NOTIFIER" listed in Matrix for any given clas'ification is preferred individual. Individucl listed in lowest classification has the responsibility for notification until received.
| |
| o " NOTIFIER" listed in Matrix need not perform the update himself but is responsible for seeing that it is accomplished.
| |
| o If EOF activated, the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will keep the GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER appraised of EMERGENCY status until relieved of this function by EOF personne.'.
| |
| EP-IP-002, Attachment A, Rev. C, Page7 of10
| |
| | |
| . _ = _ ._
| |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT NOTIFICATIONS SUSQUEHANNA SES Attachment A EP-IP-002 INCIDENT REPORT FORM
| |
| () EP-IP-002-1 (Page 1 of 1)
| |
| Rev. C Page 15 of 55 A. The INCIDENT was declared as a(n)
| |
| Unusual Site General Event Alert Emergency Emergency 1
| |
| at on / / .
| |
| I Time Day Month Year B. DESCRIPTION:
| |
| What Happened:
| |
| Consequences:
| |
| Action:
| |
| Current Status:
| |
| (APPROVED) ED or RM or SSM C. NOTIFICATIONS: (What notifications have been made.)
| |
| PEMA* NRC*
| |
| (Resident)
| |
| LCCD* NRC*
| |
| (Bethesda)
| |
| CEMA* OTHER*
| |
| LICENSEE MGT.*
| |
| * Note name of information recipient and time called i
| |
| D. PRESS RELEASE: Has a press release been made or planned? Yes/No )
| |
| E. This is of the Pennsylvania Power and Light Name/ Title Company. Please read back this information to assure accuracy.
| |
| EP-IP-002-1, Attachment A. Rev. C, Page b of /0
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment A EP-IP-002 Rev. C O Page 16 of 55 PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT SUSQUEHANNA. SES RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT FORM EP-IP-002-2 (Page 1 of 2) '
| |
| The INCIDENT was declared as a(n)
| |
| Unusual Site General Event Alert Emergency Emergency at (2) on (3) / / .
| |
| (Time) Day Month Year The following is assessment information:
| |
| (4) Wind direction is from at a speed of (5) mph.
| |
| (6) The stability class is is based on a C, D, E or G (7) temperature differential of C/50m.
| |
| (3) There is (is no) precipitation in the form of (w}q rain, snow, mist (9) The current assessed dose rates based on are.
| |
| (Ping Data), (Field Measurements)
| |
| Location: Emer. Plan.
| |
| Boundary 2 miles 5 miles 10 miles Whole body dose rate (arem/hr.)
| |
| ! Thyroid dose rate (arem/hr.)
| |
| (10) The projected doses at ,_ assuming current (future time of day; release rate are:
| |
| Location: Emerg. Plan.
| |
| Boundary 2 miles 5 miles 10 miles Whole body dose (arem)
| |
| Thyroid dose (arem)
| |
| (11) The integrated doses as of are:
| |
| (time of day)
| |
| EP-IP-002-2 Attachment A, Rev. C, Page 9 of /O l
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment A EP-IP-002 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT FORM
| |
| () EP-IP-002-2 (Page 2 of 2)
| |
| Rev. C Page 17 of 55 Location: Emerg. Plan.
| |
| Boundary 2 miles 5 miles 10 miles Whole body dose (area)
| |
| Thyroid dose (mrem)
| |
| (12) The Protective Action recommendation is based on reason (13) Estimates of any off-site surface Radioactive Contamination (DPM).
| |
| (14) Emergency Actions Implemented Onsite.
| |
| e.g., Evacuation (15) Request for assistance f rom -outside organizations. Yes No (16) Prognosis of Worsening or termination of event.
| |
| C (17) Remarks: (conditions onsite, casualties, etc.)
| |
| (APPROVED) ED or RPC or RSM This is (17) (18)
| |
| (Name) (Emergency Organization Title) of the Pennsylvania Power and Light Company. This notification was made at (19) on (20) / / to (Time) Day Month Year (21) (22) . l Name Title Please read back this information to assure securacy. )
| |
| EP-IP-002-2, Attachment A. Rev. C, Page /O of to
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT
| |
| . NOTIFICATIONS Attachment B EP-IP-002 Rev. C Os Page 18 of 55 l ACTION STEP COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR - CR - TSC Check INITIAL - NOTIFICATION B.l.0 The COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR will:
| |
| B.1.1 For an UNUSUAL EVENT: Announce over the PA System:
| |
| " Attention all personnel, an UNUSUAL EVENT has been declared. Operations.
| |
| Health Physics and Chemistry on-shift personnel report to the OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER."
| |
| Repeat above announcement twice.
| |
| B.l.2 For an ALERT, SITE or GENERAL O' EMERGENCY:
| |
| NOTE: CHECK WITH EMERGENCY DIRECTOR REGARDING POTENTIAL UNHABITABILITY OF ANY ASSEMBLY AREA 0F ASSEMBLY ROUTE.
| |
| Activate the site siren for personnel accountability (EP-IP-007), and, announce over the PA System:
| |
| " Attention all personnel, a EMERGENCY has been declared. All on-call emergency personnel report to your emergency duty station. All other personnel, report to your assembly area."
| |
| Repeat above announcement twice.
| |
| B.l.3 At the direction of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR notify 0FF-SITE AGENCIES as listed and transmit the information on Incident Form EP-IP-002-1. l 1
| |
| EP-IP-002, Attachment B, Rev. C, Page l o f f $~ ,
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment B EP-IP-002 O Rev. C Page 19 of 55 UNUSUAL SITE GENERAL EVENT ALERT EMERGENCY EMERGENCY PEMA PEMA PEMA PEMA (hot line*) (hot line*) (hot line*) (hot line*)
| |
| LCCD LCCD LCCD LCCD (hot line) (hot line) (hoe line) (hot line)
| |
| NRC ___ NRC NRC CEMA (hot line) (hot line) (hot line) (hot line)
| |
| NRC (hot line)
| |
| * 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. only - all other times call (717) 783-8150.
| |
| B.l.4 In event of ALERT, SITE or GENERAL EMERGENCY or at the direction of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, call in TSC personnel.
| |
| NORMAL WORK HOURS - TSC call-in o Call switchboard operator (dial "0") and instruct operator to notify on-call TSC personnel.
| |
| OFF NORMAL HOURS -
| |
| TSC call-in o Notify Security Control Center (Ext.-ll4) of TSC activation, o Initiate paging of oc-call personnel.
| |
| B.l.5 In event of SITE or GENERAL EMERGENCY or at the direction of the EMERGENCY j DIRECTOR, call-in EOF personnel.
| |
| NORMAL WORK HOURS - EOF call-in o Call switchboard operator (dial "0") and instruct operator to notify on-call EOF SUPPORT MANAGER l
| |
| _ and STAFF.
| |
| o Contact POWER DISPATCHER using Hot O Line or G.O. ext. 5090/5091 to advise him of emergency EP-IP-002 Attachment B, Rev. C, Page 1 of /jf
| |
| ~._- __ - - - - -
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Actachment B EP-IP-002 Rev. C
| |
| () Page 20 of 55 classification and instruct him to notify the RECOVERY MANAGER and to '
| |
| initiate EOF personnel call-in thru LEHIGH SERVICE CENTER SERVICE DISPATCHER.
| |
| o Instruct CENTRAL DIVISION SERVICE DISPATCHER (72-187-383) to call in 5 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS. Give DISPATCHER call back telephone number to acknowledge completion of call-in.
| |
| o Instruct ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR to deliver EMERGENCY vehicles to the EOF.
| |
| o Instruct the SECURITY COORDINATOR to provide access control to EOF.
| |
| OFF NORMAL HOURS - EOF call-in o Notify SECURITY CONTROL CENTER (Ext.-ll4) of EOF activation.
| |
| o Initiate paging of EOF SUPPORT MANAGER and STAFF.
| |
| o Contact POWER DISPATCHER using Hot Line or G.O. ext. 5090/5091 to advise him of emergency classification and instruct him to notify the RECOVERY MANAGER and to initiate EOF personnel call-in thru LEHIGH SERVICE CENTER SERVICE DISPATCHER.
| |
| o Instruct CENTRAL DIVISION SERVICE DISPATCHER (72-187-383) to call-in 5 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS. Give DISPATCHER call back telephone number to acknowledge completion of call-in.
| |
| o Instruct ADMINISTRATIVE
| |
| ~
| |
| - COORDINATOR to deliver emergency vehicles to the EOF.
| |
| o Instruct SECURITY SHIFT SUPERVISOR to unlock the EOF and provide O
| |
| I access control.
| |
| EP-IP-002, Attachment 3, Rev. C, Page 3 of /5'
| |
| | |
| . . - _ - . - _ . - - -- .. _ - -_-_ . - . . - =
| |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment B EP-IP-002
| |
| , () '
| |
| Rev. C Page 21 of 55 B.l.6 Site Evacuation NOTE: CHECK WITH EMERGENCY DIRECTOR PRIOR TO INITIATING EVACUATION.
| |
| In the event of a SITE or GENERAL EMERGENCY, notify the SECURITT
| |
| , COORDINATOR (p ref erable) / SCC CONTROLLER (alternate) to initiate evacuation of all non-essential site personnel and blocking of Township Road T-419.
| |
| 3.1.7 In event of UNUSUAL EVENT or ALERT contact the POWER DISPATCHER using Hot Line or G.O. ext. 5090/5091 to advise
| |
| . him of the emergency classification
| |
| : and instruct him to notify the I
| |
| RECOVERY MANAGER. ,
| |
| B.l.8 Notify the PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER
| |
| () using Hot Line or extension 717-542-2137 or 2138 and transmit the information on the Incident Form EP-IP-002-1.-
| |
| B.1.9 At the direction of the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, call-in OJF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS as follows:
| |
| NORMAL WORK HOURS - 0FF-SITE TEAM CALL-IN o Call switchboard operator (dial
| |
| ( "0") and instruct operator to I
| |
| notify on-call EOF SET-UP FOREMAN.
| |
| o Instruct CENTRAL DIVISION SERVICE DISPATCHER (72-187-383) to call-in 5 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS. Give DISPATCHER call back telephone number to acknowledge completion of call-in.
| |
| o Instruct ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR to deliver vehicles to O- EOF. .
| |
| EP-IP-002, Attachment B, Rev. C, Page $ of16~
| |
| l l
| |
| I
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment B EP-IP-002 Rev. C g(_-)
| |
| j Page 22 of 55 o Instruct the SECURITY COORDINATOR to provide access control to EOF.
| |
| OFF NORMAL HOURS - 0FF-SITE TEAM CALL-IN o Notify SCC (Ext.-114) of EOF SET-UP FOREMAN call-in.
| |
| o Initiate paging of EOF SET-UP FOREMAN.
| |
| o Instruct CENTRAL DIVISION SERVICE DISPATCHER (72-187-383) to call-in 5 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS. Give DISPATCHER call back telephone number to acknowledge completion of call-in.
| |
| o Instruct ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR to deliver emergency vehicles to the EOF.
| |
| n; o Instruct the SECURITY COORDINATOR to unlock EOF and provide access control.
| |
| O EP-IP-007 Attachment B, Rev. C, Page b~of Ri
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment B EP-IP-002 Rev. C Page 23 of 55 ACTION STEP COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR - CR - TSC Check UPGRADE TO ALERT B.2.0 The COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR will:
| |
| B.2.1 For an ALERT:
| |
| NOTE: CHECK WITH EMERGENCY DIRECTOR REGARDING POTENTIAL UNHABITABILITY OF ANY ASSEMBLY AREA OR ASSEMBLY ROUTE.
| |
| I Activate the site siren for personnel accountability (EP-IP-007), and, announc,e over the PA System:
| |
| ) " Attention all personnel, an ALERT has been declared. All on-call emergency personnel report to your emergency duty station. All other personnel, report to your assembly area."
| |
| Repeat above announcement twice.
| |
| B.2.2 At the direction of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR notify 0FF-SITE AGENCIES as listed and transmit the information on the Incident Form EP-IP-002-1.
| |
| NRC (Hot Line)
| |
| Verify that DER /BRP has been notified by radiological staff.
| |
| B.2.3 Call-in TSC personnel.
| |
| NORMAL WORK HOURS - TSC call-in o Call switchboard operator (dial "0") and instruct operator to notify on-call TSC personnel.
| |
| EP-IP-002, Attachment B. Rev. C, Page ( of /6
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment B EP-IP-002 Rev. C f) Page 24 of 55 0FF NORMAL HOURS -
| |
| TSC call-in o Notify Security Control Center (Ext.-114) of TSC activation.
| |
| o Initiate paging of on-call
| |
| . personnel.
| |
| B.2.4 At the direction of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, call-in EOF personnel.
| |
| NORMAL WORK HOURS -
| |
| EOF call-in o Call switchboard operator (dial "0") and instruct operator to notify on-call EOF SUPPORT MANAGER and STAFF.
| |
| o Contact POWER DISPATCHER using Hot Line or G.O. ext. 5090/5091 to l
| |
| advise him of emergency classification and instruct him to notify the RECOVERY MANAGER and to initiate EOF personnel call-in i
| |
| (ed) thru LEHIGH SERVICE CENTER SERVICE DISPATCHER.
| |
| l o Instruct CENTRAL DIVISION SERVICE l DISPATCHER (72-187-383) to call in l
| |
| 5 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS. Give DISPATCHER call back i
| |
| telephone number to acknowledge completion of call-in.
| |
| o Instruct ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR to deliver EMERGENCY vehicles to the EOF.
| |
| o Instruct the SECURITY COORDINATOR to provide access control to EOF.
| |
| I 0FF NORMAL HOURS -
| |
| EOF call-in o Notify SECURITY CONTROL CENTER (Ext.-ll4) of EOF activation.
| |
| o Initiate paging of EOF SUPPORT MANAGER and STAFF.
| |
| o Contact POWER DISPATCHER using Hot s/ Line or G.O. ext. 5090/5091 to EP-IP-002, Attachment B, Rev. C, Page ] of 16 l
| |
| 1
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment B EP-IP-002 O Rev. C Page 25 of 55 advise him of emergency classification and instruct him to notify the RECOVERY MANAGER and to initiate EOF personnel call-in thru LEHIGH SERVICE CENTER SERVICE DISPATCHER.
| |
| o Instruct CENTRAL DIVISION SERVICE .
| |
| DISPATCHER (72-187-383) to call-in 5 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS. Give DISPATCHER call back telephone number to acknowledge completion of call-in.
| |
| o Instruct ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR to deliver emergency vehicles to the EOF.
| |
| o Instruct SECURITY COORDINATOR to unlock the EOF and provide access control.
| |
| B.2.5 Contact the POWER DISPATCHER using Hot g'} ( Line or G.O. ext. 5090/5091 to advise (J, him of the emergency classification and instruct him to notify the RECOVERY MANAGER.
| |
| B.2.6 Notify the PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER using Hot Line or extension 717-542-2137 or 2138 and transmit the information on the Incident Form EP-IP-002-1.
| |
| B.2.7 At the direction of the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR or EMERGENCY D. IRE CTOR , call-in OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MCNITORING TEAMS as follows:
| |
| NORMAL WORK HOURS - 0FF-SITE TEAM CALL-IN o Call switchboard operator (dial "0") and instruct operator to notify on-call EOF SET-UP FOREMAN.
| |
| O EP-IP-002 Attachment B. Rev. C, Page 8 of/$
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS
| |
| , Attachment B EP-IP-002 Rev. C
| |
| () Page 26 of 55
| |
| ~
| |
| o Instruct CENTRAL DIVISION SERVICE DISPATCHER (72-187-383) to call-in 5 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS. Give DISPATCHER call back telephone number to acknowledge completion of call-in.
| |
| o Instruct ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR to deliver vehicles to EOF.
| |
| o Instruct the SECURITY COORDINATOR to provide access control to EOF.
| |
| OFF NORMAL HOURS - 0FF-SITE TEAM CALL-IN o Notify SCC (ext. 114) of EOF '
| |
| SET-UP FOREMAN call-in.
| |
| o Initiate paging of EOF SET-UP FOREMAN.
| |
| p) t
| |
| '~#
| |
| o Instruct CENTRAL DIVISION SERVICE DISPATCHER (72-187-383) to call-in 5 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS. Give DISPATCHER call back telephone number to acknowledge completion of call-in.
| |
| 3 Instruct ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR to deliver eraergency vehicles to the EOF.
| |
| o Instruct the SECURITY COORDINATOR to unlock EOF and provide access control.
| |
| O EP-IP-002 Attachment B, Rev. C, Page 9 of /df
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment B EP-IP-002 Rev. C O ''
| |
| Page 27 of 55 ACTION STEP COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR - CR - TSC Check UPGRADE TO SITE EMERGENCY B.3.0 The COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR will:
| |
| 3.3.1 For a SITE EMERGENCY:
| |
| NOTE: CHECK WITH EMERGENCY DIRECTOR REGARDING POTENTIAL UNHABITABILITY OR ANY ASSEMBLY AREA OR ASSEMBLY ROUTE.
| |
| Activate.che site siren for personnel accountability (EP-IP-007), and, announce over the PA System:
| |
| " Attention all personnel, a SITE g'y)
| |
| (, ' EMERGENCY has been declared. All on-call emergency personnel report to f your emergency duty station. All other personnel, report to your assembly area."
| |
| Repeat above announcement twice.
| |
| B.3.2 At the direction of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR notify 0FF-SITE AGENCIES as listed and transmit the information on Incident Form EP-IP-002-1 to:
| |
| NRC (Hot Line)
| |
| Verify that DER /BRP has been notified by radiological staff.
| |
| B.3.3 Call-in TSC personnel.
| |
| NORMAL WORK HOURS - TSC call-in o Call switchboard operator (dial "0") and instruct operator to s notify on-call TSC personnel.
| |
| EP-IP-002, Atta-hment B, Rev. C, Page /0 of /fi
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment B EP-IP-002 Rev. C O Page 28 of 55 OFF NORMAL HOURS - TSC call-in o Notify Security Control Center (Ext.-114) of TSC activation.
| |
| o Initiate paging of on-call personnel.
| |
| B.3.4 Call -in EOF personnel.
| |
| NORMAL WORK HOURS -
| |
| EOF call-in o Call switchboard operator (dial "0") and instruct operator to notify on-call EOF SUPPORT MANAGER and STAFF.
| |
| o Contact POWER DISPATCHER using Hot Line or G.O. ext. 5090/5091 to advise him of emergency classification and instruct him to l notify the RECOVERY MANAGER and to initiate EOF and General Office personnel call-in thru LEHIGH O SERVICE CENTER SERVICZ DISPATCHER.
| |
| o Instruct CENTRAL DIVISION SERVICE DISPATCHER (72-187-383) to call in 5 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS. Give DISPATCHER call back telephone number to acknowledge completion of call-in.
| |
| o Instruct ADMINISTRATIVE
| |
| ) COORDINATOR to deliver EMERGENCY l
| |
| vehicles to the EOF.
| |
| o Instruct the SECURITY COORDINATOR to provide access control to EOF.
| |
| OFF NORMAL HOURS - EOF call-in
| |
| > o Notify SECURITY CONTROL CENTER (Ext.-ll4) of EOF activation.
| |
| o Initiate paging of EOF SUPPORT t
| |
| MANAGER and STAFF.
| |
| 5 o Contact POWER DISPATCHER using Hot O Line or G.O. ext. 5090/5091 to advise him of emergency I
| |
| EP-IP-002, Attachment B. Rev. C, P a ge // o f /6~
| |
| ~ - - , . - . . , . . , - , _ , ., _
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment B -
| |
| EP-IP-002 Rev. C O Page 29 of 55 classification and instruct him to notify the RECOVERY MANAGER and to initiate EOF and General Office personnel call-in thru LEHIGH SERVICE CENTER SERVICE DISPATCHER.
| |
| o Instruct CENTRAL DIVISION SERVICE DISPATCHER (72-187-383) to-call-in 5 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS. Give DISPATCHER call back telephone number to acknowledge completion of call-in.
| |
| o Instruct ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR to deliver emergency vehicles to the EOF.
| |
| o Instruct SECURITY COORDINATOR to unlock the EOF and provide access control.
| |
| B.3.5 Site Evacuatio l NOTE: CHECK WITH, EMERGENCY DIRECTOR PRIOR TO INITIATING EVACUATION.
| |
| Notify the SECURITY COORDINATOR i
| |
| (prefe,rable)/ SCC CONTROLLER l
| |
| (alternate) to initiate evacuation of all non-essential site personnel and blocking of Township Road T-419.
| |
| l B.3.6 Notify the PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER using Hot Lins or extension l 717-542-2137 or 2138 and transmit the
| |
| ; information on the Incidsnt For l EP-IP-002-1.
| |
| l l
| |
| l O .
| |
| EP-IP-002, Attachment B. Rev. C, Page /2 of /6 l
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFIGATIONS Attachment B EP-IP-002 Rev. C O Page 30 of 55 ACTION STEP COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR - CR - TSC Check UPGRADE TO GENERAL EMERGENCY B.4.0 The COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR will:
| |
| B.4.1 For a GENERAL EMERGENCY:
| |
| NOTE: CHECK WITH EMERGENCY DIRECTOR REGARDING POTENTIAL UNHABITABILITY OF ANY ASSEMBLY AREA OR ASSEMBLY ROUTE.
| |
| Activate the site siren for personnel l
| |
| accountability (EP-IP-007), and, announce over the PA System:
| |
| " Attention all personnel, a GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared. All on-call emergency personnel report to your emergency duty station. All other personnel, report to your assembly area."
| |
| ! . Repeat above announcement twice.
| |
| B.4.2 At the direction of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR notify 0FF-SITE AGENCIES as listed and transmit the information on Incident Form EP-IP-002-1 to:
| |
| PEMA (hot line*)
| |
| LCCD 1 (hot line)
| |
| ~~
| |
| CEMA (hot line)
| |
| NRC (hot line)
| |
| Verify that DER /BRP has been notified by radiological staff.
| |
| EP-IP-002, Attachment B. Rev. C, Page /3 of /fI
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment B I
| |
| EP-IP-002 Rev. C
| |
| { Page 31 of 55
| |
| * 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. only - all other times call (717) 783-8150.
| |
| ; B.4.3 Call-in TSC personnel.
| |
| NORMAL WORK HOURS -
| |
| TSC call-in o Call switchboard operator (dial "0") and instruct operator to notify on-call TSC personnel.
| |
| OFF NORMAL HOURS - TSC call-in o Notify Security Contro L Center (Ext.-ll4) of TSC activation.
| |
| t o Initiate paging of on-call personnel.
| |
| B.4.4 Call-in EOF personnel.
| |
| , NORMAL WORK HOURS -
| |
| EOF call-in i
| |
| o Call switchboard operator (dial "0") and instruct operator to
| |
| ^
| |
| () ^
| |
| notify on-call EOF SUPPORT MANAGER and STAFF.
| |
| o Contact POWER DISPATCHER using Hot Line or G.O. ext. 5090/5091 to advise him of emergency classification and instruct him to notify the RECOVERY MANAGER and to initiate EOF and General Office personnel call-in thru LEHIGH SERVICE CENTER SERVICE DISPATCHER.
| |
| o instruct CENTRAL DIVISION SERVICE DISPATCHER (72-187-383) to call in 5 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS. Give DISPATCHER call back telephone number to acknowledge completion of call-in.
| |
| o Instruct ADMINISTRATIVE CCORDINATOR to deliver EMERGENCY vehicles to the EOF.
| |
| o Instruct the SECURITY COORDINATOR to provide access control to EOF. '
| |
| \
| |
| EP-IP-002, Attachment B. Rev. C, Page /4 of /$
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment B EP-IP-002 -
| |
| Rev. C s, Page 32 of 55 v,
| |
| OFF NORMAL HOURS - EOF call-in o Notify SECURITY CONTROL CENTER (Ext.-ll4) of EOF activation. i o Initiate paging of EOF SUPPORT MANAGER and STAFF.
| |
| o Contact POWER DISPATCHER using Hot Line or G.O. ext. 5090/5091 to advise him of emergency classification and instruct him to notify the RECOVERY MANAGER and to initiate EOF and General Office personnel call-in thru LEHIGH SERVICE CENTER SERVICE DISPATCHER.
| |
| o Instruct CENTRAL DIVISION SERVICE DISPATCHER (72-187-383) to call-in 5 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS. Give DISPATCHER call back telephone number to acknowledge completion of call-in.
| |
| o Instruct ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR to deliver emergency vehicles to the EOF.
| |
| o Instruct SECURITY COORDINATOR to unlock the EOF and provide access control.
| |
| B.4.5 Site Evacuation NOTE: CHECK WITH EliERGENCY DIRECTOR PRIOR TO INITIATING EVACUATION.
| |
| Notify the SECURITY COORDINATOR (preferable)/ SCC CONTROLLER (alternate) to initiate evacuation of all non-essential site personnel and blocking of Township Road T-419.
| |
| B.4.6 Notify the PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER using Hot Line or extension 717-542-2137 or 2138 and transmit the information on the Incident For
| |
| () EP-IP-002-1.
| |
| EP-IP-002 Attachment B, Rev. C, Page /6 of /'i
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment C EP-IP-002 Rev. C O Page 33 of 55 ACTION STEP POWER DISPATCHER Check C.1.0 At the direction of the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR, the POWER DISPATCHER will:
| |
| C.l.1 Notify RECOVERY MANAGER.
| |
| o Telephone the on-call RECOVERY MANAGER, advise him of emergency classification and direct him to call the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| o If the RECOVERY MANAGER cannot be contacted by phone, activate the encoder to page him.
| |
| o If contact still cannot be made, telephone an alternate RECOVERY MANAGER.
| |
| O NOTE: NAMES AND PHONE NUMBERS ARE IN THE ON-CALL LIST WHICH IS LOCATED IN THE POWER CONTROL CENTER.
| |
| C.l.2 Activate EOF and General Office
| |
| ; personnel call-in.
| |
| o Call the LEHIGH SERVICE CENTER SERVICES DISPATCHER on 432-1070 or 867-2131 and direct that he initiate personnel call-in.
| |
| (These numbers are not for general distribution or useage).
| |
| NOTE: FOR SITE OR GENERAL EMERGENCT, OFF-SITE PERSONNEL CALL-IN IS TO BE AUTOMATICALLY INITIATED.
| |
| O EP-IP-002, Attachment C, Rev. C, Page / of I i
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment D EP-IP-002 l Rev. C
| |
| () Page 34 of 55 ACTION STEP l LEHIGH SERVICE CENTER SERVICE DISPATCHER '
| |
| Check l l D.l.0 At the direction of the POWER DISPATCHER, the LEHIGH SERVICE CENTER SERVICE DISPATCHER will initiate call-in of EOF and General
| |
| ! Office personnel.
| |
| NORMAL WORK HOURS o Call Nuclear Department Administration on 770-6803 and inform them that EOF activation is in progress.
| |
| o Activate the pagers for EOF personnel.
| |
| OFF NORMAL HOURS o Activate the pagers for EOF personnel.
| |
| o Ensure calls begin coming into phone recorder.
| |
| o If no calls come into phone recorder, call the ON-CALL SITE SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| o If the ON-CALL SITE SUPPORT MANAGER does not arrive at the LSC within 20 minutes of pager activation, call the ON-CALL SITE SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| l o If the ON-CALL SITE SUPPORT l
| |
| MANAGER cannot be reached, call the alternates until one is contacted.
| |
| l l
| |
| NOTE: NAMES AND PHONE NUMBERS ARE AVAILABLE IN THE ON-CALL LIST WHICH IS AVAILABLE j IN THE LSC TROUBLE ROOM.
| |
| l EP-IP-002 Attachment D. Rev. C, Page I of
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment E EP-IP-002 Rev. C O Page 35 of 55 ACTION STEP SECURITY COORDINATOR Check E.1.0 The SECURITY COORDINATOR will instruct the SCC CONTROLLER to:
| |
| E.1.1 Upon notification by the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-CR-TSC of TSC or EOF personnel call-in:
| |
| o Establish a listing of personnel casponding to call-in.
| |
| o Compare actual respondees to on-call list.
| |
| o If any on-call personnel do not respond within ten (10) minutes, attempt to contact by telephone.
| |
| If unsuccessful, call the
| |
| -) alternates until one is reached.
| |
| s)
| |
| NOTE: NAMES AND PHONE NUMBERS ARE AVAILABLE IN THE ON-CALL LIST WHICH IS AVAILABLE IN THE SCC.
| |
| o Transfer alternate call-in function to ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR.
| |
| E.1.2 At the direction of the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-CR-TSC to block Township Road T-419; notify State Police (Hot Line) to implement same.
| |
| I E.2.0 The SECURITY COORDINATOR will:
| |
| E.2.1 At the direction of the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR, dispatch a SECURITY OFFICER to unlock EOF and establish access control.
| |
| ~ ,
| |
| E.2.2 At the direction of the COMMUNICATIONS I COORDINATOR-CR-TSC evacuate the site !
| |
| ("d]
| |
| A of unnecessary personnel (EP-IP-021).
| |
| EP-IP-002, Attachment E, Rev. C. Page / of d
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment E EP-IP-002
| |
| ; Rev. C Page 36 of 55 E.2.3 For SITE or GENERAL EMERGENCY - direct SCC CONTROLLER to notify State Police to block Township Road T-419.
| |
| E.2.4 Coordinate and act as liaison with outside law enforcement agencies.
| |
| E.2.5 When directed, provide access control and traffic control for off-site PP&L locations.
| |
| O
| |
| )
| |
| l
| |
| (:)
| |
| EP-IP-002, Attachment E. Rev. C, Page JE of 2L
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment F EP-IP-002 Rev. C O-s Page 37 of 55 ACTION STEP RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR Check F.1.0 The RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR will:
| |
| F.1.1 Continue dose projections and off-site environmental assessment until functions are assumed by RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| F.1.2 If EOF is NOT activated and additional 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS are required, notify COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-CR-TSC to perform the necessary action steps needed to activate teams.
| |
| F.1.3 Provide and direct ON-SITE RADIATION MONITORING PERSONNEL for effluent release assessment.
| |
| F.1.4 Fill out and approve Radiological Assessment Form EP-IP-002-2.
| |
| F.1.5 Maintain communications with and transmit information on Radiological Assessment Form EP-IP-002-2 to DER /BRP radiological personnel until relieved of the responsibility by the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| F.1.6 Distribute Radiological Assessment Form, EP-IP-002-2, to EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| F.1.7 IF unable to contact DER /BRP, utilize alternate means of communications per EP-IP-018.
| |
| 1 l
| |
| () ,
| |
| EP-IP-002, Attachment F. Rev. C, Page I of [
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment G EP-IP-002 Rev. C
| |
| () Page 38 of 55 ACTION STEP TECHNICAL SUPPORT COORDINATOR G.1.0 The TECHNICAL SUPPORT COORDINATOR will:
| |
| o Maintain communications with DER /BRP technical personnel regarding plant specifics until relieved of this responsibility by the ASSISTANT TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| o Upon notification that the GENERAL OFFICE EMERGENCY FACILITIES have been activated direct all requests for
| |
| . engineering assistance to the ENGINEERING SUPPORT LEADER (Ext. 5397) until the establishment of the EOF Technical Support Function.
| |
| o Following establishment of the EOF Technical Support Function, direct all requests for engineering assistance to the EOF.
| |
| i i
| |
| O i
| |
| EP-IP-002, Attachment G, Rev. C, Page j o' l
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment H EP-IP-002 Rev. C O .
| |
| Page 39 of 55 ACTION STEP CENTRAL DIVISION SERVICE DISPATCHER Check H.l.0 At the direction of the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR, the CENTRAL DIVISION SERVICE DISPATCHER will:
| |
| H . l.1 Call-in the required number of 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS.
| |
| Two people per team.
| |
| NOTE: THE TEAM PERSONNEL ARE IDENTIFIED ON THE CALL-IN LIST AVAILABLE IN THE DISPATCHER'S OFFICE.
| |
| H.l.2 Notify the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR of completion of team activation.
| |
| O l
| |
| 4 EP-IP-002, Attachment H. Rev. C, Page I of /
| |
| l l
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment I EP-IP-002 Rev. C O Page 40 of 55 ACTION S12P RECOVERY MANAGER Check I.l.0 The RECOVERY MANAGER will: '
| |
| I.l.1 After being notified, call the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR at SSES (717-542-2417) and discuss the extent of the emergency condition.
| |
| I.l.2 Notify the EOF staff as follows:
| |
| NORMAL WORK HOURS o Direct the GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER to contact the General Office on-call and primary emergency managers and on-call staffs and have them proceed to N-495.
| |
| () o Prior to EOF activation, hold periodic updates with the emergency organization.
| |
| OFF NORMAL HOURS Upon notification of an UNUSUAL EVENT or ALERT classification:
| |
| o Attempt to contact the on-call GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER and have him in turn attempt to contact the on-call EOF managers and staff to notify them of a potential future EOF activation.
| |
| 1 PERFORMANCE OF THIS STEP IS NOT NOTE:
| |
| MANDATORY. IT IS STRICTLY ANTICIPATORY IN NATURE.
| |
| EP-IP-002, Attachment I, Rev. C, Page f of b
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment I EP-IP-002 Rev. C O Page 41 of 55 I.l.3 EOF activation NORMAL WORK HOURS o UNUSUAL EVENT or ALERT If upon discussion with EMERGENCY DIRECTOR the RECOVERY MANAGER decides to activate the EOF, instruct the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR to initiate same, o SITE or GENERAL EMERGENCY EOF automatically activated by EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| o Conduct a final briefing of EOF emergency managers and staff in N-495.
| |
| l NOTE: IF THE RECOVERY MANAGER HAS NOT BRIEFED THE EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION C_3) WITHIN 15 MINUTES OF EOF ACTIV/.? ION, THE GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MAN /.GER WILL CONDUCT THE BRIEFING AND LISPATCH THE EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION TO THE SITE.
| |
| o Proceed to EOF.
| |
| OFF NORMAL HOURS o UNUSUAL EVENT or ALERT If upon discussion with EMERGENCY DIRECTOR the RECOVERY MANAGER decides to activate the EOF, instruct the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR to initiate same, o SITE or GENERAL EMERGENCY EOF automatically activated by EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| o Call POWER DISPATCHER l (770-5090/5091) to verify EP-IP-002, Attachment I, Rev. C, Page d of 3
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment I EP-IP-002 Rev. C
| |
| \- Page 42 of 55 initiation of EOF personnel call-in.
| |
| NOTE: IF POWER DISPATCHER HAS NOT INITIATED CALL-IN, INSTRUCT HIM TO DO SO AND TO CONTACT EMERGENCY DIRECTOR AND VERIFY CALL-IN OF EOF SUPPORT MANAGER AND STAFF.
| |
| o Proceed to EOF.
| |
| I.1.4 Prepare to and formally relieve EOF SUPPORT MANAGER per EP-IP-030.
| |
| I.l.5 Prepare to and formally relieve the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR of those emergency management responsibilities'not already transferred to the EOF SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| I.l.6 Maintain consistency of understanding
| |
| , and direction through use of conference calls between TSC, EOF and General Office. If NRC or DER /BRP are present in EOF, have them participate in conference calls.
| |
| I.2.0 UPGRADING I.2.1 In the event of an upgrade to a SITE or GENERAL EMERGENCY, direct the SITE SUPPORT MANAGER to perform the steps in Attachment J.3.
| |
| O EP-IP-002, Attachment I, Rev. C, Page3 of 3
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS
| |
| . Attachment J EP-IP-002 Rev. C
| |
| () Page 43 of 55 ACTION STEP SITE SUPPORT MANAGER Check J.1.0 Upon notification of an EMERGENCY, the SITE SUPPORT MANAGER will:
| |
| NORMAL WORK HOURS o Report to N-495 for briefxng.
| |
| o Upon EOF activation, report to EOF.
| |
| OFF NORMAL HOURS o Upon receiving EOF activation page, report to LSC TROUBLE ROOM and verify EOF MANAGER / STAFF response to call-in per EP-IP-018.
| |
| o Report to EOF.
| |
| O l
| |
| O ,
| |
| EP-IP-002, Attachment J, Rev. C, Page j of b
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment J EP-IP-002 Rev. C
| |
| () Page 44 of 55 J.2.0 Upon arrival at EOF take over responsibility for information management, including:
| |
| o Maintaining communications link with GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| o Maintaining communications link with PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER.
| |
| o Reviewing all proposed press releases for accuracy and secure RECOVERY MANAGER approval prior to release. In his absence or unavailability, authorize release.
| |
| o Periodically updating all EOF personnel regarding plant and radiological status and emergency management activities.
| |
| o Initiation of TSC/ EOF conference calls, o Maintaining a log of all activities.
| |
| o Periodically updating the NRC agencies as to plant status (see J.4.0).
| |
| o Maintaining a history of all released information, specifically, press releases, Incident Forms (EP-IP-002-1) and Radiological Assessment Forms (EP-IP-002-2). Note, information released by the Control Room or TSC should be obtained on a "Not-to-Interfere-Basis."
| |
| 4 EP-IP-002. Attachment J. Rev. C, Page Z of h
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment J EP-IP-002 O Rev. C Page 45 of 55 J.3.0 UPGRADING EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION J.3.1 Only perform those action steps for which the EOF has formally assumed control.
| |
| TO TO SITE EfERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY Announce reclassi- Announce reclass-fication to EOF ification to EOF personnel, the personnel, the EMERGENCY DIREC- EMERGENCY DIREC-TOR and the Gen- TOR and the Gen-eral Office eral Office Document reclassi- Document reclass-fication, date and ification, date time. ,
| |
| and time.
| |
| NOTE: Complete incident Complete incident MUST BE INITIAT- form EP-IP-002-1 form EP-IP-002-1 ED IMMEDIATELY l O FOLLOWING .RE-CLASSIFICATION NOTIFY: NOTIFY:
| |
| DER /BRP DER /BRP NRC PEMA i
| |
| LCCD l CEMA
| |
| . NRC j J.3.2- Notify the PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER.
| |
| J.3.3 Disseminate information from Incident Form EP-IP-002-1 to: RECOVERY MANAGER, TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER, RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER, GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER AND EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| J.3.4 In the event of an off-site affluent (gaseous or liquid) release, complete -
| |
| Radiological Assessment Form EP-IP-002-2 and disseminate information to NRC, RECOVERY MANAGER,
| |
| ! O- TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER, GENERAL EP-IP-002, Attachment J, Rev. C, Page 3 of.6
| |
| | |
| i EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT !
| |
| NOTIFICATIONS j Attachment J EP-IP-002 Rev. C Page 46 of 55 0FFICE SUPPORT MANAGER AND EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| J.3.5 Ensure that required notifications have been made.
| |
| EOF PERSONNEL EMERGENCY DIRECTOR OFF-SITE AGENCIES PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER GENERAL OFFICE J.3.6 When conditions change significantly, return to EP-IP-001 and determine whether to reclassify the EMERGENCY.
| |
| J.3.7 During static conditions (no change.in classification) perform periodic communications / updates per Attachment J.4.
| |
| 0"
| |
| ~
| |
| /
| |
| * EP-IP-002, Attachment J. Rev. C, Page h of h
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment J EP-IP-002 O Rev. C Page 47 of 55 J.4.0 STATIC CONDITION -
| |
| INFORMATION UPDATE J.4.1 INCIDENT UPDATE MATRIX NOTIFIER ORGANIZATION SITE &
| |
| TO BE UNUSUAL GENERAL NOTIFIED EVENT ALERT EMERGENCY DER /BRP TECH Tech. Support Tech. Support Coordinator Manager NRC EMERGENCY Emergency S"tc Support Director Manager DIRECTOR REC. MGR. Emergency Site Support AS Director Manager G.O. SUPPORT SITUATION Recovery Site Support MANAGER Manager Manager DICTATES PUBLIC INFORM- Emergency Site Support ATION MANAGER Director Manager ENGINEERING Tech. Support Tech. Support SUPPORT LEADER Coordinator Manager EMERGENCY Not \! Not Site Support DIRECTOR Applicable Applicable Manager o For record purposes and incident reconstruction, all incident update information is to be recorded on an Incident Form, EP-IP-002-1, prior to transmission.
| |
| o Incident update information must be approved by either EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, SITE SUPPORT MANAGER or RECOVERY MANAGER prior to transm'ission.
| |
| o Incident update information should be transmitted every 30 minutes or after any significant event (excluding reclassification which is governed by separate procedure).
| |
| o " NOTIFIER" listed in Matrix for any given classification is preferred individual. Individual listed in lowest classification has the responsibility for notification until relieved.
| |
| o " NOTIFIER" listed in matrix need not perform the update himself but is responsible for seeing that it is
| |
| () ,
| |
| accomplished.
| |
| o If EOF activated, the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will keep the GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER appraised of EMERGENCY status until relieved of this function by EOF personnel.
| |
| EP-IP-002, Attachment J. Rev. C, Page d of h
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment J EP-IP-002 O Rev. C Page 48 of 55 )
| |
| J.3.2 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT UPDATE MATRIX (ONLY REQUIRED IN EVENT OF GASEOUS OR '
| |
| LIQUID EFFLUENT RELEASE)
| |
| NOTIFIER )
| |
| ORGANIZATION SITE &
| |
| TO BE UNUSUAL GENERAL NOTIFIED l EVENT ALERT EMERGENCY '
| |
| i i DER /BRP RAD Emergency Radiation Radiation l Di' rector Protection Support
| |
| ! , Coordinator Manager NRC Emergency Emergency Site Support Director Director Manager REC. MGR. ,4rgency Emergency Site Support Director Director Manager G.O. SUPPORT Recovery Recovery Site Support Manager Manager Manager EMERGENCY Health Radiological Site Support DIRECTOR O Physics Technician Protection Coordinator Manager o For record purposes and incident reconstruction, all status update information is to be recorded on the Radiological Assessment Form, EP-IP-002-2, prior to transmission.
| |
| o Radiological Assessment status update information must be approved by either EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR OR RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER prior to transmission.
| |
| I o Radiological Assessment status update information should be transmitted every 30 minutes or after any significant change in effluent release status, o " NOTIFIER" listed in Matrix for any given classification is l preferred individual. Individual listed in lowest l classification has the responsibility for notification until received.
| |
| o " NOTIFIER" listed in Matrix need not perform the update himself but is responsible for seeing that it is accomplished.
| |
| 1 o If EOF activated, the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will keep the
| |
| (} GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER appraised of EMERGENCY status until relieved of this function by EOF personnel.
| |
| EP-TP-002 Attachment J. Rev. C, Page 6 of b
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment K EP-IP-002 gg Rev. C U Page 49 of 55 ACTION STEP COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR - EOF Check UPGRADE TO SITE EMERGENCY K . l.1 At the direction of the SITE SUPPORT MANAGER, notify 0FF-SITE AGENCIES as listed and transmit the information on Incident Form EP-IP-002-1 to:
| |
| NRC (Hot Line)
| |
| Verify that DER /BRP has been notified by radiological staff.
| |
| K.l.2 At the direction of the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER, call-in additional 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS as follows:
| |
| () o Instruct CENTRAL DIVISION SERVICE DISPATCHER (72-187-383) to call in additional 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS. Give DISPATCHER call back telephone number to acknowledge completion of call-in.
| |
| o Instruct ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR to deliver additional i EMERGENCY vehicles to the EOF, if required.
| |
| T d
| |
| O EP-IP-002, Attachment K, Rev. C, Page l of 7-
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment K EP-IP-002 O Rev. C Page 50 of 55 ACTION STEP COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR - EOF Check UPGRADE TO GENERAL EMERGENCY '
| |
| K.2.0 The COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR will:
| |
| K.2.1 At the direction of the SITE SUPPORT MANAGER, notify 0FF-SITE AGENCIES as listed and transmit the information on Incident Form EP-IP-002-1 to:
| |
| PEMA (hot line*)
| |
| LCCD (hot line)
| |
| CEMA
| |
| - (hot line)
| |
| NRC (hot line)
| |
| Verify that DER /BRP has been notified by radiological staff.
| |
| * 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. only - all other times call (717) 783-8150.
| |
| K.2.2 At the. direction of the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER, call-in additional 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS as follows:
| |
| o Instruct CENTRAL DIVISION SERVICE l DISPATCHER (72-187-383) to call in additional 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS. Give DISPATCHER call back telephone number ts
| |
| , acknowledge completion of_ call-in.
| |
| l o Instruct ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR to deliver additional EMERGENCY vehicles to the EOF,.if required.
| |
| EP-IP-002, Attachment K. Rev. C, Page 2 of 2-
| |
| | |
| 1 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment L EP-IP-002 O Rev. C Page 51 of 55 ACTION STEP RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER Check L.1.0 The RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER will:
| |
| L.l.1 If additional 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS are needed, instruct the COMMUNICATIONS CCORDINATOR to perform the necessary actions to activate desirel number of teams.
| |
| L.l.2 Relieve EOF SUPPORT MANAGER of responsibility for dose assessment, OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS, protective action recommendations and communication with DER /BRP.
| |
| L.l.3 IF unable to contact DER /BRP, utilize alternate me.ans of communications per EP-IP-018.
| |
| L.l.4 Transmit information ou Incident From EP-IP-002-1 to DER /BRP, when directed to by the SITE SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| Return completed form to SITE SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| L.l.5 Approve information on Radiological Assessment Form EP-IP-002-2, transmit information to DER /BRP and return completed form to SITE SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| (:).
| |
| EP-IP-002, Attachment L, Rev. C, Page I of l
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment M EP-IP-002 O Rev. C Page 52 of 55 ACTION STEP TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER M.l.0 The TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER will:
| |
| o Assume responsibility for communications with DER /BRP technical personnel regarding plant specifics frca the ASSISTANT TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| o Assume responsibility for communications with the ENGINEERING SUPPORT LEADER from the ASSISTANT TECHNICAL SUPPORT.
| |
| f EP-IP-002, Attachment M, Rev. C, Page I of l
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment N EP-IP-002 Rev. C O
| |
| Page 53 of 55 ;
| |
| ACTION STEP GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER Check N.l.0 After being notified of an EMERGENCY, the GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER will:
| |
| N.l.1 NORMAL WORK HOURS o Contact the general office on-call and primary emergency managers and on-call staff and assemble them in N-495.
| |
| o Coordinate periodic updates (by the RECOVERY MANAGER) on the status of the EMERGENCY.
| |
| o Establish transportation arrangements for general office emergency managers and staffs.
| |
| () o Upon EOF activation, sctivate the GENERAL OFFICE NUCLEAR EMERGENCY SUPPORT CENTER per EP-IP-032 and contact any general office EOF personnel that have not responded, o If the EOF is activated, and the RECOVERY MANAGER has not reported l co N-495 within 15 minutes, l conduct a final briefing for .
| |
| general office EOF personnel I before they depart for the site.
| |
| N.l.2 0FF-HOURS o At the direction of the RECOVERY MANAGER, attempt to contact the on-call general office and site EOF managers and staff to notify them of a potential future EOF activation. Report results to RECOVERY MANAGER.
| |
| o Upon activation of the EOF, activate the GENERAL OFFICE NUCLEAR EMERGENCY SUPPORT CENTER O per EP-IP-032.
| |
| EP-IP-002, Attachment N. Rev. C, Page / o f f-
| |
| | |
| . . . . . - . . . - - . = _ - - . _ . - --.
| |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment N l l
| |
| EP-IP-002
| |
| () Rev. C Page 54 of 55 o Notify TECHNICAL SUPPORT i
| |
| COORDINATOR (Ext. 117) when GENERAL OFFICE NUCLEAR EMERGENCY j SUPPORT CENTER and General Office i
| |
| Engineering Support Organization j are fully activated.
| |
| i O
| |
| O EP-IP-002, Attachment * * , Rev. C. Page 2 of 2k
| |
| | |
| - _ - _ - . _ . _ _ . . . . - _ . . . =- . . _ _ -.
| |
| l EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATIONS Attachment 0 EP-IP-002 Rev. C Page 55 of 55 ACTION STEP ENGINEERING SUPPORT LEADER 0.1.0 After being notified of a SITE or GENERAL EMERGENCY or EOF activation, the ENGINEERING '
| |
| SUPPORT LEADER will activate the general j office engineering support organization per '
| |
| EP-IP-032.
| |
| 0.1.1 When the General Office Engineering Support Organization is fully activated, notify GENERAL OFFICE l SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| l l
| |
| l
| |
| \
| |
| l 0
| |
| EP-IP-002, Attachment 0, Rev. C, Page / of /
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES 1
| |
| EP-IP-003
| |
| * Revision A Page 1 of 22 1
| |
| PROCEDURE COVER SHEET 1
| |
| PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES - EP-IP-003 i Effective Data Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date i
| |
| L O
| |
| Prepared By Date Reviewed By Date PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( ) Date L Approved By Date , _ , _ ,
| |
| Section Head l~ .
| |
| Date Superintendent of Plant i
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT <
| |
| RESPONSIBILITIES EP-IP-003 Revision A Page 2 of 22 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page No.
| |
| 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3-4 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4-15 ATTACHMENTS TO BE ISSUED LATER O Attachment Page No.
| |
| A ON-SHIFT CREW - ORGANIZATION AND LATER EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES l B TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER - ORGANIZATION AND EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES C EOF INITIAL ORGANIZATION - ORGANIZATION AND EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES D EOF PERMANENT ORGANIZATION - ORGANIZATION AND EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES E PUBLIC INFORMATION ORGANIZATION -
| |
| ORGANIZATION AND EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES F GENERAL OFFICE NUCLEAR EMERGENCY SUPPORT CENTER - ORGANIZATION AND EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES G ENGINEERING SUPPORT CENTER - ORGANIZATION
| |
| () AND EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES l
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT '
| |
| RESPONSIBILITIES EP-IP-003 !
| |
| Revision A Page 3 of 22 0 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to describe the progression of EMERGENCY activities, the emergency management structure and KEY EMERGENCY MANAGER responsibilities which have been established to effectively respond to EMERGENCIES.at the Susquehanna S team Electric Station (SSES).
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE This procedure applies to all EMERGENCIES occurring at SSES, except for work stoppages associated with labor.
| |
| , contract negotiations and/or disputes.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 NUREG-0654, Planning. Standards and Evaluation Criteria 3.2 NUREG-0696, Functional Criteria for Emergency Response Facilities
| |
| <~' 3.3 NUREG-0731, Guidelines for Utility Management l Structure and Technical Resources, Sept. 1980.
| |
| t 3.4 SSES Emergency Plan 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 CMC - Corporate Management Committee 4.2 EOF - Emergency Operations Facility 4.3 TSC - Technic'al Support Center 4.4 OSC - Operations Support Center 4.5 CR - Control Room 4.6 NRC - Nuclear Regulatory Commission
| |
| ~, 4.7 PEMA - Pennsylvania Emergency Management Agency 4.8 LCCD - Luzerne County Civil Defense 4.9 CEMA - Columbia County Emergency Management Agency
| |
| () 4.10 DER /BRP - Dept. of Environmental Resources / Bureau of Radiological Protection
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES EP-IP-003 Revision A Page 4 of 22 O
| |
| ~
| |
| 4.11 GONESC - General Office Nuclear Emergency Support (
| |
| Center 4.12 ESC - Engineering Support Center (General Office) 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 Tha progression of emergency activities for each major sub-set of the overall emergency response organization is described in Section 6, Instructions, as a function of the level of emergency declared.
| |
| 5.2 The organizational structure of each major sub-set of the overall emergency response organization and the responsibilities of'the key participants-comprising the emergency response organizations are described in Attachments A through G.
| |
| 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS m-NOTE: THIS PROCEDURE IS INTENDED TO BE OF USE PRIMARILY AS A TRAINING TOOL TO AID IN UNDERSTANDING THE EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION, AND CONSEQUENTLY, THE LEVEL OF DETAIL COVERED HERE IS NOT ADEQUATE FOR USE DURING AN ACTUAL EMERGENCY. REFER TO THE APPROPRIATE. IMPLEMENTING PROCEDUR3 FOR SPECIFIC DETAILS ON HOW TO ACCOMPLISH THE NECESSARY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES.
| |
| 6.1 The emergency response organization is comprised of the ON-SHIFT CREW; an on-site emergency management, technical and radiological support function located in the TSC; an off-site emergency' management, technical and radiological support function located in the EOF; an of f-site public information function
| |
| , located in the SPECIAL OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT or
| |
| ; the MOC, as necessary; a company-internal communications and general support function, located in the GONESC; and a technical and engineering support function, located in the ESC. The functions
| |
| ; actually mobilized during an incident will depend on the nature and severity of the incident, and may range from complete mobilization of the entire emergency response organization down to resolution of the incident by the ON-SHIFT CREW.
| |
| O- '
| |
| 6.2 In the event that conditions warrant, the emergency response organization also includes a RESTORATION
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES EP-IP-003 Revision A
| |
| * Page 5 of 22 O function, under the leadership of a RESTORATION MANAGER. This activity is geared to returning the unit to service and would not be established until there was adequate assurance that the plant was in a stable, shutdown condition with minimal pro'oability of an unplanned release of radioactivity to the environment. Because the organization and operating philosophy of the restoration group will be strongly dependent on the nature of the specific emergency involved, it will be developed on an "as-needed" basis. Therefore, the restoration activity is not discussed further in this procedure.
| |
| ~
| |
| 6.3 ON-SHIFT CREW NOTE: ATTACHMENT A DESCRIBES THE ORGANIZATION OF THE ON-SHIFT. CREW AND THE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES OF IT'S KEY PERSONNEL.
| |
| l
| |
| ~~
| |
| 6.3.1 The ON-SHIFT CREW is responsible for the immediate response to an abnormal event.
| |
| O Upon learning of an event, the shift supervisor (SS) evaluates the situation, initiates appropriate corrective action, and determines if the Emergency Plan is to be initiated. .
| |
| 6.3.2 If the Emergency Plan is initiated, the SS assumes the role of EMERGENCY DIRECTOR (SS/ED), classifies the event, institutes immediate response actions, and ensures prope'r notifications are made (During this phase of the event, the SS/ED is responsible for both plant operations and emergency management.) To assist with emergency management communications, the SS/ED appoints a COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.3.2.1 UNUSUAL EVENT - When the situation is initially classified as an UNUSUAL EVENT, the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR promptly notifies PEMA, LCCD and the NRC. The SS/ED notifies the PLANT SUPERINTENDENT, or his alternate, of the situation
| |
| () and may or may not request to be relieved of his ED duties, depending on the nature of the
| |
| | |
| i EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES EP-IP-003 Revision A -
| |
| Page 6 of 22 O situation. The COMMUNICATIONS
| |
| ' COORDINATOR will also contact the PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER (PIM) and ensure that the RECOVERY MANAGER is contacted. If an off-site release is in progress or expected, the SS/ED will notify HEALTH PHYSICS and' CHEMISTRY TECHNICIANS to report to the CONTROL ROOM (CR). Finally, the SS/ED will appoint an OSC COORDINATOR who will establish the OSC in an office adj acent to the CR for use in mobilizing the ON-SHIFT CREW and dispatching emergency teams.
| |
| 6.3.2.2 ALERT - Wh.en the situation is initially classified as an ALERT, the ON-SHIFT CREW emergency response actions are similar to those for an UNUSUAL EVENT. --
| |
| However, in the case of an ALERT, i
| |
| the SS/ED directs the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR to initiate staffing of the TSC. At the' request of the RECOVERY MANAGER, the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR will initiate staffing of the EOF. Additionally, the
| |
| ~
| |
| SS/ED will direct the SECURITY COORDINATOR to initiate the accountability procedure for l
| |
| on-site personnel.
| |
| 6.3.2.3 SITE EMERGENCY - When the situation is initially classified as a SITE EMERGENCY, the ON-SHIFT CREW emergency responsa actions are similar to those for an ALERT.
| |
| o However, in the case of a SITE EMERGENCY, the SS/ED directs the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR to initiate staffing of the EOF. In addition, evacuation of unnecessary personnel from either specific areas of the site or the site itself, will be initiated by the
| |
| ( ). SS/ED, as appropriate. A request for off-site traffic control by the Pa. State Police of those township w--- --
| |
| -- e..-- - - - .
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES EP-IP-003 Revision A Page 7 of 22 O roads crossing the site boundary will also be made.
| |
| 6.3.2.4 GENERAL EMERGENCY - When the situation is initially classified as a GENERAL EMERGENCY, the ON-SHIFT CREW emergency response actions are similar to those f or a SITE EMERGENCY, except that CEMA is also notified by the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.3.3 Once the appr.opriate immediate emergency
| |
| . response actions have been completed, the SS/ED will continue to direct the efforts of the ON-SHIFT CREW towards both plant operations and emergency management until the abnormal. situation is terminated or the SS/ED is relieved of his emergency management responsibilities by the PLANT SUPERINTENDENT, or his designee. When the emergency management responsibilities have --
| |
| been transferred to the PLANT SUPERINTENDENT, or his designee, the SS and O' the ON-SHIFT CREW will then devote their entire efforts to establishing and maintaining the plant in a safe, stable condition. The PLANT SUPERINTENDENT, or his designee, will assume the roles of ED.and direct all emergency management activities.
| |
| 6.4 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER NOTE: ATTACHMENT B DESCRIBES THE TSC ORGANIZATION AND THE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES OF IT'S KEY PERSONNEL.
| |
| 6.4.1 The TSC is the focal point of on-site emergency management activities during an ALERT, SITE EMERGENCY or GENERAL EMERGENCY
| |
| . condition. The TSC organization will be fully functional within 30-60 minutes of ~
| |
| initial notification to activate. The PLANT SUPERINTENDENT, or his designated alternate, will assume the role of ED, and support managers in the areas of technical
| |
| () assessment, radiological assessment and operations coordination will staff the TSC.
| |
| ___-L_ - . - - - - - - . . . - _ _ _ - - - . - . - - - - -
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES EP-IP-003 Revision A
| |
| . Page 8 of 22 O
| |
| I Responsibility for emergency
| |
| * communications, radiological and technical assessments and emergency team management will pass from the SS/ED in the CR to the ED in the TSC.
| |
| Additionally, all press releases should be approved by the ED in the TSC.
| |
| 6.4.2 Upon arrival at the TSC, thE PLANT SUPERINTENDENT, or his designee, will assess
| |
| ; the situation and verify that all immediate i emergency response actions have been completed or are in progress. He shall commence transfer of responsibilities from the ON-SHIFT CREW to the TSC staff. TSC activities will. vary somewhat according to the classification and nature of the' event.
| |
| 6.4.2.1 UNUSUAL EVENT - TSC activation in response to an UNUSUAL EVENT will depend on the combined assessment of the SS/ED and the PLANT SUPERINTENDENT , o r his d e s igne e . --
| |
| The degree to which TSC mobilization is carried out may O- vary from essentially no activation to total mobilization. Emergency management and other responsibilities will shift to the ED from the SS/ED, as appropriate
| |
| ! considering the degree of TSC
| |
| . mobilization.
| |
| 6.4.2.2 ALERT - TSC activation is automatic in any situation classified as an ALERT or higher'.. Upon completion of the TSC activation procedure, l transfer of responsibility for
| |
| . emergency management activities, i_c including: internal and external communication, radiological and technical assessment and support activities and emergency team management is accomplished. The ED will keep both the on-call RECOVERY MANAGER and the PIM informed of the status of the situation and approve press releases. The TSC staff will
| |
| ()' .
| |
| support the ON-SHIFT CREW as necessary, providing technical, radiological, administrative and l other assistance, as well ensuring I
| |
| 1 I
| |
| | |
| -1 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT i RESPONSIBILITIES l EP-IP-003 Revision A Page 9 of 22 O that all internal and external communications requirements are met. Depending upon the nature and prognosis of the emergency condition, the ED may request the RECOVERY MANAGER to consider EOF activation. The ED is responsible for reclassification of the situation and for the subsequent external agency and internal, including the RECOVERY MANAGER and PIM, notifications.
| |
| 6.4.2.3 SITE' EMERGENCY - TSC activities and responsibilities at the SITE EMERGENCY level are essentially the same as those at the ALERT level.
| |
| However..in the case of a SITE ~
| |
| EMERGENCY, the ED will direct EOF and MOC activation.
| |
| 6.4.2.4 GENERAL EMERGENCY - TSC activitier,-
| |
| , and responsibilities are identical l to those at the SITE EMERGENCY l level.
| |
| 6.4.3 The ED retains responsibility for on-site and off-site emergency management activities i until relieved of appropriate functions by the EOF SUPPORT MANAGER or the RECOVERY MANAGER.
| |
| NOTE: , CONTROL OF IN-PLANT ACTIVITIES.
| |
| INCLUDING ON-SITE RADIOLOGICAL ACTIVITIES, REMAINS WITH THE ED AT ALL TIMES.
| |
| t
| |
| . 6.4.4 The TSC is a central feature of the
| |
| ( emer;ency response organization, and as such, will remain in operation until the emergency has been terminated or as otherwise directed by che RESTORATION MANAGER during the RESTORATION phase.
| |
| 6.5 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY
| |
| : l. ()
| |
| f 6.5.1 The EOF is the focal point for off-site emergency management activities, except for l
| |
| the direct interaction with the public and
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT I RESPONSIBILITIES '
| |
| EP-IP-003 i Revision A Page 10 of 22 media. As such, this facility will be fully functional as soon as reasonably possible
| |
| . . after notification to activate.
| |
| 6.5.2 Activation of the EOF is automatic in a SITE or GENERAL EMERGENCY, but may also occur in an UNUSUAL EVENT or a ALERT if such action is deemed prudent by the RECOVERY MANAGER.
| |
| NOTE: ATTACHMENT C DESCRIBES THE INITIAL EOF ORGANIZATION AND THE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES OF IT'S KEY PERSONNEL.
| |
| 6.5.3 In order to ensure that the EOF is functioning within av.aroximately one (1) hour of notif.icatio.n, an initial EOF staff, comprised of site based personnel, has been established. This staff is under the direction of the EOF SUPPORT MANAGER and is the first step in the EOF activation ,_
| |
| process.
| |
| 6.5.4 Upon notification to activate, usually in response to a SITE or GENERAL EMERGENCY, the EOF SUPPORT MANAGER will ensure the proper setup and readiness of the EOF and will manage the related activities until relieved by the RECOVERY MANAGER. During this period, the EOF SUPPORT MANAGER has the authority of the RECOVERY MANAGER and is responsible for overall management of emergency-related activities.
| |
| 6.5.4.1 The initial EOF' staff prepares the EOF by setting up work areas for the RECOVERY MANAGER and other EOF
| |
| ~f
| |
| ~
| |
| staff members. These work areas include appropriate communications, technical, and clerical equipment and supplies.
| |
| 6.5.4.2 The initial EOF staff assumes control of off-site radiological activities including off-site dose calculations and projections, coordination of off-site monitoring teams and protective action 0' .
| |
| recommendations.
| |
| ~ -- . -_ __
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES EP-IP-003 Revision A Page 11 of 22 O 6.5.4.3 The initial EOF staff assumes control of communications to DER /BRP (for both radiological and technical activities) and to the GONESC.
| |
| NOTE: DURING THIS TIME PERIOD, THE ED RETAINS RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMMUNICATIONS WITH OFF-SITE AGENCIES AND THE PIM.
| |
| 6.5.5 Following set'up of the EOF and transfer of selected responsibilities from the TSC to the EOF, the EOF SUPPORT MANAGER and his staff carry out their responsibilities until they are relieved.by the RECOVERY MANAGER and the permanent EOF staff. Following relief, they may be assigned other duties by the RECOVERY MANAGER, as appropriate.
| |
| Relief of the initial EOF staff will take place as soon as possible following I notification to man the EOF. Typically, l
| |
| N relief will occur within approximately 2-3 hours of notification.
| |
| NOTE: ATTACHMENT D DESCRIBES THE PERMANENT EOF ORGANIZATION AND THE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES OF IT'S KEY PERSONNEL. .
| |
| 6.5.6 The R,ECOVERY MANAGER and the permanent EOF staff relieve the initial EOF staff of their responsibilities and provide additional relief to the ED and the TSC staff by
| |
| ~
| |
| assuming increased responsibility for communications.
| |
| 6.5.6.1 The permanent EOF staff assumes responsibility for communications with the off-site agencies (PEMA, LCCD, CEMA and NRC) and with the PIM.
| |
| 6.5.6.2 The approval of press. releases transfers from the ED in the TSC to
| |
| (} the RECOVERY MANAGER in the EOF.
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES EP-IP-003 Revision A Page 12 of 22 O
| |
| 6.5.7 As indicated in Section 6.5.1, the EOF is the focal point for off-site emergency
| |
| . activities, and as such, will continue in operation until the emergency has been terminated or as otherwise directed by the RESTORATION MANAGER during the RESTORATION phase.
| |
| 6.6 PUBLIC INFORMATION NOTE: ATTACHMENT E DESCRIBES THE PUBLIC INFORMATION ORGANIZATION AND THE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES OF IT'S KEY PERSONNEL.
| |
| 6.6.1 The PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER is the Company's principal. representative to the public and to members of the public communications media during a nuclear emergency. The PIM transfers emergency-related information, provided by.-
| |
| the ED or RECOVERY MANAGER, to the public and media by means of news flashes, press p\_) releases and/or press conferences, as appropriate. Additionally, the PIM is responsible for rumor control and the release of background information. News flashes will be utilized to facilitate rapid release of critical information while press releases will be utilized to provide frequent updates of the on-going situation.
| |
| News flashes are issued under the authority -
| |
| of the ED or RECOVERY MANAGER. Press releases require the j oint approval of the PIM and either the ED, RECOVERY MANAGER or SITE SUPPORT MANAGER. Background information is released by the PIM, as
| |
| , appropriate. The activities of the PIM and l his staff vary depending on the status of '
| |
| I the abnormal event.
| |
| 6.6.2 In an UNUSUAL EVENT or ALERT situation, the PIM and his staff will be located in the SPECIAL OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT in Berwick.
| |
| Information provided by the ED, or the RECOVERY MANAGER if the EOF is activated, will be used to prepare news flashes and
| |
| (' - press releases for dissemination to the public.by the PIM and his staff. .
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES EP-IP-003 Revision A Page 13 of 22 O 6.6.3 In the case of a SITE or GENERAL EMERGENCY, the PIM and his staff will activate the MEDIA OPERATIONS CENTER in the Berwick YMCA.
| |
| (Activation of the MOC'in an UNUSUAL EVENT or ALERT may also be directed by the PIM.)
| |
| 6.6.4 A.though the activities of the PIM and his staff are similar for all levels of an emergency, they are expected to vary in 4
| |
| degree from a low level of activity during an UNUSUAL EVENT to a potentially high level of activity in the case of a GENERAL EMERGENCY where frequent press releases and press conferences are expected, t
| |
| 6.6.5 If it becomes necessary to evacuate the Berwick area, provisions have been made to relocate the MOC to PP&L's Division Center in Hazleton.
| |
| 6.6.6 The public information function is essential to keeping the public and medit informed as-,
| |
| I to the status of the emergency; consequently
| |
| , this activity will continue to operate as necessary until the RECOVERY MANAGER or l RESTORATION MANAGER determines that ,
| |
| conditions warrant its termination. After termination of the MOC, information will continue to be available through the SPECIAL OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT-SUSQUEHANNA.
| |
| 6.7 GENERAL OFFICE NUCLEAR EMERGENCY SUPPORT CENTER l
| |
| NOTE: ATTACHMENT F' DESCRIBES THE GONESC ORGANIZATION AND THE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES OF IT'S KEY PERSONNEL.
| |
| 6.7.1 The GONESC is located in the Corporate Offices in Allentown and is intended to coordinate information flow within PP&L, particularly to the company's Corporate Management Committee (CMC). -In addition, the GONESC is responsible for certain external communications and for providing logistical support as may be requested by the ED or RECOVERY MANAGER.
| |
| O 6.7.2 Activation of the GONESC is automatic during a SITE or GENERAL EMERGENCY, and may also l
| |
| | |
| EFERGEN'CY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES '
| |
| EP-IP-003 Revision A Page 14 o f 2:2 .
| |
| O occur in an UNUSUAL EVENT or. ALERT if the RECOVERY MANAGER deems such action
| |
| . appropriate.
| |
| 6.7.3 Upon notification to activate, the GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER and his staff report to the GONESC and set up for operations.
| |
| 6.7.3.1 The GONESC staff notifies General Electric, Bechtel, and INPO, alerting them to the emergency, and requesting that they be available for assistance, if needed.
| |
| 6.7.3.2 The GONESC staff arranges for inform'ation releases to the industry via the INPO-NOTEPAD system. ,
| |
| 6.7.3.3 Based on information from the EOF, ESC and others, the GONESC staff prepares information updates for CMC members and company internal distribution.
| |
| 6.7.3.4 At the request of the ED or the RECOVERY MANAGER, the GONESC staff provides a variety of support l functions including mobilization of additional personnel (both inside and outside PP&L), preparation and.
| |
| administration of additional contracts for external services and assistance in preparation of supplementary procedures and/or
| |
| * modifications.
| |
| 6.7.4 Once activated, the GONESC remains in operation until the emergency has been terminated or as otherwise directed by the RESTORATION MANAGER during the RESTORATION phase.
| |
| 6.8 ENGINEERING SUPPORT CSNTER NOTE: ATTACHMENT G DESCRIBES THE ESC ORGANIZATION AND THE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES OF IT'S KEY '
| |
| . PERSONNEL.
| |
| 4
| |
| -s=s- - --. . - , -
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES EP-IP-003 Revision A -
| |
| Page 15 o f 22
| |
| ~
| |
| (:) 6.8.1 The ESC is located in the Corporate Offices in Allentown and is intended to act as an extension of the technical support function directed by the TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER in the EOF. The ESC staff is responsible for technical support to the TSC and/or the EOF as requested, for updating the GONESC staff with current technical data on the plant status, for looking ahead to determine potential troublespots and developing contingency plans.
| |
| 6.8.2 Activation of the ESC is automatic in a SITE or GENERAL EMERGENCY, and may also occur in an UNUSUAL EVENT or ALERT if the RECOVERY MANAGER deems such action appropriate.
| |
| 6.8.3 Spon notification to activate, the -
| |
| ENGINEERING SUPPORT LEADER and his staff report to the ESC and set up operations.
| |
| When the ESC is set up, the ENGINEERING SUPP,0RT LEADER reports same to the GONESC. *~
| |
| The GONESC, in turn, reports to the EOF, or TSC if'the EOF'is not.yet staffed, when both q)
| |
| (_ the GONESC and the ESC are ready for assignments.
| |
| 6.8.4 A technical data link is established with the TSC to allow close monitoring of plant parameters and other pertinent data.
| |
| 6.8.5 The ESC staff addresses specific problems as directed by the TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| In addition, the ESC staff assess current data *and trends to determine potential future developments and develop appropriate strategies and contingency plans.
| |
| 6.8.6 Once activated, the ESC remains in operation until the emergency has been terminated or as otherwise directed by the RESTORATION MANAGER during the RESTORATION phase.
| |
| O w
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES EP-IP-003 Revision A page 16 of 22 O
| |
| ACTION STEP A ON-SHIFT CREW - ORGANIZATION AND EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES TO BE ISSUED LATER O
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| ATTAC~nMENT B i EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES EP-IP-003 Revision A Page 17 of 22 ~
| |
| a i
| |
| ACTION STEP B- ,
| |
| TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER - ORGANIZATION AND EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES 1
| |
| TO BE ISSUED LATER O .
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| amum m muma EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES EP-IP-003 Revision A Page 18 of 22 O
| |
| ACTION STEP C EOF INITIAL ORGANIZATION - ORGANIZATION AND EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES J
| |
| f TO BE ISSUED LATER O
| |
| l 4
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| ATTACHMENT D EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES EP-IP-003 Revision A Page 19 of 22 0
| |
| , ACTION STEP D_
| |
| ' EOF PERMANENT ORGANIZATION - ORGANIZATION AND EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES I
| |
| i I TO BE ISSUED LATER f
| |
| f O
| |
| | |
| N l
| |
| : ATTACHMENT E EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES EP-IP-003 Revision A '
| |
| Page 20 of 22 ACTION STEP E_
| |
| l PUBLIC INFORMATION ORGANIZATION -
| |
| ORGANIZATION AND EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT ';
| |
| RESPONSIBILITIES TO BE ISSUED LATER O
| |
| 1 O
| |
| * w s-,- .. . _ . , _ . ,ye .,._w.m%q .w w -
| |
| p y. ,, .. _ , , , - ,~..c,- ..__ .. ,e m. y-- o ,4y - .-- ,
| |
| | |
| 1 ATTACHMENT F !
| |
| EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES EP-IP-003 Revision A 21 of 22 e
| |
| ACTION STEP F_
| |
| CENERAL OFFICE NUCLEAR EMERGENCY SUPPORT CENTER - ORGANIZATION AND EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES TO BE ISSUED LATER l
| |
| l l
| |
| l O .
| |
| 1
| |
| | |
| ATTACHMENT G EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES EP-IP-003 Revision A Page 22 of 22 ACTION STEP G_
| |
| ENGINEERING SUPPORT CENTER - ORGANIZATION AND EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES TO BE ISSUED LATER i
| |
| l l
| |
| l l
| |
| l G
| |
| l i
| |
| | |
| l PROCEDURE COVER SHEET l
| |
| PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO. l SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION !
| |
| l EP-IP-006 Revision 0 SEARCH / RESCUE /FIRST AID Page 1 of 16 Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date I
| |
| 1 O
| |
| Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( )
| |
| Approved by Date Section Head PORC Meeting Number Date Date
| |
| . Superintendent of Plant 1
| |
| l O FORM A0-QA-101-1, Rev. 1 Page 1 of 1 l
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| () EP-IP-006
| |
| , Revision 0 Page 2 of 16 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE J
| |
| 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT PAGE
| |
| () A Action Step - Emergen:y Director 5 B Action Step - Security Coordinator 6 C Action Step - OSC Coordinator, . 8 TSC Coordinator Security Coordinator 0 Action Step - Search / Rescue /First Aid 10 Team Leader E Action Step - Communications Coordinator TSC-CR 15 F Medical Emergency Data Sheet 16 l
| |
| O .
| |
| | |
| 1
| |
| ' ~
| |
| EP-IP-006 O aevision 0 Page 3 of 16 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide methods and guidelines for SEARCH / RESCUE and FIRST AID TEAM, necessary for locating, treating and transporting plant personnei or visitors, lost or injured and requiring first aid treatment and transportation to offsita medical facilities.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE To provide the EMERGENCY TEAM with instruction necessary to search out, locate, rescue and administer first aid to contaminated and non-contaminated p_ersonnel at SSES site, during Emergency Conditions.
| |
| [ _
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 SSES Emergency Plan 3.2 ICRP Publication 28, "The Principles and General Procedures for Handling Emergency and Accidental Exposure of Workers" ,
| |
| 3.3 NCRP Report 39, " Basic Radiation Protection Criteria"
| |
| .-. 3.4 Berwick Hospital Emergency Plan 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 AnM C -
| |
| Anti Contamination Clothing 4.2 R0-2A -
| |
| Rad Owl 2A Ion Chamber, Beta-Gamma Radiation Instrument 4.3 SCC -
| |
| Security Control Center 4.4 SRO -
| |
| Self Reading Dosimeter 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR is responsible for ensuring that appropriate EMERGENCY TEAM Personnel are dispatched to locate, rascue, and
| |
| . administer first aid to lost, missing or injured personnel and that appropriate offsite agencies are notified regarding personnel injury conditions.
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| i O EP-IP-006 Revision 0 Page 4 of 16 5.2 The SECURITY COORDINATOR is responsible for ensuring that offsite assistance is requested and responding ambulance crew members receive personnel monitoring devices and are directed to location designated by EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| 5.3 The OSC, TSC AND SECURITY COORDINATORS are responsible for directing the activities of the SEARCH / RESCUE /FIRST AID TEAMS.
| |
| 5.4 The SEARCH / RESCUE /FIRST AID TEAM is responsible for locating, rescuing and rendering first aid treatment to injured individual (s),
| |
| transporting injured to ambulances and accompanying to hospital (s) if injured is contaminated, and assessing radiological conditions of the injured and the general area (s) of the accident.
| |
| 5.5 The COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR is responsible for notifying offsite agencies.
| |
| 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS O 6.1 Upon notification of lost, missing or injured personnel, the EMERGEN;Y DIRECTOR will follow instructions in Attachment A, Action Step -
| |
| EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| 6.2' At direction of RESPONSIBLE COORDINATOR / EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, the i
| |
| SECURITY CCORDINATOR will follow instructions in Attachment B, Action Step - SECURITY COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.3 At.the direction of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, the OSC, TSC and SECURITY I
| |
| COORDINATORS will follow instructions in Attachment C, Action Step -
| |
| OSC, TSC AND SECURITY COORDINATORS.
| |
| 6.4 At the direction of COORDINATOR, the SEARCH / RESCUE /FIRST AID TEAM LEADER will follow the instructions in Attachment 0, Action Step -
| |
| SEARCH / RESCUE /FIRST AID TEAM LEADER.
| |
| 6.5 The COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR will follow the instructions in Attachment E, Action Step - COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR.
| |
| O l
| |
| 1
| |
| | |
| Attachment A
| |
| () EP-IP-006 Revision 0 Page 5 of 16 ACTION STEP EMERGENCY DIRECTOR A.1 Upon notification of a missing, lost, or injured person (s) the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will:
| |
| A.1.1 If the person is thought to be in a radiological area:
| |
| A.1.1.1 Direct either the OSC COORDINATOR or TSC COORDINATOR to organize and dispatch a Search / Rescue /First Aid Team.
| |
| A.1.1.2 Notify Security to have additional personnel standby in case backup personnel are required.
| |
| A.1.2 If the person is thought to be in a non-radiological area:
| |
| A.1.2.1 Direct the SECURITY COORDINATOR to organize and dispatch a Search / Rescue /First Aid Team.
| |
| A.1.2.2 Notify RADIATION PROTECTION /0PERATIONS COORDINATOR to have additional personnel standby in case backup personnel are required.
| |
| A.2 If the victim is thought to be in a high radiation area, the team members should be authorized to receive up to 100 Rem dose in accordance with EP-IP-040, " Emergency Exposure Considerations".
| |
| O Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| l N
| |
| Attachment 8 O EP-IP-006 Revision 0 Page 5 of 16 ACTION STEP SECURITY COORDINATOR CHECK l 8.1.0 The SECURITY COORDINATOR will:
| |
| 8.1.1 As directed, request the following offsite assistance, as needed (refer to EP-Ip-018) and transmit the following informatian -
| |
| Type of Injury Presence of Contamination Ambulance Pick-Up Point Name(s) of Injured HOSPITALIZATION Berwick Hospital - 759-9501 or 752-4551 AMBULANCE - SERVICE (Call In Order Shown)
| |
| Shickshinny Area Volunteer Ambulance - 542-4117 & 4118 Assoc. (THROUGH PENNA. STATE POLICE)
| |
| Nescopeck Ambulance Assoc. - 784-7911 Pond Hill / Lilly Lake Fire Co. - 379-3839 l (Ame11ance Service)
| |
| ' Hobbie Volunteer Fire Co. - 379-3009 or (Ambulance Service) 379-3673 8.1.2 Direct the responding support agency (ies) to turn at traffic light located on Route 11, proceed up main access road toward site. A security mobile patrol will meet responding support agency (tes) and escort to site location.
| |
| 8.1.3 Dispatch Security Mobile Patrol to direct responding vehicle (s) and accompany the vehicle to the designated location. Issue dosimetry and the Ambulance Kit i to the ambulance crew.
| |
| Page 1 of 2
| |
| | |
| Attachment S
| |
| (' EP-IP-006
| |
| ' Revision D Page 7 of 16 8.1.4 Notify Hospital that injured person (s) are enroute.
| |
| Indicate whether or not the person (s) are contaminated, the extent of other injuries, and the estimated travel time.
| |
| 8.1.5 Keep the responsible COORDINATOR informed on status of off-site assistance.
| |
| l d
| |
| I b
| |
| Page 2 of 2
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| Attachment C EP-IP-006
| |
| * Revision 0
| |
| : Page 8 of 16 l
| |
| ACTION STEP OSC COORDINATOR TSC COORDINATOR SECURITY COORDINATOR CHECK C.1.0 TheC0bRDINATORwill:
| |
| l C.1.1 Assemble and direct the activities of the SEARCH / RESCUE /FIRST AID TEAM.
| |
| C.I.2 Appoint a TEAM LEADER. In cases where the search should be in a radiation area the TEAM LEADER will be i
| |
| an EO Technician. In addition, an operator and another individual who is familiar with the plant area should be on the TEAM.
| |
| C.I.3 Provide TEAM LEADER with all pertinent facts
| |
| 'Q{)
| |
| I available regarding lost, missing or injured person (s).
| |
| C.1.3.1 Last known location of missing or injured person (s).
| |
| C.1.3.2 Area to be searched and expected radiation or other hazard conditions.
| |
| C.1.3.3 Number of missing or injured persons.
| |
| C.1.3.4 Function or job (s) missing or injured person was last working on.
| |
| C.1.3.5 Radio and team designation.
| |
| C.1.3.6 Advise Team if EMERGENCY DIRECTOR has l authori:ed Lifesaving exposure limits I
| |
| up to 100 Rem Whole Body. (EP-IP-040)
| |
| C.1.3.7 Furnish respirat: . ar.d protective clothing requirements to the team.
| |
| C.1.4 Instruct RADIO COMMUNICATOR (if TSC is activated) to assign code name (India) to Team and to maintain communications with TEAM LEADER.
| |
| l Page 1 of 2
| |
| | |
| Attachment C Ox . EP-IP-006
| |
| ' Revision 0 Page 9 of 16 C.1.5 Coordinate and assign additional TEAM members as circumstances dictate.
| |
| C.I.6 Direct SECURITY COORDINATOR to request off site assistance (i.e., ambulance, hospital) as neces sa ry.
| |
| C.I./ If necessary, organize additional personnel to set up for and transfer the contaminated / injured patient to the ambulance.
| |
| C.1.8 If patient is contaminated, dispatch an HP Technician to accompany the ambulance to hospital and aid Berwick Hospital personnel in Radiological Emergency Room.
| |
| C.L.9 If additional assistance is required at the hospital, an additional HP Technician will be dispatched or O R.M.C. will be notified to provide assistance.
| |
| C.1.10 Direct TEAM LEADER to report to COORDINATOR for debriefing.
| |
| ~
| |
| 75- l O
| |
| Page 2 of 2 l
| |
| N
| |
| | |
| . 1 1
| |
| Attachment 0 J ,EP-IP-006 '
| |
| # Revision 0 <
| |
| Page 10 of 16 l ACTION STEP SEARCH / RESCUE /FIRST AID TEAM LEADER CHECK 0.1.0 The SEARCH / RESCUE /FIRST AID TEAM LEADER shall, upon direction from the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR or appropriate COORDINATOR:
| |
| 0.1.1 Report immediately, where instructed, for briefing and assignment.
| |
| D.1.2 Obtain from the COORDINATOR:
| |
| 0.1.2.1 Last known location of missing or injured individual (s).
| |
| D.1.2.2 Area to be searched and expected radiation or other hazard conditions.
| |
| 0.1.2.3 Number of missing or injured persons.
| |
| 0.1.2.4 Function or job (s) missing or injured person was last working on.
| |
| 0.1.2.5 Radio & Team designation.
| |
| D.1.2.6 Determine if ED has authorized Lifesaving exposure limits up to 100 Rem whole body.
| |
| D.1.2.7 Respiratory protective gear and protective clothing requirements will be furnished by the coordinator.
| |
| 0.1.3 Obtain from the Operations Support Center or HP Emergency Room, necessary equipment to perform SEARCH / RESCUE /FIRST AID mission.
| |
| ~
| |
| R0-2A FIRST AID BAG containing:
| |
| Flashlight Blanket Boots & Gloves First Aid Kit l
| |
| EP-IP-006 Page 1 of 5
| |
| | |
| i l
| |
| l
| |
| \
| |
| Attachment 0 0+ ,E?-IP-006 Revision 0 Page 11 of 16 0.1.4 Perform functional check of R0-2A. (Assure current
| |
| , calibration date).
| |
| 0.1.5 Instruct the TEAM to proceed to the last known location where missing or injured individual (s) was observed or detected. Expand the search to adjacent areas as needed.
| |
| 0.1.6 When missing or injured individual has been located, determine their physical state, and report information to CR/TSC.
| |
| 0.1.7
| |
| * Administer first aid to the injured person in
| |
| ~ accordance with established practices and assess the extent of the injury and the radiological conditions present.
| |
| 0.1.8 If the injured is located in a radiological control area, and the person's condition permits, move the injured (a stretcher may be required) to a low f'.'-} radiation background to minimize exposure and contamination to the injured and first aid team members.
| |
| 0.1.8.1 When making decisions concerning the treatment of the injured, the injured's well being and need for medical attention will always take precedence over decontamination efforts. .
| |
| NOTE: USE TIME, DISTANCE AND SHIELDING AS METHODS OF REDUCING EXPOSURES TO TEAM MEMBERS.
| |
| 0.1.9 Request assistance from COORDINATOR as needed.
| |
| Assistance may be in one or all of the following:
| |
| ' O.1.9.1 Additional manpower 0.1.9.2 Ambulance 0.1.9.3 Additional first aid equipment (i.e. stretcher basket)
| |
| ^
| |
| Page 2 of 5
| |
| | |
| Attachment 0 O EP-IP-006
| |
| ' Revision 0 Page 12 of 16 0.1.9.4 Hi-range and/or low range monitoring instruments 0.1.9. E- Rescue Equipment 0.1.9.6 Shielding 0.1.9.7 Decontamination assistance and materials 0.1.10 Use a blanket or other suitable cover around injured to prevent spread of contamination.
| |
| 0.1.11 , Transfer injured to ambulance transfer location.
| |
| 0.1.12 Perform the following if nature of injury and time permit.
| |
| 0.1.12.1 Perform contamination survey of exposed areas of body and obvious injury areas.
| |
| ) G.1.12.2 Remove any Anti-C clothing.
| |
| 0.1.12.3 Perform general whole body frisk of injured.
| |
| 0.1.12.4 Perform decontamination of injured. Use no chemicals-(only soap and water) if the patient's condition permits.
| |
| 0.1.13 Remove existing dosimetry from injured and send
| |
| . to Health Physics Dept. for evaluation. Replace with new dosimetry from Ambulance Emergency Kit for transfer to hospital.
| |
| 0.1.14 Complete PATIENT RECORD FORM (Attachment F) and place on injured:
| |
| NOTE: IF NO RADIATION / CONTAMINATION
| |
| : LEVELS ARE PRESENT, IT MUST BE EXPLICITLY STATE 0 ON THE PATIENT RECORD FORM.
| |
| 0.1.15 Transfer injured to ambulance and advise COORDINATOR when patient.is enroute to Hospital.
| |
| Page 3 of 5 I
| |
| | |
| Attachment 0 O EP-IP-006
| |
| ' Revision 0 Page 13 of 16 NOTE: H.P. TECHNICIAN WILL ACCCMPANY AMBULANCE IF INJURED IS CONTAMINATED.
| |
| 0.1.16 HP monitor accompanying injured is responsible for:
| |
| (Do not delay the transport to accomplish these items).
| |
| 0.1.16.1 Assuring that each ambulance attendant has appropriate protective clothing.
| |
| 0.1.16.2 Take steps (as appropriate) to protect the ambulance interior from contamination (such as by the use of plastic sheeting).
| |
| 0.1.16.3 Check the hospital to ensure that proper steps have been taken to minimize the potential for contamination of the hospital, such as, paper on the floor, etc.
| |
| 0.1.16.4 Survey the ambulance attendants for contamination before they leave the hospital.
| |
| %)
| |
| : a. If contamination on the attendants is detected in excess of 100 cpm above background, decontamination should be performed at the hospital .
| |
| : b. If the attendants are not contaminated, or after decontamination, collect all TLD's and dosimeters from the attendants.
| |
| : c. Obtain the necessary data for the TLD Issue Sheet and release the attendants.
| |
| : d. Document the results of the contamination survey.
| |
| O Page 4 of 5
| |
| | |
| Attachment D
| |
| () EP-IP-006
| |
| ~ Revision 0 Page 14 of 16 0.1.16.5 Survey vehicle interior for contamination, before they leave the hospital.
| |
| : a. If contamination inside the ambulance is detected in excess of 100 cpm above background and it cannot be decantaminated at that location, consider sending the ambulance back to the plant for decontamination.
| |
| : b. Mask off the areas of contamination and advise the ambulance crew to avoid those areas.
| |
| : c. If the ambulance is not contaminated, or after decontamination, release it.
| |
| Document the results of the contamination survey.
| |
| ~
| |
| 0.1.16.6 Survey the hospital receiving and treatment I'')
| |
| k-areas. If contamination in any of these areas is detected in excess of 100 cpm above background, decontaminate the areas.
| |
| : a. Document the results of the contamination survey, before and after decontamination.
| |
| D.1.16.7 Collect any protective clothing used and any potentially contaminated materials, and transport them back to the plant.
| |
| 0.1.16.8 Record the results of each survey performed and deliver a copy to the appropriate COORDINATOR.
| |
| 0.1.16.9 Collect dosimetry from medical personnel prior to departing the medical facility, or report the issue status of dosimetry to the appropriate COORDINATOR upon return to SSES.
| |
| 0.1.17 Report to COORDINATOR for debriefing.
| |
| O Page 5 of 5 G
| |
| | |
| Attachment E O ~
| |
| EP-IP-006 Revision 0 Page 15 of 16 ACTION STEP COMMUNICATIONS CCORDINATOR TSC-CR E.1 If the EOF is not manned the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR will perform the required notifications, including the PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER, in accordance with EP-IP-002.
| |
| E.2 If the EOF i manned transmit the information to the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR - EOF for the required notifications to be carried out.
| |
| *l l -
| |
| e Page 1 of 1 ,
| |
| | |
| O
| |
| ~
| |
| O) c0 ..
| |
| i HEDICAL EHERGENCY DATA SHEET [
| |
| m .
| |
| g .
| |
| u
| |
| * Patient Name Age Time Notified Arrive at Scene To Ambulance Accident Summary Patient Complaints Injuries Patient Condition: External Contamination YES NO Cdnsbiousness! Location (indicate Skin Color
| |
| "" **"*'88)
| |
| Respirations
| |
| * * ('" '#8 " "" "#
| |
| readings):
| |
| Pupils Fisal P oducts:
| |
| Pulse Decon. Technique:
| |
| Blood Pressure First Aid Treatment: Residual Contamination:
| |
| Internal Contamination YES NO Wounds Contaminated YES NO TLD/ Dosimetry Collected: YES NO Other route Security badge collected: YES NO Decon. Technique:
| |
| Ambulance crew TLD collected: YES NO Samples Taken:
| |
| Ambulance crew monitored: YES NO e< ao Decon. necessary YES NO * ;;;8
| |
| - _ e ar Ambulance monitored YES NO External Overexposure YES h3
| |
| * 8 El 2 o ma Decon. necessary YES NO Whole Body YES NO *o "
| |
| m Decon. completed Yes NO Location (indicate):
| |
| st. Dose:
| |
| ' Technician Accompanying Petient First Afd Team Leader Which: Beta Gamma Neutroa Ambulance Service
| |
| | |
| PROCEDURE COVER SHEET d
| |
| . /
| |
| PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION EP-IP-007 l Revision B
| |
| , PERSONNEL ASSEMBLY AND ACCOUNTABILITY ~Page 1 of 13 !
| |
| Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date l
| |
| l0 Preparec by Date Reviewed by Date ;
| |
| PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( )
| |
| * Approved by Date Section Head PORC Meeting Number Date ,
| |
| f I
| |
| Date Superintendent of Plant !
| |
| FORM AD-QA-101-1, Rev. 1 Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| l 1
| |
| l EP-IP-007 Revision B Page 2 of 13 i
| |
| TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3 i
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 l 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 3 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT PAGE A Action Step - Emer, icy Director 4 8 Action Step - Communications Coordinator 5 C Action Step - Security Coordinator 6 0 Action Step - Designated Assembly Area Leaders 8 E Action Step - Administrative Coordinator 9 F Action Step - Switchboard Operator 10 G Action Step - OSC Coordinator 11 H Station Assembly Areas 12 I SSES Emergency Signals and Response 13 O
| |
| | |
| EP-IP-007 Revision S Page 3 of 13 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to describe the actions that will be taken when a plant personnel accountability is required.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE To provide direction for assembling and accounting for all site personnel when required by the Emergency Condition or the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 SSES Emergency Plan 3.2 SY-00-022, Emergency Access 3.3 SY-CP-310, Emergency Area Evacuation 4.0 DEFINITIONS
| |
| ! /
| |
| % 4.1 SCC - Security Control Center 4.2 ASCC - Alternate Security Control Center 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR is responsible for initiating personnel accountability upon Alert, Site or General Emergency Conditions as determined to be necessary.
| |
| 5.2 SECURITY COORDINATOR is responsible for providing an accounting of all on site personnel, including unaccounted for individuals, to tne EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| 5.3 All personnel on site are responsible for ccmplying with pertinent portions of this procedure that are applicable to the current duties being performed.
| |
| 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 Upon determination that a Personnel Accountability is required, the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will perform the actions in Attachment A, Action Step - EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| 6.2 When directed by the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, the SECURITY SHIFT SUPERVISOR will perform the actions in Attachment B, Action Step - SECURITY SHIFT SUPERVISOR.
| |
| | |
| l
| |
| () Attachment A EP-IP-007 Revision B Page 4 of 13 ACTION STEP EMERGENCY DIRECTOR A.1.0 To institute Personnel Assembly and Accountabilit;' the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will:
| |
| A.1.1 Consider calling for Personnel Assembly and Accountability whenever necessary or required to i support Emergency Evacuations per EP-IP-021 l
| |
| A.1.2 Upon declaration of an Alert, Site Emergency or General Emergency " Personnel Assembly and l Accountability" is required.
| |
| NOTE: PERSONNEL ASSEMBLY AND ACCOUNTABILITY SHOULO BE COMPLETED IN LESS THAN 30 MINUTES FROM THE INITIATION OF THE ASSEMBLY ALARM.
| |
| e's NOTE: THE STATION ASSEMBLY AREAS ARE INDICATED j ( ON ATTACHMENT G.
| |
| A.1.3 Determine if the habitability of all assembly areas is satisfactory.
| |
| A.1.4 Ofrect the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR that Personnel Accountability has been called for and to notify the SECURITY COORDINATOR to implement Accountability.
| |
| A.1.5 If personnel are reported missing implement EP-IP-006, " Search / Rescue /First Aid."
| |
| NOTE: SITE EVACUATION OF NON-ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL IS REQUIRED FOR A SITE EMERGENCY OR GENERAL EMERGENCY.
| |
| A.I.6 If evacuation of any personnel is necessar:-
| |
| implement EP-IP-021, " Site Emergency Evacu. . an" A.1.7 If evacuation of personnel is not necessary, inform SECURITY COORDINATOR to notify all assembly areas of situation and any work restrictions.
| |
| Page 1 of 1 l
| |
| | |
| I
| |
| () Attachment B EP-IP-007 Revision 8 Page 5 of 13 ACTION STEP COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR CHECK 8.1.0 Upon notification by EMERGENCY DIRECTOR of a call for Personnel Accountability, the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR will:
| |
| 8.1.1 Document notification of a call for Personnel Assembly and Accountability in the log as follows:
| |
| " Personnel Assembly and Accountability is called for at ."
| |
| 8.1.2 Notify SECURITY COORDINATOR to implement Personnel Accountability.
| |
| 8.1.3 Activate the Personnel Assembly and Accountability g siren signal over the PA system. (refer to
| |
| {*/
| |
| s_ Attachment H)
| |
| B.1.4 Announce over the PA System: (Repeat once)
| |
| " ATTENTION ALL PERSONNEL: A SITE ACCOUNTABILITY IS ORDERED. ALL ON-CALL EMERGENCY PERSONNEL REPORT TO YOUR EMERGENCY OUTY STATION. ALL OTHER PERSONNEL REPORT TO YOUR DESIGNATED ASSEMBLY AREAS" (Add any additional information regarding habitability as requested by the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.)
| |
| l
| |
| ! ([3) Page 1 of 1 l
| |
| | |
| 1 O
| |
| ' Attachment C EP-IP-007 '
| |
| Revision B' Pcge 6 of M ACTION STEP SECURITY COORDINATOR CHECK l C.1.0 Upon notification of an order for Personnel Accountability the SECURITY CCORDINATOR will:
| |
| l NOTE: PERSONNEL ACCOUNTABILITY SHOULO BE COMPLETED WITHIN '
| |
| ! 30 MINUTES OF THE TIME IT IS CALLED FOR.
| |
| l l _ C.1.1 Stop in processing of non essential personnel l through all gates.
| |
| C.1.2 Dispatch Security Officers to Assembly Areas per Attachment G (or as changed due to habitability)
| |
| C.1.3 Direct Security Contro. mter to notify the following:
| |
| C.1.3.1 All Security personnel C.1.3.2 S&A Building Switchboard Operator and
| |
| [ fnstruct operator to notify S&A Building l .
| |
| personnel and all Trailers without PA System C.I.3.3 PP&L Construction NOTE: Each assembly area will identify any missing personnel and inform the Security Control Center of the following:
| |
| Name of personnel missing Last known location Names of visitors located in Assembly Area.
| |
| C.1.4 Verify the following Assembly Areas respond:
| |
| STATI0h ASSEMBLY AREAS
| |
| . Maintenance Shop Lunchroom large Conference Room Storeroom North Gatehouse E&S Lunchroom Health Physics Area I&C Trailer Tech. Work Area
| |
| %' B E EENCY ORGANIZATION Technical Support Center (TSC)
| |
| Operatiens Support Center (OSC)
| |
| Page 1 of 2
| |
| | |
| O 4t ce nt c EP-IP-007 Revision 8 i
| |
| * Page 7 of 13 )
| |
| 4 C.I.5 Compare listings of suggested missing personnel to badge rack.
| |
| 4 C.I.6 Page any personnel indicated to be missing three times.
| |
| c.1.7 Inform the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR of the results of Personnel Accountability.
| |
| 9 O
| |
| 1
| |
| ! l 4
| |
| n v Page 2 of 2
| |
| )
| |
| l i
| |
| 4 w_. v.--,,y y ,ww - v v v , sew,-,,,--m-rm- r - e c- - - ' '
| |
| | |
| () Attachment 0 CP-IP-007 Revision B Page 8 of 13 ACTION STEP OESIGNATED ASSEMBLY AREA LEADERS Maintenance Area -Senior Electrical Maintenance Personnel Large Conference Room -Senior P&A Section Personnel North Cate House -On-duty Security Shift Supervisor Health Physics Area -Senior HP Personnel Tech. Section Area -Senior Tech. Section Personnel Lunchroom -Senior Quality Control Personnel I&C Shop -Senior I&C Personnel E&S Lunchroom -Senior E&S Personnel CHECK 0.1.1 Determine if a representative of each group designated to the area is present.
| |
| l 0.1.2 Determine if any personnel are missing.
| |
| l l
| |
| 0.1.3 Develop list of any person (s) or groups which are missing and include:
| |
| l 0.1.3.1 Person (s) name 1
| |
| 0.1.3.2 Last known location 0.1.3.3 Name and Badge Number of Escorted and Unescorted Visitors 0.1.4 Report the results to the Security Control Center at Extension 421 or 115 .
| |
| Page 1 of 1 ,
| |
| | |
| I
| |
| () Attachment E EP-IP-007 Revision 8 Page 9 of 13 ACTION STEP ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR CHECX E.1.0 Upon notification of an order for Personnel- Accountability, the ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR will:
| |
| E.1.1 Determine personnel prasent in the TSC E.1.2 Transmit TSC attendance ifst to Security Control Center at Extension 421 or 115.
| |
| O t
| |
| Page 1 of 1 i
| |
| | |
| e C) Attachment F EP-IP-007 Revision B Page 10 of 13 ACTION STEP SWITCH 80ARO OPERATOR NOTE: The Switchboard Operator will normally be notified that an Accountability Check has been initiated by the PA System or a telephone call from Security.
| |
| CHECK F.1.0 Upon notification, the SWITCHBOA0.0 OPERATOR will:
| |
| F.1.1 Dispatch a runner to notify all areas on the first and second floor of the S&A Building.
| |
| F.1.2 Cease the processing of all incoming calls until the following notifications have been made.
| |
| F.1.3 State the following to the person notified and document the name of the person and time contacted:
| |
| () '
| |
| "This is an Accountability Check. All personnel are to report to their Assembly Areas."
| |
| Section (Areas where Page may not be heard) Teleohone Number Nuclear Emergency Planning 234/466 Health Physics 369 Chemi stry 389 General Electric 285/402 Quality Control 234 Radio Maintenance 232 and 128 I&C 263 NSS Trailer 494 E&S Construction 432 Nuclear Procurement 190 Computer Room 313 F.1.4 If unable to contact any of the above Sections after two attempts, notify the SECURITY COORDINATOR, Ext. 336, 115 or 421 F.1.5 The Switchboard Operator will ensure compliance with instructions contained herein unless directed otherwise prior to or during an emergency.
| |
| - Page 1 of 1 l
| |
| i
| |
| | |
| () Attachment G E?-IP-001 Revision 3 P4ge 11 of 13 ACTION STEP I OSC COORDINATOR 1 CHECX G.1.0 Upon notification of an order for personnel accountability; the OSC COORDINATOR will:
| |
| G.I.1 Determine if any operations personnel are absent from the Control Room area.
| |
| G.1.2 Establish radio contact with any personnel in the field.
| |
| G.I.3 Transmit the following to Security at Extension 421 or 116 G.1.3.1 Names and last known locations of missing Operations personnel.
| |
| () G.1.3.2 Names of non-operations personnel present in OSC (i.e. Health Physics, Chemistry) or dispatched as parts of teams.
| |
| \_ Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| Attachment H EP-IP-007 Revision 3 STATION iS'iEMBLY AREAS Page 12 of 13 Assemoly Area Work Grouo Maintenance Shop Area
| |
| * Electrical Maintenance Mechanical Maintenance Handymen
| |
| ; Large Conference Room Superintendency l *P&A Section Spare Parts Team Nuclear Procurement NSAG Nuclear Emergency Planning Off-site Employees with Susquehanna Photo ID Badges North Gatehouse Security Health Physics Work Area " Health Physics (Control Structure) Chemistry Technical Section Work Area
| |
| * Technical Section G.E. Personnel l
| |
| s Quality Assurance Lunchroom
| |
| * Quality Control Computer Software Electrical Test Radio Maintenance NRC Computer Maintenance I&C Trailer I&C Uncontrolled Area of Storeroom Unit 2 Crossover E&S Contruction Lunchroom E&S Construction
| |
| [ Control Room /OSC Operations 1
| |
| Technical Support Center Emergency Organization Alternate Assembly Area Control Structure Corridor (Access Tunnel elv. 670')
| |
| NOTE: VISITORS WILL REPORT TO THE ASSEMBLY AREA DESIGNATED FOR THE WORK GROUP WHICH THEY ARE VISITING.
| |
| * Denotes group with overall responsibility for Accountability reporting for that Assembly Area.
| |
| Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| () Attachment I EP-IP-007 Revision B Page 13 of 13 SSES EMERGENCY PERSONNEL ASSEMBLY AND ACCOUNTABILITY ALARM SIREN A stren signal over the PA SYSTEM characwerized by pulsing signal for a minimum of 30 seconds followed by a PA announcement and airection for all personnel to report to their Assembly Areas. A similar signal may be sounded only in localized areas if the condition is localized.
| |
| To activate the Personnel Assembij and Accountabfif ty Alarm Siren located in the Control Room in Panel OC695.
| |
| Turn switch on Panel OC695 to " PULSE" position Pull out red handled switch and turn clockwise to " PLANT ALARM" (last position on the right side) 1 To turn off Alarm Siren:
| |
| Turn red handled switch counterclockwise to "0FF" position
| |
| () Push RED handle in.
| |
| i C\
| |
| A/ Page 1 of 1 l
| |
| l -
| |
| | |
| , PROCEDURE COVER SHEET PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| l SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION l
| |
| EP-IP-008 Revision 8 NATURAL OCCURENCES Page 1 of 4 ll Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date O
| |
| Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( )
| |
| Approved by Date Section Head PORC Meeting Number Date ,
| |
| Date ! 1 Superintendent of Plant l
| |
| l O
| |
| l ,
| |
| FORM AD-QA-101-1, T<ev. 1 Page 1 of 1 l
| |
| | |
| EF-IP-008 Q Revision B Page 2 of 4 l
| |
| l TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 3 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT PAGE j A Action Step - Emergency Director 4 9
| |
| O 1
| |
| | |
| 4 a
| |
| EP-IP-008 O Revision B Page 3 of 4 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to describe actions that will be taken in the event of a Natural Occurence which may pose a threat to station personnel and/or structure (s).
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE To provide direction in the event of a Natural Occurence (earthquake, floed, winds, fire) of such a severity that Emergency Conditions are declared.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| SSES Emergency Plan 4.0 DEFINITIONS i None
| |
| (
| |
| 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES It is the responsibility of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR to direct the appropriate personnel in operations to mitigate any circumstances which may be caused by a Natural Occurence.
| |
| 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS l In the event of a Natural Occurence, the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will follow the instructions in Attachment A, Action Step - EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| | |
| Attachment A pd EP-IP-008 f Revision B Page 4 of 4 ACTION STEP EMERGENCY DIRECTOR A.1 In the event of an earthquake the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will:
| |
| A.1.1 Direct the Damage Control teams to investigate for possible damage in accordance with EP-IP-016, " Damage Control", and EP-IP-010, "In-Plant Emergency Monitoring".
| |
| A.1.2 Direct Operations personnel to determine intensity of the eartbriuake as measured on in plant equipment in accordance with (LATER).
| |
| A.1.3 Direct Operations personnel to insure operability of vital plant equipment. .
| |
| A.2 In the event of a hurricane or tornado potentially striking the plant structure the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will:
| |
| A.2.1 Assemble all plar ,nnel in Class I structures (i.e.,
| |
| Control Room, ESSW ramphouse, and Reactor Building).
| |
| A.2.2 Send out a Damage Control team in accordance with EP-IP-016,
| |
| " Damage Controld and direct them to:
| |
| A.2.2.1 Secure all loose equipment.
| |
| A.2.2.2 Secure water-tight door and hatches.
| |
| A.2.2.3 Close outside windows and doors.
| |
| A.3 In the event of a fire with potential impact on the site, the EMERGENCY 4
| |
| OIRECTOR will:
| |
| A.3.1 Assemble a FIRE BRIGADE as per EP-IP-041, " Fire" and have them sent to an appropriate area.
| |
| A.3.2 Direct the SECtJRITY COORDINATOR to dispatch a vehicle patrol to assess for fire extension.
| |
| O ~
| |
| Page 1 of I
| |
| | |
| _ _ . . - _ . _ . _ _ - - - - - . . - _ . - = . . . . _ _ - .. . . _ - . _ _ _ _ - _ - - _ _
| |
| f EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS EP-IP-009 Revision A Page 1 of 40 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION i
| |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS EP-IP-009 1
| |
| i' Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date O
| |
| Prepared By Date Reviewed By Date P0.RC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( ) Date __
| |
| Approved By Date Section Head Date Superintendent of Plant
| |
| * O
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS EP-IP-009 Revision A s
| |
| Page 2 of 40 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page No.
| |
| 1.3 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3-4 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4 ATTACHMENTS D Attachment Page No.
| |
| A Instructions for RADDOSE 5 B Instructions for Setting Up the Sharp 6-7 PC 1211 Minicomputer C Instructions for MET 1 8-13 D Instructions for MET 2 14-19 E Instructions for MET 3 20-26 F Instructions for Overlay Manual 227-35 Calculations G Worksheet for Dose Calculation 36-37 Recording H Worksheet for Overlay Calculations 38 I Auxiliary Data for Dose Calculations 39-40 O
| |
| v
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OFF-oITE DOSE CALCULATIONS l EP-IP-009 Revision A Page 3 of 40 EMERGEMCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides the instructions for calculating whole body and thyroid radiation doses to the public during an emergency and for determining the noble gas and iodine releases using off-site monitoring measurements.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE Instructions are provided for RADDOSE (not available until 3/1/82); Met 1, Met 2 and Met 3 used with the Sharp minicomputer; and the overlay-based manual calculations.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 NUREG 0654, Planning Standards and Evaluation Criteria for Emergency Preparedness, Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
| |
| 3.2 SSES Emergency Plan
| |
| ) 3.3 Emergency Off-site Dose Calculation User's Manual.
| |
| Dames and Moore.
| |
| 3.4 Instruction Manual for Sharp PC 1211 minicomputer.
| |
| 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 Centerline - An imaginary line parallel to the wind direction bisecting the plume. At a given distance, the centerline dose is the maximum dose.
| |
| 4.2 Sigma Theta (r e) - The standard deviation of the horizontal changes of wind direction used to determine atmospheric stability.
| |
| 4.3 Stability Class - Often referred to as Pasquill stability class, it is a measure of the dispersive characteristics of the atmosphere and denoted as (from least stable to most stable) C, D, E and G for SSES meteorology.
| |
| 4.4 Temperature Differential - The difference in Celcius temperature ( C) between 50m and 10m elevations on the primary meteorological tower..
| |
| 1
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS EP-IP-009 Revision A
| |
| ( Page 4 of 40 l 4.5 Source Term - The release of radioactive substances l from SSES and identified in terms of noble gases, iodines and particulates.
| |
| 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR has the responsibility to estimate doses to the population using the methods in this procedure and the monitoring data obtained from l
| |
| the actions specified in EP-IP-013, OFF-SITE EMERGENCY l MONITORING TEAMS.
| |
| 5.2 The RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR shall assume the responsibility to estimate doses to the population from the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR when the Technical Support Center (TSC) assumes control of the emergency.
| |
| 5.3 The RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER shall assume the responsibility for estimating doses to the public from the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR when the Emergency l Operations Facility (EOF) is made operational.
| |
| 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS
| |
| () 6.1 All persons performing 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY DOSE CALCULATIONS should select the specific method according to the following table:
| |
| No Vent Monitor Data; Vent Monitor Off-Site Measurements Priority Data Available Available.
| |
| 1 RADDOSE RADDOSE l 2 MET 1/ MET 3 MET 2/ MET 3 3 Overlays Overlays 6.2 The overlay method should not be used to calculate doses at distances less than 1.5 miles from SSES.
| |
| 6.3 MET 1 and/or MET 2 should not be used to calculate doses at distances greater than 1.5 miles when the stability class is E or G and the wind speed is less than 4.5 mph.
| |
| l 6.4 MET 1 and MET 2 calculate only the centerline dose rate.
| |
| O .
| |
| | |
| i I EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS i Attachment A EP-IP-009 Revision A l O. Page 5 of 40 INSTRUCTIONS FOR USING RADDOSE RADDOSE is not available at this time. Use MET 1 MET 2, MET 3 or the overlay method as outlined in 7.1 of this procedure.
| |
| I i
| |
| i C:)
| |
| EP-IP-009, Attachment A. Rev. A, Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment B EP-IP-009
| |
| (} Revision A Page 6 of 40 INSTRUCTIONS FOR SETTING UP THE SHARP PC 1211 MINICOMPUTER Check ( )
| |
| 3.1.0 Connecting the Sharp minicomputer to the GE portable cassette tape recorder.
| |
| B.1.1 Remove the minicomputer from its case and open top flap of the tape recorder Case.
| |
| B.1.2 Press 25e STOP/ EJECT button on the tape recorder.
| |
| B.l.3 Put the POWER, PRINT, and REMOTE switches in the lower left corner of the minicomputer in the off position.
| |
| B.l.4 Plug the 3 strand cable into the left side of the tape recorder and back of minicomputer receptacles as follows:
| |
| BLACK plug into the REM receptacle RED plug into the MIC receptacle GRAY plug into the EAR receptacle B.2.0 Loading Program Tape into the tape recorder.
| |
| B.2.1 Press the STOP/ EJECT button on the tape recorder until the door on the top of the recorder opens.
| |
| B.2.2 Insert the program tape with side 1 up onto the holding brackets located on the cover door. The exposed tape of the cassette should be adjacent to the control buttons. .
| |
| B.2.3 Close the door and push the REW/REV button to rewind the tape. When tape is fully rewoond on the left spool press the STOP/ EJECT button to stop 3he rewind motor. _
| |
| () B.2.4 Reset the digital counter to 000 by pressing the black button next to the EP-IP-009, Attachment B, Rev. A, Page 1 of 2
| |
| | |
| l EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment B EP-IP-009 Revision A
| |
| ('_]/ Page 7 of 40 counter.
| |
| B.3.0 Initializing the Minicomputer.
| |
| B.3.1 Press twice the POWER-ON key located at the top left corner of the minicomputer keyboard.
| |
| B.3.2 Place the POWER, PRINT and REMOTE switches to ON at the lower left corner of the minicomputer.
| |
| B.3.3 Press the PLAY button on the tape recorder. The tape should not advance.
| |
| B.3.4 DEG and DEF should be displayed at the top of the minicomputer display. If DEF is not present press the MODE key which is under the red CL key until DEF appears.
| |
| B.3.5 Clear the minicomputer ptogram memory by typing NEW and pressing the ENTER key.
| |
| B.3.6 Clear the minicomputer data memory by typing CLEAR and pressing the ENTER key.
| |
| The minicomputer is now prepared to be ussd according to the steps listed in Attachments C, D and E.
| |
| l i
| |
| e i
| |
| l O
| |
| EP-IP-009, Attachment B, Rev. A. Page 2 of 2 i
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULAT?.ONS Attachment C EP-IP-009 Revision A O Page 8 of 40 INSTRUCTIONS FOR MET 1 Check ( )
| |
| C.1.0 Program Description C.1.1 MET 1 calculates the centerline whole body and thyroid dose rates at distances from 0.34 miles to 10 miles (500 meters to 16,000 meters) from SSES.
| |
| C.1.2 MET 1 requires the following information from the user:
| |
| Wind speed, mph Temperature differential, C/50m Time since reactor shutdown, minutes Total Noble Gas Release Race, C1/ min.
| |
| Total Iodine - 131 Release Race, C1/ min.
| |
| Downwind distance for dose rate calculation, miles.
| |
| C.1.3 Use restrictions for MET 1.
| |
| : 1. MET 1 should not be used to calculate dose rates for distances greater than 1.5 miles from SSES when the stability class is E or G and the wind speed is less than 4.5 miles per hour.
| |
| : 2. MET 1 shall only be used to
| |
| ( calculate plume centerline dose
| |
| ! races.
| |
| l C.1.4 MET 1 can be used with MET 3 to obtain integrated and projected releases and doses.
| |
| C.2.0 Load MET 1 into the minicomputer from the cassette tape.
| |
| l l
| |
| EP-IP-009, Attachment C, Rev. A, Page 1 of 6
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment C EP-IP-009 Revision A O> Page 9 of 40 C.2.1 Insert the cassette tape labelled MET 1/X/Q/ MET 2 into the tape recorder as instructed in section B.2.0, Attachment B of EP-IP-009.
| |
| C.2.2 Initialize the minicomputer as instructed in section B.3.0, Attachment B.
| |
| C.2.3 Type CLOAD " MET 1" and press the ENTER key. The quotation mark is typed by pressing the yellow SHIFT key followed by pressing the W key.
| |
| C.2.4 Verify that the tape begins to move and a whistle sound is made.
| |
| C.2.5 The tape and sound should stop when the digital counter is between 50 and 55.
| |
| NOTE: THE PROGRAM MET 1 IS NOW LOADED INTO THE PROGRAM MEMORY OF THE MINICOMPUTER. MET 1 WILL REMAIN IN THE MEMORY EVEN IF THE I
| |
| O- MINICOMPUTER IS TURNED OFF. THE ONLY WAY TO REMOVE MET 1 FROM THE MEMORY IS l TO TYPE NEW AND PRESS THE ENTER KEY.
| |
| I L
| |
| C.3.0 Enter Meteorological Data.
| |
| C.3.1 Press the yellow SHIFT key and then press the A key. The display will read:
| |
| DEG/50t=.
| |
| l C.3.2 Key in the temperature differential, T and press ENTER. [The temperature differential is obtained from the Video Display Services Computer terminal which receives information from the primary i meteorological tower. The temperature I differential should be entered on the calculation recording sheet, Attachment G.
| |
| C.3.3 Verify that the tape begins to move and the whistle sound is heard. The tape should stop before the digital counter reaches 125. The tape may stop much
| |
| () before 125 depending on the value of the temperatura differential entered.
| |
| -EP-IP-009, Attachment C, Rev. A. Page 2 of 6
| |
| | |
| . ._. .- = _ . __ .. . . - - _-
| |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment C EP-IP-009 Revision A O_ Page 10 of 40 C.3.4 The display should read: WIND, MPH a.
| |
| Key in the wind speed and press ENTER.
| |
| The wind speed is obtained from the Video Display Services Computer terminal j and should be entered on the calculation i recording sheet. Attachment G.
| |
| C.4.0 Enter Decay Correction Time.
| |
| l C.4.1 The display after step 3.4 will appear i as: TIME, MIN =.
| |
| C.4.2 Enter the correct time since reactor shutdown according to the accident l
| |
| scenario as described in Attachment I of EP-IP-009.
| |
| I C.5.0 Enter the Source Term Data.
| |
| C.5.1 The display after step 4.2 should read:
| |
| NOBLE GAS, CI/ MIN =.
| |
| C.5.2 Key in the Noble gas release rate in curies / min. followed by pressing the O- ENTER key.
| |
| l C.S.3 The display should read: I-131, i
| |
| CI/ MIN =.
| |
| C.5.4 Key in the Iodine-131 release rate in curies / minute followed by pressing the ENTER key.
| |
| l NOTE: THE NOBLE GAS AND IODINE-131 RELEASE RATES ARE OBTAINED BY ADDRESSING THE EBERLINE PING VENT MONITOR CONTROL CONSOLE LOCATED IN THE CONTROL ROOM AND i TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER, TSC. THE RELEASES FROM THE FIVE VENT MONITORS (UNIT 1 REACTOR BUILDING VENT, UNIT 1 TURBINE BUILDING VENT, STANDBY GAS
| |
| ; TREATMENT VENT. UNIT 2 TURBINE BUILDING l AND UNIT 2 REACTOR BUILDING) MUST 3E SUMMED TO OBTAIN THE TOTAL RELEASE WHICH l IS ENTERED IN STEPS C.S.2 and C.S.4.
| |
| THE PING AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES A 10 MINUTE AVERAGE. VENT SAMPLE DATA MAY ALSO BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH FLOW l 3 RATE DATA TO YIELD A C1/ min SOURCE I
| |
| INSTEAD OF THE PING DATA. IF NO SOURCE 1
| |
| EP-IP-009, Attachment C. Rev. A. Page 3 of 6 l
| |
| | |
| l EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment C EP-IP-009
| |
| (~/h Revision A
| |
| ~, Page 11 of 40 TERM DATA IS AVAILABLE FROM THE VENT MONITOR OR SAMPLE USE ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENTS FROM EP-IP-013 AND MET 2 TO CALCULATE OFF-SITE DOSES.
| |
| C.6.0 Enter the Downwind Distance for which the calculation is made.
| |
| C.6.1 The display after step C.S.6 should appear as: DISTANCE, MILES =.
| |
| C.6.2 Key in the distance between the subj ect of interest and SSES and press the ENTER key. The distance must be between 0.34 miles and 10.0 miles.
| |
| C.6.3 The calculator should princout the calculation results which should be entered onto the calculation recording sheet, Attachment G. See section C.8.0 for an explanation of the 'rintout.
| |
| C.6.4 Press the SHIFT and D keys to return-to
| |
| ( a} step 6.1 to calculate a dose rate at a new distance for the same meteorological and source term data. The following distances should always be calculated.
| |
| : a. Emergency Planning Zone Boundary (see Attachment I for distances for different wind directions).
| |
| : b. 2 miles.
| |
| : c. 5 miles.
| |
| : d. 10 miles.
| |
| l l C.7.0 Performing Subsequent Calculations.
| |
| C.7.1 A complete calculation sequence must be performed if meteorological conditions c) d to cause a different stability
| |
| ~ ~
| |
| class or wind speedi O
| |
| EP-IP-009, Attachment C, Rev. A. Page 4 of ~6. -
| |
| ~
| |
| ~
| |
| | |
| EMERCENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment C EP-IP-009 Revision A O- Page ~12.of 40 *
| |
| : 1. Place the REMOTE switch in the lower left corner of the minicomputer in the OFF position.
| |
| Press the STOP/ EJECT button on the tape recorder.
| |
| : 2. Press the REW/REV button on the tape recorder and rewind the tape to 50 as indicated on the digital counter. Press the STOP/ EJECT button to stop the rewind motor.
| |
| : 3. Place the REMOTE switch on the minicomputer in the ON position.
| |
| : 4. Go to section C.3.0 and complete steps through section C.6.0.
| |
| C.7.2 To enter a new time after shut down press the SHIFT and B keys and follov the instructions in sections C.4.0 through C.6.0.
| |
| N C.7.3 To enter new source term data for
| |
| \ previously entered meteorological data and reactor shut down time press the SHIFT and C keys and follow the instructions in sections C.5.0 and C.6.0.
| |
| C.8.0 Reading the Calculation Result Printout.
| |
| C.8.1 The first item printed is the stability class derived from the temperature differential. It should be C, D, E or G. See Table F.2.1, Attachment F for the relation between the stability class and temperature differential.
| |
| C.8.2 The second item printed is the distance specified in section C.6.2. The distance is expressed in exponential form.
| |
| C.8.3 The third -item p rinted is the plume travel time from SSES to the location of interest on subject distance. This value is expressed in minutes and in exponential forms O -
| |
| EP-IP-009, Attachment C , - R e vr. - A , Page 5 of. 6
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment C EP-IP-009 Revision A O Page 13 of 40 C.8.4 The fourth item is the source term data entered in section C.5.0.
| |
| NOTE: THE IODINE TERM IS THE "20TAL IODINE RADIONUCLIDE RELEASE WHICH IS ASSUMED TO BE 10 TIMES THE I-131 VALUE.
| |
| NG = NOBLE GAS GI = GROSS IODINE C.8.5 The fifth item is the dose rates calculated and expressed as millirads per hour (mrad /hr.). WB is the whole body dose rate and THY is the dose rate to the thyroid.
| |
| NOTE: THE INFORMATION ON THE PRINTOUT SHOULD BE ENTERED ON THE CALCULATION RECORDING WORKSHEET (ATTACHMENT G) TO SERVE AS A COMPLETE RECORD.
| |
| l l
| |
| C:)
| |
| EP-IP-009, Attachment C, Rev. A. Page 6 of 6 i
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE ,
| |
| DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment D EP-IP-009 Revision A O.. . - Page 14 of 40 INSTRUCTIONS FOR MET 2 D.1.0 MET 2 Program Description.
| |
| D.l.1 MET 2 calculates a Noble Gas and Gross Iodine source term using radiological measurement data made by the OFY-SITE MONITORING TEAMS at the plume centerline. Met 2 uses its calculated source term to calculate whole body and thyroid dose rates on the plume centerline, at distances between 0.34 and 10 miles from SSES.
| |
| D.1.2 MET 2 requires the following information to be input by the user.
| |
| Temperature Differential, C/50m Wind Speed, mph Time since reactor shutdown, minutes Downwind distance on plume centerline at which off-site measurement was made, l miles Measured Whole body dose rate, mR/hr.
| |
| Measured I-131 concentration, Ci/m3 D.l.3 Use Restrictions for MET 2.
| |
| 1 j 1. MET 2 should not be used for
| |
| ; distances greater than 1.5 miles l
| |
| from SSES when the stability class is E or G and the wind speed is less than 4.5 mph.
| |
| : 2. MET 2 should only be used for plume centerline data.
| |
| D.2.0 Load MET 2 into the minicomputer from the cassette tape. .
| |
| D.2.1 Insert the MET 1/X/Q/ MET 2 program tape into the tape recorder and follow the instructions specified in section B.2.0,
| |
| {} Attachment B of EP-IP-009.
| |
| EP-IP-009, Attachment D. Rev. A. Page 1 of 6
| |
| | |
| (
| |
| l EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment D EP-IP-009 g Revision A
| |
| / Page 15 of 40 D.2.2 Press the F.F/ PREV button on the
| |
| ! recorder and advance the tape to a digital counter value of 120, stopping the tape by pressing the STOP/ EJECT button.
| |
| D.2.3 Initialize the minicomputer as described in Section B.3.0, Attachment B of EP-IP-009.
| |
| D.2.4 Type CLOAD " MET 2" and press the ENTER key. The quotation mark is typed by pressing the yellow SHIFT key followed by pressing the W key.
| |
| D.2.5 Verify that tape begins to move and a whistle sound is made.
| |
| D.2.6 The tape and sound should stop when the digital counter reaches about 165.
| |
| NOTE: THE PROGRAM MET 2 IS NOW ENTERED INTO l THE MINICOMPUTER MEMORY. IT WILL REMAIN THERE UNTIL THE COMPUTER IS l REINITIALIZED AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION i B.3.0, ATTACHMENT B 0F EP-IP-009. THE PROGRAM REMAINS IN THE MEMORY EVEN IF THE COMPUTER IS TURNED OFF.
| |
| D.2.7 Place the REMOTE switch in the lower left corner of the computer in the OFF position. Press the STOP/ EJECT button on the tape recorder.
| |
| D.2.8 Press the REW/REV button on the tape recorder and rewind the tape to a digital counter value of 50. The tape is stopped by pressing the STOP/ EJECT button.
| |
| D.2.9 Place the REMOTE switch on the minicomputer to the ON position and
| |
| _ press the PLAY button on the tape '
| |
| recorder.
| |
| D.3.0 Enter Meteorological Data.
| |
| D.3.1 Press the yellow SHIFT key and then A O- key. The display will read: DEG/50m =.
| |
| EP-IP-009, Attachment D. Rev. A, Page 2 of 6
| |
| | |
| {
| |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment D EP-IP-009
| |
| ) Revision A Page 16 of 40 D.3.2 Key in the temperature differential, AT, and press ENTER. The temperature differential is obtained from the Video Display Services computer terminal and should be recorded on the calculation recording worksheet, Attachment G.
| |
| D.3.3 Verify that the tape begins to move and the whistle sound is heard. The tape should stop before the digital counter reaches 125. The tape may stop much before 125 depending on the temperature differential entered.
| |
| D.3.4 The display should read: WIND, MPH =.
| |
| Key in the wind speed and press ENTER.
| |
| The wind speed is obtained from the Video Display Services Computer terminal and should be entered on the calculation recording sheet, Attachment G.
| |
| D.4.0 Enter the time after reactor shutdown and downwind distance of measurement.
| |
| D.4.1 The display after D.3.4 should read:
| |
| TIME, MIN =. Key in the correct time since reactor shutdown according to the accident scenario as described in Attachment I of EP-IP-009.
| |
| D.4.2 The display should read: DISTANCE, MILES =. Key in the distance between SSES and the location of the measurement and press ENTER.
| |
| NOTE: THE DISTANCZ MUST BE BETWEEN 0.34 AND 10 MILES.
| |
| D.5.0 Enter the Off-site Measurement Data.
| |
| D.5.1 The display should read: WHOLE BODY, MR/HR. =. Key in the whole body dose rate measured by the OFF-SITE MONITORING TEAM at the distance specified in D.4.4 and press ENTER.
| |
| D.5.2 The display should read: I-131 CONC.
| |
| () CI/ CUM =. Key in the Iodine-131 concentration in Curies per cubic meter EP-IP-009, Attachment D. Rev. A. Page 3 of 6
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCJLATIONS Attachment D EP-IP-009 4
| |
| (~}
| |
| (_/
| |
| Revision A Page 17 of 40 measured by the OFF-SITE MONITORING TEAM at the distance specified in D.4.4 and press ENTER. Key the concentration in exponential form, i.e. lE-9 (1x10-9) which is entered by pressing the keys, 1 Exp. - and 9 in that order.
| |
| D.5.3 The minicomputer will printout the results as explained in D.8.0. The
| |
| ! results should be entered on the l calculation recording worksheet, Attachment G.
| |
| NOTE: THE IODINE-131 CONCENTRATION MAY BE REPORTED FROM OFF-SITE AS MICR0 CURIES PER CUBIC CENTIMETER WHICH IS IDENTICAL TO CgRIES PER CUBIC METER (uC1/cc =
| |
| Ci/m ).
| |
| D.6.0 Calculate other off-site dose rates using the source term calculated with MET 2.
| |
| , ) D.6.1 Press the SHIFT and C keys.
| |
| l D.6.2 The display should read: DISTANCE, MILES =. Key in the downwind distance for which a whole body and thyroid dose rate is needed and press ENTER.
| |
| D.6.3 The minicomputer will printout the results which are explained in D.8.0.
| |
| D.6.4 Repeat D.6.1 and D.6.2 for each distance desired. The following distances should at least be calculated.
| |
| : a. Emergency Planning Zone Boundary (See Attachment I for the distance of each compass sector.)
| |
| : b. 2 miles
| |
| : c. 5 miles
| |
| : d. 10 miles D.7.0 Performing Subsequent MET 2 calculations.
| |
| O EP-IP-009, Attachment D. Rev. A. Page 4 of 6 i l
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment D EP-IP-009 Revision A Page 18 of 40 D.7.1 A complete recalculation must be performed whenever the meteorological conditions change to cause a different stability class or wind speed.
| |
| D.7.2 To perform a complete recalculation or to enter new meteorological data go to step D.2.7 and follow instructions through section 6.0.
| |
| D.7.3 New off-site data can be entered by pressing the SHIFT and B keys and following the instructions in sections D.4.0 through D.6,0.
| |
| NOTE: EXISTING METEOROLOGICAL DATA PREVIOUSLY ENTERED WILL BE USED IN THE CALCULATION.
| |
| D.8.0 Interpreting the MET 2 printout.
| |
| D.8.1 The first item printed is the stability class which should be C, D, E or G. See Table F.2.1, Attachment F for the l relation between stability and the t
| |
| temperature differential.
| |
| D.8.2 The second item is the distance (plume centerline) from SSES to the location for which a calculation is being made or the location where the off-site measurement was made if a new measurement was in p r. c .
| |
| D.8.3 The third item is the plume travel time from SSES to the above location.
| |
| D.8.4 The fourth item is the Iodine-131 concentration in Curies per cubic meter either measured or expected at the above distance.
| |
| D.8.5 The fifth items are the total noble gas
| |
| ; and iodice (NG and GI respectively) release rates calculated to be leaving SSES in Curies per minute.
| |
| D.8.6 The sixth items are the whole body (WB) and thyroid (THY) dose rates calculated O. for the distance specified in d.2. If EP-IP-009, Attachment D. Rev. A. Page 5 of 6
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment D EP-IP-009 O' Revision A Page 19 of 40 the distance corresponded to the location where the off-site measurement data was obtained, the whole body dose race calculated should equal the whole body dose rate measured.
| |
| NOTE: THE INFORMATION ON THE PRINTOUT SHOULD BE ENTERED ON THE CALCULATION RECORDING WORKSHEET (ATTACHMENT G) TO SERVE AS A COMPLETE RECORD.
| |
| NOTE: MET 2 WILL PRINT OUT TOTAL NOBLE GAS (Ci/ min) AND TOTAL GROSS IODINE (Ci/ min). THIS GROSS IODINE VALUE MUST BE DIVIDED BY 10 BEFORE IT IS INPUT INTO METS 1 or 3 TO OBTAIN A DOSE RATE AT A PARTICULAR DISTANCE.
| |
| O l
| |
| l
| |
| ([) -
| |
| EP-IP-009, Attachment D, Rev. A, Page 6 of 6
| |
| | |
| I EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachmenc E EP-IP-009 Revision A
| |
| ( ,s) Page 20 of 40 INSTRUCTIONS FOR MET 3 Check ( )
| |
| l -
| |
| E.1.0 Program Description l
| |
| E.1.1 MET 3 calculates an integrated source term and a proj ected source term. These source terms can be entered into MET 1 to calculate an integrated dose and a projected dose on the plume centerline at particular distances. An integrated source term is the number of Curies of Noble gases or Iodines released from an initial time to the present time. The projected source term is the integrated source term plus the total Curies expected to be released from the present time to some future time. MET 3 assumes the present release rate continues to the future time.
| |
| E.1.2 MET 3 requires the following information O from the user:
| |
| Specification that the integration or projection is for Noble gases or Iodines.
| |
| An initial release estimate, Curies The current release rate, Curies / min.
| |
| l l The current time, hour and minutes i
| |
| NOTE: THE EBERLINE PING VENT MONITOR CAN PROVIDE AN INTEGRATED SOURCE TERM FOR THE PAST 24 HOURS AND UPDATE THIS VALUE EVERY 10 MINUTES. THEREFORE MET 3 IS A BACKUP TO THE PING FOR INTEGRATED
| |
| ; VALUES.
| |
| l E.2.0 Load MET 3 into a minicomputer from the cassette tape.
| |
| I d O
| |
| EP-IP-009, Attachment E. Rev. A. Page 1 of 7
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATI0NS Attachment-E EP-IP-009 Revision A (q/
| |
| _, Page 21 of 40 E.2.1 Insert the cassette tape labelled MET 3 into the tape recorder as instructed in Section B.2.0, Attachment B of EP-IP-009.
| |
| NOTE: SINCE MET 3 IS USED WITH MET 1 IT IS ADVISABLE TO LOAD MET 3 ON TO A SECOND OR SEPARATE MINICOMPUTER.
| |
| E.2.2 Initialize the minicomputer as instructed in Section B.3.0, Attachment B.
| |
| E.2.3 Type CLOAD " MET 3" and press the ENTER key. The quotation mark is typed by pressing the yellow SHIFT key followed by pressing the W key.
| |
| E.2.4 Verify the tape begins to move and a t whistle sound is heard.
| |
| l E.2.5 The tape and sound should stop before q_) the digital counter reaches 65.
| |
| NOTE: THE PROGRAM MET 3 IS NOW LOADED INTO THE MINICOMJ"TER. MET 3 AND ITS STORED DATA WILL REMAIN IN THE MEMPRY OF THE MINICOMPUTER EVEN IF THE MINICOMPUTER IS TURNED OFF.
| |
| E.3.0 Initialize MET 3 E.3.1 Press the yellow SHIFT key and then the A key. The display will read:
| |
| N or I l
| |
| and the minicomputer will print Initialization.
| |
| _ E.3.2 Press N if the data to be entered l
| |
| corresponds to Noble gas releases.
| |
| Press I if the data will correspond to Iodine releases. Press the ENTER key.
| |
| b
| |
| .o EP-IP-009, Attachment E. Rev. A. Page 2 of 7
| |
| | |
| i EMERCENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment E EP-IP-009 Revision A
| |
| (~)N L Page 22 of 40 E.3.3 The display will read:
| |
| Q(0) =
| |
| Key in the value of any total releasa in Curies before MET 3 was started and press ENTER. This value should be 0 if the release has just started. If the release had progressed some time before i MET 3 was started, an estimate of the total release up to the present should be entered.
| |
| E.3.4 The display will read:
| |
| CURRENT TIME (H.M) =
| |
| Key in the current day time expressed in military time (i.e., 1 PM is 13.00), for example, 8:50 (eight fifty) in the morning would be entered as 8.50 while 5:30 PM would be entered as 17.30.
| |
| Press the ENTER key.
| |
| l NOTE: DO NOT DELETE THE DECIMAL POINT BETWEEN l
| |
| THE HOUR AND THE MINUTES.
| |
| E.3.5 The display will read:
| |
| CURR. SOURCE (CI/ MIN) = -
| |
| Key in the current source term or release rate for the Noble gases or Iodines depending on the entry from Step E.3.2. Press ENTER.
| |
| E.3.6 The minicomputer will printout NOBLES or IODINE (from Step E.3.2).
| |
| LAST ENTRIES:
| |
| TIME (from Step E.3.4)
| |
| SOURCE (from Step E.3.5)
| |
| E.3.7 The display will read:
| |
| BREAK AT 290 EP-IP-009, Attachment E, Rev. A. Page 3 of 7
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment E EP-IP-009 l
| |
| l O Revision A Page 23 of 40 Return to Step E.3.1 and proceed through Step E.3.6 for the other isotope family, N or I. If both Noble gases and Iodines have been initialized for MET 3 proceed to Section E.4.0.
| |
| E.4.0 Calculate an updated integrated source term.
| |
| E'.4.1 Press the SHIFT and C keys.
| |
| E.4.2 The display will read:
| |
| SOURCE, CI/ MIN =
| |
| Key in the appropriate isotope release rate. The minicomputer will assume the release rate applies to the isotope family (Noble gases or Iodines) that was in effect at the Step E.3.6. Press ENTER.
| |
| E.4.3 The display will read:
| |
| () TIME (H.M) =
| |
| Key in the time that corresponds to when the release rate entered in the above step was taken.
| |
| __ E.4.4 The minicomputer will print:
| |
| NOBLES or IODINE TIME INTERVAL:
| |
| FROM 19.5 (time of last entry)
| |
| TO 20.2 (time of present entry)
| |
| INTERVAL RELEASE:
| |
| CI (integrated release for the above time interval)
| |
| UPDATED TOTAL:
| |
| RELEASE l CI (integrated release j ,
| |
| since initial entries)
| |
| ,EP-IP-009, Attachment E. Rev. A, Page 4 of 7 I
| |
| | |
| I l
| |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment E EP-IP-009 O Revision A Page 24 of 40 E.4.5 The display will read:
| |
| BREAK AT 290 If a new release rate for the same isotope family is to be entered return to Step E.4.1. If a release rate is to be entered for the other isotope family press the SHIFT and B keys.
| |
| E.4.6 The display will read:
| |
| N or I Key in the isotope family for which the release rate applies and press ENTER.
| |
| E.4.7 The minicomputer will print out:
| |
| NOBLES or IODINES LAST ENTRIES:
| |
| TIME: (time of last
| |
| ) SOURCE entry)
| |
| (last entered release rate)
| |
| E.4.8 The display will read:
| |
| BREAK AT 290 Return to Step E.4.1 and follow through Steps E.4.5.
| |
| E.4.9 To calculate an integrated dose from the integrated source term, input the Updated Total Release for the Noble gases and Iodines (input only an integrated Iodine - 131 source term for the MET 1 iodine source term) into MET 1 in Steps C.5.1 through C.S.4 realizing that an integrated source term is being entered rather than a release rate. See Attachment C for the instructions for operating MET 1.
| |
| O EP-IP-009, Attachment E, Rev. A. Page 5 of 7
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment E EP-IP-009 Revision A
| |
| /']J s_ Page 25 of 40 E.4.10 The whole body and thyroid dose races printed out by MET 1 must be corrected to give an integrated dose in arads by dividing the dose rate by 60. Record the last entry time and the integrated dose for each location on the calculation recording worksheet, Attachment G.
| |
| E.5.0 Calculate a projected source term for a future cine.
| |
| E.5.1 To project a future source term press the SHIFT and D keys. The display will read:
| |
| PROJD. HOURS =
| |
| E.5.2 Key in the number of hours into the future that is of interest and press ENTER. It is recommended that this time be equal to the evacuation time of the EPZ which is about 6 hours.
| |
| ) E.5.3 The minicomputer will printout:
| |
| l l NOBLES or IOLINE (determined by last entry)
| |
| PROJECTED RELEASE:
| |
| , CI PROJECTED HOURS (from Step l
| |
| E.5.2)
| |
| E.5.4 To project the source term for the other isotope group, Noble gas or Iodine, press the SHIFT and B keys and wait for the minicomputer to printout the last entry for the new isotope group. Go to Step E.5.1.
| |
| E.5.5 To calculate a proj ected whole body and thyroid dose from the proj ected source terms, input the projected release for the Noble gas and Iodine -
| |
| 131 obtained in Step E.5.3 into MET 1 as describsd in Section C.5.0, Attachment C, realizing that a proj ected release is being
| |
| ( entered rather than a release rate. See EP-IP-009, Attachment E, Rev. A, Page 6 of 7
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment E EP-IP-009 Revision A i
| |
| ]sq [- Page 26 of 40 Attachment C for the instructions for operation MET 1.
| |
| E.5.6 The whole body and thyroid dose rates printed out by MET 1 must be corrected to give proj ected total dose in arads by dividing the dose rate by 60. Record the future time corresponding to the projected dose and the projected doses for each desired location on Attachment G. For example, if the current or last time entered is 8:40 (AM) and the projected time is 6 hours the future time to be entered on Attachment G would be 14:40.
| |
| l O-i l
| |
| EP-IP-009, Attachment E. Rev. A, Page 7 of 7
| |
| | |
| i EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment F EP-IP-009 Revision A Page 27 of 40 INSTRUCTIONS FOR OVERLAYS Check ( )
| |
| F.1.0 Method Description F.1.1 The Overlay method is a graphic method in which transparent isoplechs representing plumes are overlaid on the SSES Emergency Planning map. This method provides a visual perspective of the plume and its directions of travel.
| |
| There are 36 overlays for SSES.
| |
| F.1.2 The Overlay method can be used to calculate whole body and thyroid dose rates at any location in the plume greater than 1.5 miles from SSES.
| |
| F.1.3 The Overlay method requires the following information from the user:
| |
| (^j
| |
| (-c Wind speed, mph Temperature differential. T. ,C/50m Time since reactor shutdown, minute Total Noble Gas Release Rate, Ci/ min Total Iodine-131 Release Race, Ci/ min Uncorrected dose rate from the overlay for each downwind location of interest.
| |
| F.2.0 Determine Atmospheric Stability Class and Select Proper Overlays.
| |
| F.2.1 Obtain the wind speed, wind direction and temperature differential from the Video Display Services computer terminal. The dose calculator should receive this data already entered onto the calculation recording sheet, Data j Sheet 2.
| |
| 1 '
| |
| F.2.2 Using the temperature differential, determine the atmospheric st tflity class from Table F.2.1. If the l temperature differential is unavailable, l
| |
| ,s_ sigma theta ( ) can be used with Table F.2.1. Sigma , cheta is obtained from the Video Display Services.
| |
| # TABLE F.2.1 EP-IP-009, Attachment F. Rev. A, Page 1 of 9
| |
| | |
| T u
| |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE t DOSE CALCULATIONS
| |
| +
| |
| Attachment F EP-IP-009 Revision A i
| |
| (r]/ Page 28 of 40 STABILITY CLASS DETERMINATION T( C/50ml (degrees) Select Stability Curve
| |
| - 0.75 12.5 Unstable (C)
| |
| - 0.74 to -
| |
| 0.25 12.4 to 7.5 Neutral (D)
| |
| - 0.24 to ~ 0.75 7.4 to 3.8 Slightly Stable (E) 0.75 3.8 Very Stable (G)
| |
| F.2.3 Using the wind speed, wind direction and stability class data, determine the overlays to be used from Table F.2.2.
| |
| The odd numbered overlays are for the whole body dose rates and the even numbered overlays are for the thyroid dose rates. Enter the number of the overlays selected on the worksheet for overlay calculations, Attachment H.
| |
| C-[ F.2.4 Determine a wind speed correction factor from Table F.2.3 and enter this factor on the worksheet for overlay calculations, Attachment H.
| |
| F.3.0 Calculate a Whole Body Dose Rate
| |
| [
| |
| F.3.1 Place the whole body overlay on the SSES Emergency Planning Map with the origin of the plume isopleth over SSES on the intersection of the sector dividing lines. Orient the red arrow according to the directions on the overlay.
| |
| F.3.2 For each map location of interest, read off the overlay an uncorrected dose rate in rads / min and enter on the worksheet, Attachment H.
| |
| l NOTE: INTERPOLATION BETWEEN DOSE ISOPLETH LINES MAY BE REQUIRED.
| |
| i F.3.3 The following locations should be 1
| |
| () addressed.
| |
| EP-IP-009, Attachment F, Rev. A. Page 2 of 9
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OF7-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment F EP-IP-009 f~\ Revision A k/ Page 29 of 40 2 miles from SSES oc plume centerline 5 miles from SSES on plume centerline 10 miles from SSES on plume centerline In addition, the dose rate at several emergency monitoring locations should be calculated for comparison with measurements made by the OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS.
| |
| F.3.4 Obtain the total Noble Gas release rate expressed in Curies / minute. This data should be entered on Data Sheet 2, Dose calculation recording sheet for the dose calculator. If not entered obtain the data from the PING control console.-
| |
| See note on Page 11 of this procedure.
| |
| F.3.5 Obtain the time since reactor shutdown by subtracting the data time from the time of the shutdown listed on the " Big
| |
| \- Picture" status board.
| |
| F.3.6 Using the time since reactor shutdown and Table F.3.1, determine a whole body dose correction factor and enter on the overlay calculation worksheet, Attachment H.
| |
| F.3.7 Calculate a corrected whole body dose i
| |
| rate in mrem /hr. for each map location of interest by multiplying the uncorrected dose rate for the location by the wind speed correction factor, the total Noble Gas release rate, the whole bogy dose correction factor and by 6 x 10 (60,000) as shown below.
| |
| Corrected whole body dose =
| |
| Uncorrected Noble gas Whole body Wind Speed dose rate release correction correction 60,000 rate factor factor Enter the corrected dose rate on Data Sheet 2, the calculation recording sheet exhibited as Attachment G.
| |
| (~>h EP-IP-009, Attachment F, Rev. A. Page 3 of 9 l
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment F EP-IP-009 Revision A Page 30 of 40 F.4.0 Calculate a Thyroid Dose Rate F.4.1 Place the thyroid overlay on the SSES Emergency Planning Map with the origin of the plume isopleth over SSES on the intersection of the sector dividing lines. Orient the red arrow according to the directions on the overlay.
| |
| F.4.2 For each map location of interest, read off the overlay an uncorrected dose rate in rads / min and enter on the worksheet, Attachment H. I NOTE: INTERPOLATION BETWEEN DOSE ISOPLETH LINES MAY BE REQUIRED.
| |
| F.4.3 The following locations should be addressed.
| |
| 2 miles from SSES on plume centerline 5 miles from CSES on plume centerline 10 miles from SSES on plume centerline In addition, the dose rate at several emergency monitoring locations should be calculated for comparison with measurements made by the OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS.
| |
| F.4,4 Obtain the total Iodine-131 release rate expressed in Curies /einute. This data should be entered on Data Sheet 2, Dose calculation recording sheet for the dose calculator. If not entered obtain the data from the PING control console.
| |
| See note on Page 11 of this procedure.
| |
| F.4.5 Obtain the time since reactor shutdown by subtracting the data time from the time of the shutdown listed on the " Big Picture" status board.
| |
| F.4.6 Using the time since reactor shutdown and Table F.4.1, determine a thyroid f'/}
| |
| dose correction factor and enter on the EP-IP-009, Attachment F, Rev. A, Page 4 of 9
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment F EP-IP-009 0, Revision A Page 31 of 40 overlay calculation worksheet.
| |
| Attachment H.
| |
| F.4.7 Calculate a corrected thyroid dose rate in area /hr. for each map location of interest by multiplying the uncorrected thyroid dose rate for each location by the wind speed correction factor, the total Iodine-131 release rate, the thyrgid dose correction factor and by 6 x 10 (600,000) as shown below.
| |
| Corrected thyroid dose =
| |
| Uncorrected Iodine-131 Wind speed Thyroid dose dose rate g release correction correction 600,000 rate factor factor Enter the corrected dose rate on Data Sheet 2, Attachment G of this procedure.
| |
| O O
| |
| EP-IP-009, Att4 cement F ,.' R e v . A. Page 5 of 9
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment F EP-IP-009 e* Revision A
| |
| ( ,) Page 32 of 40 TABLE F.2.2 OVERLAY SELECTION Overlay Numbers (Whole body; Thyroid) ,
| |
| Wind Direction (from) Stability Classes C D E E G G Sector (directional all all winds winds winds winds degrees) wind wind 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 speeds speeds aph mph mph mph N (348.74 to 1;2 3;4 5;6 9;10 7;8 11;12 NNE (11.25 to 11.25 33.75 g) 1;2 3;4 5;6 13;14 7;8 15;16 NE (33.75 to 1;2 3;4 5;6 17;18 7;8 19;20 ENE (56.25 to 56.25 78.75g) 1;2 3;4 5;6 5;6 7;8 7;8 E (78.75 to 101.25 ) 1;2 3;4 5;6 *S;6* 7;8 *7;8*
| |
| ESE (101.2g to 123.75 ) 1;2 3;4 ~
| |
| 5;6 *5;6* 7;8 *7;8*
| |
| SE (123.75 to 1;2 3;4 5;6 *5;6* 7;8 *7;8*
| |
| SSE (146.25 to 146.25 168.g5 g) 1;2 3;4 5;6 *5;6* 7;8 *7;8*
| |
| S (168.75 to 191.25 ) 1;2 3;4 5;6 21;22 7;8 23;24 SSW (191.25 to 213.75 ) 1;2 3;4 5;6 21:22 7;8 23;24 SW (213.75 to 236.25 1;2 3;4 5;6 21;22 7;8 23;24 WSW (236.25 to 258.75 g) 1;2 3;4 5;6 5;6 7;8 7;8 W (258.75 to 281.25 ) 1;2 3;4 5;6 5;6 7;8 7;8 i
| |
| WNW (281.25 to 303.75 ) 1;2 3;4 5;6 25;26 7;8 27;28
| |
| (]s
| |
| (. NW (303.75 ,to 326.25 g) 1;2 3;4 5;6 29;30 7;8 31;32 NNW (326.25 to 348.75 1;2 3;4 5;6 33;34 7;8 35;36
| |
| * Assume the wind is coming out of the ENE when using these overlays.
| |
| EP-IP-009, Attachment F. Rev. A. Page 6 of 9
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment F EP-IP-009 Revision A Page 33 of 40 TABLE F.2.3 WIND SPEED CORRECTION FACTORS Wind Speed Correction Wind Speed Correction (MPR) Fsetor (MPH) Factor 0.1 9.5 6.0 0.1/
| |
| , 0.2 4.8 7.0 0.14 0.3 3.3 8.0 0.12 0.4 2.4 9.0 0.11 0.5 1.8 0.6 1.6 10 0.100 O.7 1.4 20 0.050 0.8 1.2 30 0.034 0.9 1.1 40 0.025 50 0.020 1.0 1.00 60 0.017 2.0 0.50. 70 0.014 3.0 0.34 80 0.012 4.0 0.25 90 0.011 5.0 0.20 100 0.010 O
| |
| N
| |
| ~
| |
| EP-IP-009, Attachment F. Rev. A, Page 7 of 9
| |
| - n,- .., .- .. ---m- . - - - - . - . , - , , - ----
| |
| m e-- , ,, --
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS .
| |
| Attachment F EP-IP-009 Revision A O- Page 34 of 40 i
| |
| TABLE F.3.1 WHOLE BODY DOSE CORRECTION FACTOR Decay Time Correction Decay Time Correction (hrs.) Factor (hrs.) Factor 0.01 1.10 6.0 0.44
| |
| ~0.02 1.05 7.0 0.37 0.03 1.00 8.0 0.37 0.04 1.00 '9.0 0.35 0.05 1.00 0.06 1.00 10 0.33 0.07 1.00 20 0.22 0.08 1.00 30 0.18 0.09 1.00 40 0.16 l 50 0.15 0.1 1.00 60 0.14 0.2 0.95 70 0.14 0.3 0.93 80 0.13 0.4 0.90 90 C.13 0.5 0.90 0.6 0.88 100 0.13
| |
| {')
| |
| O.7 0.8 0.85 0.84 200 300 0.12 0.11 0.9 0.81 400 0.11 500 0.11 1.0 600 0.80 0.11 2.0 0.70 700 0.11 3.0 0.60 800 0.11 4.0 0.52 900 0.11 5.0 0.48 1,000 0.11 (7'
| |
| I EP-IP-009, Attachment F, R v. A, Page 8 of 9
| |
| | |
| i I
| |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE
| |
| ~
| |
| DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment F EP-IP-009 Revision A
| |
| ! , Page 35 of 40 TABLE F.4.1 THYROID DOSE CORRECTION FACTOR Decay Time Correction Decay Time Correction (hrs.) Factor (hrs.) Factor 0.01 0.80 6.0 1.6 0.02 0.80 7.0 1.6 0.03 0.80 8.0 1.7 0.04 0.80 9.0 1.8 0.05 0.80 0.06 0.81 10 1.9 0.07 0.82 20 2.4 0.08 0.83 30 2.6 0.09 0.84 40 2.9 50 3.0 0.1 0.84 60 3.2 0.2 0.87 70 3.4 0.3 0.89 80 3.5 0.4 0.90 90 3.6 0.5 0.91 0.6 0.93 100 3.8
| |
| (~N 0.7 0.95 200 4.0
| |
| (-} 0.8 0.98 300 4.3 0.9 1.00 400 4.4 500 4.5 1.0 1.0 600 4.6 2.0 1.2 700 4.7 3.0 1.3 800 4.7 4.0 1.4 900 4.7 5.0 1.5 1,000 4.7 T- l O
| |
| EP-IP-009, Attachment F, Rev. A, Page 9 of 9
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE .
| |
| DOSE CALCULATIONS l Attachment G I EP-IP-009 Revision A
| |
| # Page 36 of 40 DATA SHEET 2 l WORKSHEET FOR DOSE CALCULATION RECORDING l
| |
| / /
| |
| Day Month Year MET DATA: DATA TIME Wind Direction (10M) from Wind Speed (10M) MPH Temperature C/50 meters VENT EFFLUENT RELEASE DATA:
| |
| From PING From PING Sample From Back Calculation Particulate (C1/ min) Iodine (C1/ min) Noble Gas (C1/ min)
| |
| Reactor Bldg.
| |
| Turbine Bldg.
| |
| SBGTS Total
| |
| ; DOSE DATA: FROM: Back Calc. Minicomputer Overlay Rad Dose STABILITY CLASS NOTE: CIRCLE Emergency Plan Boundary Dose Rate if measured by monitoring team.
| |
| Emergency Plan Boundarv 2 mi. 5 mi. 10 mi.
| |
| Current Dose Rate Whole Body (mrem /hr)
| |
| Thyroid (arem/hr)
| |
| Current Release -
| |
| Will Arrive At (time)
| |
| Project Dose At (time)
| |
| {"a]
| |
| ~ .
| |
| EP-IP-009, Attachment G,.Rev. A. Page .1 of 2
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment G EP-IP-009 Revision A Page 37 of 40 Whole Body Thyroid (mram)
| |
| Integrated Dose as of (time)
| |
| Whole Body (mrem)
| |
| Thyroid (mrem)
| |
| LIQUID RELEASE Concentration: uC1/cc Volume heleased: gal.
| |
| Time to Arrive At Danville:
| |
| Expected Concentration: uCi/cc Reactor Shutdown Time x /
| |
| O EP-IP-009, Attachment G, Rev. A. Page 2of 2 l
| |
| 1
| |
| | |
| l EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment H {
| |
| EP-IP-009 Revision A l Page 38 of 40 OVERLAY CALCULATION WORKSHEET Overlays used: Whole body overlay No.
| |
| Thyroid overlay No.
| |
| A. Wind Speed Correction Factor (See Table F.2.B. Section F.2.4)
| |
| B. Uncorrected Whole Body Dose Rates C. Whole Body Dose Correction Factor Dose rate Location (rem / min) 2 miles 5 miles 10 miles b'
| |
| .s Corrected Whole Body Dose Rate =Ax BxC Noble Gases x 60,000 release rate j D. Uncorrected Thyroid Dose Rate E. Thyroid Dose I
| |
| Correction Factor Dose Rate Location (rem / min) 2 miles 5 miles 10 miles l Corrected Thyroid Dose Rate = A x B xE Iodine-131 x 600,000 release rate
| |
| (
| |
| EP-IP-009, Attachment H, Rev. A. Page1 of 1
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment I EP-IP-009 Revision A O Page 39 of 40 AUXILIARY DATA FOR DOSE CALCULATIONS Emerg. Plan Boundary Distance to Affected Distance Sampling Location Sector (miles) (miles)
| |
| NNE 0.537 0.39 NE 0.701 0.422 ENE 0.552 0.52 E 0.507 0.45 ESE 0.474 0.18 SE 0.341 0.20 SSE 0.341 0.20 S 0.341 0.25 SSW 0.431 0.37 SW 0.429 0.33 WSW 0.665 0.39 W 0.608 0.37 WNW 0.691 0.41 NW 0.544 0.350 NNW 0.434 0.291 N' O.411 0.29 O
| |
| O EP-IP-009, Attachment I, Rev. A, Page 1 of 2
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY OFF-SITE DOSE CALCULATIONS Attachment I EP-IP-009 Revision A Page 40 of 40 AUXILIARY DATA TJR DOSE CALCULATIONS TIME SINCE REACTOR SHUTDOWN WHEN Rx TYPE OF WHEN Rx WHEN Rx SHUTDOWN SHUTDOWN TIME ACCIDENT OPERATING TIME IS KNOWN IS UNKNOWN CONTROL ROD 0 Use X Since Shutdown -1 DROP STEAM LINE O "
| |
| -1 BREAK INST. LINE "
| |
| O -1 FAILURE LOCA 0 "
| |
| -1 I
| |
| FEEDWATER LINE "
| |
| O -1 BREAK AIR EJECT "
| |
| 0 -1 FAILURE FUEL HANDLING -1 -1 -1 ACCIDENT CHARCOAL BED -1 -1 -1 FAILURE l COMPOSITE DESIGN 0 Use X Since Shutdown -1 BASIS WASTE TANK FAILURE -1 -1 -l i
| |
| O i
| |
| i EP-IP-009, Attachment I, Rev. A, Page 2 of 2
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| O anoceouas covea ssest PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION EP-IP-010 Revision C IN-PLANT EMERGENCY MONITORING Page 1 of 11 Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date O'
| |
| Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( )
| |
| Approved by Date l Secticn Head
| |
| ~_.
| |
| t DORC Meeting Number Oate -
| |
| Date Superintendent of lant l -
| |
| lO CORM AD-QA-101-1, Rev. 1 Page 1 of.1 -
| |
| | |
| O~ e?-te-oto Revision C Page 2 of 11 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4 ATTAClyMENTS ATTACHMENT PAGE-O A Actie See, - emergency airector s B Action Step - Radiation Protection Coordinator 6 OSC Coordinator TSC Coordinator C Action Step - In-Plant Emergency .fonitortng Team 7 0 General Survey Map 11 O .
| |
| =
| |
| ,,-,- - ..m,,,-y,-y-,--y -
| |
| -v--,y----*-9 -ww ---ww / ' ge Wem vwv r- - -"E"---t,v-ee------ ---T--w- m --"-- -W-r ~ = ' * * - - -'-W'- ' ' -F--' '-'"'
| |
| | |
| ()
| |
| * EP-IP-010 Revision C Page 3 of 11 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide a method of conducting In Plant Emergency Monitoring.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE To provide the Emergency Organization with instructions and steps to follow when conducting In Plant Monitoring, when excessive radiation levels exist.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 SSES Emergency Plan 3.2 EP-IP-040, Emergent, Exposure Considerations 3.3 HP-TP-230, Use of Portable Air Samplers
| |
| ( 3.4 HP-TP-262, Operation of PNR-4, PRS-2P/NRD Portable Neutron Counter 3.5 HP-TP-263, Operation of R02 and R0-2A Ion Chambers 3.6 HP-TP-264, Operr' ion of Teletector 6112 3.7 HP-TP-610, Removable Contamination Survey 3.8 HP-TP-720, Airborne Concentration Sampling and Evaluation 4.0 DEFINITIONS OSC -
| |
| Operations Support Center ALARA -
| |
| As Low As Reasonably Achievable HP-TP -
| |
| Health Physics - Technical Proceuures 5.0 REjPONSIBILITIES 5.1 It is the responsibility of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, to insure appropriate IN-PLANT EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAM is dispatched and for review of potential Emergency Exposure situations.
| |
| O 5.2 It is the responsibility of the RADIATION PROTECTION, OSC and TSC COORDINATOR to diren the activities of the IN-PLANT EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAM.
| |
| | |
| O' v
| |
| EP-IP-010 Revision C Page 4 of 11 5.3 It is the responsibility of the IN-PLANT EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAM / LEADER to perform on-site radiological surveys in accordance with this procedure.
| |
| 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will follow the instructions in Attachment A, Action Step - EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| 6.2 The RADIATION PROTECTION, OSC, and TSC COORDINATOR will follow the instructions in Attachment 8, Action Step, RADIATION PROTECTION, OSC, TSC COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.3 The IN-PLANT MONITORING TEAM / LEADER will follow the instructions in Attachment C, Action Step, IN-PLANT EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAM / LEADER.
| |
| O l
| |
| 1 O
| |
| | |
| () Attachment A EP-IP-010 Revision C Page 5 cf 11 i
| |
| ACTION STEP EMERGENCY DIRECTOR A.1.0 The Emergency Director will:
| |
| A.1.1 Instruct the Radiation Protection, OSC, or TSC Coordinator to direct the activities of the In-Plant Monitoring Team (s).
| |
| NOTE: CONSIDER SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MINIMIZING INTERNAL .
| |
| AND EXTERNAL EXPOSURE PER EP-IP-040, " EMERGENCY EXPOSURE CONSIDERATIONS".
| |
| O
| |
| ~
| |
| 1 l
| |
| l
| |
| ()
| |
| . Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| O Attachment B EP-IP-CIO Revision C Page 6 of 11 l ACTION STEP RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR OSC CCORDINATOR TSC COORDINATOR B.1.0 The COORDINATOR will:
| |
| B.1.1 Upon notification from the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, or as prudent, direct the activities of the IN-PLANT EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAM.
| |
| B.1.2 App :nt a TEAM LEADER.
| |
| NOTE: CONSIDER SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MINIMIZING INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL EXPOSURE AS PER EP-IP-040.
| |
| B.1.3 Brief team on existing emergency and instruct personnel on B.1.3.1 Where and what surveys are needed
| |
| () B.1.3.2 Radiological Conditions B.1.3.3 Ensure that all team members have adequate available exposure to perform assigned task.
| |
| B.1.4 Determine appropriate respiratory protection neeced.
| |
| B.1.5 Instruct Radio Communicator TSC (if TSC is activated) to assign code name (e.g. INDIA) to Team and to maintain communications with Team Leader.
| |
| B.1.6' Notify the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR immediately of any conditions or survey results that may be of assistar e in evaluating the Emergency Condition.
| |
| B.1.7 Advise the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR of the need for increasing exposure limits of EMERGENCY TEAM MEMBERS in excess of 2500 MREM / QUARTER, should it be required.
| |
| NOTE: EXPOSURES IN EXCESS OF 2500 MREM / QUARTER WILL BE AUTHORIZED BY THE EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| B.1.8 Inform the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR of any significant IN-PLANT MONITORING TEAMS results.
| |
| O Page 1 of 1 i
| |
| I
| |
| , - ~ - - - , , - , , , . - . - - - . , ,
| |
| | |
| Attachment C CP-IP-010 Revision C Page 7 of 11 ACTION STEP IN-PLANT EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAM CHECK C.1.0 The IN-PLANT MONITORING TEAM will:
| |
| C.1.1 Upon notification of an EMERGENCY report immediately where Instructed for briefing and assignment.
| |
| C.1.2 Obtain from the COORDINATOR
| |
| : a. Area to be monitored.
| |
| : b. Specific Survey (s) to be performed.
| |
| : c. ' Type of Respiratory protection.
| |
| : d. Special Instructions.
| |
| O C.1.3 Perform functional check of R0-2A or Teletector (assure current calibration date).
| |
| C.1.4 Don Protective Clothing. (Protective Clothing may be worn over street clothes for this procedure).
| |
| t l C.1.5 Assure the TLD and SRO are worn, attach to the front of the body. (Oosimeter may be worn under protective clothing). ~
| |
| l C.1.6 As appropriate, remove respirator from bag, inspect, affix l canister and den respirator. (Perform negative fit test).
| |
| l NOTE: USE OF SCBA MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR RESPIRATORS AT THE DIRECTION OF THE COORDINATOR.
| |
| C.1.7 Ensure R0-2A (Teletector) is on, and instrument is on highest range (RO-2A 0-50 R/HR) (Teletector 0-1000 R/HR)
| |
| C.I.8 Proceed to survey area, (observe HP procedures and practices).
| |
| C.1.9 Continuously monitor while enroute to survey area.
| |
| O Page 1 of 4
| |
| | |
| Attachment C C-'T
| |
| /
| |
| EP-IP-010 Revision C Pcge 8 of 11 CHECK C.1.10 Maintain communication with COORDINATOR and transmit radiation readings when they change significantly.
| |
| NOTE: IF DOSE RATE EXCEEDS 1000 MREM /HR OR IF EXPOSURE OF ANY MEMBER OF THE TEAM APPROACHES 2500 MREM THE ENTIRE TEAM WILL RETREAT TO A LOW LEVEL BACKGROUND RADIATION AREA AND NOTIFY THE COORDINATOR AND AWAIT FURTHER INSTRUCTIONS.
| |
| C.1.11 TO PERFORM GENERAL SURVEY C.I.11.1 Perform general survey of problem area. Record readings on survey map, Attachment D, of this procedure.
| |
| C.1.11.2 Perform survey of the specific equipment, instrument, valves etc., record reading on survey map.
| |
| t C.1.12 TO PERFORM CONTAMINATION SURVEYS C.1.12.1 Using 2" Smear, swipe a 4" x 4" "S" shaped area of the item, system or area to be surveyed.
| |
| C.1.12.2 Place individual swipe in separate envelopes and identify area on the envelope.
| |
| C.1.12.3 ' Record smear location on survey map using a numerical numbering system and identifying the smear with
| |
| "(0)" symbol.
| |
| l C.I.12.4 Quickly check dose rate of swipe and label as
| |
| " Hot" if over 5 arem.
| |
| i I -
| |
| ()
| |
| Page 2 of 4
| |
| | |
| O Attachment C EP-IP-010 Revision C Page 9 of 11 CHECK C.1.13 TO PERFORM AIR SAMPLE SURVEY NOTE: MAINTAIN EXPOSURE ALARA USING TIME, DISTANCE AND SHEILDING TO THE EXTENT PRACTICABLE AND CHECKING POCKET 00SIMETER F5RIODICALLY.
| |
| C.I.13.1 Make every effort to place air sampler on clean ground cover.
| |
| C.I.13.2 Place air sampler in a direction which will provide the best representative sample.
| |
| : a. When handling filters use clean gloves.
| |
| C.1.13.3 . Mark outer surface of the particulate filter and silver zeolite cartridge and place in air sampler.
| |
| When handling filters use clean gloves
| |
| : a. Place silver zeolite cartridge in sampler with i
| |
| the arrow pointed at the sampler.
| |
| C.I.13.4 Start the air sampler and record the start time, flow rate and location.
| |
| NOTE: FLOW RATE SHOULD NOT EXCEED 2.5 CFM UNLESS OTHERWISE INSTRUCTED. SAMPLE VOLUME SHOULD BE APPROXIMATELY 20 CUBIC FEET.
| |
| i C.1.13.5 If appropriate leave area during sample run to minimize exposure.
| |
| C.1.14 Notify COORDINATOR that air sa. pler was started and transmit start time, flow rate and location of sampler.
| |
| (transmit all messages in lowest radiation cackground possible).
| |
| l C.1.15 At completion of air sample turn off air sampler, note time off, final flow rate and record the information on Attachment 0, of this procedure.
| |
| l l
| |
| C.1.16 Place entire sample head in clean sample bag and identify with all pertinent data.
| |
| l Page 3 of 4
| |
| | |
| O ^tt c8 EP-IP-010
| |
| #* c Revision C Page 10 of 11 CHECK l
| |
| C.1.17 Notify COORDINATOR that survey is complete and your intentions to return to OSC-TSC.
| |
| i C.1.18 Gather all survey equipment and data, place in plastic i bags and exit area, observing step-off pads, H.P.
| |
| l procedures and practices as reasonably possible.
| |
| . C.1.19 Deliver air sample, contamination swires and sur"ey maps to Health Physics lab for analysis.
| |
| l C.1.20 Perform thorough body frisk, and take nasal smears if required.
| |
| l C.1.21 Ensure that all equipment is surveyed and released if possible.
| |
| O I
| |
| I O .
| |
| Page 4 of 4 l
| |
| 1
| |
| : o. Attachment 0 EP-IP-ql0 Revision C
| |
| ? age 11 of 11 PP&L FORM 3104 (9-80)
| |
| SUSq SES - AREA SURVEY MAP l l l RWP # OATE: TIME: SURVEY BY:
| |
| aAD INST HP # AIR SAMPLER HP # _ACT. uCi/cc CONTAMINATION INST HP # EFF. 1 B KG . ___
| |
| SMEAR RESULTS (DPM/100cm') 9 14.
| |
| : 1. 5 10. 15
| |
| : 2. 6. 11. 16.
| |
| 3 7, 12. 17
| |
| : 4. 8. 13 18.
| |
| SH OF APPROVED:
| |
| Health Physics Suoervision / Date l
| |
| l l
| |
| O 1
| |
| l Page 1 of I l
| |
| | |
| PROCEDURE COVER SHEET PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION EP-IP-011 Revision B SECURITY CONTINGENCY Page 1 of 5 Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Erpiration Date O
| |
| Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( )
| |
| i Approved by Date Section Head .
| |
| PORC Meeting Number Date Date Superintendent of Plant O FORM AD-QA-101-1, Rev.1 Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| . . - = .. ..
| |
| EP-IP-011 Revision B Page 2 of 5 i
| |
| TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 3 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT -
| |
| PAGE A Action Step . Emergency Director 4 8 Action Step - Security Coordinator 5 l
| |
| I I
| |
| O '
| |
| | |
| (''
| |
| \
| |
| EP-IP-011 Revision B Page 3 of 5 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide a method of maintaining security during a Security Contingency.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE To provide instructions for maintaining security in the event there is a Security Contingency during an Emergency Condition.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 SSES Emergency Plan 3.2 SSES Physical Security Pla -
| |
| 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 SCC - Security Control Center l
| |
| p, --
| |
| 4.2 Security Contingency - Any action or threat that would jeopardize the plant, personnel, site or equipment.
| |
| 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR is responsible for declaring a Security Contingency during an Emergency Conditica, assessing the situation and l
| |
| determining what actions must be taken to maintain plant security.
| |
| 5.2 The SECURITY COORDINATOR is responsible for assessing security condition (s), advising the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR on appropriate actions and implementing procedures to establish security during a Security Contingency.
| |
| l 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 Upon notification of a Security Contingency, the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will follow instructions in Attachment A, Action Step- EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| 6.2 During a Security Contingency, the SECURITY COORDINATOR will follow instructions in Attachment 8, Action Step-SECURITY COORDINATOR.
| |
| O l
| |
| | |
| Attachment A EP-IP-011 Revision B Page 4 of 5 ACTION STEP EMERGENCY OIRECTOR A.1.0 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will:
| |
| A.1.1 When necessary, advise the SECURITY COORDINATOR that a Security Contingency situation exists.
| |
| A.1.2 Prov de as much information as possible to the SECURITY COORDINATOR.
| |
| A.1.3 Assess the situation with the SECURITY COORDINATOR and determine what actions must be taken to correct the situation as well as maintain the security of SSES.
| |
| A.1.4 When advised by the SECURITY COORDINATOR that the contingency has been correctec, ensure that the SECURITY COORDINATOR terminates the Security Contingency condition.
| |
| (s T
| |
| 5
| |
| ~
| |
| O Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| ( Att&chment B EP-IP-011 Revision B Page 5 of 5 ACTION STEP SECURITY COORDINATOR CHECK B.1.0 Upon notification of a Security Contingency, the SECURITY.
| |
| l COORDINATOR will:
| |
| B.1.1 Contact the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR and determine what action must be taken to correct the situation and maintain security of SSES.
| |
| 8.1.2 Ensure that the SCC CONTROLLER advises the on-duty Security personnel of the contingency situation.
| |
| B.1.3 Direct the SECURITY SHIFT SUPERVISOR to ensure that the appropriate contingency procedures are implemented.
| |
| B.I.4 Ensure that the SCC CONTROLLER notifies the 5
| |
| appropriate personnel and/or agencies.
| |
| B.1.5 Continue to assess the situation with the SECURITY SHIFT SUPERVI50R and SCC CONTROLLER.
| |
| ~
| |
| 8.1.5.1 Advise the incumbents of any additional actions ordered by the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| B.1.6 If necessary, continue to up-date the EMERGENCY -
| |
| DIRECTOR of the Security Contingency situation status.
| |
| B.1.7 When notified that the situation has been corrected.
| |
| B.1.7.1 Advise the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| B.1.7.2 Determine with the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR if SECURITY SHIFT SUPERVISOR should terminate the cor.tingency condition.
| |
| O Page 1 of 1 *
| |
| | |
| = . . ._. - . . - . . __ ._ _
| |
| l PROCEDURE COVER SHEET
| |
| [)
| |
| PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION EP-IP-012 Revision 0 ON-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING Page 1 of 17 l Effective Date -
| |
| Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date l
| |
| O Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( )
| |
| Approved by Date Section Head PORC Meeting Number Date Date Superintendent of Plant O FORM AD-QA-101-1, Rev. 1 Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| EP-IP-012 Revision D Page 2 of 17 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE , 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT PAGE
| |
| ("' *+y, A Action Step - Radiation Protection Coordinator 5 OSC Coordinator 8 Action Step - On-Site Emergency Monitor 6 C Control Room Meteorologica'. Data Printout. Locations 12 D Table 1 Stability Class Selection 13 E Table 2 Isopleth Overlay Selection 14 F Ludlum 2218 Dual Channel Analyzer Settings 15 G On-Site Monitoring Location (s) Map 16 H On-Site Monitoring Data Sheet 17 O
| |
| | |
| EP-IP-012 Revision D Page 3 of 17 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide the Emergency Organization with a method of conducting On-Site Emergency Monitoring during an emergency.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE To provide the Emergency Organization with instructions for On-Site Emergency Monitoring during an emergency.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 SSES Emergency Plan 3.2 HP-TP-230, Use of Portable Air Samplers 3.3 HP-TP-260, Operation of E-520 3.4 HP-TP-610, Removable Contamination Survey 3.5 HP-TP-720, Airborne Concentration Sampling and Evaluation 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 OSC -
| |
| Operations Support Center 4.2 ALARA -
| |
| As Low As Reasonably Achievable 4.3 HP-TP -
| |
| Health Physics - Technical Procedures 4.4 CN-SITE -
| |
| Refers to the Emergency Plan Boundary 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 It is the responsibility of the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR /OSC COORDINATOR to direct the activities of the ON-SITE EMERGENCY
| |
| : MONITORING TEAM.
| |
| a.2 It is the responsibility of the ON-SITE EMERGENCY MONITOR to perform
| |
| { on-site radiological survays in accordance with this procedure.
| |
| O .
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| EP-IP-012 Revision 0 Page 4 of 17 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS
| |
| , 6.1 The RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR /OSC COORDINATOR will follow the instruction in Attachment A, Action Step - RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR /OSC COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.2 The ON-SITE EMERGENCY MONITOR will follow the instructions in Attachment 8, Action Step - ON-SITE EMERGENCY MONITOR 1
| |
| 0 I
| |
| O l
| |
| | |
| p U Attachment A EP-IP-012 Revision 0 Page 5 of 17 l
| |
| ACTION STEP RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR OSC COORDINATOR
| |
| . A.1.0 Upon notification from the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, the COORDINATOR will:
| |
| A.1.1 Call out the ON-SITE MONITOR.
| |
| A.1.2 Brief ON-SITE MONITOR on existing emergency.
| |
| NOTE: CONSIDER SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MINIMIZING INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL EXPOSURE PER EP-IP-040.
| |
| A.1.3 Secure Transportation for ON-SITE MONITOR (one set of keys for H.P. Van in Unit 2 Shift Supervisor's 1
| |
| % office key cabinet, one set of keys in H.P. office) d)) A.1.4 Secure portable VHF radio from Shift Sepervisor's office for GN-SITE MONITOR.
| |
| A.1.5 Assign code name of Oscar I to the ON-SITE MONITOR and maintain communications with him.
| |
| , A.1.6 After examination of proper isopleth overlay,
| |
| ! direct the ON-SITE MONITOR to the sector where radiation release is suspected.
| |
| A.1.7 Confirm release by obtaining highest radiation ;
| |
| reading closest to the access road in that sector. j A.1.8 Notify the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR immediately, of any I
| |
| conditions or survey results that may be of assistance ir evaluating the Emergency Condition.
| |
| A.1.9 Inform the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR of any significant ON-SITE MONITOR'S results. T
| |
| ~
| |
| l l
| |
| d l
| |
| O Page 1 of 1 l
| |
| | |
| Attachment B EP-IP-012 Revision D Page 5 of 17 ACTION STEP ON-SITE EMERGENCY MONITOR CHFCK B.1.0 Upon Notification of an Emergency Condition, a designated l on-shift Health Physics Technician will immediately report to the Operations Support Center to be briefed on the conditions of the existing Emergency. If he is directed to perform On-Site Emergency Monitoring, the H.P. Level I will become the ON-SITE MONITOR and proceed as follows:
| |
| B.1.1 Examine meteorological data from control room printout or CRT. See control room meteorological data printout location Attachment C.
| |
| B.1.2 Using the differential temp or AT, determine stability class from (Table 1) Attachment D.
| |
| f') B.1.3 Using the stability class, wind direction, and wind
| |
| \_1 speed information, determine the proper isopleth overlay to be used from (Table 2) Attachment E.
| |
| NOTE: THE FIRST NUMBER IS THE WHOLE BODY 00SE OVERLAY, l THE SECOND IS THE THYROID DOSE OVERLAY.
| |
| (SELECT THE WHOLE BODY DOSE OVERLAY).
| |
| B.1.4 Select proper isopleth overlay and orient it correctly
| |
| , on the large 10 mile Emergency Planning Map.
| |
| 1 NOTE: THE EMERGENCY PLANNING MAP WILL BE KEPT IN THE SHIFT SUPERVISOR'S OFFICE AND SHOULD BE TAPED TO THE BACK SIDE OF A CONTROL PANEL IN THE CONTROL ROOM B.1.5 Determine the proper sector to be surveyed and determine approximate width of the plume to be anticipated.
| |
| B.1.6 Confer with the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR on sector to be surveyed.
| |
| Receive input from EMERGENCY DIRECTOR for any special instructions. -
| |
| Page 1 of 6
| |
| | |
| Attachment B EP-IP-012 Revision D Page 7 of 17 8.1.7 Obtain from the COORDINATOR B.1.7.1 Keys for H.P. van (one set in Unit 2 Shift Supervisor's office, one set in H.P. office)
| |
| B.1.7.2 VHF portable radio (stored in Shift Supervisor's office) 8.1.7.3 Radio' designation of OSCAR I. ,
| |
| B.1.8 Proceed to the Health Physics Emergency Equipment Room and obtain the on-site H.P. Van Box which contains an Eberline E-520, an ton chamber, and a Ludlum dual channel analyzer.
| |
| B.1.9 Proceed to the Health Physics Van and check fuel level.
| |
| NOTE: THE H.P. VAN WILL HAVE A PREDESIGNATED PARKING LOCATION AT THE ENTRANCE TO THE CENTRAL CONTROL
| |
| : STRUCTURE.
| |
| B.1.10 Turn on the mobile and portable r.tdios, adjust squelch, and tune to channel 1.
| |
| 8.1.11 Establish communication with the COORDINATOR to verify operation of the radios.
| |
| B.1.12 Check Hi-range dosimeter (0-5R), zero if necessary, and attach to front of the body. Assure issued TLD and SRD (0-500MR) are also worn.
| |
| ; B.1.13 Perform functional check of the following equipment B.1.13.1 E-520 with SK-1 external speaker.
| |
| 8.1.13.2 Inverter l
| |
| 1
| |
| : a. Start engine l b. Turn o,ff headlights
| |
| : c. Turn en the inverter i d. Meter should read greater than 110V O
| |
| Page 2 of 6
| |
| | |
| l O- Attachment B EP-IP-012 Revision D Page 8 of 17 B.1.13.3 Ludlum 2218 Dual Channel Analyzer
| |
| : a. Verify that all settings are in accordance with instructions on front of the instrument.
| |
| l Refer to Attachment F.
| |
| : b. Push reset button
| |
| : c. Place check source against detector
| |
| : d. Analyzer should begin rapid counting
| |
| : e. Return toggle to the clock setting B.I.13.4 Low Volume Air Sampler
| |
| : a. Plug in air sampler
| |
| , b. Switch toggle to high 1
| |
| : c. Motor should begin to run.
| |
| : d. Turn off inverter before driving.
| |
| NOTE: NOTIFY . COORDINATOR OF FAULTY EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS WITHOUT EFFECTIVE CALIBRATION DATES.
| |
| 8.1.14 Examine the On-Site Monitoring Map (Attachment G) for the best access route and proceed to survey area with driver's window down.
| |
| B.I.14.1 E-520 should be on the console in the front of the vehicle on X10 scale with beta shield closed and SK-1 on.
| |
| B.1.14.2 When approaching the designated sector, slow down and use the audible response of the SK-1 speaker to locate the edge of the plume, c B.1.15 When an increased clicking response of the SK-1 occurs, l stop the vehicle, at the side of the road and turn i on the four-way flashers.
| |
| i O
| |
| Page 3 of 6 l
| |
| \
| |
| | |
| T Attachment B EP-IP-012 Rcrision 0 Page 9 of 17 8.1.16 Don respirator with iodine canister, perform negative pressure test and proceed with survey by foot.
| |
| 8.1.17 Transmit the approximate location of the highest radiation reading obtained (plume center) and record l on the data sheet, Attachment H.
| |
| NOTE: RESPIRATORS ARE NOT TO BE WORN WHILE ENROUTE TO MONITORING LOCATION IN VEHICLES.
| |
| B.1.18 Move vehicle as close to that area as possible.
| |
| 8.1.19 Take an air sample wi+.h the Low Volume Air Sampler facing the plant and off the ground.
| |
| NOTE: FLOW RATE SHOULD NOT EXCEED 2.5 CFM.
| |
| SAMPLE VOLUME SHOULD BE AT LEAST 20 ft2 .
| |
| (8 MINUTE RUN TIME AT 2.5 CFM) f D*% NOTE: RECORO ALL TIMES USING MILITARY TIME O
| |
| B.I.20 While the Air Sampler is running, take E-520 and locate approximate boundaries of the plume if possible.
| |
| B.1.20.1 Transmit these results to the COORDINATOR B.1.21 At the completion of the air sample, record final flow rate and time off.
| |
| l B.1.22 Place all equipment and materials back in the H.P. van and proceed to a low background area out of the plume (Two sectors in either direction should be sufficient)
| |
| B.1.23 Using the Ludlum Dual Channel Analyzer perform a five (5) minute background count.
| |
| B.1.24 Ouring background counting pariod, label two small plastic bags with the following information: Time on, Time off, Initial CFM, Final CFM, location, Date.
| |
| B.1.25 Put on a pair af protective gloves and remove the filter and cartridge from the Low Volume Air Sampler.
| |
| Page 4 of 6
| |
| | |
| p Attachment B V EP-IP-012 Revision 0 Page 10 of 17 B.1.26 Place the filter in one of the prelabeled plastic bags B.1.27 Remove the cartridge and slide the protective glove off in such a manner that it encases the cartridge.
| |
| Tie or tape the ends of the glove securely around the cartridge and place the cartridge in the second prelabeled plastic bag.
| |
| B.I.28 Remove the remaining disposable glove and place in an empty plastic bag. Mark this bag with a radioactive sticker.
| |
| B.1.29 At the completion of the background count record the gross counts on the data sheet, Attachment H.
| |
| NOTE: IF THE BACKGROUND EXCEEDS 5500 CPM NOTIFY THE COORDINATOR AND RECEIVE INSTRUCTIONS TO PROCEED TO A LOWER BACKGROUND LOCATION.
| |
| ! p/
| |
| w 8.1.30 Place the silver zeolite cartridge in the sample holder (with the protective glove still around it) and count for five (5) minutes.
| |
| B.1.31 At the completion of the count, note the gross counts for the sample and record the results on the data sheet Attachment H.
| |
| NOTE: TURN OFF LUDLUM 2218 when not in use.
| |
| 8.1.32 Place the filter, cartridge, and disposible gloves in one large plastic bag and label this with a radioactive sticker.
| |
| B.1.33 Calculate the air sample results in accordance with the instructions supplied on the data sheet, Attachment H B.I.34 Record the results on the data sheet, Attachment H and report the results to the COORDINATOR.
| |
| 8.1.34.1 Report the results as:
| |
| Number E Minus Number Example 1.72 E Minus 6 for 1.72 x 10
| |
| * 8.1.35 Read dosimeter, record results on Attachment H, and transmit your exposure t) the COORDINATOR.
| |
| Page 5 of 6
| |
| | |
| l l
| |
| /l V Attachment B EP-IP-012 Revision D Page 11 of 17 i
| |
| B.1.36 Receive instructions from the COORDINATOR as to the next location to be surveyed (off-site)
| |
| NOTE: AN EVALUATION OF THE AIR SAMPLE RESULTS BY THE RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR AT THIS TIME MAY ELIMINATE THE REQUIREMENT FOR A RESPIRATOR TO BE WORN FOR FURTHER ACTIVITIES.
| |
| B.1.37 Return E-520 to X10 range and place on the front console of the H.P. van before proceeding to next location.
| |
| B.1.38 Upon Notification, return as directed by the COORDINATOR.
| |
| Perform contamination survey of self and vehicle per EP-IP-014, " Personnel and Vehicle Contamination Survey".
| |
| 8.1.39 Request instructions from COORDINATOR regarding dosimetry to have it checked and receive new dosimetry, as l appropriate.
| |
| B.1.40 Report to the COORDINATOR for debriefing, unless instructions for further monitoring are received.
| |
| v rage 6 of 6
| |
| \
| |
| | |
| Attachment C EP-IP-012 Revision 0 Page 12 of 17 CONTROL ROOM METEORLOGICAL DATA LOCATIONS l
| |
| l l
| |
| 5 l
| |
| ! O Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| i l
| |
| O Attachment D EP-IP-012 Revision D i Page 13 of 17 TABLE 1 STABILITY CLASS DETERMINATION -
| |
| AT( C/50m) Stability Class
| |
| < - 0.75 C (unstable)
| |
| - 0.74 to - 0.25 0 (neutral)
| |
| - 0.24 to 0.75 E (slightly stable)
| |
| > 0.75 G (very stable) i
| |
| ~
| |
| O '
| |
| Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| l 1
| |
| Attachment E EP-IP-012 Revision 0 Page 14 of 17 TABLE 2 00SE OVERLAY SELECTION STABILITY CLASS l
| |
| O O Page 1 of 1 l
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| 1 i
| |
| O Attachment F EP-IP-012 Revision D Page 15 of 17 t
| |
| O l
| |
| O Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| Atteca e t c O EP-IP-012 Revision D Pilge 16 of 17 J
| |
| (eg.
| |
| s .#.a l
| |
| O Page 1 of 1 l
| |
| l --- - - - - - . - - . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . , . _ _ _ . _ , _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
| |
| | |
| Attachment H EP-IP-012 Revision 0 Page 17 of 17 I
| |
| O
| |
| \
| |
| O Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| 1 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS EP-IP-013 l Revision C Page 1 of 16 O 1 1
| |
| PROCEDURE COVER SHEET !
| |
| I PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS EP-IP-013 Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date l
| |
| Prepared By Date Reviewed By Date PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( ) Date Approved By Date Section Head Date Superintendent of Plant l
| |
| O .
| |
| l
| |
| (
| |
| | |
| OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS EP-IP-013 Revision C Page 2 of 16
| |
| [
| |
| TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page No.
| |
| 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSI3ILITIES 3 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 3 ATTACHM2NTS l Attachment Page No.
| |
| A Action Step - 0FFSITE MONITORING TEAMS 4-10 3 Offsite Monitoring Team Data Sheet 11 C Working Glossary 12-15 D Emergency Kit Inventory List 16 l
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS EP-IP-013 Revision C Page 3 of 16 l 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS
| |
| , 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide EMERGENCY OFF-SITE RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING TEAMS with a method of conducting their duties during an emergency.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE To provide EMERGENCY OFF-SITE RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING TEAMS with instruction for OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING during an emergency.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 NUREG-0654, Planning Standards and Evaluation Criteria 3.2 NUREG-0696, Functional Criteria for Emergency Response Facilities 3.3 NUREG-0731, Guidelines for Utility Management Structure and Technical Resources, Sept. 1980 3.4 SSES Emergency Plan
| |
| ! 3.5 Instruction Manual, Ludlum Model 2218 Dual Stabilized l Analyzer 3.6 Instruction Manual Radeco Lo-Vol Air Sampler 3.7 Instruction Manual Eberline RO-2 Portable Ion Chamber 4.0 DEFINITIONS See Attachment C, Working Glossary.
| |
| 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 It is the responsibility of the OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAM to perform off-site radiological surveys in accordance with this procedure.
| |
| 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS will follow the instructions in Attachment A, A c t io n 'Ste p , OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAM. -
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS Attachment A {
| |
| EP-IP-013 O Revision C Page 4 of 16 ACTION STEP 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS i
| |
| (Check)
| |
| NOTE: INSTRUCTIONS, INFORMATION AND DIRECTION MAY BE FURNISHED BY THE RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER, RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR OR OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER COORDINATOR.
| |
| A.l.0 The OFF-SITE MONITORING TEAMS will:
| |
| A.l.1 Upon arrival at the EOF:
| |
| : a. Report to Security check-in
| |
| : b. Obtain dosimetry
| |
| : c. Avait further instructions A.l.2 When assigned to a vthicle; break the seal on the off-site monitoring
| |
| (,3/~/ equipment kit and perform functional l checks of the following equipment:
| |
| NOTE: IF SEAL IS BROKEN, PERFORM AN INVENTORY OF KIT CONTENTS PER ATTACHMENT D, EMERGENCY KIT INVENTORY LIST.
| |
| l a. R02
| |
| : 1. Check calibration date.
| |
| '2. Perform battery check.
| |
| : 3. Zero the instrument.
| |
| : 4. Obtain a check source from kit.
| |
| : 5. Place the source against the R02 with the window opened and detector on lowest scale.
| |
| : 6. A meter response should be _ -
| |
| o b s e rve d ~. -
| |
| : 7. Close the window of the detector.
| |
| : 8. Place the R02 on the O console in front of the vehicle.
| |
| EP-IP-013, Attachment A, Eev. C, Page 1- o f 7
| |
| | |
| OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS Attachment A EP-IP-013 O Revision C Page 5 of 16 NOTE: R02 SHOULD REMAIN ON AT ALL TIMES.
| |
| : b. Inverter
| |
| : 1. Turn off headlights.
| |
| : 2. Start engine.
| |
| : 3. Turn on the inverter.
| |
| : 4. Meter should read approximately 110v.
| |
| : c. Ludlum Dual Channel Analyzer
| |
| : 1. Record analyzer number and calibration date on Attachment B, Off-site Monitoring Team Data Sheet.
| |
| : 2. Verify that all settings are in accordance with instructions on top of the instrument.
| |
| : 3. Plug unit into inverter.
| |
| , _ 4. Push reset button.
| |
| : 5. Place check source against tj detector.
| |
| , 6. Analyzer should begin rapid counting.
| |
| ; 7. Unplug unit and return to kit.
| |
| : d. Low Volume Air Sampler
| |
| : 1. Check calibration date and record date and serial number I
| |
| on Attachment B, Off-site Monitoring Team Data Sheet.
| |
| , 2. Plug the air sampler into the inverter.
| |
| l 3. Switch toggle to HIGH.
| |
| : 4. Motor should begin to run.
| |
| l l
| |
| : e. Flashlight
| |
| ; f. Worklight I
| |
| : g. Calculator
| |
| : h. Stopwatch
| |
| () NOTE: NOTIFY EOF OF FAULTY EQUIPMENT.
| |
| EP-IP-013, Attachment A. Rev. C, Page 2 of 7
| |
| | |
| 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS Attachment A EP-IP-013 Revision C O- Page 6 of 16 NOTE: ASSURE THAT INSTRUMENTS HAVE EFFECTIVE CALIBRATION DATES. NOTIFY OFF-SITE TEAM COORDINATOR IF INSTRUMENTS ARE OUT OF CALIBRATION.
| |
| A.l.3 Remove self-reading dosimeters from the kit and check them for current calibration. Zero each dosimeter and attach to the front of the body.
| |
| Record the dosimeter number on the data sheet. Do no' rezero the SRD in the field unless authorized by the OFF-SITE TEAM COORDINATOR.
| |
| A.l.4 Turn on the radio, adjust squelch, tune to channel 1.
| |
| A.l.5 Contact the OFF-SITE TEAM COORDINATOR via radio and obtain the:
| |
| : a. Location to be monitored
| |
| , b. Specific tasks to be performed
| |
| (} c. Special instructions NOTE: R02 SHALL BE ON, BATTERY CHECKED; ZER0ED AND ON LOWEST RANGE BEFORE PROCEEDING TO SURVEY AREA.
| |
| A.1.6 Proceed to survey area and notify the OFF-SITE TEAM COORDINATOR upon arrival.
| |
| Also notify the OFF-SITE TEAM COORDINATOR if there is a problem with the vehicle. Turn on the flashers and make sure that the vehicle is properly pulled off of the road.
| |
| NOTE: THE FIRST TEAM MEMBER SHOULD BEGIN WITH A.l.7 WHILE THE SECOND TEAM MEMBER CONTINUES WITH A.l.10.
| |
| A.l.7 FIRST TEAM MEMBER:
| |
| Verify instructions and proceed with radiation survey as follows:
| |
| EP-IP-013 Attachment A. Rev. C, Page 3 of 7
| |
| | |
| 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY i MONITORINC TEAMS l Attachment A EP-IP-013 O Revision C Page 7 of 16
| |
| : a. Ensure that R02 window is closed and step out of the vehicle.
| |
| : b. Continue to switch R02 range setting to higher scales until most accurate reading is obtained. Hold meter at waist height.
| |
| : c. Begin walking in the upwind direction in a zigzag manner until the highest reading is obtained.
| |
| A.l.8 Transmit survey results immediately to the OFF-SITE TEAM COORDINATOR and record results on the OFF-SITE MONITORING TEAM Data Sheet.
| |
| A.l.9 Make a check of the dosimeter reading and be prepared to report this reading to the OFF-SITE TEAM COORDINATOR when requested.
| |
| O NOTE: IF EXPOSURE OF ANY MEMBER OF THE TEAM APPROACHES 2500 mR., FIRST NOTIFY THE OFF-SITE TEAM COORDINATOR THEN RETREAT TO A LOW BACKGROUND AREA.
| |
| l A.l.10 SECOND TEAM MEMBER:
| |
| Proceed to take an air sample with the Low Volume Air Sampler:
| |
| : a. Turn on the inverter. (Note that the engine must be running and the headlights must be off.)
| |
| : b. Mark the outer (fuzzy) surface of a particulate filter and place the filter and the cartridge in the air sampler so that the arrows on the cartridge are pointed in the direction of air flow.
| |
| : c. Place the air sampler on the roof of the vehicle in the upwind direction.
| |
| : d. Turn the dial setting all the way
| |
| () e.
| |
| to the left (counter-clockwise).
| |
| Turn the toggle switch to the variable position and adjust the t
| |
| EP-IP-013, Attachment A. Rev. C, Page 4 of 7
| |
| | |
| OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS Attachment A EP-IP-013 O Revision C Page 8 of 16 setting to just less than 2.5 CFM.
| |
| NOTE: FLOW RATE SHOULD NOT EXCEED 2.5 CFM AND SHOULD NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING SAMPLING.
| |
| SAMPLE VOLUME SHOULD BE APPROXIMATELY 20 CUBIC FEET.
| |
| : f. Record the following information on the data sheet and two plastic bags:
| |
| : 1. Location
| |
| : 2. Date
| |
| : 3. Clock Time On
| |
| : 4. Clock Time Off
| |
| : 5. Flow Rate A.l.ll While the Low Volume Air Sampler is running, plug in the Dual Channel l Analyzer and adjust the dial settings l
| |
| according to the instructions on the face of the instrument.
| |
| A.1.12 Place the detector in the sample holder, without the sample, and perform a 5 minute background count.
| |
| A.l.13 At the completion of the air sample record the time off and the final flow rate on the data sheet and the two plastic bags. Turn off the sampler.
| |
| NOTE: RECORD ALL TIMES USING MILITARY TIME.
| |
| A.1.14 Put on a pair of protective gloves and remove the filter and cartridge from the Low Volume Air Sampler.
| |
| A.l.15 Using tweezers place the filter in the first plastic bag. Remove the cartridge and place in plastic bag.
| |
| A.l.16 Remove the remaining disposable glove and place in an empty, plastic bag.
| |
| Os Mark this bag with a radioactive material sticker from the kit.
| |
| 4 EP-IP-013, Attachment A. Rev. C, Page 5 of 7
| |
| | |
| i i
| |
| 1 l
| |
| 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS j Attachment A EP-IP-013 O Revision C Page 9 of 16 i
| |
| A.l.17 At the completion of the background count with the Dual Channel Analyzer, record the gross counts on the data sheet.
| |
| NOTE: IF THE BACKGROUND EXCEZDS 1750 CPM NOTIFY THE OFF-SITE TEAM COORDINATOR AND RECEIVE INSTRUCTIONS TO PROCEED TO A LOCATION WITH A LOWER BACKGROUND.
| |
| A.l.18 Place the silver zeolite cartridge in the sample holder. Press the count reset button. The sample should be counted for a minimum of 5 minutes.
| |
| A.1.19 At the completion of the count, note the gross counts for the sample and record the results on the Data Sheet.
| |
| A.l.20 Place the plastic bags which contain the filter, cartridge in one large plastic bag and label this with a
| |
| \- Radioactive Material Sticker.
| |
| l l
| |
| A.l.21 Calculate the air sample results in accordance with the instructions supplied on the Data Sheet.
| |
| A.1.22 '
| |
| Record the results on the data sheet and report the results to 0FF-SITE TEAM COORDINATOR. Report the results as:
| |
| NUMBER E MINUS NUMBER Example: 1.72 E MINUS 6.
| |
| A.1.23 Note exposure on the Self Reading Dosimeter, record results on the Data l Sheet and report exposure to the OFF-SITE TEAM COORDINATOR.
| |
| A.l.24 Receive instructions frca the OFF-SITE TEAM COORDINATOR as to the next location to be surveyed.
| |
| A .-l . 2 5 Return the R02 to the lowest practicable range and turn off the inverter.
| |
| EP-IP-013, Attachment A. Rev. C, Page Gof 7
| |
| | |
| 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY
| |
| ,l MONITORING TEAMS Attachment A EP-IP-013 O '
| |
| Revision C Page 10 of 16 A.1.26 Upon notification, return to the EOF.
| |
| Remove equipment kits, and avait contamination survey of personnel and vehicle before coming into the EOF.
| |
| 4 A.l.27 Report to the OFF-SITE TEAM COORDINATOR for debriefing.
| |
| ' I
| |
| .i i
| |
| 5 t
| |
| O l
| |
| t l
| |
| 5 O
| |
| EP-IP-013, Attachment A, Rev. C, Page 7 of 7
| |
| | |
| 'I OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS '
| |
| Attachment B [
| |
| EP-IP-013 !
| |
| O Revision C Page 11 of 16 l
| |
| 0FF-SITE MONITORING TEAM DATA SHEET DATE. TIME:
| |
| LOCATION: TEAM:
| |
| J RADIATION SURVEY DOSE RATE 3 FEET FROM GROUND WINDOW CLOSED ares /hr AIR SAMPLING DATA ANALYZER DATA I
| |
| AIR SAMPLER NO. COUNTER NO.
| |
| ! Calibration Dates Calibration Date:
| |
| i TIME START: BKG. Count Time (5)
| |
| (Clock Time) (Same amount of time as sample
| |
| ' count)
| |
| FLOW START: (a)
| |
| (Maximum of 4 CFM) BKG Gross Counts (6)
| |
| TIME STOP: BKG CPM (6-5) (C)
| |
| (Sample Time 5 Minutes)
| |
| COUNT TIME O- FLOW STOP: (b) (5 minutes)
| |
| Min. (3) l (Maximum of 4 CFM)
| |
| Gross Counts (4)
| |
| TOTAL TIME (1)
| |
| Gross CPM (4-3) (B)
| |
| FLOW RATE a + b = CFM(2) 2 NET CPM (B-C)=(D)
| |
| TOTAL VOLUME [(1) x (2)] FC (A).
| |
| ACTIVITY = D - (A z 1.77 EE 9) =
| |
| uci/cc PERSONNEL DOSIMETRY _
| |
| DOSIMETERf Initials l (0 - 500 mR) (Final Reading)
| |
| (0 - SR) (Final Reading) i DOSIMETERf Initials (0 - 500 mR) (Final Reading)
| |
| (0 - 3R) (Final Reading)
| |
| O CLOCK TIME INITIAL FINAL EP-IP - 013, Attachment B, Rev. C, Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS Attachment C EP-IP-013 Revision C O- Page 12 of 16 WORKING GLOSSARY DEFINITIONS Low-Vol Air Sampler - A device which is used to draw air through a filter and charcoal cartridge to collect particulate and organic material in the air for analysis.
| |
| ALARA - Acronym for As Low As is Reasonably Achievable.
| |
| BKG - Background radiation, the normal activity caused by cosmic radiation and the decay of naturally occurring radioactive material in the air and the earths crust.
| |
| CC - Cubic centimeters CFM - Cubic feet per minute Contamination - The deposition of radioactive material where it is not wanted.
| |
| Curie -
| |
| Unit measuring the quantity of radioactive material; equal to 2.22E12 disintegration per minute.
| |
| CPM - Counts per minute; a rate that is seen by a detector.
| |
| }
| |
| Decontamination - Removal of radioactive material by cleaning.
| |
| SRD - Self-reading dosimeter.
| |
| Survey - Determination of radiological conditions (dose rate) by the use of an R02 or similar instrument.
| |
| l TLD - Thermoluminescent dosimeter, used for personnel and environmental dosimetry.
| |
| TSC - Technical Support Center l u - micro; one-one-millionth.
| |
| m - milli; one-one-thousandth.
| |
| l EOC - Media Operations Center i NaI -
| |
| Sodium Iodide Detector OSC - Operations Support Center l Particulate - Relating to minute separate particles, l
| |
| () PIC - Pressurized Ion Chamber.
| |
| EP-IP-013, Attachment C. Rev. C. Page 1 of 4
| |
| | |
| 0FF-SITE EMERGHNCT MONITORING TEAMS Attachment C EP-IP-013 O Revision C Page 13 of 16 RAD -
| |
| Radiation Absorbed Dose; measurement of energy absorbed per gram of material.
| |
| Roentge1 - Represents the absorption of energy in r.ir used to measure gamma and x-rays only.
| |
| REM (Roentgen Equivalent Man) - Unit for measu.ement of radiation exposure to tissue; usually prefaced by milli .
| |
| R02 - Portable ion chamber used for radiation surveys.
| |
| Silver Zeolite Cartridge - A cartridge used to collect airborne radioactive iodine.
| |
| Shielding - A material that is used to reduce the amount of radiation.
| |
| DOSE - The amount of radiation received by an individual.
| |
| DOSE / RATE - The rate at which radiation exposure is being accumulated.
| |
| DPM - Disintegrations per minute; the actual rate at which a
| |
| () radioactive material is decaying.
| |
| Effeciency - Counts per minute as seen by the detector divided by the disintegracious per minute. CPM /DPM x 100 = % off.
| |
| Effeciency is normally used in calculations on the decimal form.
| |
| EOF - Emergency Operations Facility EPZ - Emergency Planning Zone Filter - The media that is used to collect a particulate air sample on. Usually a spun glass type of material.
| |
| ft -
| |
| Cubic feet Frisker - A count rate meter used to survey personnel and equipment for contamination.
| |
| O EP-IP-013 Attachment C, Rev. C, Page 2 of 4
| |
| | |
| 1 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS Attachment C ,
| |
| EP-IP-013
| |
| () Revision C Page 14 of 16 WORKING GLOSSARY PHONETIC ALPHABET AND NUMERALS LETTER WORD PRONUNCIATION A Alfa Al Fah
| |
| {
| |
| B Bravo Brah Voh C Charlie Char Lee D Delta Dell Tah E Echo Eck Ch F Fox Trot Foks Trot G Golf Golf H Hotel Hoh Tell I India In Dee Ah
| |
| () J Juliett Jew Lee Ett K Kilo Key Loh L Lima Lee Mah M Mike Mike N November No Vem Ber 0 Oscar Oss Cah P Papa Pah Pah Q Quebec Keh Beck
| |
| ! R Romeo Row Me Oh S Sierra See Air Rah T Tango Tang Go U Uniform You Nee Form V Victor Vik Tah
| |
| () W Whiskey Wiss Key EP-IP-013, Attachment C, Rev. C, Page 3of 4
| |
| | |
| _ - - . _ - - -..-.. - -._ -=. . . . - - . - - . . _ _ _ - . . . - - .
| |
| . OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS Attachment C
| |
| ! EP-IP-013 Revision C Page 15 of 16 I Iray Ecks Ray l Y Yankee Yang Key i i
| |
| Z Zulu zoo Loo i
| |
| i l
| |
| s P
| |
| l I
| |
| O l
| |
| I i
| |
| 9 4
| |
| : o i
| |
| EP-IP-013, Attachment C, I l Rev. C, Page 4 of 4
| |
| ._,----,-,,m,.,mm ._ , _. ..v_.m__._m..,_ , , , . . . , _ , _ _ , . , _ , , - , _ _ - , , , _ _ . - . -.. - - , _ , ,
| |
| | |
| OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS Attachment D EP-IP-013 Revision C t
| |
| O- Page 16 of 16 i
| |
| EMERGENCY KIT INVENTORY LIST 1 Each Clipboard, Paper, Magic Marker 2 Each Pen, Pencil 1 Each Flashlight with Batteries 1
| |
| 1 Each Map of site and surrounding areas 1 Copy EP-IP-013 Off-Site Emergency Monitoring 1 Each Stopwatch 1 Each Tweezers 1 Each Eberline R02 2 Each 0-5R Dosimeter 2 Each 0-500 MR Dosimeter 1 Each Dosimeter Charger 1 Each Low-Vol Air Sampler with Head I
| |
| 1 Box Particulate Filters 20 Each Silver Zeolite Cartridges 50 Each Off-Site Monitoring Data Sheets 40 Each Disposable Gloves 2 Rolls Masking Tape 20 Each Plastic Sample Bags 1 Each Ludlum 2218 with Detector 1 Each Calculator 1 Each Worklight 1 Each Extension Cord - - -
| |
| l 1 Each Spare Battery and Fuse Kit 1 Each Box Radioactive Material Stickers 1 Each Check Source 2 Each Vials of Potassium Iodide (KI)
| |
| E P-IP-{013 , Attachment D. Rev. C, age l'of 1 _
| |
| __- .- i __ . _ _ _ . _ . _ _ . _ __. . _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
| |
| | |
| j O Paoceouas covea saser PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION EP-IP-014 Revision B PERSONNEL AND VEHICLE CONTAMINATION SURVEYS Page 1 of 8 Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date I
| |
| t 1
| |
| O
| |
| {
| |
| l Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( )
| |
| Approved by Date Section Head PORC Meeting Number .
| |
| Date l Date l Superintendent of Plant l
| |
| O FORM AD-QA-101-1, Rev. 1 Page 1 of 1 t
| |
| , _ - - _ _ . - . . - . . - . , , - . , -- - - - - - - --- - - - - - - - - - - - ' - - - - - - - - - - ' - - - - - ' ' ~ " - ~ ' ' ~ - * - " ~ - ~ ~ ' " ' ''~
| |
| | |
| i A EP-IP-014 U Revision 8 Page 2 of 8 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4 ATTACHMENTS l ATTACHMENTS PAGE Action Step - Emergency Director /
| |
| A 5
| |
| O.1; Radiation Protection Coordinator B Action Step - Emergency Radiation Monitor (s) 6 4
| |
| C Action Step - Security Coordinator 8 1
| |
| i l
| |
| l i
| |
| l 1 O .
| |
| (
| |
| | |
| O EP-IP-014 Revision B Page 3 of 8 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to describe the control methods, locations and limits for Personnel and Vehicle Contamination Surveys.
| |
| 2.0 SC0pE To provide methods of surveying and decontaminating personnel and vehicles located on site or in the Bechtel or S&A Building parking lot, during Emergency Conditions.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| HP-TP-624, " Personnel Decontamination" ,
| |
| 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 Large Area smear (LAS) - The use of a masslinn type cloth in swiping a O'- large surface (sq. ft.). This technique deviates from normal swiping techniques and provides a quick, conservative estimate of loose surface contamination.
| |
| 4.2 Corrected Counts Per Minute (CCPM) - Net count rate in an RM-14/HP-210 or equivalent after subtraction of the background count rate.
| |
| 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR / RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR is responsible for determining requirements for personnel and vehicle decontamination and for ensuring that sufficient personnel are made available to
| |
| , control and monitor personnel and vehicles exiting the site during an Emergency Condition.
| |
| i 5.2 The SECURITY COORDINATOR is responsible for ensuring that vehicles and personnel exit via contamination control points.
| |
| l O
| |
| | |
| 1 O EP-IP-014 Revisicn B Page 4 of 8 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 Upon determination that Personnel and Vehicle Contamination Surveys are needed, the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR / RADIATION PROTECTIGN COORDINATOR will follow the instructions in Attachment A, Action Step - EMERGENCY DIRECTOR / RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.2 At the direction of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR / RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR, the EMERGENCY RADIATION MONITOR will follow the steps 1 Attachment 8, Action Step - EMERGENCY RADIATION MONITOR.
| |
| 6.3 At the direction of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR / RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR, the SECURITY COORDINATOR will follow the steps in Attachment C, Action Step - SECURITY COORDINATOR.
| |
| i O
| |
| l 1
| |
| D O
| |
| | |
| i O Attachment A
| |
| .EP-IP-014 l Revision B Page 5 of 8 ACTION STEP EMERGENCY DIRECTOR RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR A.1.0 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR / RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR will:
| |
| A.1.1 l'nsure EMERGENCY RADIATION MONITOR (s) are dispatched to contamination control point, Post 15 or 1 as appropriate.
| |
| A.I.2 If Post 15 or 1 are not available because of high radiation or contamination levels, dispatch MONITOR (s) to an area where Background levels are < 300 cpm.
| |
| A.I.3 Determine if vehicles are contaminated and will require surveys or are free to egress SSES.
| |
| O i
| |
| O Page 1 of 1 l _ _ _ _ _ .-- .
| |
| | |
| N Attachment 8 EP-IP-014 Revision B Page 6 of 8 ACTION STEP EMERGENCY RADIATION MONITOR Check 8.1.0 When persons are egressing the site during EMERGENCY SITUATIONS the RADIATION MONITOR will:
| |
| 8.1.1 Ensure egressing persor;s pass through portal monitors at contamination control point if functioning or use RM-14/Hp-210 or equivalent for whole body frisking.
| |
| 8.1.2 Personnel are considered contaminated if levels of
| |
| > 500 cpm above background are detected.
| |
| 8.1.3 If personnel are contaminated, insure the following steps are taken:
| |
| 8.1.3.1 Don protective clothing to contain contamination O
| |
| B.1.3.2 Direct contaminated persons to an appropriate facility to decontaminate as per HP-IP-624, Personnel Decontamination NOTE: IE NASAL CONTAMINATION IS DETECTED, CONSIDER AD-00-740 8.1.4 If it is determined that vehicles may be contaminated:
| |
| 8.1.4.1 Take a LAS and count it on an RM-14/HP-210 or equivalent.
| |
| B.1.4.2 Vehicles are considered contaminated when l 1evels of > 500 cpm above background are l detected.
| |
| l 8.1.5 If vehicles are contaminated, insure the following steps are performed when appropriate.
| |
| 8.1.5.1 Insure inspection pit drains are plugged properly.
| |
| 8.1.5.2 Position contaminated vehicles over inspection pit and hose vehicles
| |
| () appropriately.
| |
| Page 1 of 2 1
| |
| | |
| I
| |
| : () Attach ent B EP-IP-014
| |
| ; Revision B Page 7 of 8 B.1.5.3 Vehicles which cannot be decantaminated by hosing, will be quarantined.
| |
| NOTE: LIQUID WASTE FROM CONTAMINATED VEHICLES WILL REMAIN IN THE INSPECTION PIT UNTIL IT IS SAMPLED, BATCHED AND RELEASED.
| |
| . I i
| |
| O Page 2 of 2
| |
| -- - .,_....-,,..,.w _- - ~ - -* '-" * * " " "
| |
| * 1 1
| |
| i 1
| |
| O Att c8 #* c EP-IP-014 Revision B l Page 8 of 8 !
| |
| ; I 1 .
| |
| j ACTION STEP I l SECURITY COORDINATOR s
| |
| 1 CHECK
| |
| : C.1.0 The SECURITY COORDINATOR will:
| |
| l C,1.1 Direct personnel and vehicles to appropriate ;
| |
| { contamination control point.
| |
| i i l i
| |
| f f
| |
| i i -[
| |
| 4 f 1
| |
| l r
| |
| i t
| |
| O Page 1 of 1 !
| |
| ,,-----,,_,e,----,- ,,,.,,,,,,,n-,,,., .,,,,,,,..,__,._--n., , . . . . . , - - , - ,.--,,,.,n.,.,,, . . ,. ,_r. ., ,,., . . - c,-- .~. n.
| |
| | |
| l PROCEDURE COVER SHEET PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA SidAM ELECTRIC STATION EP-IP-015 Revision B EMERGENCY ACCESS Page 1 of 5 i
| |
| Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date l
| |
| ; Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date ,
| |
| i PCRC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( ) !
| |
| Approved by Date .
| |
| l Section Head l
| |
| l PORC Meeting Number Date 1
| |
| Date !
| |
| i Superintancent of Plant !
| |
| - l
| |
| ()
| |
| FORM A0-QA-101-1, Rev.1 Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| EP-IP-015 0 Ruiston B Page 2 of 5 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE 3 l 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 3 ATTACliAENTS ATTACHMENT PAGE A Action Step - Emergency Director / Coordinator 4 B Action Step - Security Coordinator .
| |
| 5 i
| |
| l l
| |
| 2
| |
| _~
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| t EP-IP-015 O Ravision B Page 3 of 5 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to describe the methods of granting expeditious access to the site for offsite emergency personnel and vehicles.
| |
| l 2.0 SCOPE l .
| |
| This procedure is applicable during Emergency Conditions when it is necessary to admit emergency vehicles and personnel to the site.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 SSES Emergency Plan 3.2 3SES Physical Security Plan 4.0 DEFINITIONS
| |
| ; None l
| |
| 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR / APPROPRIATE COORDINATOR is responsible for ensuring that the SECURITY COORDINATOR is advised whenever offsite assistance is required at SSES.
| |
| 5.2 The SECURITY COORDINATOR is responsible for assuring expeditious entrance and exit from the site of emergency assistance (fire, rescue, ambulance, law enforcemet).
| |
| 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS l
| |
| t 6.1 When offsite assistance is needed, the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR / appropriate COORDINATOR wili follow the instructions in Attachment A, Action Step-EMERGENCY DIRECTOR / COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.2 The SECURITY COORDINATOR will follow instructions in Attachment B, Action Step - SECURITY COORDINATOR.
| |
| O .
| |
| | |
| \ Attachment A EP-IP-315 Revision B Page 4 of 5 ACTION STFP EMERGENCY DIRECTOR / COORDINATOR A.1 Upon receiving a request ror ofrsite assistance in the form of fire, rescue, l
| |
| ambulance or law enforcement, the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR / COORDINATOR will:
| |
| A.1.1
| |
| * Advise the SECURITY C00RDINATOR of the following:
| |
| A.1.1.1 Nature of request A.1.1.2 Amount, type and nature of equipment required A.1.1.3 Hazardous or radiological conditions A.1.1.4 Exact location where assistance is needed.
| |
| O O
| |
| Page 1 of 1 N
| |
| | |
| Attachment B O EP-IP-015 Revision B Page 5 of 5 ACTION STEP SECURITY COORDINATOR CHECK B.1.0 When notified that offsite assistance requires access, the SECURITY COORDINATOR will:
| |
| 8.1.1 Ensure that offsite agencies are notified and given the following information:
| |
| B.1.1.1 Type of assistance needed.
| |
| 8.1.1.2 Direct'ons to the site.
| |
| B.1.1.3 Any precautions to take.
| |
| B.1.2 Ensure that responding vehicles and personnel are admitted and crew members are issued the proper dosimetry.
| |
| B.1.3 Ensure that a patrol is dispatched to escort the responding vehicle (s) to .the location of the incident.
| |
| B.1.4 Check with the COORDINATOR, as necessary, to ascertain if any change in status (i.e. effluent release) has occurred.
| |
| 8.1.5 Advise appropriate COORDINATOR of arcival and departure times of responding agencirts.
| |
| B.1.6 Determine from the RADIAIION PROTECTION COORDINATOR if off-site vehicles / personnel need to be monitored upon departure.
| |
| B.1.7 Ensure, if required, that dosimetry devices and personnel data are collected, prior to departure.
| |
| ~
| |
| O page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| k
| |
| ({]) PROCEDURE COVER SHEET PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION EP-IP-016 Revision C DAMAGE CONTROL Page 1 of 11 Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date i
| |
| O Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( )
| |
| i Approved by Date Section Head PORC Meeting Number Date Date
| |
| -Superintendent of Plant
| |
| , ()
| |
| FORM AD-QA-101-1, Rev. 1 Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| O EP-IP-016 Revision C Page 2 of 11 4
| |
| 1 TABLti 0F CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 3 ATTACHMENTS
| |
| . ATTACHMENT PAGE A Action Step - Emergency Director 5 B Action Step - OSC/TSC Coordinator 6 C Action Step - Damage Control Team Leader 8 0 Action Step - Radiation Protection Coordinator 9 E Emergency Tool Box Inventory List 10 t
| |
| l l
| |
| O -
| |
| _ ____ ____-.1.
| |
| | |
| /7 EP-IP-016 V Revision C Page 3 of 11 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to describe actions to be taken to mitigate, correct, or repair damage to plant systems or equipment.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE This procedure is applicable when actions are undertaken to mitigate, correct or repair damage to plant systems or equipment during emergency conditions.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 .EP-IP-040 4.0 DEFINITIONS
| |
| } None 5.0 RESP 0NSIBILITIES -
| |
| 5.1 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR is responsible for assigning responsibility to appropriate groups to undertake corrective actions; for evaluating and authorizing emergency exposures if necessary; and for assuring that ALARA principles are followed.
| |
| 5.2 The OSC/TSC COORDINATOR is responsible for organizing, dispatching and directing the activities of damage control teams.
| |
| 5.3 The OAMAGE CONTROL TEAM LEADER is responsible for undertaking mitigating / corrective / repair actions to affected equipment and systems.
| |
| 5.4 The RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR is responsible for advising the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR ard OSC/TSC COORDINATOR on the radiological aspects, including ALARA considerations, of damage control operations.
| |
| T 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 Upon notification that plant systems / equipment require immediate repair, the EMERGENCY D RECTOR will follow the instructions in Attachment A, Action Step - EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| l l
| |
| I
| |
| | |
| e
| |
| {\ EP-IP-016 Revision C Page 4 of 11 6.2 The OSC/TSC COCROINATOR is responsible for the activities of Damage Control Teams in accordance with Attachment 8, Action Step - OSC/TSC COORDINATOR.
| |
| , 6.3 The Damage Control Team Leader will undertake corrective actions in accordance with Attachment C, Action Step - DAMAGE CONTROL TEAM LEADER.
| |
| 6.4 The RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR is responsible for providing guidance on the radiological aspects of damage control, including ALARA considerations, in accordance with Attachment D, Action Step -
| |
| RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR.
| |
| i I
| |
| O 1
| |
| i
| |
| ,,_ _._ __ , _y------m-,
| |
| ---r * - ''"* - ' '
| |
| | |
| Attachment A EP-IP-016 Revision C Page 5 of 11 ACTION STEP EMERGENCY DIRECTOR A.1.0 Upon being notified that plant equipment / systems require immediate corrective action, the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will:
| |
| A.1.1 Direct the OSC COORDINATOR, or TSC COORDINATOR to undertake the corrective actions.
| |
| A.I.2 Ensure that all requests for additional manpower or equipment which are not available from plant resources are directed to the appropriate managers at the EOF.
| |
| The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR may authorize Damage Control Team members to receive up to 25 rem (25,000 mrem) whole body in accorcance with EP-IP-040, " Emergency Exposure Considerations".
| |
| A.1.3 Review situations where the potential for high personnel radiation exposure is expected.
| |
| Y[]
| |
| i A.1.3.1 If required evaluate and authorize Emergency Exposure per EP-IP-040, " Emergency Exposure Consideration" NOTE: CONSIDER SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MINIMIZING INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL EXPOSURE PER EP-IP-040, " EMERGENCY EXPOSURE l CONSIDERATIONS" l
| |
| l A.1.4 Assure that ALARA principles are followed at all times.
| |
| l T l
| |
| p d 1
| |
| O Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| /~ ' Attachment B EP-IP-016 Revision C Page 6 of 11 ACTION STEP OSC COORDINATOR TSC COORDINATOR CHECK B.1.0 The OSC/TSC COORDINATOR when directec by the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR to organize, dispatch and direct Damage Control Teams will:
| |
| 8.1.1 Organize a team composed of personnel who are qualified to carry out the damage control / repair procedure. A Health Physics Technician should accompany the team, as appropriate.
| |
| NOTE: CONSIDER SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MINIMIZING INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL EXPOSURE PER EP-IP-040, " EMERGENCY EXPOSURE CONSIDERATIONS."
| |
| 8.1.1.1 Appoint a DAMAGE CONTROL TEAM LEADER to direct the on-scene activities of the team.
| |
| B.1.1.2 The COORDINATOR will brief the Team Leader on the following:
| |
| : a. Affected area / systems / equipment
| |
| : b. Anticipated actions
| |
| : c. Equipment and tools needed
| |
| : d. Expected radiation or other hazardous conditions
| |
| : e. Protective clothing and respiratory requirements
| |
| : f. Emergency Exposure Authorization for Team members in accordance with EP-IP-040, " Emergency Exposure Considerations." .
| |
| : g. Radio-team designation (e.g., India 1).
| |
| O Page 1 of 2
| |
| | |
| O ^t*>ch EP-IP-016
| |
| "* a Revision C Page 7 of 11 B.1.2 The COORDINATOR will monitor and direct the activities of the Team.
| |
| B.1.3 Advise the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR of the need for increasing exposure limits of EMERGENCY TEAM MEM8ERS in excess of 2500 MREM / QUARTER, should it be required.
| |
| NOTE: EXPOSURES IN EXCESS OF 2500 MREM / QUARTER WILL BE AUTHORIZED BY THE EMERGENCY DIRECTOR AFTER CONSULTING WITH THE RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR.
| |
| B.1.4 The COORDINATOR will assure that all Damage Control operations are conducted using ALARA principles.
| |
| B.1.5 The COORDINATOR will identify any requests for additional manpower or equipment not available through plant resources to the appropriate COORDINATOR for follow up.
| |
| B.1.6 The COORDINATOR will debrief the team upon completion of its assignment.
| |
| l l
| |
| O l Page 2 of 2 l
| |
| | |
| i H
| |
| O Attachment C EP-IP-016 Revision C k Page 8 of 11 ACTION STEP DAMAGE CONTROL TEAM LEADER i
| |
| ; CHECK C.1.0 The DAMAGE CONTROL TEAM LEADER will:
| |
| C.1.1 Direct the on-scene activities of the OAMAGE CONTROL TEAM.
| |
| -C.1.2 Obtain from the OSC/TSC COORDINATOR before undertaking the assignment:
| |
| C.1.2.1 Affected area / systems / equipment C.1.2.2 Anticipated actions C.1.2.3 Equipment and tools needed
| |
| ''T C.1.2.4 Expected radiation or other hazardous (J
| |
| s conditions C.1.2.5 Protective clothing and respiratory requirements NOTE: IF DOSE RATE EXCEEDS 1000 MREM /HR OR IF EXPOSURE OF ANY MEMBER OF THE TEAM APPROACHES 2500 MR THE ENTIRE TEAM WILL RETREAT TO A LOW LEVEL RADIATION BACKGROUND AREA AND NOTIFY THE COORDINATOR AND AWAIT FURTHER INSTRUCTIONS.
| |
| C.1.2.6 Emergency Exposure Authorization for team l members per EP-IP-040, " Emergency i
| |
| Exposure Considerations".
| |
| C.1.2.7 Radio-team designation (e.g., India 1)
| |
| C.1.3 Maintain contact with COORDINATOR and advised of the status of the control / repair operations.
| |
| C.I.4 Report to COORDINATOR for debriefing.
| |
| O Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| Attachment 0 O se-te-ots Revision C Page 9 of 11 ACTION STEP RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR CHECK 0.1. 0 . ,. The RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR will:
| |
| O.1.1 Provide guidance to the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR and OSC/TSC COORDINATOR on the radiological and ALARA considerations involved in Damage Control operations.
| |
| , [D.k.2 A's necessary when a Damage Control Team is
| |
| . dispat'ched, provide the following information:
| |
| s . 0.1.2.1 Radiological or other hazardous conditions s1 ,
| |
| % . 051.2.2 - Pr5tective clothing and respiratory
| |
| ;~ protection requirements.
| |
| l ,
| |
| , . D.1.2.3 ALARA considerations and practices
| |
| ,,0.1.3 Assign a Health Physics Technician to each Damage Control Team, as appropriate.
| |
| ., i -
| |
| s 0.1.4 Perform the action step in ATTACHMENT C of EP-IP-040 if an emergency exposure authorization has been made.
| |
| L' *
| |
| '~ N
| |
| . , J 1- , .. -
| |
| g 'w x
| |
| ; e R ]
| |
| hm O Page 1 of 1 ,
| |
| s I .
| |
| N
| |
| | |
| pd Attachment E EP-IP-016 Revision C Page 10 of 11 EMERGENCY TOOL BOX INVENTORY LIST E.1.0 In addition to the large quantities and variety of damage control and repair equipment routinely available at SSES, the following equipment has been stockpiled for emergency use only, in the Control Structure access cceridor.
| |
| Quantity Tool Pouch (Normal Electrical Hand Tool s), . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Rubber Gloves & Aprons,.............................. 1 V0M (Simpson 260),................................... 1 S c rewd ri v e rs , La rg e S t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Screwdrivers, Medium St.............................. 2 Screwdrivers, Phillips, Large,....................... 2 Screwdrivers, Phillips, Medium ...................... 2 Hammer, Ball Peen, 16 0z,............................ 2 Bars, Pry, Rolling Lead.............................. 2 O Bars, Pry, Large..................................... 2 O~
| |
| Wrench, Adjustable, 12",............................. 2 Wrench, Adjustable, 8",.............................. 2 P l i e r s , Wa t e r P ump , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 P l i e r s , Li n ema n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Wrenches, Hex, 24",.................................. 2 Wrench, Chain ....................................... 1 Wrench, Pipe, 18",................................... 1 Wrench, Pipe, 14",................................... 1 Nylon Ropo, 100',.................................... 2 Nylon Rope, 50',..................................... 2 Twine, Bale.......................................... 1 String, Ba11......................................... 2 Plastic Sheet, 20' x 20' , Fire Retardant. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Flashlight, 5 cell................................... 1 Clamps, C, Sma11..................................... 2 Clamps, C, Med1um.................................... 2 Clamps, C, Large..................................... 2 Bucket, 14 Qt., Plastic.............................. 1 Rubbe r , Ro l l , 1/16" Th i c k , 10 ' x 3 ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Hammer, Sledge, 10 lb,............................... 1 Hammer, Sledge, 8 lb,................................ 1 .
| |
| Plugs, Wooden, Box, 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2", 3".............. 4 ea.
| |
| Enerpac, Rescue Unit................................. 1 Damage Control Box, Empty............................ 2 Page 1 of 2
| |
| | |
| 'J i p Attachment E l
| |
| v EP-IP-016 Revision C Page 11 of 11 Quantity Black Wire, 1/4 Lb Rolls, 16 Gauge................... 2 Wedges, Wooden......................................
| |
| Wrench, Allen Pac, 24
| |
| { 3/16", 7/32", 1/4", S/16", 3/8"................. 2 Packs Wrench, Allen Pac,
| |
| .050", 1/16", 5/64", 3/32", 7/64", 1/8", 9/64" 5/32", 3/16", 7/32"............................. 2 Packs l
| |
| i l
| |
| O 1
| |
| l Page 2 of 2 f
| |
| e-
| |
| --ww- .p ._._. --q-p-,..,y,-.,-.- , .,__ 9,m__ , - _ , , . , _ _ , , ,
| |
| 9,,,, . . , _ , _ , ., , , , , , . - , ,,, _.%._,_.,_
| |
| .7. , _ ,_ , , _ , , ,_w-_,._y__,,_3, -___r._--_,n__-,- ,.-- , _-- - , w.--.-
| |
| | |
| PROCEDURE COVER SHEET PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC 3TATION EP-IP-017 Revision 8 T0XIC MATERIAL Page 1 of 5 Effective Date Expiration Date _
| |
| Revised Expiration Date O
| |
| Prepared by Data Reviewed by Date l
| |
| PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( )
| |
| * Approved by Date '
| |
| Section Head PORC Meeting Number Date Date .'
| |
| Superintendent of Plant O FORM AD-QA-101-1, Rev. 1 Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| I O
| |
| i '
| |
| er-Ie-017 Revision G Page 2 of 5 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE l 1.0 PURPOSE 3 I
| |
| , 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3
| |
| ; 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 3 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT PAGE A Action Step - Emergency Director 4 8 Action Step - Fire Brigade Leader 5 r
| |
| (
| |
| i I
| |
| O ~
| |
| | |
| EP-IP-017 Revision e Page 3 of 5 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to identify actions taken if there is a release of toxic material.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE This procedure shall be implemented whenever a release of toxic material may impact the safety of plant personnel and/or operations.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 NUREG - 0654, Planning Standards and Evaluation Criteria 3.2 NUREG - 0696, Functional Criteria for Emergency Response Facilities 3.3 NUREG - 0731, Guidelines for Utility Management Structure and Technical Resources, Sept. 1980.
| |
| O L,r 3.4 SSES Emergency Plan 4.0 DEFINITIONS Toxic Material - Any gas, liquid, or solid in sufficient quantities that 1-harmful to human life.
| |
| 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES l 5.1 'ft is the responsibility of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR to implement this procedure if any of the Emergency Conditions involving toxic material exist.
| |
| 5.2 It is the responsibility of the Fire Brigade to take safety measures to insure the habitability of the plant buildings.
| |
| ! 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS l
| |
| l 6.1 In the event of a toxic material release at the SSES site, the EMERGENCY OIRECTOR will follow the instructions in Attachment A, Action Step - EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| 6.2 At the direction of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, the FIRE BRIGADE LEADER O ("er=>'iv >" ^==4 *>"' ""4t S"aerv'ser) ~4'i re" e **- "='r=c'4 "
| |
| Attachment 8, Action Step - FIRE BRIGADE LEADER.
| |
| 4" l
| |
| | |
| O Attachment A EP-IP-017 Revision 3 Page 4 of 5 ACTION STEP EMERGENCY OIRECTOR A.1 In the event of a toxic material release at the SSES site, the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR shall:
| |
| A.1.1 Alert SSES personnel, visitors, and contract personnel of the emergency.
| |
| A.1.2 Evacuate personnel from affected areas and if required, non-essential personnel from the site in accordance with EP-IP-021, Site Emergency Evacuation.
| |
| A.1.3 Ensure that Control Room ventilation is shifted to
| |
| " isolation-recirculation" made of operation in accordance with normal operating instructions uP-30-002, Control Structure HVAC.
| |
| A.1.4 Ensure that other plant ventilation systems are shifted or
| |
| () secured as necessary to.
| |
| A.1.4.1 Ventilate affected areas.
| |
| A.1.4.2 Isolate non-affected areas.
| |
| A.1 5 Direct the OSC COORDINATOR / appropriate TSC COORDINATOR to assemble the FIRE BRIGADE and direct them as necessary to secure and contain the affected area.
| |
| A.1.6 Organize Damage Control Teams as required, per EP-IP-016,
| |
| " Damage Control".
| |
| (
| |
| l Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| O Attachment B E?-IP-017 Revision B Page 5 of 5 ACTION STEP FIRE BRIGADE 'i.EADER CHECK B.1 The Fire Brigade Leader will, at the direction of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR / COORDINATOR:
| |
| B.1.1 Secure access to the affected area.
| |
| B.1.2 Close doors and windows to affected areas, to contain/ reduce leakage.
| |
| B.1.3 Ensure personnel have evacuated the affected area.
| |
| i i
| |
| O l
| |
| l 1
| |
| l l
| |
| (])
| |
| Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS EP-IP-018 O Revision 3 Page 1 of 28 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION EMERGENCY CALL-IN AND COMMUNICATIONS EP-IP-018 Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date I
| |
| O Prepared By Date Reviewed By Data PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( ) Data i Approved By Date Section Head Date Superintendent of Plant l
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| , EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COM1;7N' CATIONS EP-II-018 Rev. B n%~e Page 2 of 28 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTIONS PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE 3
| |
| , 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 l
| |
| 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3-4 S.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4-6 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT PAGE A Action Step - ON-SITE PERSONNEL CALL-IN 7-10 B Action Step - TSC ON-CALL PERSONNEL 11
| |
| | |
| ===RESPONSE===
| |
| C Action Step - EOF AND G.O. PERSONNEL 12-22 CALL-IN D Action Step - EOF AND G.O. ON-CALL 23-24 PERSONNEL RESPONSE E Action Step - 0FF-SITE MONITORING TEAM 25 CALL-IN F Action Step - RESPONSE OF OFF-SITE 26 MONITORING TEAM CALL-IN G Action Step - NOTIFICATION OF OFF-SITE 27 AGENCIES H Action Step - NOTIFICATION OF PUBLIC 28 INFORMATION MANAGER O
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS EP-IP-018 Rev. B O' Page 3 of 28 EMERGENCY CALL-IN AND COMMUNICATIONS 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 The purpose of this instruction is to describe the process for assembling the initial emergency response organization and communicating with off-site agencies.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE This procedure applies to all emergency response personnel, organizations and agencies.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 NUREG-0654, Planning Standards and Evaluation Criteria 3.2 NUREG-0696, Functional Criteria for Emergency Response Facilities 3.3 NUREG-0731, Guidelines for Utility Management Structure
| |
| . and Technical Resources, 9/80
| |
| ('T l
| |
| As/ 3.4 SSES Emergency Plan 1
| |
| 3.5 NDI-QA-10/8.1, Personnel Qualifications & Training 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 Emergency Organization List - A list of personnel in the EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION. It will show, by emergency position, all personnel trained and qualified 'or each t position, l
| |
| l 4.2 On-Call List - A list of those emergency personnel who j are on-call.
| |
| 4.3 Supplemental List - A list of personnel and organizations available to augment the EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION.
| |
| l 4.4 On-Call - When an individual is on-call he/she must carry a paging unit at all times and remain within reach of the base station encoder used to activate the pagers.
| |
| ! 4.5 LSC - Lehigh Service Center l
| |
| l 4.6 On-Site Persont el - PP&L employees assigned to the SSES
| |
| () Plant, including the Training Center.
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| l I
| |
| l EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS EP-IP-018 j Rev. B Page 4 of 28 4.7 Off-Site Personnel - PP&L employees assigned to a location other than the SSES Plant.
| |
| l 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 ON-SITE PERSONNEL i
| |
| 5.1.1 COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR - Make notifications to: Off-site Agencies. TSC Personnel, Power Dispatcher, Public Information Manager and EOF Support Manager.
| |
| 5.1.2 PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATIVE SUPERVISOR -
| |
| Ensure that the TSC On-Call List, Emergency Organization List, Supplemental List, Clerical Support List are up-to-date and available in the Control Room, Security
| |
| : Control Center, TSC, Gate 15, and at the switchboard.
| |
| 5.1.3 SECURITY CONTROL CENTER STAFF - Maintain a log of personnel who have responded to an after hours call in and attempt to contact 0' them until relieved by the ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR.
| |
| 5.1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR Assume responsibility l from the SCC for call-in response and contacting personnel who have not responded.
| |
| 5.1.5 CONSTRUCTION SITE SUPERINTENDENT - Ensure the list of tradesmen capable of setting up the EOF is up-to-date and available to the EOF i Set-Up Foreman.
| |
| 5.1.6 EMERGENCY RESPONSE PERSONNEL:
| |
| -- If contacted report to either the TSC, OSC or EOF as appropriate.
| |
| If not contacted directly, remain near phone listed in the Emergency Response Organization List to be available if required. (This applies to personnel who are not on-call but become aware of the EMERGENCY from some other source, these people should not call the plant).
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS EP-IP-018 O Rev. B Page 5 of 28 l
| |
| 5.2 0FF-SITE PERSONNEL 5.2.1 POWER DISPATCHER - Make contact with RECOVERY MANAGER and LEHIGH SERVICE CENTER SERVICES DISPATCHER.
| |
| 5.2.2 RECOVERY MANAGER - Direct the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR to activate off-site call-in, and conduct pre-activation conferences for EOF Managers and Staff.
| |
| 5.2.3 PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER - Activate MOC, issue press releases and conduct media conferences.
| |
| 5.2.4 SITE SUPPORT MANAGER - Ensure proper manning of the EOF. Ensure General Office activation is initiated. Communicate with personnel and agencies as directed by the RECOVERY MANAGER.
| |
| 5.2.5 G.O. SUPPORT MANAGER - Ensure proper manning of the General Office Support Center.
| |
| /'l 5.2.6 LEHIGH SERVICE CENTER SERVICE DISPATCHER -
| |
| k el' Activate pager call-in of off-site managers.
| |
| 5.2.7 MANAGER-NUCLEAR ADMINISTRATION - Ensure the EOF and General Office Support Center On-Call l
| |
| List, Supplemental Lists and Off-Site Monitoring Team Call-In List are up-to-date and available at the EOF, N-495, the Power Control Center, the Lehigh Service Center Service Dispatcher's Room, and the SSES Switchboard.
| |
| I 5.2.8 CENTRAL DIVISION SERVICE DISPATCHER - Notify Off-Site Monitoring Team Personnel to report to the EOF.
| |
| 5.2.9 EMERGENCY RESPONSE PERSONNEL:
| |
| If contacted report to either the EOF or MOC as apprepriate.
| |
| If not contacted directly, remain near the phone listed in the Emergency Response Organization List to be available if required. (This applies to personnel who are not on-call but become aware of the emergency from some other
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS EP-IP-018 O,
| |
| s Rev. B Page 6 of 28 source, these people should not call the plant.)
| |
| 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 To man the TSC, follow the instructions in Attachment A, Action Step, TSC PERSONNEL CALL-IN.
| |
| 6.2 When notified of a call-in, TSC PERSONNEL will follow the instructions of Attachment B, Action Step, TSC ON-CALL PERSONNEL RESPONSE.
| |
| 6.3 To call-in EOF and G.O. PERSONNEL follow the instructions in Attachment C, Action Step, EOF AND G.O. PERSONNEL CALL-IN.
| |
| 6.4 When notified of a call-in, EOF AND G.O. ON-CALL PERSONNEL will follow the instructions of Attachment D, Action Step, EOF AND G.O. ON-CALL PERSONNEL RESPONSE.
| |
| 6.5 To call-in OFF-SITE MONITORING TEAMS follow the instructions in Attachment E, Action Step, OFF-SITE l
| |
| MONITORING TEAM CALL-IN.
| |
| 6.6 When notified of a call-in OFF-SITE MONITORING TEAM PERSONNEL will follow the instructions in Attachment F, Action Step, RESPONSE OF OFF-SITE MONITORING TEAM PERSONNEL.
| |
| 6.7 To contact ORGANIZATIONS OUTSIDE OF PP&L follow the instructions in Attachment G, Action Step, NOTIFICATION OF NON-PP&L ORGANIZATIONS.
| |
| 6.8 To contact the PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER follow the instructions in Attachment H. Action Step, NOTIFICATION OF PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER.
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS Attachment A EP-IP-018 Os Rev. B Page 7 of 28 ACTION STEP ON-SITE PERSONNEL CALL-IN NOTE: THE FOLLOWING PROCESS IS SCHEMATICALLY SHOWN IN FIGURE #1.
| |
| A.l.0 Take the folJoving actions to call-in on-site emergency personnel:
| |
| A.l.1 To contact the on-call EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| NORMAL WORKING HOURS E.D. NOTIFICATION Take the following actions until contact has been made:
| |
| o Phone the on-call EMERGENCY DIRECTOR. (Name and plant extension are in the On-Call List in the Control Room.)
| |
| o Announce on PA System (Allow 5 minutes for response.)
| |
| o Attempt to contact by telephone, then PA System each of the remaining alternate EMERGENCY DIRECTORS. Names and telephone numbers are in the Emergency Organization List which is available in the Control Room.)
| |
| 0FF NORMAL HOURS E.D. NOTIFICATION o Phone on-call EMERGENCY DIRECTOR (Name and phone number are in the On-Call List in the Control Room).
| |
| o Activate beeper of on-call EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| He will respond by calling 717-542-2417. (Allow 10 minutes for response.)
| |
| o Attempt to contact by telephone each of the remaining alternate EMERGENCY DIRECTORS. Names and telephone numbers are in the Emergency Organization List, available in the Control Room.)
| |
| O .
| |
| EP-IP-018, Rev. B, Attachment A, Pagel of 4 i -
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS Attachment A EP-IP-018 O Rev. B Page 8 of 28 A.1.2 To call-in TSC personnel:
| |
| NORMAL WORKING HOURS TSC CALL-IN o Make announcement over the PA System.
| |
| o Call Switchboard Operator (dial "0") and instruct operator to notify on-call TSC PERSONNEL.
| |
| OFF NORMAL HOURS TSC CALL-IN o Notify Security Control Center (Ext. 114) of TSC activation.
| |
| o Initiate paging of on-call personnel.
| |
| A.1.3 Upon notification that the TSC is to be manned the SWITCHBOARD OPERATOR will take the following actions until all contacts have been made:
| |
| I o Attempt to contact all on-call TSC PERSONNEL (Names and telephone numbers are in the On-Call List located at the switchboard).
| |
| o Attempt to contact Alternates for any TSC personnel not contacted. (Names and telephone numbers are in the Emergency Organization List, located at the switchboard).
| |
| A.l.4 Upon notification that the TSC is to be manned the SCC CONTROLLER will:
| |
| o Establish a listing of personnel responding to call-in.
| |
| o Compara actual respondees to On-Call List.
| |
| o If any on-call personnel do not respond within ten (10) minutes, attempt to contact them by telephone. If unsuccessful call the alternates until one is reached. (Names and telephone numbers are in the On-Call List and Emergency Organization List, available in the SCC.
| |
| o Transfer alternate call-in function to ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR.
| |
| O EP-IP-018 Rev. B, Attachment A, Page 2 of 4
| |
| | |
| _ .- 4 EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS Attachment A EP-IP-018 Rev. B Page 9 of 28 A.1.5 Upon arrival in the TSC, the ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR will:
| |
| NORMAL WORKING HOURS - TSC CALL-IN o Account for personnel arriving at TSC.
| |
| o Contact the SWITCHBOARD OPERATOR to determine if all required TSC PERSONNEL have been contacted.
| |
| AFTER NORMAL WORKING HOURS - TSC CALL-IN o Initiate call-in of clerical and stenographic personnel prior to reporting to the TSC.
| |
| o Account for personnel arriving at TSC.
| |
| o Contact the SCC to determine if all required TSC PERSONNEL have acknowledge the page, o If anyone has not acknowledged the page, call them by telephone. (Names and telephone numbers are in the On-Call List, available in the TSC.)
| |
| ()
| |
| ''' o If the on-call person cannot be contacted, call alternates for the required position. (Names and telephone numbers are in the Emergency Organization List, available in the TSC).
| |
| A.l.6 Upon notification that the TSC is to be manned EACH COORDINATOR is responsible for supplementing their staff as necessary.
| |
| D EP-IP-018, Rev. B, Attachment A, Page3 of4
| |
| | |
| EMERGENC'l CALL-IN &
| |
| * COMMUNICATIOI!S Attachment A pg 7, gg EP-IP-018 O On-Site Call In Rev. 3
| |
| ? ace Dof 28 )
| |
| Plant Control Room hoEYd-CR I 1 4 7, \ 2 Nomal l urs Emergency l k Director l g (On-Call) l Off Normal
| |
| \ Hours I
| |
| - 9 Switchboard Security Operator g
| |
| Control Center 4----l i 1 5 l
| |
| {
| |
| Normal Hours-Telephone l Off Normal Page Hours l.
| |
| I TSC Coordinators
| |
| (
| |
| 1 I I l6 l l 1 I I I
| |
| i_ _ _ff 8 "*1 " "r8 Page Verification
| |
| : 1. SE/ED Contacts On-Call Emergency Director
| |
| : 2. Conununications Coordinator Contacts Security Control Center- Off-Normal Hours Only.
| |
| : 3. Conununications Coordinator beeps On-Call Personnel - Off-Normal Hours Only.
| |
| 4 Communications Coordinator Contacts Switchboard Operator - Normal Working Hours Only.
| |
| : 5. Switchboard Operator Contacts TSC Coordinators - Normal Hours
| |
| : 6. TSC Coordinators Verify Receiving Page - Off Normal Hours Only.
| |
| EP-IP-018. Rev. B, Attachment A. Page4 of 4
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS Attachment B EP-IP-018 O- Rev. B Page 11 of 28 ACTION STEP TSC ON-CALL PERSONNEL RESPONSE B.1.0 TSC ON-CALL PERSONNEL 3.1.1 Upon notification that the TSC is to be manned.
| |
| l ON-CALL PERSONNEL will:
| |
| ( NORMAL WORKING HOURS
| |
| : 1. Proceed directly to TSC upon hearing the PA announcement or upon notification by switchboard operator.
| |
| AFTER NORMAL WORKING HOURS
| |
| : 1. Respond to pagar by calling the SCC at 542-2261.
| |
| i NOTE: UNTIL FUEL LOAD USE 542-2898 FOR CALL BACKS.
| |
| 1
| |
| : 2. Proceed to the TSC.
| |
| O EP-IP-018, Rev. B, Attachment B. Page1 of 1 I
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS Attachment C O EP-IP-018 Rev. B Page 12 of 28 ACTION STEP EOF AND G.O. PERSONNEL NOTIFICATION AND CALL-IN NOTE: THE FOLLOWING PROCESS IS SHOWN SCHEMATICALLY IN FIGURE #2.
| |
| C.1.0 Initial notifications from CR/TSC.
| |
| C.1.1 Upon activation of the emergency organization or upgrade of emergency classification where the EOF is not to be manned: the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR will:
| |
| o Contact POWER DISPATCHER using Hot Line or G.O.
| |
| ext. 5090/5091; advise him of EMERGENCY classifica-tion; and instruct him to ouwAfy the RECOVERY MANAGER.
| |
| C.1.2 In the event of a SITE or GENERAL EMERbENCY or at the direction of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR to call-in EOF PERSONNEL: the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR
| |
| {} will:
| |
| NORMAL WORK HOURS - EOF CALL-IN o Contact the POWEk DISPATCHER using Hot Line or G.O. ext. 5090/5091; advise him of EMERGENCY classification; instruct him to notify the RECOVERY MANAGER and to initiate EOF PERSONNEL call-in through LSC SERVICE DISPATCHER.
| |
| o Call SWITCHBOARD OPERATOR (dial "0") and instruct operator to notify on-call EOF SUPPORT MANAGER and STAFF.
| |
| OFF NORMAL HOURS - EOF CALL-IN o Contact the POWER DISPATCHER using Hot Line or G.O. ext. 5090/5091 to advise him of EMERGENCY classification and instruct him to notify the RECOVERY MANAGER and to initiate EOF PERSONNEL call-in through LSC SERVICE DISPATCHER.
| |
| o Notify the Security Control Center (ext. 114) of EOF activation.
| |
| o Initiate paging of EOF SUPPORT MANAGER and STAFF. Staff consists of:
| |
| EP-IP-018 Rev. B, Attachment C. Page 1 of 11
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS Attachment C O EP-IP-018 Rev. 3 Page 13 of 28 ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT MANAGER ASSISTANT EOF SUPPORT MANAGER EOF SET UP FOREMAN 3 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT TEAM PERSONNEL ASSISTANT TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER 3 TECHNICAL SUPPORT PERSONNEL COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR - EOF C.2.0 The RECOVERY MANAGER will:
| |
| C.2.1 After being notified, call the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR at SSES (717-542-2417/2181) and discuss the extent of the EMERGENCY condition.
| |
| C.2.2 Notify the EOF staff as follows:
| |
| NORMAL WORK HOURS - EOF NOTIFICATION o Direct the GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER to contact the General Office on-call and primary emergency managers and on-call staffs and have them proceed to N-495.
| |
| ! o Prior to EOF activation, hold periodic updates with the emergency organization.
| |
| OFF NORMAL HOURS - EOF NOTIFICATION Upon notification of an UNUSUAL EVENT or ALERT classification:
| |
| o Attempt to contact the on-call GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER and have him in turn attempt to contact the on-call General Office and site EOF MANAGERS and STAFF to notify them of a potential future EOF activation.
| |
| WOTE: PERFORMANCE OF THIS STEP IS NOT MANDATORY. IT IS STRICTLY ANTICIPATORY IN NATURE.
| |
| EP-IP-018 Rev. B, Attachment C, Page 2 of 11
| |
| | |
| l EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS Attachment C O EP-IP-018 Rev. B Page 14 of 28 C.2.3 EOF Activation NORMAL WORK HOURS - EOF ACTIVATION o UNUSUAL EVENT or ALERT If upon discussion with EMERGENCY DIRECTOR the RECOVERY MANAGER decides to activate the EOF, instruct the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR to initiate same.
| |
| o SITE and GENERAL EMERGENCY EOF automatically activated by EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| o Conduct a final briefing of EOF EMERGENCY MANAGERS and STAFF in N-495.
| |
| NOTE: IF THE RECOVERY MANAGER HAS NOT BRIEFED THE EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION WITHIN 15 MINUTES OF EOF ACTIVATION, THE GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER WILL l
| |
| O CONDUCT THE BRIEFING AND DISPATCH THE EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION TO THE SITE.
| |
| o Proceed to EOF.
| |
| NOTE: The Recovery Manager should not travel to the EOF with the SITE SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| OFF NORMAL HOURS - EOF ACTIVATION o UNUSUAL EVENT or ALERT l
| |
| If upon discussion with EMERGENCY DIRECTOR the RECOVERY MANAGER decides to activate the EOF, instruct the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR to initiate same, o SITE or GENERAL EMERGENCY EOF automatically activated by EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| o Call POWER DISPATCHER (770-5090-5091) to verify initiation of EOF PERSONNEL CALL-IN.
| |
| (:) -
| |
| EP-IP-018 Rev. B, Attachment C. Page 3 o f 11
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS Attachment C O EP-IP-018 Rev. B Page 15 of 28 NOTE: IF POWER DISPATCHER HAS NOT INITIATED CALL-IN, INSTRUCT HIM TO DO SO AND TO CONTACT EMERGENCY DIRECTOR AND VERIFY CALL-IN OF EOF SUPPORT MANAGER AND STAFF.
| |
| o Proceed to EOF.
| |
| NOTE: The Recovery Manager should not travel to the EOF with the SITE SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| C.3.0 The POWER DISPATCHER will:
| |
| C.3.1 Notify RECOVERY MANAGER.
| |
| o Telephone the on-call RECOVERY MANAGER, advise him of emergency classification and direct him to call the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| o If the RECOVERY MANAGER cannot be contacted by phone, activate the encoder to page him.
| |
| o If contact still cannot be made, telephone alternate RECOVERY MANAGERS until one is O reached.
| |
| ~
| |
| NOTE: NAMES AND PHONE NUMBERS ARE IN T' . ON-CALL LIST WHICH IS LOCATED IN THE POWER CONTROL CENTER.
| |
| C.3.2 Activate EOF and General Office personnel call-in.
| |
| o Call the LEHIGH SERVICE CENTER SERVICE DISPATCHER on 432-1070 or 867-2131 and direct that he initiate personnel call-in. (These numbers are not for general distribution or usage).
| |
| NOTE: FOR SITE OR GENERAL EMERGENCY, OFF-SITE PERSONNEL CALL-IN IS TO BE AUTOMATICALLY INITIATED.
| |
| C.4.0 The LEHIGH SERVICE CENTER SERVICE DISPATCHER will initiate call-in of EOF and General Office personnel.
| |
| O EP-IP-018, Rev. B. Attachment C, Page 4 o f il
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS Attachment C EP-IP-018 Os Rev. B Page 16 of 28 NORMAL WORK HOURS o Call Nuclear Department Administration on 770-6803 and inform them that EOF activation is in progress.
| |
| o Activate the pagers for EOF personnel.
| |
| OFF NORMAL HOURS o Activate the pagers for EOF personnel.
| |
| o Ensure calls begin coming into phone recorder.
| |
| o If no calls come into phone recorder, call the ON-CALL SITE SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| o If the ON-CALL SITE SUPPORT MANAGER does not arrive at the LSC within 20 minutes of pager activation, call the ON-CALL SITE SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| o If the ON-CALL SITE SUPPORT MANAGER cannot be g reached, call the alternates until one is y / contacted.
| |
| NOTE: NAMES AND PHONE NUMBERS ARE AVAILABLE IN THE ON-CALL LIST WHICH IS AVAILA3LE IN THE LSC TROUBLE ROOM.
| |
| C.5.0 The ON-CALL SITE SUPPORT MANAGER will:
| |
| NORMAL WORKING HOURS
| |
| : 1. Notify Nuclear Administration that contact has been made by either calling 770-6803, or by going to the front desk on N-4.
| |
| : 2. Proceed to the EOF.
| |
| NOTE: The Site Support Manager should not travel to the EOF with the RECOVERY MANAGER.
| |
| AFTER NORMAL WORKING HOURS
| |
| : 1. Go directly to the Lehigh Service Center Trouble Room.
| |
| O EP-IP-018 Rev. B, Attachment C, Page 5 o f 11
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS Attachment C O EP-IP-018 Rev. B Page 17 of 28
| |
| : 2. Play back phone recorder to determine whether entire EOF staff has responded.
| |
| : 3. Call any EOF and G.O. ON-CALL PERSONNEL who have not responded.
| |
| NOTE: NAMES AND PHONE NUMBERS ARE IN THE ON-CALL AND EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION LISTS, AVAILABLE IN THE TROUBLE ROOM,
| |
| : 4. Call the alternates for anyone who cannot be reached.
| |
| : 5. Proceed to EOF when all positions have been filled.
| |
| NOTE: The Site Support Manager should not travel to the EOF with the RECOVERY MANAGER.
| |
| C.6.0 Upon notification of an EMERGENCY the GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER will:
| |
| C.6.1 NORMAL WORK HOURS l
| |
| o Contact the general office on-call and primary l
| |
| O- emergency managers and on-call staff and assemble them in N-495.
| |
| o Coordinate periodic updates by the RECOVERY MANAGER on the status of the EMERGENCY.
| |
| o Establish transportation arrangements for general office emergency managers and staffs.
| |
| o Upon EOF activation.
| |
| Activate the General Office Nuclear Emergency Support Center per EP-IP-032.
| |
| l -
| |
| Make an announcement over the G.O. Public Address System to notify personnel of the EMERGENCY.
| |
| Verify that the Nuclear Department Receptionist has established the Response Log and' called any 0FF-SITE PERSONNEL not responding within 15 minutes.
| |
| l C.6.2 0FF NORMAL HOURS o At the direction of the RECOVERY MANAGER,
| |
| () attempt to contact the on-call General Office EP-IP-018, Rev. B, Attachment C, Page 6 o f il
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS Attachment C O EP-IP-018 Rev. B Page 18 of 28 and Site EOF MANAGERS and STAFF to notify them of a potential EOF ACTIVATION. Report results to RECOVERY MANAGER.
| |
| o Upon activation of the EOF activate the GENERAL OFFICE NUCLEAR EMERGENCY SUPPORT CENTER (G.O.NESC) per EP-IP-032.
| |
| o Notify TECHNICAL SUPPORT COORDINATOR (ext. 117) when G.O.NESC and G.O. Engineering Support Organization are fully activated.
| |
| C.7.0 When notified the Nuclear Department Receptionist will:
| |
| C.7.1 Maintain a log of General Office on-call personnel responding to the EOF call-in.
| |
| C.7.2 Call any General Office on-call personnel who have not responded within 15 minutes.
| |
| C.7.3 Call the alternates for any on-call personnel who cannot be reached.
| |
| NOTE: NAMES AND PHONE NUMBERS ARE IN THE ON-CALL AND EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION LISTS AVAILABLE AT THE RECEPTIONIST'S DESK.
| |
| C.8.0 The SCC CONTROLLER will:
| |
| C.8.1 Upon notification of EOF SUPPORT MANAGER and STAFF call-in.
| |
| o Establish a listing of personnel responding to call-in.
| |
| o Compare actual respondees to on-call list.
| |
| Staff consists of:
| |
| ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT MANAGER ASSISTANT EOF SUPPORT MANAGER EOF SETUP FOREMAN 3 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT TEAM PERSONNEL ASSISTANT TECENICAL SUPPORT MANAGER
| |
| () - 3 TECHNICAL SUPPORT PERSONNEL EP-IP-018 Rev. B, Attachment C, Page 7 of 11
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS Attachment C O EP-IP-018 Rev. 3 Page 19 of 28 COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR o If aay on-call personnel do'not respond within ten (UJ) minutes, attempt to contact by telephone. If unsuccessful, call the alternates until one is reached.
| |
| NOTE. NAMES AND PHONE NUMBERS ARE AVAILABLE IN THE ON-CALL LIST WHICH IS AVAILABLE IN THE SCC.
| |
| l l
| |
| l O
| |
| l l
| |
| l O
| |
| EP-IP-018 Rev. B, Attachment C, Page 8 o f 11
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS 1
| |
| Attachment C O Figure 2 Page 1 EP-IP-018 V
| |
| Offsite Call In Notification Rev. B Page 20 o.f 28 la or 6a usquehnna
| |
| , 3 SES Control Room /
| |
| s, Tscf 4 1 3r if Sr tr EOF EOF Power 2 Recovery Support Support Dispatcher I 7 Manager Manager Staff ,
| |
| 2a 7a 7a 3r5 .......
| |
| Security Nuclear LSC LSC 6 Admin. After r
| |
| Service d Normal Hours Dispatcher Hours
| |
| . g. . .
| |
| ! 6 7 -
| |
| 6 ! 6 hl t
| |
| ; ............ ......7.... . ,
| |
| .n A A A sr V if V Site b Radiological Technical G.O.
| |
| ~ ~ ~
| |
| l Support Support Support Support l Manager Manager Manager Manager 6 6 7 l n a "
| |
| 3/ if if 'I
| |
| ! Site Radiological Technical G.O.
| |
| Support Support Support Support Staff (3) Staff (2) Staff (3) Staff (2)
| |
| O EP-IP-018, Rev. B. Attach =ent C. Page 9 ofil
| |
| | |
| __4 _ _ _
| |
| s o w
| |
| ,- EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS
| |
| , Attachment C EP-IP-018 O' ' -
| |
| Rev. B
| |
| .. Page 21 of 28 TIGURE #2 PAGE 2 0FF-SITE CALL-IN 1
| |
| '1. Plant calls.PCC with Emergency information
| |
| : 14. If Site or General Emergency; Plant pages EOF Supt.
| |
| l p , s Manager and Admin. Supt. Manager
| |
| : 2. PCC calls Recovery Manager Telephone: Primary
| |
| ; s s Baepert Backup 2a. If. Site or General Energency PCC calls LSC Service i Dispatcher
| |
| : 3. The Recovery Manager calls the plant and determines if he I must activate his staff and initiates step 6A.
| |
| : 4. The plant call''C the +PCC and tells them to activate EOF call l ' in ,
| |
| ~
| |
| 1
| |
| : 5. The PCC calls LSC' dispatcher
| |
| : 6. LSC besps the off-site. staff and (if normal hours) calls '
| |
| Nuclear Admin. s 3
| |
| 6a. Plent, beeps EOF Sup' port Manager and Administrative Support Manager i s
| |
| : 7. Off-Site staffs verifies contae: with LSC (after hours) or l Nuclear Administration (normal working' hours), and reports l to EOFf Site Support Manager reports to LSC (dotted line, after hours)
| |
| N o t i' ? After hours when all positions have been verified, Site Support Manager goes to, EOF.
| |
| 7a. F0F' Support Manager and Adminis trative Support Manager verify; contact with plane' Contingencies (ALL BOURS) ,
| |
| s s 1( If withis 15: minutes: '
| |
| * The on-esil Recovery Manager,cannot be contacted, the PCC will contact any available Rece!ery Manager.
| |
| The Administrative Support Manager cannot be contacted, the
| |
| ~'
| |
| Flant will co'ntac t any available Administrative Support Manager, ,
| |
| \
| |
| EP-IP-018. Rev. 3, A!!.Ichment C, Pa ge 10 o f 11 s
| |
| N
| |
| | |
| EMERCENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS Attachment C O EP-IP-018 Rev. B Page 22 of 28 FIGURE #2 PAGE 3 Contingencies (OFF HOURS)
| |
| : 1. If, within 20 minutes:
| |
| The on-call Site Support Manager has not arrived at the LSC, the LSC Service Dispatcher will contact any available Site Support Manager by telephone.
| |
| Any seaber of the on-call support staffs cannot be contacted, the Site Support Manager will contact any available staff members.
| |
| O O
| |
| EP-IP-018 Rev. B, Attachment C. P age 11 o f 11
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS Attachment D
| |
| ] O EP-IP-018 Rev. B Page 23 of 28 ACTION STEP EOF AND G.O. ON-CALL PERS0*NEL J RESPONSE D.l.0 Upon notification that the EOF is to be maa.ned. ON-CALL GENERAL OFFICE PERSONNEL will:
| |
| J NOTE: THIS SECTION DOES NOT APPLY TO THE G.O. SUPPORT MANAGER OR SITE SUPPORT MANAGER. SECTION C DESCRIBES THEIR RESPONSE.
| |
| NORMAL WORKING HOURS
| |
| : 1. If contacted by G.O. SUPPORT MANAGER, proceed to N495 for briefing by RECOVERY MANAGER.
| |
| : 2. If paged notify Nuclear Administration that the page has been received by either calling 770-6803, or by going to the front desk on N-4.
| |
| : 3. Proceed to N495 for final briefing by RECOVERY
| |
| ; MANAGER.
| |
| : 4. Proceed to EOF.
| |
| AFTER NORMAL WORKING HOURS
| |
| : 1. If contacted by G.O. SUPPORT MANAGER prepare to activate the EOF.
| |
| : 2. If pagad call the Lehigh Service Center at 432-4434. This is a phone recorder, leave your name, emergency title and state that you are leaving for the EOF.
| |
| i
| |
| : 3. Proceed to the EOF.
| |
| D.2.0 Upon notification that the EOF is to be manned, the EOF SUPPORT MANAGER and STAFF will:
| |
| : l. Notify the Security Control Center that contact has ,
| |
| i been made by calling 542-2261. -
| |
| NOTE: UNTIL FUEL LOAD USE 542-4898 FOR CALL BACKS.
| |
| 5
| |
| : 2. Initiate call-in of the required trade and clerical support.
| |
| }
| |
| EP-IP-018, Rev. B, Attachment D, Page1 of 2
| |
| | |
| _ . ..-. --- ...- . _ - - _.=_ = _ - -. _... ..--_ . - - .-.-. - _ - -
| |
| - _. - - _ = - - _ - _ _
| |
| l l
| |
| EMERGENCT CALL-IN &
| |
| i COMMUNICATIONS Attachment D '
| |
| 4 EP-IP-018 l
| |
| ; Rev. 5 2
| |
| { Page 24 of 28 i
| |
| : 3. Proceed to the EOF.
| |
| t NOTE: EOF SUPPORT STAFF consists of:
| |
| ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT MANAGER ASSISTANT EOF SUPPORT MANAGER EOF SETUP FOREMAN 3 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT TEAM PERSONNEL ASSISTANT TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER i
| |
| ! - 3 TECHNICAL SUPPORT PERSONNEL i
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR
| |
| (:)
| |
| i i
| |
| EP-IP-018 Rev. B, Attachment D, Page 2 og 2
| |
| | |
| ' EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS Attachment E O EP-IP-018 Rev. 8 Page 25 of 28 ACTION STEP OFF-SITE MONITORING TEAM CALL-IN E.1.0 0FF-SITE MONITORING TEAM CALL-IN i
| |
| NOTE: THE DECISION TO CALL-IN OFF-SITE MONITORING TEAMS MAY BE MADE BY THE EMERGENCY DIRECTOR OR RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR BEFORE THE EOF IS ACTIVATED OR THE RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER AFTER THE EOF IS ACTIVATED.
| |
| E.1.1 When the OFF-SITE MONITORING TEAMS are to be activated instruct the CENTRAL DIVISION SERVICE DISPATCHER (72-187-383) to initiate call-in and tell him how many people are required.
| |
| E.1.2 Upon notification the CENTRAL DIVISION SERVICE DISPATCHER will call-in the required number of
| |
| , MONITORING TEAM PERSONNEL using the On-Call List
| |
| ,, availabla at the Central Division Service Center.
| |
| O(_/ E.1.3 When the required number of teams have been contacted the CENTRAL DIVISION SERVICE DISPATCHER will notify the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR that call-in has been initiated.
| |
| EP-IP-018 Rev. B, Attachment E, l' a g e 1 ofl
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS Attachment F O EP-IP-018 Rev. B Page 26 of 28
| |
| ; ACTION STEP RESPONSE OF 0FF-SITE MONITORING TEAM PERSONNEL F.1.0 The OFF-SITE MONITORING TEAM PERSONNEL will:
| |
| F.1.1 Upon notification. OFF-SITE MONITORING TEAM PERSONNEL will confirm that they will respond and proceed to the EOF.
| |
| 4 O
| |
| O EP-IP-018, Rev. B, Attachment F. Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS Attachment G
| |
| (' EP-IP-018
| |
| \v} Rev. B Page 27 of 28 ACTION STEP NOTIFICATION OF OFF-SITE AGENCIES G.l.0 Notify 0FF-SITE AGENCIES as follows:
| |
| G.1.1 Use appropriate HOTLINES.
| |
| G.l.2 If HOTLINES are inoperable use backup phone numbers listed in the EMERGENCY PHONE DIRECTORY.
| |
| G.I.3 If backup phone numbers are inoperable acttgpc to contact DER /BRP, LCCD and CEMA saing the UHF (150 Hz) radio.
| |
| NOTE: DER /BRP, LCCD AND PEMA HAVE EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTERS EQUIPPED WITH UHF RADIOS.
| |
| l G.l.4 If contact cannot be made with any 0FF-SITE AGENCY, instruct the SECURITY COORDINATOR to contact the STATE POLICE and have them notify the counties.
| |
| O\
| |
| NOTE: REQUEST APPROVAL FROM THE EMERGENCY DIRECTOR PRIOR TO NOTIFYING THE SECURITY COORDINATOR.
| |
| G.2.0 To contact the STATE POLICE and request that they relay the emergency notification information to LCCD and CEMA:
| |
| G.2.1 Use HOTLINE to STATE POLICE in SCC or ASCC.
| |
| G.2.2 If HOTLINE is inoperable use normal phone lines.
| |
| G.2.3 If normal phone lines are inoperable use VHF (450 Hz) radio.
| |
| NOTE: THE STATE POLICE ARE EQUIPPED WITH VHF RADIOS.
| |
| G.2.4 If they cannot be contacted by radio instruct an off-site mobile unit to relay the request to the i
| |
| STATE POLICE.
| |
| O EP-IP-018, Rev. B. Attachment G. Page 1 of 1 l
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY CALL-IN &
| |
| COMMUNICATIONS Attachment H
| |
| () EP-Ir-018 Rev. B Page 28 of 28 ACTION STEP NOTIFICATION OF PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER H.1.0 To notify the PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER:
| |
| H.1.1 NORMAL WORKING HOURS
| |
| : 1. Phone the Special Assistant to the President.
| |
| : 2. Phone the ON-CALL PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER.
| |
| (Name and work phone are in the EOF On-Call List, available in the Control Room and TSC).
| |
| : 3. Attempt to contact by telephone each of the remaining alternate PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGERS.
| |
| (These people are identified in the On-Call List, available in the Control Room and TSC.)
| |
| H.1.2 AFTER NORMAL WORKING HOURS
| |
| : 1. Phone the ON-CALL PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER (name and phone numbecs are in the EOF On-Call List, available in the Control Room and TSC).
| |
| ( 2. Activate beeper of ON-CALL PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER. He will respond by calling (717-542-2417/2181. (Allow 15 minutes for response.)
| |
| : 3. Attempt to contact by telephone each of the remaining alternate PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGERS.
| |
| (These people are identified in the Control Room and TSC.)
| |
| t H.l.3 Upon notification of an EMERGENCY the PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER will determine the need to activate the MOC and call-in staff as required per EP-IP-031.
| |
| l l
| |
| l O
| |
| EP-IP-018 Rev. B, Attachment H. Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| 1 EP-IP-019 Rev. A Page 1 of 9 O
| |
| PROCEDURE COVER SHEET PENNSTLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEM ELECTRIC STATION MANAGEMENT OF OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING - EP-IP-019 Effective Data Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date O
| |
| Prepared By Date j Reviewed By Date PORC Review Required Yes () No ( ) Data Approved By Data Section Head Date Superintendent of Plant l
| |
| O i
| |
| | |
| EP-IP-019 Rov. A Page 2 of 9 O
| |
| TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page No.
| |
| 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 3-4 ATTACHMENTS O Attachment Page No.
| |
| A Action Step - RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR B Action Step - RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER C Off-site Team Dispatch Form D Off-site Team Exposure Tracking Form O
| |
| i
| |
| | |
| = -__ .. - __ _ =- . _ . - . .
| |
| EP-IP-019 Rov. A Page 3 of 9 O
| |
| MANAGEMENT OF OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide the Emergency Organization with a method of managing and conducting 0FF-SITE
| |
| ( EMERGENCY MONITORING capabilities.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE To provide the Emergency Organization with instructions for conducting 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING during an EMERGENCY.
| |
| This monitoring corresponds to iodine samples and exposure rate measurements from the plume.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 SSES Emergency Plan 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 OSC - Operations Support Center
| |
| ! 4.2 TSC - Technical Support Center 4.3 EOF - Emergency Operation Facility ~
| |
| l 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES i
| |
| l 5.1 It is the responsibility of the RADIATION PROTECTION I
| |
| COORDINATOR to direct the activities of 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS until relieved by the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| 5.2 It is the responsibility of the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER to direct the activities of the OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEA"S.
| |
| 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 The RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR will follow instructions in Attachment B, Action Step, RADIATION PROTECTION -
| |
| COORDINATOR-OSC COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.2 The RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER will follow instructions in Attachment C, Action Step, RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER. 7y.
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| Attachnout A EP-IP-019 Rev. A Page 4 of 9 ACTION STEP RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR Check ( )
| |
| A.1.0 The COORDINATOR will: ,
| |
| i A.1.1 Upon notification from the EMERGENCY l DIRECTOR, direct the activities of the OFF-SITE MONITORING TEAMS.
| |
| A.1.2 Contact the COMMUNICATION COORDINATOR to activate the call list for MONITORING TEAMS per EP-IP-002.
| |
| A.1.3 Instruct the ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR to deliver emergency vehicles to the EOF.
| |
| A.l.4 Activate EOF SET-UP FOREMAN to equip i
| |
| vehicles.
| |
| A.l.5 Provide dosimetry to 0FF-SITE O* MONITORING TEAMS.
| |
| A.1.6 Upon notification by MONITORING TEAM that it is ready to depart, assign a code name and provide instruction as to:
| |
| A.1.6.1 Location to be surveyed.
| |
| ( A.I.6.2 Specific tasks to be performed.
| |
| l A.I.6.3 Special instructions.
| |
| l l A.l.7 Dispatch first available team to
| |
| . estimate extent of release at the emergency plant boundary.
| |
| A.1.8 Dispatch a team to the expected plume centerline at a distance of up to 2 to 5 miles to obtain the best centerline dose estimate.._
| |
| NOTE: THE PURPOSE OF OFF-SITE EDNITORING IS l TO OBTAIN ACTUAL MEASUREMENTS TO
| |
| () QUANTIFY THE SEVERITY OF THE RELEASE EP-IP-019, Attachment A, Rev. A, Page 1 of 2
| |
| | |
| l Attachnont A EP-IP-019 Rev. A Page 5 of 9 FOR PROTECTIVE ACTION DECISIONS (EP-IP-033). THE OBJECTIVES FOR DISPATCHING TEAMS ARE TO PROVIDE CORRELATION WITH DOSE CALCULATIONS AND CONFIRM DIRECTION AND SIZE OF THE PLUME.
| |
| A.1.9 Record team locations and results on status board and on Attachment C, OFF-SITE TEAM DISPATCH FORM.
| |
| A.l.10 Track exposure of each 0FF-SITE MONITORING TEAM and record it on Attachment D, OFF-SITE MONITORING EXPOSURE TRACKING.
| |
| A.1.11 Upon notification that the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER is available to assume OFF-SITE MONITORING responsibility, transmit all data to the EOF.
| |
| O O
| |
| i EP-IP-019, Attachment A, Rev. A, Page 2 of 2
| |
| | |
| AttcchEont B EP-IP-019 l Rev. A Page 6 of 9 ACTION STEP RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER Check ( )
| |
| 3.1.0 The RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER will:
| |
| ~
| |
| B.1.1 Upon agreement with the RADIATION l PROTECTION COORDINATOR, assume responsibility for OFF-SITE MONITORING.
| |
| B.1.2 If additional MONITORING TEAMS are required, contact the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR to activata the call list for the desired number of personnel.
| |
| 3.1.3 Secure additional vehicles through the ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR.
| |
| B.1.4 Provide dosimetry to 0FF-SITE MONITORING TEAMS.
| |
| O B.1.5 Dispatch a team to the expected centerline at a distance of up co 2
| |
| , to 5 miles to obtain the best i centerline dose estimate.
| |
| NOTE: THE PURPOSE OF OFF-SITE MONITORING IS TO OBTAIN ACTUAL MEASUREMENTS TO QUANTIFY THE SEVERITY OF THE RELEASE FOR PROTECTIVE ACTION DECISIONS (EP-IP-033). THE OBJECTIVES FOR DISPATCHING TEAMS ARE TO PROVIDE CORRELATION WITH DOSE CALCULATION AND CONFIRM DIRECTION AND SIZE OF THE PLUME.
| |
| 3.1.6 Upon notification by MONITORING TEAM that it is ready to depart, assign a code name and provide instructions as to:
| |
| 3.1.6.1 Location to be surveyed.
| |
| 3.1.6.2 Specific tasks to be performed.
| |
| 3.1.6.3 Special instructions.
| |
| I I EP-IP-019, Attachment B, Rev. A, Page 1 of 2 i
| |
| i
| |
| | |
| Attachaont B EP-IP-019 Rev. A
| |
| - Page 7 of 9 B.1.7 Record team locations and results on status board and on Attachment C, OFF-SITE TEAM DISPATCH FORM.
| |
| B.1.8 Track exposure of each 0FF-SITE MONITORING TEAM and record it on Attachment D, OFF-SITE MONITORING EXPOSURE TRACKING.
| |
| O O
| |
| EP-IP-019, Attachment B, Rev. A, Page 2 of 2
| |
| | |
| 1 E
| |
| M I
| |
| T O
| |
| C E 9
| |
| t M I
| |
| n9 f e1 o T m0 h - A8 cP aI . e t - vg tP ea AERP E
| |
| M I
| |
| T S
| |
| M A
| |
| E T
| |
| )
| |
| Y R C m N (
| |
| E G EE
| |
| . R RM E UI H ST
| |
| _ E O 1 P
| |
| O E T
| |
| I S
| |
| X E
| |
| f 1
| |
| o F e F . g 0 P a S P I
| |
| D ,
| |
| A E
| |
| M .
| |
| I v T e R
| |
| C t
| |
| n e
| |
| S m R h E c B a M t E t H A 9
| |
| 1 0
| |
| P I
| |
| P E
| |
| O ^
| |
| M A
| |
| E T
| |
| l l i ll
| |
| | |
| )
| |
| r h
| |
| /)
| |
| R 9 m 0 D( E I
| |
| OE 4 RT 2 YA .
| |
| HR 3 T
| |
| E x S (
| |
| O D
| |
| D 9
| |
| t n9 f )
| |
| a1 o c n0 c h - A9 /
| |
| cP 1 aI .e C t - vg tP ea u
| |
| (
| |
| AERP E
| |
| N I
| |
| D O
| |
| I S
| |
| G N
| |
| I D )
| |
| A r E h R /
| |
| R E m S (
| |
| O D E T
| |
| - A R 1 S
| |
| M E f A S o
| |
| E O T D 1 E B e T
| |
| I W g S
| |
| a
| |
| / P F NE ,
| |
| F OC .
| |
| A O IN TA .
| |
| AT v CS e OI R LD
| |
| +
| |
| D t
| |
| FG n ON e I
| |
| ED m h
| |
| MA c IE a TR t t
| |
| A 9
| |
| 1 EP 0 MS -
| |
| II P
| |
| TD I P
| |
| E M
| |
| A E
| |
| T _
| |
| | |
| PROCEDURE COVER SHEET PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION EP-IP-021 Revision 8 SITE C4ERGENCY EVACUATION Page 1 of 10 Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date _
| |
| O Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( )
| |
| Approved by Date Section Head PORC Meeting Number Date l
| |
| l Date Superintendent of Plant
| |
| ~
| |
| l l
| |
| O FORM AD-QA-101-1, Rev. 1 Page 1 of 1 m.- e - - - + . . . - , - - - - - - -- - - ,
| |
| . - , - ,w
| |
| | |
| __ . _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ ~ . _ . _ _ _ . _ _ . . _ . _ _ . _ . _ _ - _ _ . _ _ . _ _ _
| |
| t A EP-IP-021-U Revision B Page 2 of 10 i
| |
| TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION pAGE ,
| |
| 1.0 PURPOSE l 3
| |
| ; 2.0 SCOPE 3 j
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 4
| |
| 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 j 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT PAGE A Action Step - Emergency Director O B Action Step - Security Coordinator 6
| |
| 8 C Action Step - Communications Coordinator 9 0 Designated Essential Personnel 10 L
| |
| O l
| |
| | |
| G EP-IP-021 Revision B Page 3 of 10 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 The purpose of this procedure is to provide direction for the evacuation of personnel at SSES. Provisions for the following types of evacuations are included in this procedure:
| |
| 1.1.1 Local Area Evacuation: personnel evacuating from one area of a building 1.1.2 Controlled Zone Evacuation: personnel evacuating from a building or large area 1.1.3 Site Evacuation: personnel evacuating the entire SSES site.
| |
| 2.0 SC0pE The procedure is applicable whenever it is necessary to relocate personnel due to a potential or actually hazardous situations during Emergency Conditions.
| |
| D\
| |
| U
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 SSES - Emergency Plan 3.2 EP-IP-007 - Personnel Accountability l 4.0 DEFINITIONS l 4.1 Controlled Zone Evacuation - evacuation of non essential individuals l from some or all of the Control Zone (Reactor, Turbine and Radwaste Building).
| |
| (
| |
| 4.2 Essential Personnel personnel who are needed immediately to deal with the emergency.
| |
| 4.3 Remote Assemply Area - Either the EOF or RIVERuNDS INFORMATION CENTER 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 It is the responsibility of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR to implement a personnel evacuation whenever a potential or hazardous condition exists which poses a threat to SSES personnel.
| |
| l l
| |
| | |
| N EP-IP-021 Revision B Page 4 of 10 S.2 It is the responsibility of the SECURITY COORDINATOR to direct the actions of Security Personnel during evacuations and to contact offsite assistance if required.
| |
| 5.3 It is the responsibility of the COMMUNICATIONS CCORDINATOR to perform the required notifications.
| |
| 5.4 It is the responsibility of the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR to provide radiological support during the evacuation.
| |
| 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 Local Area Evacuation 6.1.1 Whenever any one or more of the following conditions exist, the immediate area or room will be evacuated:
| |
| : a. Constant air monitor on high alarm; or,
| |
| : b. Area radiation monitor on high alarm; or,
| |
| : c. Fire alarm activated; or,
| |
| : d. Uncontrolled toxic material in area; or,
| |
| : e. Any condition which in the opinion of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR would be hazardous if personnel remained in the area.
| |
| 6.1.2 Any person discovering such & condition will immediately leave the area and notify the Control Room.
| |
| 6.1.3 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will follow the instructions in Attachment A, Action Step - EMERGENCY DIRECTOR 6.1.4 The SECURITY COORDINATOR will follow the instructions in Attachment 8, Action Step - SECURITY COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.1.5 The COMMUNICATION COORDINATOR will follow the instructions in Attachment C, Action Step - COMMUNICATION COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.2 Controlled Zone Evacuation 6.2.1 Whenever any one or more of the following conditions exist, the immediate area or building will be evacuated:
| |
| : a. Two or more constant air monitors in separate areas in high alarm; or,
| |
| | |
| p/
| |
| ss EP-IP-021 Revision B Page 5 of 10
| |
| : b. Two or more area radiation monitors in separate areas in high alarm; or,
| |
| : c. Fire alarms activated; or,
| |
| : d. Uncontrolled toxic material in the butiding in quantities which preclude habitation; or,
| |
| : e. Airborne levels greater than 1 x 10 Ci/CC; or,
| |
| : f. Any condition which in the opinion of the EMERGENCY -
| |
| DIRECTOR would be hazardous i.f personnel remained in the building.
| |
| 6.2.2 Any person discovering such a condition will immediately leave the area and notify the Control Room.
| |
| 6.2.3 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will follow the instructions of Attachment A - Action Step - EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| 6.3 Site Evacuation I
| |
| ' O 6.3.1 Whenever any one or more of the following conditions exist, all non-essential personnel will be evacuated from the site:
| |
| : a. A Site Emergency or General. Emergency has been declared; or, I b. Multiple continuous air monitors throughout the site on high alarm; or,
| |
| : c. Multiple area radiation monitors throughout the site on high alarm; or
| |
| : d. Site conditions such as smoke, fire, uncontrolled toxic materials, flooding, etc., preclude habitation of large portions of the site; or,
| |
| : e. General site airborne levels greater than 2 MPC
| |
| : f. Any condition which in the opinion of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR would be hazardous if personnel remained on the site.
| |
| 6.3.2 Any person discovering such conditions will immediately go to a safe location and notify the Control Room.
| |
| () 6.3.3 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will follow the instructions of Attachment A, Action Step - EMERGENCY DIRECTOR
| |
| | |
| l i
| |
| l
| |
| \
| |
| 89-18-o22 O Revision B Page 6 of 10 6.3.4 The RADIOLOGICAL PROTECTION COORDINATOR wi11 implement the actions specified in EPIP 014.
| |
| O 1
| |
| l l
| |
| l l
| |
| l l O 1
| |
| 1
| |
| | |
| Attachment A N EP-IP-021 Revision 3 Page 7 of 10 ACTION STEP EMERGENCY DIRECTOR A.1.0 Whenever there are conditions requiring a Local Area Evacuation the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will:
| |
| A.1.1 Assure that the area has been cleared of non-essential personnel.
| |
| A.1.2 Ensure an emergency team is dispatched to assess and mitigate the conditions.
| |
| A.1.3 Have non-essential personnel remain out of the area until the emergency conditions are terminated.
| |
| A.2.0 Whenever there is a condition requiring a Controlled Zone Evacuation the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will:
| |
| 1 A.2.1 Institute personnel accountability in accordance with EP-IP-007.
| |
| A.2.2 Dispatch emergency team (s) composed of appropriate personnel l from the OSC or. TSC to assess and mitigate the conditions.
| |
| l A.2.3 Have non-essential personnel remain out of the affected zone until the emergency conditions are terminated.
| |
| A.3.0 Whenever there are CONDITIONS requiring a Site Evacuation of non-essential personnel the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will:
| |
| A.3.1 Initiate a personnel accountability in accordance with EP-IP-007.
| |
| A.3.2 When the personnel accountability is complete, direct the SECURITY COORDINATOR to evacuate non-essential personnel from the site.
| |
| A.3.3 Consult with Radiation Protection Coordinator on necessity of a Remote Assembly Area.
| |
| A.3.3.1 If Remote Assembly Area is required, sniect an area which is upwind of any actual or poten11al radiological release.
| |
| d
| |
| : a. Riverlands Information Center - NE Sector Page 1 of 2 i
| |
| | |
| l l
| |
| O Attachmens A EP-IP-021 Revision B Page 8 of 10
| |
| : b. Emergency Operations Facility - WSW Sector A.3.4 Assess the existing conditions to determine if additional emergency personnel need to be called back to the site.
| |
| i I
| |
| l 4
| |
| O ,
| |
| l 1
| |
| t l
| |
| l i
| |
| i i
| |
| l i
| |
| i '
| |
| - j l
| |
| i O Page 2 of 2'
| |
| | |
| Attachment B O
| |
| 5 EP-IP-021 Revision B Page 9 of 10 ACTION STEP SECURITY COORDINATOR B.1 When a Local Area Evacuation or a Controlled Zone Evacuation is ordered the Security Coordinator will dispatch as required Security Officers to assure that adequate security is maintained.
| |
| B.2 Site Evacuation B.2.1 When a Site Evacuation of non-essential personnel is required, first initiate personnel accountability in accordance with EP-IP-007.
| |
| B.2.2 When accountability is complete, contact the Assembly Area Leaders and obtain the names of personnel who will be filling the essential positions identified in Attachment D.
| |
| B.2.3 Notify Assembly Area Leaders of evacuation instructions including any designated routes of egress and if a Remote Assembly Area will be utilized.
| |
| Os B.2.4 Contact the following and inform them of the PP&L site evacuation.
| |
| B.2.4.1 Transmission Oept. " Peach Tree Stand" 542-7425 B.2.4.2 Security White House Ex. 429/430 B.2.4.3 Nuclear Training Group Ex. 353 B.2.4.4 Towers Club 759-9030 B.2.5 Advise the Pennsylvania State Police of the evacuation and request assistance in traffic control.
| |
| B.2.6 Assign Security personnel, if necessary, to assist with the evacuation and traffic control at Remote Assembly Areas.
| |
| Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| .. . -- ..-.__- . . - . - - - - . - . . - . - - _ = _ - . . -- .. . . .. . ..-. . . _ _- -_
| |
| i, i
| |
| ; p - Attachment C.
| |
| i V EP-IP-021
| |
| * Revision B Page 10 of 10 I
| |
| ACTION STEP ~
| |
| t COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR C.1 The COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR will perform the notifications required in EP-IP-002.
| |
| C.2 If additional assistance is required to effect the evacuation; contact the County Emergency Operations Center.
| |
| I
| |
| {
| |
| l l
| |
| i i O i
| |
| i e
| |
| O Page 1 of 1
| |
| -= e s y w- g--w-* *me-w- - 7 w g&= - - -w---,----7-t
| |
| +- -ww-r--,---wmww-,--wr ..--e- v- wr---wm---,w w www-,we'- y--ww--mvwwgw - ----s-- -en -r -
| |
| ----1e-ww 9
| |
| | |
| Attachment 0 O EP-IP-021 Revision B Page 11 of 10 DESIGNATED ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL LATER
| |
| +
| |
| O /
| |
| O Page 1 of 1 u- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .__ _
| |
| | |
| , T
| |
| ., ACTIVATION OF RESTORATION ORGANIZATION EP-IP-027 Revision B
| |
| 'N i Page 1 of 15
| |
| : s. PROCEL'URE COVER SH2ET s -
| |
| 1 i
| |
| ^'
| |
| ?
| |
| PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| s SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC. STATION ACTIVATION OF RESTORATION ORGANIZATION - EP-IP-027
| |
| , - N Effective Date Expiration Date Revised. Expiration Date L
| |
| s 1
| |
| ~,.
| |
| i .
| |
| -.s.
| |
| 0-l b .
| |
| . i
| |
| .e s Prepared By Date Reviewed By Date
| |
| , i ,.
| |
| ,PORC Review Required. Yes ( ) No ( ) Date
| |
| (
| |
| Approved By Date
| |
| , , Section Head s
| |
| t' y i Date
| |
| ., ; -Superintendent oisPlant
| |
| ~
| |
| 'g ,
| |
| S' ,
| |
| 4
| |
| +
| |
| 2
| |
| * 3 A' '
| |
| t , g
| |
| . , \ , _. . _ . _ _ _ . . . . _
| |
| _ , _. j , _ _. _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF RESTORATION QRGANIZATIOb I EP-IP-027 Revision B Page 2 of l5 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page No.
| |
| 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3-4 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4 ATTACHMENTS Attachment Page No.
| |
| A Action Step - V.P.-NUCLEAR OPERATIONS 5-6 B Restoration Organization Guidelines 7-8 C Action Step - RESTORATION MANAGER 10-11 D Restoration Operation Guidelines 12-15 O
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF RESTORATION ORGANIZATIOb EP-IP-027 Revision B l Page 3 o f 15 ACTIVATION OF RESTORATION ORGANIZATION 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 The purpose of this procedure is to:
| |
| 1.1.1 Provide guidance regarding the major components / functions of the RESTORATION ORGANIZATION.
| |
| 1.1.2 Provide a transition from the emergency response organization to the RESTORATION ORGANIZATION.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE Provide instructions for establishment of, and transfer of control to, the RESTORATION ORGANIZATION.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 NUREG - 0654, Planning Standards and Evaluation Criteria
| |
| } 3.2 NUREG - 0696, Functional Criteria for Emergency Response Facilities 3.3 NUREG - 0731, Guidelines for Utility Management Structure and Technical Resources, September 1980-3.4 SSES Emergency Plan 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 CMC - Corporate Management Committee 4.2 Restoration - The long-term process of plant repair / modification and dealing with the ramifications of the accident. The ultimate goal of restoration is returning the unit to service.
| |
| 4.3 Restoration Organization -
| |
| A formal, project type organization structured to meet the demands of the specific restoration process.
| |
| 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 It is the responsibility of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR to recommend to the RECOVERY MANAGER whether a RESTORATION ORGANIZATION should be established.
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF RESTORATION ORGANIZATIOF EP-IP-027 Revision B Page 4 o f 15 5.2 It is the responsibility of the RECOVERY MANAGER, considering the recommendation of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, to recommend to the V.P.-NUCLEAR OPERATIONS whether a RESTORATION ORGANIZATION should be established.
| |
| 5.3 It is the responsibility of the V.P.-NUCLEAR OPERATIONS to make the final determination regarding establishment of a RESTORATION ORGANIZATION. Further, he shall, in consultation with the RECOVERY MANAGER and other pertinent individuals, define the structure, staffing and implementation strategy of the RESTORATION ORGANIZATION, present same to CMC and obtain corporate approval to proceed.
| |
| 5.4 It is the responsibility of the RESTORATION ORGANIZATION to manage plant operations, supply technical support, coordinate radiological and licensing activities, propose plant modifications, coordinate and expedite plans and schedules, provide communications and personnel support, and provide data and information to the NRC with the ultimate intention of returning the unit to service.
| |
| 5.5 It is the responsibility of the RESTORATION MANAGER to conduct restoration operations and to insure a smooth transfer from the EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION to the O, ORGANIZATION.
| |
| RESTORATION 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 Upon concluding that establishment of a RESTORATION ORGANIZATION is appropriate, the V.P.-NUCLEAR OPERATIONS will follow the instructions in Attachment A, Action Step, V.P.-NUCLEAR OPERATIONS.
| |
| 6.2 At the direction of the V.P.-NUCLEAR OPERATIONS, the RESTORATION MANAGER will follow the instructions in Attachment C, Action Step, RESTORATION MANAGER.
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF RESTORATION ORGANIZATION Attachment A EP-IP-027 Revision B O Page 5 o f 15 ACTION STEP V.P.-NUCLEAR OPERATIONS A.1.0 Upon concluding that a RESTORATION ORGANIZATION should be established, the V.P.-NUCLEAR OPERATIONS will:
| |
| ( o Define the organizational structure (refer to I
| |
| Attachment B of this procedure).
| |
| o Identify individuals to fill the major management positions.
| |
| o Prepare an implementation program.
| |
| l
| |
| { o Obtain corporate approval to proceed.
| |
| NOTE: THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS MUST EXIST PRIOR TO IMPLEMENTATION OF THE RESTORATION ORGANIZATION: l o IN-PLANT SYSTEMS ARE STABLE, ADEQUATE CORE g- COOLING ESTABLISHED AND CONTINGENCY
| |
| ( ..
| |
| SYSTEMS AND PLANS AVAILABLE.
| |
| ~
| |
| o IN-PLANT RADIATION LEVELS ARE STABLE OR )
| |
| ARE DECREASING WITH TIME.
| |
| o RELEASES OF RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL TO THE ENVIRONMENT ARE UNDER CONTROL OR HAVE CEASED.
| |
| o ANY FIRE, FLOODING OR SIMILAR EMERGENCY CONDITIONS ARE UNDER CONTROL OR HAVE CEASED.
| |
| l
| |
| ; A.2.0 Following receipt of corporate approval and upon I
| |
| notification from the RESTORAT!ON MANAGER that the RESTORATION ORGANIZATION is prepared to assume control, direct the RECOVERY MANAGER to relinquish control of emergency management to the RESTORATION MANAGER.
| |
| A.3.0 Direct the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR to relinquish control of the plant to the PLANT SUPERINTENDENT.
| |
| A.4.0 Upon notification from the RESTORATION MANAGER that the plant is ready for service, disband the RESTORATION ORGANIZATION.
| |
| O EP-IP-027, Attachment A. Rev. B, Page of 1
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF RESTORATION ORGANIZATION Attachment A EP-IP-027 O -
| |
| Revision B Page 6 of 15 A.5.0 Direct the PLANT SUPERINTENDENT to resume plant operations.
| |
| O O
| |
| EP-IP-027, Attachment A, Rev. B, Page of
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF RESTORATION ORGANIZATIO!
| |
| Attachment B EP-IP-027 Revision B
| |
| \
| |
| Page 7 of15 RESTORATION ORGANIZATION GUIDELINES Although planning for restoration will vary according to the nature of the specific emergency situation, a long-term RESTORATION ORGANIZATION that is general in nature is defined herein. The RESTORATION ORGANIZATION is a project-type organization with it's major activities conducted from the site.
| |
| The organization is depicted on Page 9 and the major qualification requirements and responsibilities of its constituents are defined below.
| |
| o RESTORATION MANAGER - A designated officer or senior manager from PP&L who has the requisite authority, management ability, and technical knowledge to manage the Susquehanna SES restoration operations, o PLANT OPERATIONS MANAGER - A designated manager from PP&L l with the requisite authority, plant operating experience, l and qualifications to control plant operations including l security.
| |
| o O TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER - A designated manager with the requisite authority, nuclear experience, and technical expertise to manage a technical group in support of plant operations and restoration.
| |
| o MANAGER OF RADIOLOGICAL CONTROL AND WASTE MANAGEMENT - A designated manager who has the requisite authority, nuclear experience and technical expertise to manage the radioactive waste and radiological control aspects of the restoration operations.
| |
| o CONSTRUCTION MANAGER - A designated manager who has the requisite authority and in-plant nuclear construction l management experience to coordinate the activities of PP&L, NSSS supplier and construction forces on proposed plant modifications or other construction support required for restoration.
| |
| o ADVISORY SUPPORT FUNCTION - Advisory support consists of senior representatives of the NSSS supplier, the NRC and special consultants as necessary who would meet with the RESTORAT10N MANAGER and his staff as required, o SCHEDULING / PLANNING MANAGER - A designated manager to coordinate and expedite plans and schedules for the RESTORATION MANAGER.
| |
| O EP-IP-027, Attachment B, Rev. B, Page of
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF RESTORATION ORGANIZATION Attachment B EP-IP-027 Revision B Page 8 o f 15 o ADMINISTRATION AND LOGISTICS MANAGER - A designated manager who is responsible for providing administrative, logistic, communications and personnel support for the restoration operation.
| |
| o PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER - A designated manager who has the requisite authority and media operations experience to manage the public relations aspects of restoration operations.
| |
| O-O EP-IP-027, Attachment B, Rev. B, Page of
| |
| | |
| o p o PP&L CORPORATE ilEADQUARTERS a
| |
| I' ,
| |
| PUBLIC RESTORATION ADMIN / LOGISTICS INFORMATION ttANAGER MANAGER MANAGER I
| |
| S EDULIE ADVISORY PLANNING SUPPORT MANAGER ,
| |
| l .
| |
| I TECHNICAL PLANT CONSTRUCTION t SUPPORT OPERATIONS
| |
| ! NA EW MANAGER mPHQ
| |
| *yy'd MANAGER HANAGER oos nweH
| |
| - a 4HO rin ID OZ e Z ,
| |
| O' E
| |
| ?:
| |
| T1 n
| |
| H H
| |
| O Z
| |
| | |
| I ACTIVATION OF RESTORATION ORGANIZATIOE Attachment C EP-IP-027 Revision B
| |
| , O Page 10 o f 15 ACTION STEP RESTORATION MANAGER C l.0 At the direction of the V.P.-NUCLEAR OPERATIONS, prepare the RESTORATION ORGANIZATION to assume c;ntrol.
| |
| C.2.0 When the RESTORATION ORGANIZATION is defined and i assembled, notify the V.P.-NUCLEAR OPERATIONS that the RESTORATION ORGANIZATION is prepared to assume control.
| |
| , C.3.0 After being notified by the V.P.-NUCLEAR OPERATIONS to assume control, establish a timetable for transfer of .
| |
| operations to the RESTORATION ORGANIZATION. l C.4.0 Relieve the RECOVERY MANAGER and his respective i organization and assume control of restoration operations (refer to Attachment D of this procedure).
| |
| NOTES: AT THE TIME OF DECLARING THAT AN EMERGENCY HAS ENTERED THE RESTORATION PHASE, THE RESTORATION MANAGER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING NOTIFICATION )
| |
| TO ALL APPLICABLE AGENCIES (E.G., FEDERAL, STATE, O AND COUNTY AGENCIES, ETC.) THAT THE EMERGENCY HAS SHIFTED TO A RESTORATION PHASE.
| |
| l RESTORATION ACTIONS THAT PLAN FOR, OR MAY RESULT IN, RADIOACTIVE RELEASE SHALL BE EVALUATED BY THE i RESTORATION MANAGER AND HIS STAFF AS FAR IN ADVANCE OF THE EVENT AS IS POSSIBLE. SUCH EVENTS AND DATA PERTAINING TO THE RELEASE WILL BE REPORTED TO THE APPROPRIATE OFF-SITE EMERCCNCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIONS AND AGENCIES PRIOR TO INITIATING RELEASE.
| |
| TERMINATION FROM AN EMERGENCY CONDITION WILL BE THROUGH JOINT EVALUATION BY THE ORGANIZATIONS INVOLVED. IN THE CASE OF A SEVERE EMERGENCY INVOLVING OFF-SITE CONSEQUENCES, THIS INCLUDES THE RESTORATION MANAGER, DER /BRP AND NRC.
| |
| I DURING RESTORATION OPERATIONS. THE RADIATION EXPOSURE LIMITS OF 10 CFR 20 SHALL APPLY.
| |
| COMPLIANCE WITH THOSE LIMITS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE RESTORATION MANAGER VIA THE APPLICABLE HEALTH PHYSICS ORGANIZATION AT THE TIME OF RESTORATION.
| |
| O EP-IP-027, Attachment C, Rev. B, Page of I
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION 0?
| |
| RESTORATION ORGANIZATION Attachment C EP-IP-027 Revision B O Page 11 o f 15 C.5.0 Establish necessary support facilities.
| |
| C.6.0 Deactivate EOF, TSC and MOC as appropriate.
| |
| C.7.0 Upon completion of restoration activities, notify the ,
| |
| V.P.-NUCLEAR OPERATIONS that plant is available for service.
| |
| t O
| |
| EP-IP-027, Attachment C, Rev. B, Page of
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF RESTORATION ORGANIZATION Attachment D EP-IP-027 Revision B O Page 12 o f 15 RESTORATION OPERATION GUIDELINES D.1.0 If, as a result of the incident, significant in-plant radiological hazards exist (beyond those experienced during normal operation), consider the following:
| |
| D.l.1 Performance of extensive surveys of affected plant areas. This should include radiation, contamination and airborne levels.
| |
| D.l.2 Initiation of posting, decontamination, and shielding efforts, when hazards and contaminated areas are identified. Posting should restrict access to hazardous areas.
| |
| D.l.3 Decontamination should begin in least contaminated areas and progress toward most highly contaminated areas. Man-rem benefit should be considered.
| |
| Estimater of man power requirements.and man-rem exposure for cleanup should be included to ascertain the total effort required.
| |
| D.l.4 Maintaining radiation exposure as low as reasonably
| |
| ('
| |
| achievable during restoration operations. Normal exposure limits shall be in effect.
| |
| D.l.5 The effect of plant operation on decontamination or other efforts. Plant operations may result in elevated radiation levels or increased airborne and surface contamination.
| |
| D.l.6 Performing bioassay for any personnel who used emergency self-contained breathing apparatus for radiological protection or were potentially exposed to airborne radioactivity.
| |
| D.l.7 Incident reports to USNRC pursuant to Technical Specification 6.9 and/or 10 CFR 20.403 may be required.
| |
| D.l.8 The effect of high radiation fields on equipment.
| |
| D.l.9 Supplemental portable rad waste processing equipment in the event abnormal quantities of rad waste are present.
| |
| D.l.10 Potential for subsequent off-site radiological releases.
| |
| O EP-IP-027, Attachment D. Rev. B. Page of
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF RESTORATION ORGANIZATION Attachment D EP-IP-027 Revision B O Page 13 o f 15 D.2.0 If the EMERGENCY involved damage to plant systems, consider the following:
| |
| D.2.1 Development of contingency plans to account for subsequent mechanical, electrical or instrument failures.
| |
| D.2.2 Continued ability of undamaged components to function in their present environment.
| |
| D.2.3 Damage assessment of plant systems. A list of damaged systems should be developed. Estimates of manpower requirements and man-rem exposure for repairs should be included to ascertain the total effort necessary.
| |
| D.2.4 Special training for personnel working in the plant to ensure work practices are modified as appropriate for the altered state of the plant.
| |
| D.2.5 Analytical evaluation of the state of the core and/or reactor vessel.
| |
| r~ D.2.6 Exposure control methods such as temporary
| |
| (,)g shielding should be used for repair efforts if man-rem benefits result.
| |
| t D.2.7 Procedures may already be developed for testing and
| |
| , startup of systems, but these should be reviewed for possible variances from a normal startup.
| |
| D.2.8 Development of projected repair and startup schedules if extensive damage was sustained or prolonged shutdown is anticipated.
| |
| D.2.9 Startup of damaged systems after repair may require USNRC approval.
| |
| D.2.10 Incident reports to USNRC pursuant to Technical Specification 6.9 and/or 10 CFR 20.403 may be required.
| |
| D.3.0 If significant personnel exposures were experienced, consider the following additional actions:
| |
| D.3.1 Exposure assessment should be performed.
| |
| Individual, total man-rem, internal and external exposure should be considered.
| |
| (~}
| |
| \/
| |
| D.3.2 Over-exposure reports to USNRC pursuant to 10 CFR 20.403 and 20.405 may be required.
| |
| EP-IP-027, Attachment D. Rev. B. Page of
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF RESTORATION ORGANIZATIO:
| |
| Attachment D EP-IP-027 f- Revision B
| |
| (_g) Page 14 o f 15 D.4.0 If a significant off-site radiological release was experienced during the course of the incident:
| |
| D.4.1 Institute a special or supplemental environmental monitoring program which considers at least tha following items:
| |
| o Monitoring drinking water samples.
| |
| i o Increasing the number of environmental sampling locations near the plant if the potential for additional radiological releases exists.
| |
| o Milk, vegetable and soil sampling.
| |
| D.4.2 Quantify all releases and their relative effects.
| |
| D.4.3 Confirm communities downstream along the Susquehanna are not using river water for domestic use.
| |
| D.5.0 If an extensive modification / repair effort is required:
| |
| D.5.1 Establish necessary facilities and personnel control points. ,
| |
| D.5.2 Establish a system for processing supplemental personnel through badging and site training.
| |
| D.5.3 Develop special procedures, as appropriate.
| |
| D.5.4 Obtain adequate health physics support.
| |
| D.5.5 Ensure sufficient purchasing and administrative support is available.
| |
| D.6.0 If the public has been effected, develop a public information prograr which considers the following:
| |
| D.6.1 Comparisons to other emergencies.
| |
| D.6.2 Detailed sequence of events.
| |
| D.6.3 Public is constantly informed of developments.
| |
| D.6.4 Supplemental community relations programs.
| |
| D.6.5 Explanations of public protective actions.
| |
| O EP-IP-027 Attachment D, Rev. B, Page of L
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF RESTORATION ORGANIZATIO!
| |
| Attachment D EP-IP-027 Revision B
| |
| () Page 15 of 15 D.6.6 Encouragement of credible spokesmen with academic backgrounds to characterize the emergency and explain its effects.
| |
| D.7.0 Other areas which should be considered are:
| |
| D.7.1 Determination of the cause of the emergency.
| |
| D.7.2 Legal implications.
| |
| D.7.3 Insurance coverage.
| |
| D.7.4 Licensing status of both Units.
| |
| D.7.5 Working with the Financial Department to quantify financial impact on the corporation.
| |
| D.7.6 Rate impacts ordered by the Public Utility Commission.
| |
| O O
| |
| EP-IP-027, Attachment D, Rev. B, Page of
| |
| | |
| i DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION EP-IP-028 Revision A O Page 1 of 27 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION - EP-IP-028 Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date s
| |
| O Prepared By Date Reviewed By Date PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( ) Date Approved By Date Section Head Date Superintendent of Plant O .
| |
| | |
| DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION EP-IP-028 Revision A O Page 2 of 27 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page No.
| |
| 1.0 PURPOSE 4 2.0 SCOPE 4
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 4 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4-5 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5-6 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6-7 ATTACHMENTS Attachment Page No.
| |
| A Action Step - EMERGENCY DIRECTOR 8-11 B Action Step - COMMUNICATIONS 12-14 COORDINATOR-CR-TSC C Action Step - RADIATION PROTECTION 15 COORDINATOR D Action Step - TECHNICAL SUPPORT 16 COORDINATOR E Action Step - RECOVERY MANAGER 17-19 F Action Step - SITE SUPPORT MANAGER 20-2.1 G Action Step - COMMUNICATIONS 22-23 COORDINATOR-EOF H Action Step - RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER 24
| |
| | |
| a 4
| |
| 4 DOWNGRADE AND I
| |
| TERMINATION !
| |
| EP-IP-028 j -
| |
| Revision A
| |
| ; Page 3 of 27 8
| |
| Page No.
| |
| I Action Step - TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER 25 J Action Step - GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT 26 MANAGER !
| |
| i K Action Step - V.P.-NUCLEAR OPERATIONS 27 k
| |
| )
| |
| i l
| |
| O -
| |
| l D-
| |
| ~
| |
| m,m, ___ , " _ , - - " - - -
| |
| | |
| DOWNGRADE AND ,
| |
| TERMINATION EP-IP-028
| |
| (
| |
| ~
| |
| Revision A Page 4 of 27 DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 The purpose of this procedure is to:
| |
| 1.1.1 Inform SSES and PP&L Management of DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION of the Emergency.
| |
| 1.1.2 Inform offsite emergency response organizations.
| |
| 1.1.3 Return control of the plant to the normal organization or establish a restoration organization.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE Provide instructions which will allow the plant and outside organizations to return to normal operations.
| |
| 3.0 REFER $NCES 3.1 NUREG-0654, Planning Standards and Evaluation Criteria 3.2 NUREG-0696, Functional Criteria for Emergency Response Facilities 3.3 NUREG-0731, Guidelines for Utility Management Structure and Technical Resources, Sept. 1980.
| |
| 3.4 SSES Emergency Plan 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 CMC - Corporate Management Committee 4.2 EOF - Emergency Operations Facility 4.3 TSC - Technical Support Center 4.4 OSC - Operations. Support Center 4.5 CR - Control Room 4.6 NRC - Nuclear Regulatory Commission 4.7 PEMA - Pennsylvania Emergency Management Agency s 4.8 LCCD - Luzerne County Civil Defense I
| |
| | |
| DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION EP-IP-028 p)
| |
| (, '
| |
| Revision A Page 5 of 27 4.9 CEMA - Columbia County Emergency Management Agency 4.10 DER /BRP - Department of Environmental Resources / Bureau of Radiological Protection 4.11 Termination - the act of declaring that plant conditions are such that:
| |
| : a. no EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EP-IP-001) are presently exceeded, and, there is a high probability that no EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS will be exceeded, and, control of the plant should be returned to the normal organization, or,
| |
| : b. the plant is in a stable condition with adequate core cooling established, and, no significant potential for inadvertent eff-site releases of radioactivity exists, and, a restoration organization has been established.
| |
| 4.12 Restoration - the long-term process of plant repair / modification and dealing with the ramifications of the accident. The ultimate goal of restoration is returning the unit to service.
| |
| 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 It is the responsibility of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR to l DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATE any EMERGENCY which did not result in l activation of the EOF.
| |
| 1
| |
| (
| |
| 5.2 It is the responsibility of the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-CR-TSC to notify on-site and off-site personnel, agencies and organizations per this procedure.
| |
| 5.3 It is the responsibility of the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR to communicate with DER /BRP radiological personnel regarding off-site assessment and protective action recommendations unless relieved of this responsibility by the EOF.
| |
| 5.4 It is the responsibility of the TECHNICAL SUPPORT COORDINATOR to communicate with bER/BRP technical personnel regarding plant specifics unless rellaved of this responsibility by the EOF.
| |
| l 5.5 It is the responsibility of the RECOVERY MANAGER to DOWNGR/.DE AND TERMINATE any EMERGENCY which resulted in activation of EOF.
| |
| s 5.6 It is the responsibility of the SITE SUPPORT MANAGER to t manage communications and data flow internal to the EOF,
| |
| (~'/
| |
| \_
| |
| | |
| DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION EP-IP-028 Revision A Page 6 of 27 between the EOF and all other emergency facilities and between the EOF and off-site agencies.
| |
| 5.7 It is the responsibility of the COMMUNICATIONS-COORDINATOR-EOF to notify off-site agencies and organizations as specified in this procedure.
| |
| 5.8 It is the responsibility of the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER to communicate with DER /3RP radiological personnel regarding off-site assessment and protective action recommendations.
| |
| 5.9 It is the responsibility of the TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER to communicate with DER /BRP technical personnel regarding plant specific problems.
| |
| 5.10 It is the responsibility of the GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER to notify Corporate Management and Allegheny Electric of EMERGENCY status.
| |
| 'l 5.11 It is the responsibility of the VICE PRESIDENT-NUCLEAR OPERATIONS to establish the RESTORATION ORGANIZATION.
| |
| 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 Upon EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION DOWNGRADE or TERMINATION per EP-IP-G01, the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will follow the instructions in Attachment A, Action Step, EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| 6.2 At the direction of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-CR-TSC will follow the instructions in Attachment B, Action Step, COMMUNICATIONS C00RDICATOR-CR-TSC.
| |
| 6.3 After being notified of an EMERGENCY DOWNGRADE or TERMINATION, the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR will follow the instructions in Attachment C, Action Step, RADIATION PROTECTION C00RJINATOR.
| |
| l I
| |
| 6.4 After being notified of an EMERGENCY DOWNGRADE or TERMINATION, the TECHNICAL SUPPORT COORDINATOR will follow the instructions in Attachment D. Action Step. TECHNICAL SUPPORT COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.5 Upon EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION DOWNGRADE or TERMINATION per EP-IP-001, the RECOVERY MANAGER will follow the instructions in Attachment E. Action Step, RECOVERY MANAGER.
| |
| 6.6 Following notification of an EMERGENCY DOWNGRADE or
| |
| , TERMINATION, the SITE SUPPCRT MANAGER will follow the
| |
| | |
| DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION EP-IP-028 Revision A C.s' Page 7 of 27 instructions in Attachment F, Action Step, SITE SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| 6.7 At the direction oi che SITE SUPPORT MANAGER, the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-EOF will follow Instructions in Attachment G, Action Step-COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-EOF. -
| |
| 6.8 Following notification of an EMERGENCY DOWNGRADE or TERMINATION, the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER will follow the instructions in Attachment H Action Step, RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| 6.9 Following notification of an EMERGENCY 30WNGRADE or TERMINATION, the TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER will follow the instructions in Attachment I, Action Step, TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| 6.10 Upon notification of an EMERGENCY, the GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER will follow Instructions in Attachment J. Action Step, GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| 6.11 Upon the recommendation of the RECOVERY MANAGER regarding establishment of a RESTORATION ORGANIZATION, the V.P.-NUCLEAR f^)
| |
| %/
| |
| OPERATIONS will follow the instructions in Attachment K, Action Step. V.P.-NUCLEAR OPERATIONS.
| |
| O i
| |
| w
| |
| | |
| DOWNGRADE AND !
| |
| TERMINATION Attachment A EP-IP-028 Om Revision A Page 8 of 27 ACTION STEP EMERGENCY DIRECTOR A.1.0 DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION OF EMERGENCY A.1.1 EOF FUNCTIONAL
| |
| , A.l.l.1 Based on plant conditions, recommend DOWNGRADE of EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION to RECOVERY MANAGER.
| |
| A.l.l.2 When EMERGENCY is DOWNGRADED by RECOVERY MANAGER:
| |
| o Announce downgrade to CONTROL R'00M and TSC personnel.
| |
| o Document DOWNGRADE, date and time.
| |
| A.l.l.3 If Site Evacuation has been accomplished, consider bringing personnel back on-site.
| |
| {
| |
| l A.l.l.4 Based on plant conditions, recommend l \_- TERMINATION of EMERGENCY to RECOVERY MANAGER.
| |
| A.l.1.5 When EMERGENCY is TERMINATED by RECOVERY MANAGER:
| |
| o Announce TERMINATION to CONTROL ROOM and TSC personnel..
| |
| o Document TERMINATION, date and time.
| |
| o Deactivate OSC and TSC.
| |
| o Secure all emergency equipment.
| |
| o Instruct P&A SUPERVISOR to collect all emergency records and enter in Document Control Center.
| |
| o Instruct plant personnel to return to work stations.
| |
| o Recommend to the RECOVERY MANAGER whether a RESTORATION ORGANIZATION l should be established based on the i following criteria:
| |
| EP-IP-028 Attachment A. Rev. A, Page I of Y
| |
| | |
| DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION Attachment A EP-IP-028 Os Revision A l
| |
| l Page 9 of 27 I
| |
| : a. If the conditions following l the emergency are such that they can be handled by the normal plant and auxiliary organizations using established procedures , a RESTORATION ORGANIZATION is not required.
| |
| : b. If the conditions following the emergency are such that special organisational structures, special procedures, unique outside assistance or unique equipment are required to return the plant to a normal configuration, a RESTORATION j ORGANIZATION should be established.
| |
| o Deactivate Emergency Organization
| |
| ~
| |
| and return contro-1 of plant to PLANT SUPERINTENDENT.
| |
| A.l.2 EOF NOT ACTIVATED A.l.2.1 Based on plant conditions DOWNGRADE EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION.
| |
| A.1.2.2 Based on plant conditions TERMINATE EMERGENCY.
| |
| A.l.2.3 When EMERGENCY is DOWNGRADED:
| |
| o Announce DOWNGRADE to CONTROL ROOM and TSC personnel.
| |
| o Document DOWNGRADE, date and time, o Complete Incident Form EP-IP-002-1. Notify:
| |
| DER /BRP j
| |
| NRC RECOVERY MANAGER PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER (i
| |
| l EP-IP-028, Attachment A. Rev. A, Page 2.of Y l
| |
| | |
| DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION Attachment A N EP-IP-028 Revision A Page 10 of 27 o If Site Evacuation has been accomplished, consider bringing personnel back on-site.
| |
| o When conditions change significantly, return to l
| |
| EP-IP-001 and determine whether to reclassify the EMERGENCY.
| |
| I o Periodically or following any significant event notify:
| |
| DER /BRP NRC RECOVERY MANAGER PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER A.l.2.4 When EMERGENCY is TERMINATED.
| |
| o Announce TERMINATION to CONTROL (h ROOM and TSC personnel.
| |
| N) o Document TERMINATION, date and time.
| |
| o Complete Incident Form EP-IP-002-1. Notify:
| |
| DER /BRP PEMA LCCD NRC SUPERINTENDENT OF PLANT OR DESIGNEE RECOVERY MANAGER PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER o Deactivate OSC and TSC.
| |
| [' '
| |
| o Secure all EMERGENCY equipment.
| |
| O EP-IP-028, Attachment A. Rev. A, Page 3I of Y L , _ . , .
| |
| .~ . _ . . -
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION Attachmenc A EP-IP-028 O- Revision A Page 11 of 27 o Instruct P&A SUPERVISOR to collect all emergency records and enter in Document Control Center.
| |
| o Instruct plant personnel to return to work stations.
| |
| o Deactivate Emergency Organization and return control of plant to PLANT SUPERINTENDENT.
| |
| A.l.2.5 Follow-up actions to complete the characterization of the event and to quantify off-site radiological significance may be required. Refer to EP-IP-038.
| |
| O O
| |
| EP-IP-028, Attachment A, Rev. A, Page Y of Y
| |
| | |
| i DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION Attachment B EP-IP-028 O.
| |
| Revision A Page 12 of 27 ACTION STEP COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-CR-TSC Check B.l.0 At the direction of.the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR will:
| |
| B . l .1 EOF FUNCTIONAL B.l.1.1 DOWNGRADE o Announce'on the PA System:
| |
| " Attention all personnel, the EMERGENCY condition has been DOWNGRADED TO a(u) ,
| |
| Repeat above announcement twice.
| |
| B.1.1.2 TERMINATION o Announce on the PA System:
| |
| " Attention all personnel, the EMERGENCY has been TERMINATED."
| |
| Repeat above announcement twice.
| |
| o Collate all communications records and give them to the P&A SUPERVISOR.
| |
| o Announce on the PA System:
| |
| , " Attention all personnel, l report to your normal work l
| |
| stations."
| |
| Repeat above announcement twice.
| |
| EP-IP-028 Attachment B. Rev. A, Page IofSI ,
| |
| | |
| i<
| |
| DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION Attachment B l
| |
| l O '
| |
| EP-IP-028 Revision A Page 13 of 27 B.1.2 EOF NOT ACTIVATED B.1.2.1 DOWNGRADE o Announce over the PA System:
| |
| "Atteation all personnel, the EP;RGENCY cond tion has been DOWNGRADED to an UNUSUAL EVENT.
| |
| Repeat above announcement twice o Notify 0FF-SITE AGENCIES as listed and transmit the information on Incident Form EP-IP-002-1 NRC (Hotline)
| |
| Verify that DER /BRP has been notified by Radiological
| |
| /"* staff.
| |
| o Notify Internal Management as listed:
| |
| POWER DISPATCHER (Hotline) for informational purposes only.
| |
| RECOVERY MANAGER (name and telephone number is in the On-Call List, available in the TSC and Control Room)
| |
| PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER using Hotline or extension 717-542-2137 or 2138 and transmit the information on the Incident Form EP-IP-002-1.
| |
| B.1.2.2 TERMINATION o Announce on the PA System:
| |
| , " Attention all personnel, the R A ED
| |
| (
| |
| EP-IP-028, Attachment B. Rev. A, Page Z off
| |
| | |
| .' g It .
| |
| 14 '
| |
| } '
| |
| , DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION
| |
| .' ~, s Attachment B x
| |
| O ,
| |
| x 7 s EP-IP-028 Revision A Page 14 of 27 Repeat above announcement twice.
| |
| ' 4 o Notify 0FF-SITE AGENCIES as
| |
| , , listed and transmit the information on Incident Form
| |
| , EP-IP-002-1
| |
| .. PEMA
| |
| )
| |
| LCCD NRC l Verify that DER /BRP has s been notified by Rad *ological 3 .
| |
| staff.
| |
| 4 o Notify Internal Management as listed:
| |
| t POWER DISPATCHER r RECOVERY MANAGER (name
| |
| {I and telephone number is in the j '
| |
| , On-Call List, available in the TSC and Control Room)
| |
| PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER using Hotline or extension 717-542-2137 or 2138
| |
| ' and transmit the information on the Incident Form EP-IP-002-1.
| |
| , o Collate all communications 3
| |
| records and give them to the P&A SUPERVISOR.
| |
| L l* o Announce on the PA System:
| |
| l l
| |
| I
| |
| " Attention all personnel,
| |
| ' report to your normal work stations."
| |
| Repeat above announcement twice.
| |
| l EP-IP-028, Attachment B, Rev. A. Page 3 of 3 i
| |
| | |
| -- .-. . _ - . . - _ - ._.___ =_ - _ . _ - _ . - . - . _ _ .. _ _-. .-__ .
| |
| 4 DOWNGRADE AND t
| |
| TERMINATION Attachment C i
| |
| EP-IP-028 Revision A d
| |
| Page 15 of 27 ACTION STEP RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR C.1.0 If the EOF was not activated the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR will:
| |
| C.1.1 Notify DER /BRP Radiological personnel '
| |
| of all DOWNGRADES and the TERMINATION of the EMERGENCY.
| |
| C.1.2 Periodically or following any significant event update DER /BRP
| |
| , Radiological personnel.
| |
| I C.1.3 Recall 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS when no longer required.
| |
| i C.1.4 Upon TERMINATION, collate all radiological records and give them to
| |
| , the P&A SUPERVISOR.
| |
| l O
| |
| I i
| |
| l l
| |
| i l
| |
| l 1
| |
| l EP-IP-028, Attachment C. Rev. A, Page/ of I i
| |
| | |
| ._ . - . -. - _ - . - . - _ _ _ - . _ - _ _ . ._ - . . . _ . . . - = _ - . . . - . . . - - _ _ _ . . - . . . , .
| |
| DOWNCRADE AND TERMINATION Attachment D EP-IP-028
| |
| ! Revision A
| |
| ; Page 16 of 27 I
| |
| ACTION STEP TECHNICAL SUPPORT COORDINATOR i
| |
| D.1.0 If the EOF was not activated the TECHNICAL SUPPORT COORDINATOR will: t I
| |
| D.1.1 Notify DER /3RP Technical personnel of all DOWNGRADES and the TERMINATION of
| |
| } the EMERGENCY.
| |
| D.1.2 Periodically or following any significant event update DER /BRP Technical personnel.
| |
| D.1.3 Upon TERMINATION, collate all technical records and give them to the P&A SUPERVISOR.
| |
| i i
| |
| I l -
| |
| EP-IP-028, Attachment D. Rev. A. PageI of I r__
| |
| | |
| DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION Attachment E O EP-IP-028 Revision A Page 17 of 27 ACTION STEP RECOVERY MANAGER E.1.0 DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION OF EMERGENCY E.1.1 EOF FUNCTIONAL E.1.1.1 Based on plant conditions.
| |
| DOWNGRADE EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION.
| |
| NOTE: WHEN DOWNGRADING FROM SITE OR GENERAL EMERGENCY CONCURRENCE MUST BE OBTAINED FROM NRC AND DER /BRP.
| |
| E.1.1.2 Based on plant conditions.
| |
| TERMINATE EMERGENCY.
| |
| E.1.1.3 When EMERGENCY is DOWNGRADED or TERMINATED direct the SITE SUPPORT MANAGER to Oc. perform the steps in Attachment F.
| |
| E.1.1.4 When conditions change significantly return to EP-IP-001 and determine whether to reclassify the EMERGENCY.
| |
| E.1.1.5 Upon TERMINATION of the EMERGENCY recommend to the V.P.-NUCLEAR OPERATIONS whether a RESTORATION ORGANIZATION should be established based on the following criteria:
| |
| l a. If the conditions following the emergency are such that they can be handled by the normal plant and auxiliary l organizations using 4 established procedures, a RESTORATION ORGANIEATION
| |
| +
| |
| is noe required.
| |
| EP-IP-028, Accachment E. Rev. A. Page/ of 8
| |
| | |
| DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION Attachment E EP-IP-028 (s'd) Revision A Page 18 of 27
| |
| : b. If the conditions following the emergency are such that special organizational structures, special procedures, unique outside assistance or unique equipment are required to return the plant to a normal configuration, a RESTORATION ORGANIZATION should be established.
| |
| E.1.1.6 At the direction of the V.P.-NUCLEAR OPERATIONS deactivate Emergency Organization.
| |
| E.1.1.7 Upon TERMINATION, collate all emergency records and give them to the P&A SUPERVISOR.
| |
| E.1.1.8 Follow-up actions to complete the charaterization of the event and to quantify off-site radiological significance may be required. Refer to EP-IP-038.
| |
| E.1.2 EOF NOT ACTIVATED E.1.2.1 When notified of DOWNGRADE or TERMINATION:
| |
| NORMAL WORK HOURS
| |
| , o Update General Office l
| |
| on-call and primary emergency v.anagers and staffs.
| |
| l EP-IP-028, Attachment E. Rev. A, Page Z off i
| |
| | |
| DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION Attachment E i
| |
| O EP-IP-028 Revision A Page 19 of 27
| |
| {
| |
| i j OFF HOURS
| |
| ! o Update the ON-CALL GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER and have him in turn attempt to update the on-call EOF MANAGERS l , and STAFF.
| |
| I J
| |
| 1
| |
| ~
| |
| !O 1
| |
| J i
| |
| i i
| |
| t
| |
| (:)' .
| |
| EP-IP-028 Attachment E. Rev. A. Page I of,3
| |
| | |
| DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION Attachment F EP-IP-028 O" Revision A Page 20 of 27 ACTION STEP SITE SUPPORT MANAGER F.1.0 At the direction of the RECOVERY MANAGER the SITE SUPPORT MANAGER will:
| |
| F.1.1 When EMERGENCY is DOWNGRADED:
| |
| o Announce DOWNGRADE to EOF personnel, the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR and the GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| o Document DOWNGRADE, date and time.
| |
| o Complete Incident Form EP-IP-002-1.
| |
| Notify:
| |
| DOWNGRADE FROM DOWNGRADE FROM SITE EMG. OR ALERT GENERAL EMG.
| |
| DER /BRP DER /BRP l NRC PEMA LCCD CEMA NRC o Notify the PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER. -
| |
| o Disseminate information from Incident Form EP-IP-002-1 to REC 07ERY MANAGER, TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER, RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER, GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER AND EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| 1 O
| |
| EP-IP-028. Attachment F, Rev. A, P a g e I o f Z-
| |
| | |
| DOUNGRADE AND TERMINATION Attachment F EP-IP-028 O. Revision A Page 21 of 27 o Periodically or following any significant event notify:
| |
| DER /BRP NRC RECOVERY MANAGER l
| |
| PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER F.1.2 When EMERGENCY is TERMINATED:
| |
| o Announce that the EMERGENCY has been TERMINATED to EOF personnel, the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR and the GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| o Document TERMINATION, date and
| |
| . time, h
| |
| s m# o Complete Incident Form EP-IP-002-1.
| |
| Notify:
| |
| DER /BRP PEMA LCCD CEMA (only if GENERAL EMERGENCY was reached)
| |
| NRC PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER o Secure all EOF emergency equipment.
| |
| o Collace all communications records and give them to the P&A SUPERVISOR.
| |
| I o Instruct all EOF MANAGERS and personnel to collate their records and give them to the P&A s SUPERVISOR.
| |
| EP-IP-028 Attachment F, Rev. A. Page 2 of 3
| |
| | |
| i DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION i
| |
| Attachment G
| |
| )
| |
| EP-IP-028 Revision A Page 22 of 27 ACTION STEP l COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-EOF G.l.0 At the direction of the SITE SUPPORT MANAGER, the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-EOF will:
| |
| G.1.1 DOWNGRADE FROM GENERAL EMERGENCY o Notify 0FF-SITE AGENCIES as listed and transmit the information on Incident Form EP-IP-002-1 PEMA i LCCD CEMA NRC i Verify that DER /BRP has been notified by Radiological staff.
| |
| / G.l.2 DOWNGRADE FROM SITE EMERGENCY OR ALERT o Notify 0FF-SITE AGENCIES as listed and transmit the information on l
| |
| Incident Form EP-IP-002-1 NRC (Hotline)
| |
| Verify that DER /BRP has been notified by Radiological staff.
| |
| G.l.3 TERMINATION OF EMERGENCY o Notify 0FF-SITE AGENCIES as listed l and transmit the information on Incident Form EP-IP-002-1 PEMA LCCD l
| |
| C)'
| |
| EP-IP-028. Attachment G. Rev. A. Page I of 1
| |
| | |
| DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION Attachment G EP-IP-028 v Revision A Page 23 of 27 CEMA (only if GENERAL EMERGENCY was reached)
| |
| NRC Verify that DER /BRP has been notified by Radiological staff.
| |
| I l
| |
| i O EP-IP-028, Attachment G. Rev. A. P a g e 2. o f 2.
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION Attachment H O EP-IP-028 Revision A Page 24 of 27 ACTION STEP RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER H.l.0 The RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER will:
| |
| H.l.1 Notify DER /BRP Radiological personnel of all DOWNGRADES and the TERMINATION of the EMERGENCY.
| |
| H.l.2 Periodically or following any significant event update DER /BRP Radiological personnel.
| |
| H.1.3 Recali 0FF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS when no longer required.
| |
| H.l.4 Upon termination collate all radiological records and give them to the P&A SUPERVISOR.
| |
| (:)'
| |
| EP-IP-028, Attachment H. Rev. A. Page l of l
| |
| | |
| DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION Attachment I EP-IP-028 9'' Revision A Page 25 of 27 ACTION STEP TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER I.l.0 The TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER vill:
| |
| I.l.1 Notify DER /BRP Technical personnel of all DOWNGRADES and the TERMINATION of the EMERGENCY.
| |
| I.l.2 Periodically or following any significant event update DER /BRP Technical personnel.
| |
| I.l.3 Upon TERMINATION collate all technical records and give them to the P&A SUPERVISOR.
| |
| O 5
| |
| O EP-IP-028 Attachment I, Rev. A. Page / of }
| |
| | |
| DOWNGRADE AND-TERMINATION Attachment J
| |
| /~T EP-IP-028 4
| |
| k /. Revision A Page 26 of 27 ACTION STEP GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER i
| |
| J.1.0 At the direction of the RECOVERY MANAGER, the GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER will:
| |
| J.l.1 EOF FUNCTIONAL o Collate G.O. emergency records and give them to the P&A SUPERVISOR.
| |
| o Deactivate the General Office
| |
| , Emergency Facilities.
| |
| J.l.2 EOF NOT ACTIVATED NORMAL WORK HOURS o Coordinate update (by RECOVERY MANAGER) on the status of the EMERGENCY.
| |
| l OFF HOURS o Attempt to update the on-call EOF MANAGERS and STAFF.
| |
| EP-IP-028, Arcachment J. Rev. A, Page I of l l
| |
| | |
| DOWNGRADE AND TERMINATION Attachment K O
| |
| NJ EP-IP-028 Revision A Page 27 of 27 ACTION STEP V.P. - NUCLEAR OPERATIONS K.1.0 The V.P.-NUCLEAR OPERATIONS will:
| |
| K.1.1 Determine whether a RESTORATION ORGANIZATION should be established based on the following criteria.
| |
| : a. Recommendation from RECOVERY MANAGER.
| |
| : b. If the conditions following the emergency are such that they can be handled by the normal plant and auxiliary organizations using established procedures a RESTORATION ORGANIZATION is not required.
| |
| : c. If the conditions following the emergency are such that special
| |
| /~T organizational structures, special
| |
| (_) procedures, unique outside assistance or unique equipment are t
| |
| required to return the plant to a normal configuration a RESTORATION ORGANIZATION should be established.
| |
| K.1.2 Recommend to CMC that a RESTORATION i
| |
| ORGANIZATION be established.
| |
| K.l.3 Insure a smooth transition from the emergency organization in the EOF to the RESTORATION ORGANIZATION.
| |
| K.t.4 Direct the RECOVERY MANAGER to deactivate the Emergency Organization.
| |
| EP-IP-028 Attachment K. Rev. A, Page l of f
| |
| | |
| PROCEDURE COVER SHEET PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION EP-IP-029 Revision C
| |
| ; ACTIVATION OF TSC Page 1 of 13 Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date O
| |
| Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date .
| |
| PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( )
| |
| Approved by Date Section Head PORC Meeting Number Date Superintendent of Plant O
| |
| FORM A0-QA-101-1, Rev. 1 Page 1 of 1 i
| |
| | |
| I 4
| |
| EP-IP-029 Revision C Page 2 of 13 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE 3 l 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT , PAGE
| |
| [ A Action Step - Emergency Director 5 8 Action Step - TSC Coordinator 6 l
| |
| C Action Step - Operations Coordinator 7 0 Action Step - Administrations Coordinator 8 E Action Step - Communications Coordinator 9 F Action Step - TSC Radio Communicator (s) 10 l
| |
| G Action Step - All TSC Coordinators 12 H Action Step - Radiation Protection Coordinator 13 i
| |
| O l
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| s EP-IP-02C Revision C Page 3 of 13 1.0 pVRp0SE The purpose of this procedure is to describe the method of activating the SSES Technical Support Center (TSC) and the method of transfering control of activities from Control Room to the TSC.
| |
| 2.0 SC0pE This instruction provides detailed instructions for the TSC staff to activate the TSC and assume control.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 NUREG - 0654, Planning Standards and Evaluation Criteria 3.2 NUREG - 0696, Functional Criteria for Emergency Response Facilities f 3.3 NUREG - 0731, Guidelines for Utility Management Structure and Technical Q'
| |
| Resources, September 1980 3.4 SSES Emergency Plan 4.~0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 TSC - Technical Support Center 4.2 OSC - Operations Support Center i
| |
| 4.3 EOF - Emergency Operations Facility l
| |
| 5.0 RESP 0NSIBILITIES 5.1 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR is responsible for activating the TSC.
| |
| 5.2 The TSC COORDINATOR is responsible for tracking plant parameters and displaying.them on the status boards.
| |
| l 5.3 The OPERATIONS COORDINATOR is responsible for tracking plant status and summarizing plant conditions on the status boards.
| |
| 5.4 The ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR is responsible for proper staffing of the TSC and TSC accountability.
| |
| l O
| |
| | |
| EP-IP-029 j Revision C Page 4 of 13 5.5 The COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATORS are responsible for determining the status of emergency notifications.
| |
| 5.6 The TSC RADIO COMMUNICATOR (S) is responsible for assuming control of on-site and off-site emergency teams.
| |
| 5.7 The RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR is responsible for ensuring that dose projections have been started, OSCAR is enroute and emergency teams have been properly briefed on the emergency.
| |
| 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 When activating the TSC, the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will follow the instructions in Attachment A, Action Step-EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| 6.2 When activating the TSC, the TSC COORDINATOR will follow the instructions in Attachment 8, Action Step-TSC COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.3 Mhen activating the TSC, the OPERATIONS COORDINATOR will follow the instructions in Attachment C, Action Step-OPERATIONS COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.4 When activating the TSC, the ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR will follow the instructions in Attachment 0, Action Step-ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.5 When activating the TSC, the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATORS will follow the instructions in Attachment E, Action Step-COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATORS.
| |
| 6.6 When Activating the TSC, THE TSC RADIO COMMUNICATOR (S) will follow the instructions in Attachment F, Action Step-TSC RADIO COMMUNICATOR (S).
| |
| 6.7 When activating the TSC, ALL TSC COORDINATORS will follow the instructions in Attachment G, Action Step-ALL TSC COORDINATORS.
| |
| 6.8 When activating the TSC, the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR will follow the instructions in Attachment H, Action Step-RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR.
| |
| ~
| |
| O L . . . . - - - - - . .
| |
| | |
| l 1
| |
| O Attachment A V EP-IP-029 Revision C )
| |
| Page 5 of 13 ACTION STEP EMERGENCY DIRECTOR A.1.0 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will:
| |
| A.1.1 Assume overall management of the Emergency when:
| |
| A.1.1.1 Minimum staffing is present TSC COORDINATOR RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR OPERATIONS COORDINATOR COMMUNICATION COORDINATOR TSC RADIO COMMUNICATOR A.1.1.2 OPS COORDINATOR has determined status of Plant A.1.1.3 TSC COORDINATOR has determined that 1 (,
| |
| x A.1.1.4 acquisition of data is proper TSC RADIO COMMUNICATOR (S) are prepared for turnover of communications with off-site and on-site team (s)
| |
| A.1.1.5 COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR has determined status of notification made from the Control Room l A.I.2 Brief TSC personnel on EMERGENCY situation A.I.3 Relieve Control Room of overall Management of the Emergency by:
| |
| 1 A.1.3.1 Informing the Control Room and receiving concurrence to assume control of each of the following areas:
| |
| : a. Off-site notification
| |
| : b. Dose projection
| |
| : c. Emergency teams
| |
| : d. Emergency Classification Page 1 of 1 .
| |
| | |
| i Attachment B O''
| |
| EP-IP-029 Revision C Page 6 of 13 ACTION STEP ' ,
| |
| TSC COORDINATOR CHECK B.1.0 The TSC COORDINATOR will:
| |
| 8.1.1 Review " Status Boards" with Data Engineers to:
| |
| B.1.1.1 Insure method of data acquisition is operating properly B.1.1.2 Determine any additional parameters which should be tracked B.1.2 Inform EMERGENCY DIRECTOR that plant status parameter tracking is operational.
| |
| .O O
| |
| Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| Attachment C O EP-IP-029 Revision C Page 7 of 13 ACTION STEP OPERATIONS COORDINATOR CHECK C.1.0 The OPERATIONS COORDINATOR will:
| |
| C.1.1 Review plant status with SHIFT SUPERVISOR.
| |
| C.I.2 Identify any vital equipment that is out of service.
| |
| C.1.3 Identify ECCS equipment which has activated.
| |
| C.1.4 Record the above equipment status on " Status Board".
| |
| C.1.5 Summarize plant conditions on " Status Board".
| |
| C.1.6 Announce to TSC personnel, the general f)/
| |
| w condition / problems of the plant.
| |
| C.I.7 Develop list of immediate actions / items required to mitigate the Emergency Condition.
| |
| C.1.8 Inform EMERGENCY DIRECTOR when all items are completed.
| |
| O Page 1 of 1 l
| |
| | |
| l 1 Attachment 0 EP-IP-029 Revision C Page 8 of 13 ACTION STEP ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR CHECK 0.1.0 The ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR will:
| |
| D.1.1 Per EP-IP-018 determine if all TSC personnel have been contacted.
| |
| 0.1.1.1 Working Hours - Contact Plant Switchboard Operator Ext. 0 0.1.1.2 Off Hours - Contact Security Control Center Ext. 115 or 421.
| |
| 0.1.2 Contact alternate TSC personnel, as necessary.
| |
| 0.1.3 Perform TSC accountability per EP-IP-007,
| |
| " Personnel Assembly and Accountability."
| |
| ({])
| |
| 0.1.4 Inform EMERGENCY DIRECTOR of unfilled positions and est1 mated time these personnel will arrive.
| |
| e O
| |
| Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| Attachment E EP-IP-029 Revision C Page 9 of 13 ACTION STEP COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATORS CHECK E.1.0 THE COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATORS will:
| |
| E.1.1 Verify phones and Hotlines are operational, by picking up phone and communicating with other party use the following statement:
| |
| THIS IS THE SUSQUEHANNA STATION TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER. I AM TESTING OUR COMMUNICATION LINKS, NO INFORMATION WILL BE RELAYED. PLEASE STATE YOUR NAME AND LOCATION E.1.1.1 Hot Lines PEMA LCCD
| |
| # CEMA l (~)
| |
| v NRC CONTROL ROOM l
| |
| l OSC I
| |
| EOF DER /BRP (for alternate phone numbers for Hot Lines refer to EP-IP-018)
| |
| E.1.2 Contact CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR and determine status of notification, per EP-IP-002,
| |
| " Emergency Management Notifications", Attachment B E.1.3 When prepared to assume responsibility for notification of off-site organization:
| |
| l E.1.3.1 Obtain concurrence of transfer from the CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR and EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| E.1.3.2 Announce to TSC personnel that responsibility for off-site Notification is assumed, and record time in Log.
| |
| O Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| f^g Attachment F V EP-IP-029 Revision C Page 10 of 13 ACTION STEP TSC RADIO COMMUNICATOR (S)
| |
| CHECK F.1.0 The RADIO COMMUNICATOR (S) will:
| |
| F.1.1 Set-up and test the operation of F.1.1.1 On-site radio system F.1.1.2 Off-site radio system '
| |
| : a. Verify radio communications with Luzerne County:
| |
| : 1. Turn radio console to Ch. 2, Freq. 1, and DVP off.
| |
| : 2. Encode Moden 100 to 12.
| |
| : 3. Push "P" button to start encoder (also this turns on transmitter).
| |
| : 4. This opens tp the Luzerne County station.
| |
| : 5. After conversations are completed, encode 13 on Moden 100.
| |
| : 6. Push "P" button.
| |
| : 7. Luzerne County is now closed.
| |
| : b. Verify radio communications with Columbia County:
| |
| : 1. Turn radio console to ch. 2, Freq. 1, and DVP off.
| |
| : 2. Encode Moden 100 to 10 O
| |
| Page 1 of 2 l
| |
| -r --
| |
| | |
| A Attachment F
| |
| \.J. EP-IP-029 Revision C Page 11 of 13
| |
| : 3. Push "P" button to start encoder (also this turns on transmitter).
| |
| l 4. This opens up the Columbia County station
| |
| : 5. After conversations are completed, Columbia County will close down the station.
| |
| F.1.2 Ensure hand held on-site radios are available and operable.
| |
| F.1.3 Contact OSC COORDINATOR and review the status of teams dispatched from the OSC. For each team obtain s F.1.3.1 Their designation F.1.3.2 Name of Team Leader F.1.3.3 Names of members in the Team F.1.3.4 Purpose of Team F.1.3.5 Estimated Location of Team F.1.4 Monitor OSC Radio Communications until the RADIO COMMUNICATOR assumes responsibility for control of EMERGENCY TEAMS.
| |
| F.1.5 Review ARM readings.
| |
| F.1.6 Inform EMERGENCY DIRECTOR that you are prepared to assume control of radio communications.
| |
| O .
| |
| Page 2 of 2
| |
| | |
| I Attachment G O EP-IP-029 Revision C Page 12 of 13 ACTION STEP ALL TSC COORDINATORS G.1.0 ALL TSC COORDINATORS will:
| |
| G.1.1 Upon arrival notify the ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR that you are available.
| |
| G.I.2 Prepare to assume responsibility when TSC is activated.
| |
| O
| |
| \
| |
| i' O
| |
| l Page 1 of 1 l
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| w
| |
| ) Attachment H mv EP-IP-029 Revision C Page 13 of 13 ACTION STEP RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR CHECK i
| |
| H.1.0 When the Technical Support Center (TSC) is being activated the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR will:
| |
| H.1.1 Determine the status of the initial dose calculations being performed. Assure that the TSC Dose Calculator is present and prepared to carry out accurate dose projections.
| |
| H.1.2 Determine the status of the OSCAR monitoring team and direct the Radio Operator to prepare to assume direction o'f the team.
| |
| H .1. 3' Update the maps and status boards in the TSC.
| |
| ()
| |
| t l H.1.4 Determine the status of the DER notifications.
| |
| H.1.5 Inform the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR that you are prepared to assume the responsibilities of RADIATION j PROTECTION COORDINATOR.
| |
| l l
| |
| l I
| |
| 7 O
| |
| Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| l l
| |
| l l
| |
| ' ACTIVATION OF EOF EP-IP-030 Rev. B Page 1 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET PENNSYLVANIA FO' DER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION ACTIVATION OF EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY AND TRANSFER OF CONTROL FROM THE TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER EP-IP-030 Effective Data Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date O
| |
| Prepared By Date Reviewed By Date PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( ) Date Approved By Date Section Head Date Superintendent of Plant O' .
| |
| i l
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| J ACTIVATION OF EOF (S / EP-IP-030
| |
| \ ,)
| |
| x~
| |
| Rev. 3 Page 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE i 2.0 SCOPE i
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| < 4.0 DEFINITIONS 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS f
| |
| ATTACHMENTS AT"'ACHMENT PAGE A Action Step - Recovery Manager
| |
| ,- 3 Action Step - EOF Support Manager C Action Step - EOF Set Up Foreman 3 Action Step - Security E Action Step - Assistant EOF Support Manager F Action Step - Radiological Assessment Team G Action Step - Assistant Technical Support Manager H Action Step - Administrative Support Manager I Action Step - Site Support Manager J '
| |
| ..ction Step - Radiation Support Manager K Action Step - Technical Support 4tager l:
| |
| V l
| |
| i
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF EOF (p
| |
| ya EP-IP-030 Rev. 3 Page 3 ACTIVATION OF EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY AND TRANSFER OF CONTROL FROM THE TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER 1.0 PURPOSE To describe the method of activating the SSES Emergency Operations Facility and the method of transferring control of off-site activities from the TSC to the EOF.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE To provide the SSES Emergency Organization with instructions to activate the SSES Emergency Operations Facility and assume control.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 NUREG - 0654, Planning Standards and Evaluation Criteria 3.2 NUREG - 0696, Functional Criteria for Emergency Response Facilities 3.3 NUREG - 0731, Guidelines for Utility Management Structure and Technical Resources, September 1980 3.4 SSES Emergency Plan 4.0 DEFINITIONS
| |
| .1 TSC - Technical Support Center 4.2 OSC - Operations Support Center 4.3 EOF - Emergsney Operations Facility 4.4 TLD - Themoluminescent Dosimeter 4.5 GO - General Office 4.6 DER /BRP - Department of Environmental Resources / Bureau of Radiological Protection 4.7 Formal Transfer - A verbal exchange in which both parties make a statemenP. that includes the function being transferred and who has control.
| |
| 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 The RECOVERY MANAGER is responsible to initiate manning of the EOF and relieve the EOF SUPPORT MANAGER of the responsibility for overall management of the emergency.
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| I ACTIVATION OF EOF EP-IP-030 O- Rev. B Page 4 5.2 The EOF SUPPORT MANAGER is responsible for:
| |
| l o off-site radiological activities o comununications with DER /BRP radiological personnel o comununications with the GO SUPPORT MANAGER o overall management of the emergency.
| |
| 5.3 The EOF SET UP FOREMAN is responsible for setting up the EOF and outfitting the off-site emergency monitoring vehicles.
| |
| 5.4 SECURITY is responsible for establishing access control to the EOF and issuing TLD's.
| |
| 5.5 The ASSISTANT EOF SUPPORT MANAGER is responsible for establishing the data link to the TSC and G0, coordinating open I
| |
| iters and recording the sequence of events.
| |
| I 5.6 The RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMFNT TEAM is responsible for performance of off-site dose calculations, projections and assessments and protective action reconumendations.
| |
| 5.7 The ASSISTANT TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER is responsible for communications with DER /BRP technical personnel and coordinating engineering support with the TECHNICAL SUPPORT COORDINATOR and Q the ENGINEERING SUPPORT LEADER.
| |
| 5.8 The ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT MANAGER is responsible for:
| |
| o Providing clerical / stenographic support, o Providing a person to monitor incoming personnel and EOF area radiation monitoring equipment.
| |
| 5.9 The SITE SUPPORT MANAGER is responsible for control of off-site comanunications.
| |
| 5.10 The RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER is responsible for relieving the EOF SUPPORT MANAGER of all off-site radiological activities and consnunicating with DER /BRP radiological personnel.
| |
| 5.11 The TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER is responsible for relieving the l ASSISTANT TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER of conusuuicating with DER /BRP technical personnel and coordinating engineering support with the TECHNICAL SUPPORT COORDINATOR and the ENGINEERING SUPPORT LEADER.
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| l ACTIVATION OF EOF 1 EP-IP-030 h Rev. B Page 5 6.0 INSTRUC~!ONS 6.L lipon notification of activation of the EMERGENCY PLAN, the RECOVERY MANAGER will follow the instructions in Attachment A.
| |
| Action Step - RECOVERY MANAGER.
| |
| 6.2 Upon notification of EOF activation, the EOF SUPPORT MANAGER will follow the instructions in Attachment B, Action Step - EOF SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| 6.3 Upon notification of EOF activation, the EOF SET UP FOREMAN will follow the instructions in Attachment C - Action Step - EOF SET UP FOREMAN.
| |
| 6.4 Upon notification of EOF activation, SECURITY will follow the instructions in Attachment D. Action Step - SECURITY.
| |
| 6.5 Upon notification of EOF activation, the ASSISTANT EOF SUPPORT MANAGER will follow the instructions in Attachment E Action Step - ASSISTANT EOF SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| 6.6 Upon notification of EOF activation, the RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT OI TEAM will follow the instructions in Attachment F, Action Step -
| |
| RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT TEAM.
| |
| 6.7 Upon notification of EOF activation, the ASSISTANT TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER will follow the instructions in Attachment G, Action Step - ASSISTANT TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| 6.8 Upon notification of EOF activation, the ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT MANAGER will follow the instructions in Attachment H, Action Step - ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| i 6.9 Upon arrival at the EOF, the SITE SUPPORT MANAGER will follow the instructions in Attachment I, Action Step - SITE SUPPORT l MANAGER. l 1
| |
| 6.10 Upon arrival at the EOF, the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER will j follow the instructions in Attachment J, Action Step - RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER. l 6.11 Upon arrival at the EOF, the TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER will follow the instructions in Attachment K. Action Step - TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF EOF Attachment A O
| |
| L EP-IP-030 Rev. B Page 6 ACTION STEP RECOVERY MANAGER A.I.0 The RECOVERY MANAGER will:
| |
| A.l.1 Initiate manning of the EOF:
| |
| o Upon SITE or GENERAL EMERGENCY o When information received from the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR indicates a need.
| |
| A.l.2 Upon arrival at the EOF relieve the EOF SUPPORT MANAGER of Overall Management of the Emergency.
| |
| A.l.3 If a situation arises where the EOF cannot perform its functions, in part or in total, transfer control of those functions back to the EMERGENCY 3 DIRECTOR.
| |
| .a l
| |
| O',
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF EOF fS Attachment B
| |
| , -(,) EP-IP-030 i
| |
| Rev. 3 Page 7 l ACTION STEP EOF SUPPORT MANAGER Check B.1.0 The EOF SUPPORT MANAGER will:
| |
| B.1.1 Ensure proper setup of the EOF.
| |
| B.1.2 Manage the activities of the EOF until relieved by the RECOVERY MANAGER.
| |
| NOTE: THE EOF SUPPORT MANAGER HAS THE AUTHORITY OF RECOVERY MANAGER UNTIL RELIEVED.
| |
| B.1.3 Assume control of off-site radiological activities:
| |
| o Preparations to assume control of off-site dose calculations and projections by the RADIOLOGICAL TEAM are complete.
| |
| U o Preparations to assume control of off-site monitoring teams by the .
| |
| RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT TEAM are complete.
| |
| o Make a formal transfer with the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR I
| |
| to assume control of off-site radiological activities, including dose assessment and protective action recommendations.
| |
| B.1.4 Assume control of communications to l DER /BRP Radiological:
| |
| o Obtain most recent Radiological Assessment Form (EP-IP-002-2) from TSC. 1 l o Make a formal transfer with the RADIATION SUPPORT COORDINATOR to assume control of off-site DER /BRP radiological communications. '
| |
| ~
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF EOF Attachment B O*1 EP-IP-030 Rev. B Page 8 Check o Complete Radiological Assessment Form (EP-IP-002-2) and transmit to DER /BRP Radiological every 30 minutes, upon a change of classification, upon a significant event or at their request.
| |
| B.I.5 Assume control of communications to DER /BRP Technical:
| |
| o Preparations to assume control have been completed by the ASSISTANT TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| o Make a formal transfer with the TECHNICAL SUPPORT COORDINATOR to assume control of communications to DER /BRP Technical.
| |
| o Direct ASSISTANT TECHNICAL SUPPORT s,
| |
| MANAGER to begin communications with DER /BRP Technical.
| |
| l B.I.6 Relieve the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR of responsibility for communications to the GO SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| B.I.7 Assume control of Overall Emergency Management:
| |
| o EOF has control of off-site radiological activities.
| |
| Off-site monitoring teams Dose calculations and projections Dose assessment Protective action recommendations o EOF has control of communications to DER /BRP and the GO SUPPORT
| |
| () MANAGER.
| |
| | |
| i l
| |
| l 4
| |
| ACTIVATION OF EOF 4
| |
| Attachment B 4
| |
| EP-IP-030 '
| |
| Rev. B Page 9 Check i
| |
| o EOF has been activated and is functioning.
| |
| 4 o Make a formal transfer with the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR to assume
| |
| ! control of Overall Emergency Management.
| |
| NOTE: AT THIS TIME EMERGENCY DIRECTOR RETAINS THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMMUNICATIONS WITH OFF-SITE AGENCIES AND THE PUBLIC
| |
| !, INFORMATION MANAGER.
| |
| B.I.8 When relieved by the RECOVERY MANAGER remain at EOF for further assignment.
| |
| i 4
| |
| J 4
| |
| i
| |
| ,I i
| |
| i i
| |
| lO 1
| |
| 1
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF EOF
| |
| [N Attachment C EP-IP-030 Rev. B Page 10 ACTION STEP EOF SET UP FOREMAN Check C.1.0 The EOF SET UP FOREMAN will assemble a crew l of people and SET UP the EOF as follows:
| |
| Col.1 Prepare a radiological step off area immediately inside the entrance to the EOF.
| |
| C.L.2 Set up the PING radiological monitoring unit immediately inside the entrance.
| |
| C.I.3 Locate furniture, status boards and telephones as shown in figures #1, 2, and 3. Chp% M,30 %430 NOTE: USE THE TABLES AND CHAIRS PRESENT IN CLASSROOMS 6, 7, AND THE LIBRARY; STATUS BOARDS ARE STORED IN THE
| |
| ! % BUILDING TO THE NORTH OF THE TRAINING
| |
| ~
| |
| CENTER; TELEPHONES ARE STORED IN THE CEILING OVER EACH ROOM; TELEPHONE CEILING LOCATIONS ARE MARKED BY A THUMB TACK; P & IDS ARE STORED IN THE SIMULATOR ROOM.
| |
| REMOVE EXCESS CHAIRS TO SIMULATOR ENTRANCE AND REMOVE THE FOUR LOUNGE CHAILS FROM THE LIBRARY TO THE SIMULATOR ENTRANCE.
| |
| MATERIAL LEFT ON DESKS OR TABLES SHOULD BE PLACED NEATLY IN A BOX.
| |
| C.I.4 Locate Clerical Supplies as follows:
| |
| Place one package (labeled Status Board) at each Status Board.
| |
| Each Package contains:
| |
| o Erase.r (White Board) o 2-Cloths o Red / Orange, Black, and Green Grease Pencil
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF EOF
| |
| (#'
| |
| p) Attachment C EP-IP-030 Rev. B Page 11 Check Place one package (labeled Desk) at each Desk or Table.
| |
| Each Package contains:
| |
| o Blue, Yellow, Pink Highlighter Markers o 2-Pencils o 2-Blue and Black Ballpoint pens o 12 inch Ruler o 2-Tablets of Paper 8h" by 11" o Memo Pad Place one box (labeled supplies) in each room. Each box contains:
| |
| n%J ~
| |
| NOTE: REMOVE ITEMS PLACE THEM ON DESK, PLACE BOX UNDER TABLE.
| |
| o 1 Calculator o 20 Foot Electrical Extension Cord o -3 Hole Punch o Scotch Tape Dispenser w/ tape o Box Rubber Bands o Box Paper Clips l
| |
| i o Scissors o Pencil Sharpener i o Box Paper Clamps O
| |
| I
| |
| | |
| l l
| |
| l l
| |
| ACTIVATION OF EOF
| |
| ,2:S Attachment C (j EP-IP-030 Rev. B Page 12 Check l Place the following items l on the appropriate table Table or 1
| |
| or desk Desk #
| |
| l RECOVERY MANAGER ACTION 6 STEP FOLDER SITE SUPPORT MANAGER ACTION 10 STEP FOLDER TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER 13 ACTION STEP FOLDER RADIOLOGICAL SUPPORT MANAGER 3 ACTION STEP FOLDER COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR- 12 EOF ACTION STEP FOLDER RECOVERY MANAGER'S LOG BOOK 6 TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER'S 13 LOG BOOK RADIOLOGICAL SUPPORT 3 MANAGER'S LOG BOOK COMMUNICATIONS C00RDINATOR'S 8 LOG BOOK FOLDERS FOR RECORD COPIES OF 9 o DATA SHEETS o FORMS EP-IP-002-1 o FORMS EP-IP-002-2 o PRESS RELEASES SUPPLY OF BLANK FORMS 9 EP-IP-002-1 SUPPLY OF BLANK FORMS 9 EP-IP-002-2 l SUPPLY OF BLANK DATA SHEETS 11 l 10 l
| |
| V
| |
| | |
| ACIIVATION OF EOF Attachment C EP-IP-030 Rev. B Page 13 Check C.l.5 Place the following items on or near each telephone.
| |
| Emergency Phone Directory Placard and Holder with a description of the intended use of the phone.
| |
| NOTE: ALL TELEPHONES NOT IN CEILING SHOULD BE PLACED UNDER TABLES OR PLACED AGAINST WALL.
| |
| C.L.6 Placement of Radios; o 2 VHF Radios and, charging units should be placed on table 1 o UHF Radio and, charging unit should be placed on table 11 o Distend antenna arms perpendicular O
| |
| s.-
| |
| to center arm o Hang antenna from ceiling above cable 1 i
| |
| i NOTE: THERE IS NO ANTENNA FOR THE UHF RADIO l o Attach antenna wire to Radio coupling o Plug charging units in electrical outlets C.L.7 EOF Security Post Place one package (labeled Security) at Security Post.
| |
| Each Package contains:
| |
| o Clipboard o Pad of 8 " by 11" paper o 2 Blue & Black Ballpoint pens O
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF EOF Attachment C O EP-IP-030 Rev. B Page 14 Check o 1 Box of TLD's C.L.8 Turn on facsimile machine and copy machines.
| |
| C.l.9 TEST the following communications.
| |
| When contact is made, give the following message, "This is the Susquehanna SES Emergency Operations Facility. I am testing our communication links, no information will be relayed. Please state your name and location".
| |
| NRC Operations Hotline TSC Hotline Control Room Hotline Luzerne County Civil Defense Hotline 8-
| |
| ~
| |
| Columbia County Emergency Management Agency Hotline -
| |
| Pennsylvania Emergency Management Agency Hotline General Office Room 495 Hotline DER Radiological Hotline Media Operations Center Hotline One PBX Line j VHF,150 radio by call to TSC UHF, 450 radio by call to Security C.l.10 Prepare the off-sii'e survey vehicles for dispatch.
| |
| l NOTE: IF VEHICLES HAVE NOT ARRIVED, CONTACT THE ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR.
| |
| O l
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF EOF Attachment C O EP-IP-030 Rev. B Page 15 Check C.l.10.1 Obtain keys for vehicles from:
| |
| o Security Officer delivering ist vehicle to EOF, or, o from office area C.l.10.2 Unlock all doors C l.10.3 Start car & check if gas tank is full o If tank is full, shut off engine &
| |
| continue with "4".
| |
| o If tank is not full, have it filled up, shut off engine &
| |
| continue with "4".
| |
| C.l.10.4 Line up. vehicles near IEOF for ease of loading.
| |
| () C.l.10.5 Bring out and place next to the vehicle the following:
| |
| o HP equipment box o radio / magnetic antenna o inverter NOTE: THESE WILL BE LOCATED IN THE BUILDING IMMEDIATELY NORTH OF THE TRAINING CENTER.
| |
| C.1.10.6 Load each vehicle completely before proceeding to the next vehicle.
| |
| C.l.10.7 Load in this manner:
| |
| o Fold down the passenger's seat.
| |
| I o Place the HP equipment box at the rear of the vehicle.
| |
| o Place the radio on the driver's side of the vehicle.
| |
| O ,
| |
| l l 4 f !
| |
| I l
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF EOF g Attachment C ,
| |
| EP-IP-030 i
| |
| Rev. B Page 16 Check o Place the inverter behind the passenger's seat.
| |
| NOTE: THIS IS QUITE HEAVY & CARE SHOULD E TAKEN.
| |
| , o Plug radio in 3 prong receptacle t
| |
| located on the lower right side of che Jtsh and check operability by turnity the unit on, then turn it off.
| |
| NOTE: DO NOT CALL OVER THE UNIT.
| |
| o Attach radio antennas as appropriate. Antenna leads are attached to radio receptacle in lower left side of unit which has a red cover.
| |
| If vehicle is a security e vehicle, it must have a
| |
| , magnetic antenna attached to I
| |
| the radio unit. Locate the magnetic antenna about 2 feet behind the permanent antenna.
| |
| If it is a vehicle other than security, and has a visible antenna, attach lead to radio.
| |
| If it is a vehicle other than security and has no visible antenna, install a magnetic antenna.
| |
| If no antenna is available for the vehicle, insure the team has a portable unit for communicating back to the EOF.
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF EOF Attachment C O EP-IP-030 Rev. B Page 17 Check o Connect the inverter by removing the dummy plug and plugging the inverter into the permanent plug type connector found in the rear of the vehicle on the passenger's side near the rear wheel.
| |
| o Ensure breaker is plugged into inverter (yellow plug).
| |
| NOTE: THE BREAKER IS PER. N Y MOUNTED ON THE INVERTER.
| |
| o To check operability of the inverter:
| |
| - turn on vehicle, & make sure it is in Park or Neutral
| |
| - turn on inverter,
| |
| ()
| |
| '~
| |
| - if it works, shut off inverter shut off vehicle.
| |
| o If an inverter or radio is found to be inoperable remove it from vehicle & mark clearly that it does not work
| |
| - if available, load another unit notify ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT MANAGER C.1.10.8 Upon loading vehicle, check with the clerk in the office for the names of off-site monitoring team members.
| |
| These people should be in the area immediately in front of the simulator window.
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| \ l l
| |
| l l
| |
| ACTIVATION OF EOF Attachment C l EP-IP-030 l Rev. 3 Page 18 Check Give the monitors a choice, il possible, as to who works together.
| |
| Dispatch the two man team to the vehicle you have loaded.
| |
| C.1.11 When set up is complete, set-up team should report to Training Center lunch room.
| |
| 4 l
| |
| 1 O_.
| |
| i O ;
| |
| 1
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF EOF Attachment D EP-IP-030 Rev. B Page 19 ACTION STEP SECURITT D.1.0 The SECURITY OFFICERS assigned to the EOF will:
| |
| ; D.L.1 Establish access control to the EOF.
| |
| D.l.2 Issue TLD's to EOF personnel and 0FF SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS.
| |
| NOTE: THE OFF SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS NORMALLY AWAIT ASSIGNMENT NEAR THE ENTRANCE TO THE EOF.
| |
| lC I
| |
| i
| |
| - - - - - -,w-y w - y -,, , ,-,,-,,,,.,-m- - - , - - . --y -m- - --.c ---,r--w,--.r---7 s
| |
| | |
| 1 ACTIVATION OF EOF Attachment E
| |
| ()
| |
| EP-IP-030 Rev. 3 Page 20 ACTION STEP ASSISTANT EOF SUPPORT MANAGER E.1.0 The ASSISTANT EOF SUPPORT MANAGER will:
| |
| E.1.1 Supervise set up of the data link to the TSC and GO.
| |
| E.1.2 Ensure:
| |
| o Data flows smoothly from TSC to EOF and GO.
| |
| o Data is properly disseminated within the EOF.
| |
| o Data status boards are promptly updated.
| |
| E.1.3 Update the Open Items Status Board and track performance of Open Items.
| |
| ~
| |
| l
| |
| ~
| |
| E.1.4 Record sequence of events.
| |
| l E.1.5 When relieved by the SITE SUPPORT MANAGER, assume the function of second COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR reporting to the SITE SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| l I l
| |
| }
| |
| 1
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF EOF Attachment F Og EP-IP-030 Rev. B Page 21 ACTION STEP RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT TEAM Check F.1.0 The RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT TEAM will:
| |
| F.1.1 Assess the habitability of the 20F.
| |
| l F.1.2 Calculate off-site doses: j o Set up map, overlays and computer.
| |
| o Obtain meteorological and affluent information from the data link.
| |
| o Contact TSC dose calculator and obtain previous release information.
| |
| l o Perform at least one calculation in parallel with TSC.
| |
| o Inform EOF SUPPORT MANAGER that the EOF is prepared to assume
| |
| ~
| |
| control of off-site dose proj ections.
| |
| F.1.3 Prepare to assume control of off-site monitoring teams.
| |
| o Establish contact with TSC RADIOMAN.
| |
| o Determine the location of all teams and the monitoring points already assessed.
| |
| ,' o Inform EOF SUPPORT MANAGER that l
| |
| the EOF is prepared to assume control of the off-site monitoring teams.
| |
| o Monitor the radio until directed by EOF SUPPORT MANAGER to assume control of off-site teams.
| |
| 5
| |
| (
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF EOF Attachment F 03 EP-IP-030 Rev. B Page 22 Check F.L.4 When relieved by the G.O. RADIOLOGICAL STAFF the RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT TEAM will assemble in the Training Center lunchroom, except the Dose Calculator who will become a member of the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER's scaff.
| |
| Q 4
| |
| | |
| l l
| |
| l ACTIVATION OF EOF r^, Attachment G EP-IP-030
| |
| ! Rev. B Page 23 ACTION STEP ASSISTANT TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER Check l G.1.0 The ASSISTANT TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER will:
| |
| ! G.l.1 Contact the TECHNICAL SUPPORT
| |
| ' COORDINATOR in the TSC to identify any items requiring engineering support.
| |
| G.l.2 Update status boards in Technical area using information obtained from the data link.
| |
| G.I.3 Contact the ENGINEERING SUPPORT LEADER in the G.O. and coordinate engineering I support required by the TSC.
| |
| I G.I.4 Prepare to assume control of communications to DER /BRP technical personnel.
| |
| o Obtain the most recent Incident Form (EP-IP-002-1) from the C0iiMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-EOF.
| |
| G.I.5 Notify the EOF SUPPORT MANAGER that the l EOF is prepared to assume control of l communications with DER /BRP Technical.
| |
| G.l.6 At the direction of the EOF SUPPORT MANAGER begin updating DER /BRP technical personnel.
| |
| o When emergency classification changes.
| |
| o When a significant event occurs.
| |
| o At their request.
| |
| o Every 30 minutes if none of the above occur.
| |
| wY l
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF EOF 4 Attachment G EP-IP-030 Rev. 3 Page 24 Check r NOTE: OBTAIN APPROVED INCIDENT FORMS l (EP-IP-002-1) FROM THE COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-EOF TO ENSURE CONSISTENCY OF INFORMATION.
| |
| G.I.7 Continue communications with DER /BRP technical personnel until relieved by the TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| I 1
| |
| l l
| |
| l l
| |
| t l %
| |
| 1 L
| |
| | |
| I \
| |
| i l
| |
| ACTIVATION OF EOF Attachment H G EP-IP-030 Rev. 3 Page 25 ACTION STEP ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT MANAGER H.1.0 The ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT MANAGER will:
| |
| H.1.1 Provide and direct clerical /
| |
| stensgraphic support.
| |
| H.1.2 Provide a person to monitor incoming personnel and EOF area monitoring equipment:
| |
| o ALL personnel entering the EOF must perform a radiological
| |
| " frisk".
| |
| o If any radiological equipment alarms, notify t'ae RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER tr EOF SUPPORT MANAGER immediats.ly.
| |
| l i
| |
| l l
| |
| l l
| |
| | |
| l ACTIVATION OF EOF Attachment I O EP-IP-030 Rev. B Page 26 ACTION STEP SITE SUPPORT MANAGER Check I.1.0 The SITE SUPPORT MANAGER will:
| |
| I.l.1 Upon arrival at the EOF assume direction of:
| |
| o Data link personnel o COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR o ASSISTANT EOF SUPPORT MANAGER I.l.2 Assume control of off-site communications:
| |
| o Obtain most recent approved Incident Form (EP-IP-002-1).
| |
| o Make a formal transfer with the
| |
| -O EMERGENCY DIRECTOR to assume control of off-site communications.
| |
| PEMA LCCD CEMA NRC
| |
| - PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER o Relieve EOF SUPPORT MANAGER of communication responsibility to GO SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| O I
| |
| | |
| ACTIVATION OF EOF Attachment J O EP-IP-030 Rev. B Page 27 ACTION STEP RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER Check J.1.0 The RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER will:
| |
| J 1.1 Relieve EOF SUPPORT MANAGER of responsibility for dose assessment, OFF-SITE EMERGENCY MONITORING TEAMS, protective action recommendations and communication with DER /BRP.
| |
| J.l.2 IF unable to contact DER /BRP, utilize alternate means of communications per EP-IP-018.
| |
| J.l.3 Transmit information on Incident Form EP-IP-002-1 to DER /BRP, when directed to by the SITE SUPPORT MANAGER. Return completed form to SITE SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| J.l.4 Approve information on Radiological Os Assessment Form EP-IP-002-2, transmit l information to DER /BRP and return completed form to SITE SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| | |
| l
| |
| , )
| |
| l ACTIVATION OF EOF l Attachment K 1 EP-IP-030 -
| |
| Rev. B Page 28 '
| |
| i ACTION STEP I !
| |
| TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER Check
| |
| )
| |
| K.L.0 The TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER will:
| |
| 1 o Assume responsibility for communications with DER /BRP technical personnel regarding plant specifics from the ASSISTANT TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| o Assume responsibility for communications with the ENGINEERING SUPPORT LEADER from the ASSISTANT TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| l O l
| |
| l l
| |
| l sjb/D-1 O
| |
| | |
| I Figurd.1 IEOF Layout .' EP-IP-030 Figure 1
| |
| !! Rev. B Page 29 O, .
| |
| -3 4
| |
| g y -
| |
| +
| |
| *b clotn
| |
| _ a . _
| |
| T 44 s.@'d
| |
| =
| |
| N A
| |
| 5
| |
| . 6- .
| |
| e
| |
| -ll//
| |
| .J llI 3
| |
| o i d v0 0
| |
| f \
| |
| I W '
| |
| de \
| |
| s fN V1 i
| |
| * d ,
| |
| 3 d
| |
| a ;l
| |
| .9
| |
| : r. .'I _
| |
| m k J d ;
| |
| .! I
| |
| - o4m,
| |
| . I[< 3" d>. les E
| |
| :
| |
| * L
| |
| . g ..
| |
| oo _?
| |
| $A y rmo nr ~ ~
| |
| j 9 7
| |
| i u - l- .
| |
| d t - - -
| |
| | |
| ~ -
| |
| 1 r
| |
| 223 Mom wg 7o5 y 2," " 1
| |
| : e. ,.3 $ ~' -
| |
| k ~
| |
| O s
| |
| ~
| |
| ~
| |
| r.
| |
| h.
| |
| t i
| |
| . I T i* ' 7: AeI . }
| |
| tt
| |
| , II
| |
| [ , p> .{
| |
| 5 -
| |
| A * .
| |
| .e **
| |
| @H Ar*
| |
| L
| |
| * c-W -
| |
| c 5' pRA N W y '.
| |
| * 4 *tK
| |
| *L O -
| |
| Mi i
| |
| T"2 f ** x
| |
| . 'T 's C
| |
| O N 6
| |
| n o
| |
| s .
| |
| c i
| |
| < , E s a. 6 g- .
| |
| a 2 5 5
| |
| a e I E
| |
| L a Cm (
| |
| A
| |
| 'T Gm
| |
| ~
| |
| l g Tg 7
| |
| o g
| |
| o U) bQ S g
| |
| 'A 4 M
| |
| [d. h* o l 2.
| |
| O F i i
| |
| " 1
| |
| $ H da 5.E 5 E
| |
| A B Ua At g
| |
| = u
| |
| * 6P f .
| |
| A 1
| |
| 1
| |
| .T A 3 i }:. u j;'
| |
| \
| |
| u,
| |
| . l i l\ iI i ~ .
| |
| w+
| |
| I ,I
| |
| _ , a v
| |
| - L 2
| |
| I'
| |
| | |
| 3 ! u*$** + E,@* 7u Rou a
| |
| u C ..I d
| |
| a t -
| |
| - -4 a
| |
| : r. O o @ o @ 3 f g."-
| |
| .t a h.
| |
| .m n ._.
| |
| 6 e .
| |
| e .R s e e E s.
| |
| . T A N - .
| |
| E p .-
| |
| C.
| |
| G e .
| |
| e
| |
| ' o t> N
| |
| - R _
| |
| T .
| |
| l _
| |
| S. " o. .
| |
| e @
| |
| - e o E s
| |
| : s. . .
| |
| O e
| |
| Y .
| |
| kL K E
| |
| d' .
| |
| R A
| |
| fs s u o -
| |
| Be r.
| |
| o.
| |
| s t^L.WC d N R B
| |
| I A "
| |
| L .
| |
| I -
| |
| O. .
| |
| v l e c.
| |
| O. o r
| |
| b O t ; .
| |
| 6 '5 u t
| |
| ,1
| |
| ~
| |
| h-t L
| |
| ~ @
| |
| oc v_ u -
| |
| o u
| |
| . b 3c.OuT 4 ,
| |
| E.,
| |
| .A A r - _ g a mA -
| |
| * A g Au- c -
| |
| 1
| |
| - L s ed h p c
| |
| - ts _
| |
| E 4tAaTr -
| |
| Io SB B- ma a.
| |
| e f
| |
| ya .
| |
| t o -
| |
| n C ., .g .
| |
| D E
| |
| .L sn t-I N
| |
| L4 e
| |
| P 3
| |
| p {T #@
| |
| g A
| |
| T i
| |
| w -
| |
| o Lit P _.
| |
| - 4 4 ). -
| |
| O f
| |
| y s.
| |
| o o d d
| |
| w n e
| |
| )
| |
| We %
| |
| | |
| L PUBLIC INFORMATION EMERGENCY PROCEDURES EP-IP-031 Revision A Page 1 of 5 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION PUBLIC INFORMATION EMERGENCY PROCEDURES - EP-IP-031 Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date O
| |
| Prepared By Date Reviewed By Date PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( ) Date Approved By Date Section Head Date Superintendent of Plant O
| |
| | |
| J 3 PUBLIC INFORMATION EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 1 EP-IP-031
| |
| ) Revision A Page 2 of 5
| |
| : O TABLE OF CONTENTS t
| |
| Section Page No.
| |
| j 1.0 PURPOSE. 3 [
| |
| a 1
| |
| i 2.0 SCOPE 3 1
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4
| |
| ! 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 i
| |
| i l 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 l 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 3-5 1
| |
| 1
| |
| \ .
| |
| e O -
| |
| i i
| |
| I l
| |
| 1 i
| |
| l l
| |
| O
| |
| -_we, _ , . . , , , , - , , --,,..,_y_. -
| |
| | |
| PUBLIC INFORMATION EMERGENCY PROCEDURES EP-IP-031 Revision A 4
| |
| Page 3 of 5 l
| |
| l 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to:
| |
| o Establish the PUBLIC INFORMATION EMERGENCY PROCEDURES as the designated method of providing information to the public during an EMERGENCY.
| |
| o Establish responsibilities for control of the PUBLIC INFORMATION EMERGENCY PROCEDURES.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE To provide instructions for activation and operation of emergency public information facilities.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| i 3.1 NUREG - 0654, Planning Standards and Evaluation Criteria, 3.2 NUREG - 0696, Functional Criteria for Emergency Response j Facilities.
| |
| () 3.3 NUREG - 0731, Guidelines for Utility Management Structure and Technical Resources, September 1980.
| |
| 3.4 SSES Emergency Plan
| |
| ; 4.0 DEFINITIONS i
| |
| 4.1 MOC - Media Operations Center. This is the Berwick YMCA.
| |
| 4.2 PIEP - Public Information Emergency Procedures 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 The SPECIAL ASSISTANT TO THE PRESIDENT-SUSQUEHANNA is responsible for establishment, control and approval of the PIEP's.
| |
| 5.2 The DIRECTOR - CORPORATE COMMUNICATIONS is responsible for reviewing the PIEP's.
| |
| 5.3 The MANAGER - NUCLEAR SUPPORT is responsible for reviewing the PIEP's.
| |
| i 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS i
| |
| () 6.1 A set of PUBLIC INFORMATION EMERGENCY PROCEDURES will be preparad to describe the activation and operation of the
| |
| | |
| PUBLIC INFORMATION EMERGENCY PROCEDURES EP-IP-031 Revision A Page 4 of 5 Special Office and the MOC. These procedures will include at least the following subjects:
| |
| 6.1.1 Organization 6.1.2 Personnel Responsibilities 6.1.3 Personnel Call-In 6.1.4 Activation of the Media Operations Center and Special Office of the President l
| |
| 6.1.5 Back-up Facilities 6.1.6 Information Flowpath 6.1.7 Media Briefing Management 6.1.8 News Releases 6.1.9 Rumor Control 6.2 The PIEP's will be revised as required to accurately reflect
| |
| () the tasks performed at the MOC.
| |
| 6.3 The PIEP's will be reviewed on an annual basis to ensure accuracy.
| |
| 6.4 All telephone numbers and points of contact shall be verified on a quarterly basis.
| |
| 6.5 Initial approval and approval of any subsequent changes to PIEP's will be made by the SPECIAL ASSISTANT TO THE PRESIDENT'
| |
| - SUSQUEHANNA after an appropriate review.
| |
| 6.6 Initial PIEP's and all subsequent changes will be reviewed by:
| |
| 6.6.1 DIRECTOR - CORPORATE COMMUNICATIONS 6.6.2 MANAGER - NUCLEAR SUPPORT l
| |
| ! 6.6.3 Any other interested /affected groups as determined by the SPECIAL ASSISTANT TO THE PRESIDENT - SUSQUEHANNA.
| |
| l 6.7 PIEP's will be issued as controlled documents through the l Susquehanna Records Management System to the following personnel and facilities as a minimum:
| |
| I O 6.7.1 ~0n-call RECOVERY MANAGERS 1
| |
| | |
| PUBLIC INFORMATION EMERGENCY PROCEDURES EP-IP-031 Revision A Page 5 of 5 6.7.2 on-call EMERGENCY DIRECTORS 6.7.3 On-call SITE SUPPORT MANAGERS l
| |
| 6.7.4 On-call PUBLIC INFORMATION~ MANAGERS 6.7.5 On-call COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATORS I 6.7.6 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER 6.7.7 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY 6.7.8 GENERAL OFFICE NUCLEAR EMERGENCY SUPPORT CENTER 6.7.9 Berwick YMCA A
| |
| 1 O
| |
| | |
| Ginarsl Offica Activation EP-IP-032 Revision A I h, Page 1 of 6 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION GENERAL OFFICE ACTIVATION - EP-IP-032 Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date l
| |
| N._/
| |
| l l
| |
| l l Prepared By Date l
| |
| Reviewed By Date PORC Review Required Yes( ) No( ) Date __
| |
| i Approved By Date l Section Head Date Superintendent of Plant
| |
| ~
| |
| | |
| I G:nsrol Offica Activation EP-IP-032 Revision A
| |
| $ Page 2 of 6 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page No.
| |
| 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4 t
| |
| l
| |
| ~')
| |
| (V ATTACHMENTS Attachment Page No.
| |
| A GENERAL OFFICE NUCLEAR EMERGENCY 5 SUPPORT CENTER (GONESC) ACTIVATION B GENERAL OFFICE ENGINEERING SUPPORT CENTER 6 (GOESC) ACTIVATION i
| |
| 1 l
| |
| (a')
| |
| | |
| G:nsral Offica Activation EP-IP-032 Revision A llhy, Page 3 of 6 GENERAL OFFICE ACTIVATION 1.0 PURPOSE To describe the method of activating the Allentown General Office in support of an emergency at the Susquehanna Steam Electric Station.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE The scope of this instruction pertains to the activation of General Office facilities and personnel in the event of an emergency condition at the Susquehanna Steam Electric Station.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 NUREG - 0654, Planning Standards and Evaluation Criteria 3.2 NUREG - 0696, Functional Criteria for Emergency Response Facilities 3.3 NUREG - 0731. Guidelines for Utility Management Structure and Technical Resources September 1980.
| |
| g
| |
| (.J 3.4 Susquehanna Steam Electric Station Emergency Plan.
| |
| 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 General Office Nuclear Emergency Support Center (GONESC) - the focal point for communication and data transfer between the Susquehanna Site, PP&L corporate management and employees, and certain outside agencies and contractors (i.e., INPO, Bechtel, GE).
| |
| l 4.2 General Office Engineering Support Center (GOESC) - the focal point for activation of Nuclear Plant Engineering resources in support of technical problem resolution.
| |
| 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES i 5.1 It is the responsibility of the GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT MANAGER l (GOSM) to report to the GENERAL OFFICE NUCLEAR EMERGENCY SUPPORT CENTER (CONESC) in Allentown and place the facility in service.
| |
| 5.2 It is the responsibility of the GENERAL OFFICE SUPPORT COORDINATORS (GOSC) to contact Administrative Support Personnel l for the General Office. In addition, the GOSC will assume the
| |
| ! duties of the GOSM until relieved by the GOSM.
| |
| t (~
| |
| C)/ ,
| |
| | |
| G:nstal Offica Activation EP-IP-032 Revision A Page 4 of 6 5.3 It is the responsibility of the GENERAL OFFICE ENGINEERING SUPPORT LEADER (GOESL) to report to the GENERAL OFFICE ENGINEERING SUPPORT CENTER (GOESC) in Allentown and place the facility in service.
| |
| 5.4 It is the responsibility of the GENERAL OFFICE ENGINEERING SUPPORT ASSIGNED CALLER (GOESAC) to contact the staff and. key technical "on-the-floor" resources for the G0 ESC.
| |
| 5.5 It is the responsibility of the Lehigh Service Center Dispatcher to activate the appropriate paging system and contact the on-call GOSM, GOSC, and GOESL.
| |
| 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 The GOSM and/or GOSC will follow the instructions in Attachment A. General Office Nuclear Emergency Support Center (GONESC)
| |
| Activation.
| |
| 6.2 The GOESL or COESAC will follow the instructions in Attachment B, General Office Engineering Support Can' er (COESC) Activation.
| |
| (MG:FB-23) lO
| |
| | |
| G;n r:1 Offica Activation Attachment A EP-IP-032 Revision A T Page 5 of 6 GENERAL OFFICE NUCLEAR EMERGENCY SUPPORT CENTER (GONESC) ACTIVATION Upon notification to activate the CONESC, the following action steps will be performed:
| |
| t Check i
| |
| A.l.1 Notify appropriate Corporate, Security, and Building Department personnel of the emergency.
| |
| A.l.2 Verify that communications equipment is operable.
| |
| A.l.3 Establish communications with GE, Bechtel, INPO, and other outside organizations as appropriate.
| |
| A.1.4 Verify that call-out system of on-call personnel has been completed, that appropriate personnel have been notified, and that the designated personnel are
| |
| ; enroute to the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF),
| |
| i (If not, identify best qualified replacement.)
| |
| (j' A.l.5 Ensure liaison with the General Office Engineering Support Leader (GOESL). (If designated personnel cannot be reached follow some call-out system used to l reach on-call EOF personnel.)
| |
| A.1.6 Keep Corporate Management personnel informed of developments.
| |
| A.l.7 Establish and maintain liaison with the EOF and Technical Support Center (TSC).
| |
| A.l.8 Verify that clerical support fenction is in place.
| |
| A.l.9 Establish and maintain log books.
| |
| A.l.10 Direct Susquehanna Records Management System to have personnel available for records retrieval as required.
| |
| 1 A.l.ll Maintain current status of technical information received.
| |
| l A.I.12 Arrange for and coordinate assistance from General Office and outside organizations as requested by the Emergency Director or the Recovery Manager.
| |
| l
| |
| \
| |
| (u, >
| |
| EP-IP-032, Attachment A Rev. A, Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| Gansral Offics 4
| |
| Activation Attachment B EP-IP-032 Revision A
| |
| '' age 6 of 6 GENERAL OFFICE EKGINEERING SUPPORT CENTER (GOESC) ACTIVATION
| |
| -Upon notification to activate the GOESC, the following action steps will be performed:
| |
| Check B.l.1 Notify GOESL staff to report.
| |
| B.l.2 Notify key technical "on-the-floor" resources.
| |
| B.l.3 Verify that these functions are in place:
| |
| o Clerical Support o Data Link o Log Keeper
| |
| ; o GOSM Liaison B.l.4 Notify GOSM when G0ESL Group is functionally
| |
| ( operational.
| |
| B.l.5 Establish and maintain communication with the EOF.
| |
| 4 l
| |
| l l
| |
| (MG:FB-23)
| |
| EP-IP-032, Attachment B, Rev. A, Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| DOSE ASSESSMENT AND PROTECTIVE ACTIONS
| |
| . EP-IP-033 1 Revision A Page 1 of 14 O
| |
| PROCEDURE COVER SHEET PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION DOSE ASSESSMENT AND PROTECTIVE ACTIONS - EP-IP-033 Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date 5
| |
| Prepared By Date l Reviewed By Date l
| |
| PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( ) Date Approved By Date Section Head Date Superintendent of Plant y
| |
| O t
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| DOSE ASSESSMENT AND PROTECTIVE ACTIONS EP-IP-033 Revision A Page 2 of 14 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page No.
| |
| 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 5 ATTACHMENTS Attachment Page No.
| |
| A Guide for Assessing Public Doses 6-11 and Making Protective Action Recommendations B Guide for Assessing Doses to PP&L 12-14 Emergency Response Personnel and Making Protective Action Recommendations l
| |
| l
| |
| (:)
| |
| | |
| DOSE ASSESSMENT AND PROTECTIVE ACTIONS EP-IP-033 Revision A Page 3 of 14 DOSE ASSESSMENT AND PROTECTIVE ACTIONS 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides guidance in assessing radiation doses and determining appropriate protective actions.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE This procedure applies only to radiation exposures of the public and emergency response personnel of PP&L resulting from emergency conditions at SSES.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 ICRP Publication 28, The Principles and General Procedures for Handling Emergency and Accidental Exposures of Workers. International Commission on Radiation Protection, 1978.
| |
| 3.2 NCRP Report 39 Basic Radiation Protection Criteria, National Council on Radiation Protection and
| |
| (} Measurements, 1971.
| |
| 3.3 NCRP Report 55, Protection of the Thyroid Gland in the Event of Releases of Radioiodine, National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements, 1977.
| |
| 3.4 SSES Emergency Plan 3.5 Environmental Protection Agency Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents, 1979.
| |
| 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 PING - Particulate, Iodine, Noble Gas 4.2 ALARA - As Low as Reasonably Achievable 4.3 PAG - Protective Action Guide l 4.4 KI - Potassium Iodide 4.5 Emergency Exposure - planned or voluntary exposures of personnel to doses exceeding 10CFR20 Criteria.
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| DOSE ASSESSMENT AND PROTECTIVE ACTIONS EP-IP-033 Revision A Page 4 of 14 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES l 5.1 It is the responsibility of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR to make a recommendation to the Bureau of Radiation Protection for a protective action to limit doses to the public following an accidental release of radioactive materials from SSES. This responsibility is maintained until relieved by the RECOVERY MANAGER.
| |
| 5.2 It is the responsibility of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR to authorize emergency exposures for emergency personnel employed by PP&L in combatting the EMERGENCY.
| |
| 5.3 It is the responsibility of the OSC/TSC COORDINATOR to identify in-plant efforts which have a significant potential for over exposure and to notify the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR for a decision on the urgency for carrying out such efforts and an emergency exposure authorization if required.
| |
| 5.4 It is the responsibility of the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR to assess in-plant radiological conditions and advise the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR on emergency exposures and on methods to limit personnel doses to Os ALARA.
| |
| 5.5 It is the responsibility of the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR to assess real and potential off-site radiological conditions and recommend to the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR a PROTECTIVE ACTION to protect the public until relieved by the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| 5.6 It is the responsibility of all plant workers and emergency plant personnel to monitor their exposures and notify health physics personnel or the'TSC/OSC COORDINATOR.
| |
| 5.7 It is the responsibility of the RECOVERY MANAGER to relieve the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR and assume the responsibility to make a recommendation to the Bureau of Radiation Protection for a PROTECTIVE ACTION to limit doses to the public following an accidental release of radioactive materials from SSES.
| |
| 5.8 It is the responsibility of the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER to assess real and potential off-site radiological conditions and recommend a PROTECTIVE ACTION and alternatives to the RECOVERY MANAGER to protect the public.
| |
| | |
| DOSE ASSESSMENT AND PROTECTIVE ACTIONS EP-IP-033 Revision A Page 5 of 14 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR /RECOVEEY MANAGER shall consult with the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR / RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER and other appropriate COORDINATORS / MANAGERS to arrive at a PROTECTIVE ACTION recommendation to protect the public using the guide presented in Attachment A. This recommendation must be made to DER /BRP following the initial and any subsequent classifications of the accident. An update should be provided periodically (approximately every half hour) to DER /BRP on the continued applicability of the PROTECTIVE ACTION. This update function may be delegated to the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR /
| |
| RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| 6.2 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR shall authorize in writing any EMERGENCY EXPOSURES and PROTECTIVE ACTIONS to plant personnel as outlined in Attachment B. Consultation should be made with the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR and if possible the CONSULTING RADIOLOGICAL PHYSICIAN.
| |
| ("T 6.3 The RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR / RADIATION SUPPORT
| |
| (/ MANAGER shall evaluate radiological data for off-site DOSE ASSESSMENT and determine a recommended PROTECTIVE ACTION following the criteria and guidance in Attachment A.
| |
| 6.4 The RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR shall assess dosimetry and-in-plant data and recommend precautions that limit personnel doses. In cases of ACCIDENTAL or EMERGENCY EXPOSURES the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR shall provide guidance on the administrative and medical actions required and any protective actions deemed necessary as specified in j Attachment B.
| |
| 6.5 The RADIOLOGICAL SUPPORT MANAGER shall assess doses to EOF and emergency off-site monitoring personnel and I recommend to the RECOVERY MANAGER any PROTECTIVE ACTIONS as specified in Attachment B.
| |
| l 6.6 The RECOVERY MANAGER shall authorize EMERGENCY EXPOSURES and PROTECTIVE ACTIONS for EOF and emergency off-site monitoring personnel.
| |
| 6.7 The RADIOLOGICAL GROUP SUPERVISOR shall maintain this procedure current with recommendations made by O-s radiation protection authorities and committees.
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| DOSE ASSESSMENT AND PROTECTIVE ACTIONS Attachment A l EP-IP-033 l Revision A '
| |
| (~) Page 6 of 14
| |
| , GUIDE FOR ASSESSING PUBLIC DOSES AND MAKING PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS PROTECTIVE ~ ACTION DECISION PROCESS
| |
| )
| |
| OBJECTIVE: PROTECTIVE ACTIONS are taken to limit the exposure to the general public. PROTECTIVE ACTION decisions must weigh all risks to the public. Evaluate the risk of the exposure versus the risk of the PROTECTIVE ACTION. The risks of the PROTECTIVE ACTION include the psychological effects and the risks associated with an evacuation. See Table A.3.
| |
| Check A.l.0 Determine the need for PROTECTIVE ACTIONS based on:
| |
| A.l.1 Plant Status - technical assessment of conditions in the plant which may present
| |
| () the potential for an off-site release.
| |
| A.l.2 Off-site Doses - combined evaluation and correlation of field monitoring data and dose calculations when both are available.
| |
| A.1.2.1 Field Monitoring Data - actual field dose readings by site boundary or-OFF-SITE MONITORING TEAMS.
| |
| A.l.2.2 Dose Calculations
| |
| : a. Current Dose Rate
| |
| : b. Integrated Dose -
| |
| total accumulated dose from the beginning of the release to the present time.
| |
| O EP-IP-033, Attachment A. Rev. A, Page1 of 6
| |
| | |
| DOSE ASSESSMENT AND PROTECTIVE ACTIONS Attachment A EP-IP-033 Revision A
| |
| () Page 7 of 14
| |
| : c. Projected Dose - future projected accumulated dose over the entire course of the release. It incorporates the integrated dose and assumes the current release rate to project a dose over a future specified time period. Table A.1 give guidelines for PROTECTIVE ACTIONS based on projected doses.
| |
| A.2.0 Determine what action, of three options;
| |
| : a. No action
| |
| : b. Sheltering
| |
| : c. Evacuation - (by Pennsylvania state directive evacuation will be of the entire 10 mile EPZ)
| |
| (} A.2.1 Time available to Implement the Action -
| |
| determination of thin time constraint may ecme from three possible time inputs.
| |
| A.2.1.1 Estimated termination of release technical assessment of plant conditions causing release and anticipated time of release termination. When there is no definite time of release termination a default time of six (6) hours may be used. This is the maximum fair weather evacuation time estimate. (See Table A.2).
| |
| A.2.1.2 Time Until Allowable Dose is Exceeded - time available until integrated doses reach or exceed protective action levels. This will give you how much time is available to implement PROTECTIVE ACTIONS.
| |
| EP-IP-033, Attachment A. Rev. A, Page 2 of 6
| |
| | |
| DOSE ASSESSMENT AND PROTECTIVE ACTIONS
| |
| . Attachment A EP-IP-033 Revision A O Page 8 of 14 A.2.1.3 Time Required to Complete Protective Action
| |
| : a. Obtain an estimate of time required to initiate PROTECTIVE ACTION on the state and county level from DER /BRP.
| |
| : b. Consult evacuation time estimates (Table A.2) to determine if release termination justifies evacuation.
| |
| A.2.2 Non-Quantitative Factors Affecting Prognosis - evaluation of the following factors which may affect PROTECTIVE ACTION decisions:
| |
| A.2.2.1 Plant Status - potential for release
| |
| () A.2.2.2 Weather Changes or Conditions A.2.2.3 Time of Day
| |
| , A.3.0 Insure Confidence in Data Utilized for Decision Process - careful evaluation of the following:
| |
| A.3.1 Age of Information - most current information utilized.available.for proper dose assessment.
| |
| l A.3.2 Scope of Available Information -
| |
| sufficient information available for proper dose assessment.
| |
| A.3.3 Information Source A.3.3.1 Consistency of data points with trend analysis.
| |
| A.3.3.2 Reasonable correlation between all available information sources.
| |
| EP-IP-033, Attachment A. Rev. A, Page 3 of 6
| |
| | |
| O O O TABLE A.1 Projected Dose to Population
| |
| * Recommended Responses Comments m
| |
| & Whole body 0 to No protective action required. If sheltering is chosen.
| |
| $ 0.5 rem Sheltering may be suggested. evaluate potential Monitor off-site radiation levels. exposure to people who R Thyroid 0 to chose to voluntarily g 2.5 rem leave.
| |
| E R
| |
| R
| |
| , p Whole body 0.5 to shelter 1 rem Monitor off-site radiation levels y Control access to EPZ f Thyroid 2.5 to p 5 rem E
| |
| , Whole body greater Evacuation of entire 10 mile EPZ Seeking shelter would be o than 1 rem Monitor off-site radiation levels an alternative if time does not permit an Thyroid greater than evacuation. 75%@8' 5 rem 5AESN No provisions have been ""M made to give public KI. *h SUNNE
| |
| ::g.>gg 798
| |
| * Based on doses at Emergency Planning Boundary. E$$P$
| |
| na
| |
| ~
| |
| | |
| DOSE ASSESSMENT AND PROTECTIVE ACTIONS Attacheont A, Tablo A.2 EP-IP-033 Revision A
| |
| () Page 10 of 14 TABLE A.2 EVACUATION TIME ESTIMATES 10 mile EPZ 360 TIME (minutes)
| |
| CASE DAY NIGHT WEEKEND FAIR WEATHER 365 260 300 ADVERSE WEATHER 515 '
| |
| 365 430 Flooding 530 Icing 530 Winter Storm 530 O
| |
| O EP-IP-033, Attachment A, Rev. A, Page 5 of 6
| |
| | |
| ^
| |
| !> 0 Y #
| |
| N*Mem#Y FLOW CilART FOR ARRIVING AT PROTECTIVE ACT ON DECISION O$ Y g,yggy, Table A.3 S"80'DY
| |
| )NOACTION NEED FOR PROTECTIVE ACTION OPTIONS:
| |
| PROTECTIVE YES s ACTION ) DECISION f SilELTER
| |
| : a. No Action
| |
| : b. . Shelter e
| |
| : c. Evacuation >EVACUATI0tb o
| |
| /* /N s s jg e
| |
| ?e a
| |
| pose
| |
| * Time Available ' Factors That Confidence Calculations 4 or To Implement 'Will Alter of Decision -
| |
| Field $
| |
| Neasurements ' Protective Action -Prognosis Data M
| |
| '' /\ ' -
| |
| n -
| |
| i T T T 4 u
| |
| Current Present Projected Plant Weather Time @
| |
| Dose Integrated Dose Over Status Changes of j Rate Dose Next Few (TSC) Day @
| |
| Received Nours 0 T .
| |
| National 8 Weather T
| |
| # ' ^
| |
| 7 7 Service D Time Avail- Time until Estimated @
| |
| able to Allowable Termination Age of Scope of Information et ve E ed d d Action n n v
| |
| #4 /5 /4 WEEKEND DAY NICIIT PLANT OUTDATED CURRENT PERSON CALCUL- HEAS- EST1HA-RELAYING ATED URED TED 5.0 IIrs. 6.1 1 IRS.
| |
| 4.4 IIRS. STATUS INFORMATION EP-IP-033.* Attachment A. Rev. A. Page 6 of 6
| |
| | |
| DOSE ASSESSMENT AND PROTECTIVE ACTIONS Attachnont B EP-IP-033 Revision A
| |
| () Page 12 of 14 GUIDE FOR ASSESSING DOSES TO PP&L EMERGENCY RESPONSE PERSONNEL AND MAKING PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS Check B.l.0 Dose Limits for Emergency Exposures B.1.1 Life Saving Actions apply to those efforts involving the search and rescue of known on alleged injured persons and the correction of conditions that may seriously injure others. The maximum doses are:
| |
| B.1.1.1 Planned whole body doses shall not exceed 100 rem.
| |
| B.1.1.2 Planned extremity doses shall not exceed 300 rem.
| |
| B.l.2 Less Urgent Emergencies for which an
| |
| ,/~') emergency exposure authorization may be v grantad are those circumstances to protect facilities and equipment, those efforts designed to substantially limit the escape of radioactive effluents or control fires. The maximum planned doses are:
| |
| B.1.2.1 Whole body dose shall not exceed 25 rem.
| |
| B.1.2.2 Extremity doses shall not exceed 100 rem.
| |
| B.l.2.3 Thyroid doses shall not exceed 125 rem.
| |
| B.2.0 The following factors should be considered prior to authorizing an individual to receive an EMERGENCY EXPOSURE.
| |
| B.2.1 Rescue personnel should be volunteers or professional rescuers.
| |
| B.2.2 Other considerations being equal (e.g.,
| |
| skill, potential need for person on O' another mission) personnel above the age of 45 are preferred.
| |
| l EP-IP-033, Attachment B, Rev. A, Page 1 of 3 l
| |
| | |
| DOSE ASSESSMENT AND PROTECTIVE ACTIONS Attachcont B EP-IP-033 Revision A
| |
| () Page 13 of 14 B.2.3 Rescue personnel should be familiar and briefed with the consequences of exposure.
| |
| B.2.4 Women capable of reproduction shall not take part in an effort requiring EMERGENCY EXPOSURE.
| |
| B.2.5 Internal exposure shall be minimized by the use of the best available respiratory protection, and contamination shall be controlled by the use of protective clothing.
| |
| B.2.6 Exposure under these conditions shall be limited to once in a lifetime.
| |
| B.3.0 For any EMERGENCY EXPOSURE or ACCIDENTAL OVER EXPOSURE, the following assessment actions must be performed.
| |
| B.3.1 If the external exposure is estimated to give rise to a dose greater than 3 rem but less than 10 rem, an investigation or Os confirmation of the circumstances of the abnormal exposure shall be performed along with radiological measurements needed to confirm the dose received.
| |
| B.3.2 If the external exposure is estimated to be between 10 and 25 rem, a more detailed investigation should be performed along with an assessment of possible biological l consequences. Consultation with a physician may be necessary to determine the need and extent for biological and biochemical examinations.
| |
| B.3.3 External exposures greater than 25 rem should result in an examination of the exposed person by a physician.
| |
| B.3.4 If internal contamination is suspected, qualitative measurements (e.g., nasal smears) should be immediately made followed by whole body counting and bioassay procedures.
| |
| EP-IP-033, Attachment B, Rev. A, Page 2 of 3
| |
| | |
| DOSE ASSESSMENT AND PROTECTIVE ACTIONS l Attachment B l EP-IP-033 Revision A O Page 14 of 14 B.4.0 Protective Actions B.4.1 For thyroid exposures that are strongly expected to exceed 10 rem, KI doses of 130 mg (100 mg iodine) per day should be administered. Consultation with a physician should be made concerning the administration and cessation of KI intake.
| |
| B.4.2 Respiratory protection measures should be implemented for EOF personnel at the direction of the RADIOLOGICAL SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| B.4.3 Emergency 0FF-SITE MONITORING TEAMS should be controlled so that exposures do not exceed 2500 mrem.
| |
| t l
| |
| EP-IP-033, Attachment B, Rev. A. Page 3 of 3
| |
| | |
| \ I J PROCEDURE COVER SHEET 5
| |
| PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION 1
| |
| EP-IP-034
| |
| ; REACTOR BUILDING SAMPLE STATION Revision B EMERGENCY SAMPLING Page 1 of 10 Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date O
| |
| l l
| |
| Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( )
| |
| Approved by Date Section Head PORC Meeting Number Date Date Superintendent of Plant
| |
| ~
| |
| r l i
| |
| O FORM AD-QA-101-1, Rev. 1 Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| EP-IP-034 O Revision B Page 2 of 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 6.0, INSTRUCTIONS 3 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT pAGE A Action Step - Emergency Director 4 C.)
| |
| OSC Coordinator TSC Coordinator B Action Step - Chemistry Sampling Team 5 C Sample Dilution and Analysis 8 0 Data Sheet 10
| |
| ( '
| |
| : n. .. -
| |
| s
| |
| | |
| T EP-IP-034 (V Revision B Page 3 of 10 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to outline the steps that shall be followed while sampling potentially highly radioactive water from the Reactor Building chemistry sampling hood (Level 779') following an incident that could involve fuel degredation.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE To provide the Chemistry Department with instructions and guidelines for obtaining and preparing for analysis a potentially highly radioactive sample from the Reactor Building chemistry sampling hood (Level 779') during Emergency Conditions.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 SSES Emergency Plan 3.2 EP-IP-010 - In-Plant Emergency Monitoring 4.0 DEFINITIONS SCBA - Self - Contained Breathing Apparatus 5.0 RESPONSIBILITI_E_SS 5.1 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR or designated COORDINATOR are responsible for I instructing, directing, and dispatching the CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM.
| |
| 5.2 The CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM is responsible for obtaining potentially highly radioactive samples from the Reactor Building chemistry sampling hood (Level 779') in accordance with this procedure.
| |
| 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR or designated COORDINATOR will follow l instructions in Attachment A, Action Step-EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, OSC COORDINATOR, TSC COORDINATOR.
| |
| l 6.2 The CHEMISTY SAMPLING TEAM will follow instructions in Attachment B, Action Step-CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM.
| |
| l O e.2 chemistr> eersonnei 111 reiie instr #c:4 ens in Attac8 ment c. semaie Dilution and Analysis.
| |
| i
| |
| | |
| Attachment A
| |
| ( EP-IP-034 Revision B Page 4 of 10 ACTION STEP EMERGENCY DIRECTOR OSC COORDINATOR TSC COORDINATOR A.1.0 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR or designated COORDINATOR will:
| |
| A.I.1 Direct the activities of the CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM.
| |
| A.1.2 Brief TEAM on existing emergency and instruct personnel as to what samples are required.
| |
| A.I.3 Appoint a TEAM LEADER.
| |
| NOTE: CONS:'.'ER SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MINIMIZING INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL EXPOSURE PER EP-IP-040,
| |
| " EMERGENCY EXPOSURE CONSIDERATIONS".
| |
| A.1.4 Instruct the RADIO COMMUNICATOR in TSC (if TSC is activated) to assign code name to TEAM and to maintain communications O with TEAM LEADER.
| |
| A.1.5 Coordinate with the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR respiratory protective devices and protective clothing requirements needed for this sampling function. Obtain latest survey results from Reactor Building level 779' including reading from ARM-11 (if available).
| |
| A.1.6 Assign additional SAMPLING PERSONNEL to assist or relieve TEAM as circumstances dictate.
| |
| A.1.7 Advise the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR immediately of any conditions or survey results that may be of assistance in evaluating the Emergency Condition.
| |
| A.1.8 Inform the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR of the CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM results.
| |
| Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| Attachment B EP-IP-034 Revision B Page 5 of 10 ACTION STEP CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM B.1.0 The CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM will:
| |
| B.1.1 Upon notification of an EMERGENCY, report immediately where instructed for briefing and assignment.
| |
| B.1.2 Obtain from the COORDINATOR:
| |
| B.1.2.1 Specific sample requested.
| |
| B.1.2.2 Anticipated area radiation readings including the reading of ARM-11 in the sampling room.
| |
| B.1.2.3 Special instructions including respiratory protection requirements, protective clothing requirements, and radiation detection instrument selection.
| |
| (m); B.1.3 Ensure the chemistry laboratory is prepared per EP-IP-042, as
| |
| ! necessary.
| |
| l B.1.4 Assemble or locate the following equipment:
| |
| B.1.4.1 Respiratory protective devices and protective clothing specified by COORDINATOR.
| |
| l B.1.4.2 Hi-range dosimetry and extremity dosimetry.
| |
| B.1.4.3 Survey meter B.1.4.4 Sampling bottles.
| |
| B.1.4.5 3urgeons gloves.
| |
| B.1.4.6 Plastic bags.
| |
| B.1.5 Perform instrument checks on survey meter.
| |
| B.1.6 Request Operations to check open the sample trip valves.
| |
| (#1ater)
| |
| B.1.7 Don protective clothing and respiratory protective device as specified by the COORDINATOR.
| |
| Page 1 of 3 i
| |
| | |
| Attachment B b
| |
| " EP-IP-034 Revision B Page 6 of 10 B.1.8 Assure that TLD and SRD are worn.
| |
| B.1.9 Ensure survey meter is operational and on highest range before leaving chemistry laboratory.
| |
| l B.1.10 Proceed to sampling station and while enroute continuouly i
| |
| monitor radiation levels ar.d the status of CAM's and ARM's.
| |
| 3.1.10.1 If general area radiation levels exceed 1,000 mrem /hr. at any time during this procedure, retreat to a low background area and notify the COORDINATOR.
| |
| B.1.10.2 If your total quarterly whole-body exposure approaches 2,500 mrem, terminate the mission and notify the C0ORDINATOR.
| |
| 8.1.11 Upon arriving at the sample room, proceed to the SOUTHWEST door and determine radiation levels in the general area of g the door and also obtain contact readings of the door.
| |
| 8.1.11.1 If general area and contact readings are > 1,000 mrem /hr., retreat to a low background area and notify the COORDINATOR.
| |
| B.1.11.2 If general area and contact readings are < 1,000 mrem /hr., open the sampling room door and proceed
| |
| -into the room while continuously monitoring radiation levels.
| |
| NOTE: THE WORK AREA SHALL BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED BEFORE, DURING, AND AFTER THE SAMPLE COLLECTION.
| |
| IF RADIATION LEVELS EXCEED 1,000 mrem /hr. AT ANY TIME DURING THIS PROCEDURE, SHUT THE SAMPLE VALVE, RETREAT TO A LOW BACKGROUND AREA AND NOTIFY THE COORDINATOR.
| |
| B.1.12 If hood ventilation is not functioning properly, retreat and notify the COORDINATOR.
| |
| 8.1.13 Open the valve for the approprMte sample and flush for thirty (30) seconds.
| |
| B.1.14 Collect up to approximately 100 ml of sample while monitoring to assure the contact dose rate does not exceed 5000 mrem /hr.
| |
| .) Page 2 of 3
| |
| | |
| Attachment B O 89-1e-o34 Revision B Page 7 of 10 Minimize the time in close proximity to the sample. Use remote handling devices where appropriate.
| |
| B.1.15 Shut the sample valve and cap sample bottle.
| |
| 8.1.16 Place the sample bottle in a plastic bag and obtain contact dose rate.
| |
| B.1.17 Record: Sample Time, Sample Date, and Contact Dose Rate.
| |
| B.1.18 If dose rate exceeds 100 mrem /hr. place the sainple in a lead cask.
| |
| B.1.19 Remove the cask from the sample room and take contact readings.
| |
| B.1.19.1 If contact readings are > 1,000 mrem /hr., notify the COORDINATOR.
| |
| 7% B.I.19.2 If contact readings are < 1,000 mrem /hr., transport
| |
| +
| |
| q sample back to chemistry laboratory for dilution and notify the COORDINATOR that sampling is completed.
| |
| O Page 3 of 3
| |
| | |
| Attachment C O EP-IP-034 Revision B Page 8 of 10 SAMPLE DILUTION ANO ANALYSIS CHECK C.1.0 Chemistry Personnel will:
| |
| C.1.1 Place the sample behind the lead brick shield in the fume hood in the Sample Prep Room upon returning from the Sample Station.
| |
| C.1.2 Pipette 10 ml of the sample into a numbered liquid sample vial.
| |
| C.I.3 Obtain an approximate contact dose rate for the sample.
| |
| C.1.4 Using the dose rate from Step C.1.3 and the following table as a guide, determine the approximate number and type of dilutions which will give a 10 m1 sample with a contact dose rate in the range of 0.05 to 0.5 mrem /hr.
| |
| Sample Vial Dose Rate (mrem /hr.) Dilution (ml) 0-0.5 count as is 0.5-5 1 to 10 5-50 0.1 to 10 50-500 0.1 to 10 and 1 to 10 500-5000 0.1 to 10 (2X) 5000-50,000 0.1 to 10 (2X) and 1 to 10 50,000-500,000 0.1 to 10 (3X)
| |
| C.1.5 Based on the number and type of dilutions determined above, fill labeled liquid vials with diluent (0.01 N nitric acid) as follows:
| |
| C.1.5.1 For 1 to 10 dilution use 9 ml of diluent C.1.5.2 For 0.1 to 10 dilution use 9.9 ml of -
| |
| diluent C.1.6 Make all dilutions by pipetting 0.1 ml or 1 ml aliquots of sample directly into the appropriate 1 prefilled liquid vial to give a final volume of 10 9 ml. I Page 1 of 2 l
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| Attachment C EP-IP-034 Revision 8 Page 9 of 10 C.1.7 Cap and identify all vials.
| |
| C.1.8 Record the number and types of dilutions.
| |
| C.1.9 When a diluted sample falls into the range 0.05 -
| |
| 0.5 mrem /hr., wrap in clean plastic film and place in a clean plastic bag.
| |
| C.1.10 Take the sample to the Low Level Radiochemistry Lab, remove from bag and wrap in a second piece of clean plastic film.
| |
| C.I.11 Take sample to Counting Room for analysis.
| |
| C.1.12 Perform a quantitative isotopic analysis on the sample, decay correcting to the time of sampling.
| |
| C.I.13 Record: count date, time, geometry, and activity of those isotopes listed on the Data Sheet.
| |
| C.1.14 Notify the COORDINATOR of the results of the C,,hi
| |
| / analysis.
| |
| C.1.15 Place the original sample plus all dilutions in a lead brick storage cave in the Sample Prep Room.
| |
| O Page 2 of 2 l
| |
| l j
| |
| | |
| Attachment 0
| |
| \
| |
| EP-IP-034 Revision B Page 10 of 10 REACTOR BUILDING SAMPLE STATION EMERGENCY SAMPLING DATA SHEET
| |
| ; Ref. Step l B.1.2.1 SAMPLE SOURCE TEAM MEMBERS B.1.19 SAMPLE TIME SAMPLE DATE B.1.19 CONTACT DOSE RATE ON SAMPLE C.1.0 SAMPLE ORIGINAL A B C D E F SAMPLE #
| |
| DILUTION FACTOR 1
| |
| ( _, '
| |
| DOSE RATE C.1.13 COUNT DATE/ TIME / COUNT BY GEOMETRY ISOTOPE ACTIVITY uC1/mi Dose Equiv. I-131 uCf/gm 131 I 137 Cs l
| |
| I O Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| PROCEDURE COVER SHEET O
| |
| PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION EP-IP-035 Revision C EMERGENCY VENT MONITOR SAMPLING Page 1 of 12 Effective Data Expiration Date Revised Expiration. Date i
| |
| l 0
| |
| Prepared by Date l Reviewed by Date PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( )
| |
| Approved by Date Section Head 1
| |
| PORC Meeting Number Date Date Superintendent of Plant l O FORM AD-QA-101-l', Rev. 1 Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| l l
| |
| n v
| |
| EP-IP-035 Revision C Page 2 of 12 I
| |
| TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3 l
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 3 ATTACHMENTS ,
| |
| ATTACHMENT PAGE 1 A Action Step - Emergency Ofrector 4 OSC Coordinator TSC Coordinator 8 Action Step - Chemistry Sampling Team 5 C Action Step - Sample Preparation and Analysis 9 0 Data Sheet 12 t
| |
| l l
| |
| l 0
| |
| | |
| EP-IP-035 Revision C Page 3 of 12 1.0 PURPOSE N-The purposa of this procedure is to outline the steps required for collecting grab samples and changing filters from the ventilation exhaust systems.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE To provide the Chemistry Department with instructions and guidelines for obtaining grab samples and changing filters from the Reactor Building, Turbine Building, and the Standby Gas Treatment ventilation exhausts during Emergency Conditions.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 SSES Emergency Plan 3.2 EP-IP-010, "In-Plant Emergency Monitoring" l
| |
| 3.3 EP-IP-042, " Chem Lab Emergency Preparation" l
| |
| 4.0 DEFINITIONS SCBA - Self - Contained Breathing Apparatus 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR or designated COORDINATOR is responsible for instructing, directing and dispatching CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM.
| |
| l 5.2 The CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM is responsible for obtaining grab samples and changing filters.
| |
| 6.0ISSTRUCTIONS 6.1 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR or designated COORDINATORS will follow instructions in Attachment A, Action Step-EMERGENCY DIRECTOR-COORDINATORS.
| |
| 6.2 The CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM will follow instructions in Attachment 8, Action Step-CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM.
| |
| l O e.3 Caemistrv Persennei wiil foiiow instruct 4e#= in Attachment c. Action Step, SAMPLE PREPARATION AND ANALYSIS.
| |
| | |
| () Attachment A EP-IP-035 Revision C Page 4 of 12 ACTION STEP EMERGENCY DIRECTOR OSC COORDINATOR TSC' COORDINATOR CHECK A.1.0 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR or designated COORDINATOR will:
| |
| A.1.1 Direct the activities of the CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM A.I.2 Brief TEAM on existing emergency and instruct personnel as to what samples are required.
| |
| A.1.3 Appoint a TEAM LEADER.
| |
| NOTE: CONSIDER SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MINIMIZING INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL EXPOSURE PER EP-IP-040, " EMERGENCY EXPOSURE
| |
| ('%
| |
| sE CONSIDERATION.
| |
| A.1.4 Instruct the RADIO COMMUNICATOR in TSC-(if TSC is activated) to assign code name to TEAM and to maintain communications with TEAM LEADER.
| |
| l l A.1.5 Coordinate with the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR respiratory protective devices and protective clothing requirements needed for this sampling function. Obtain latest survey results from Reactor Building 818' (if available) and readings from ARM 14 and ARM 15.
| |
| A.1.6 Assign additional SAMPLING PERSONNEL to assist or relieve TEAM as circumstances dictate.
| |
| A.1.7 Advise the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR immediately of any I conditions or survey results that may .be of assistance in evaluating the EMERGENCY.
| |
| A.1.8 Inform the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR of the CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM results.
| |
| ()
| |
| Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| Attachment B EP-IP-035 Revision C Page 5 of 12 ACTION STEP CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM CHECK 8.1.0 The CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM will:
| |
| B.1.1 Upon notification of an Emergency Condition, report immediately where instructed for briefing and assignment.
| |
| B.1.2 Obtain from the COORDINATOR:
| |
| B.~1.2.1 Specific sample requested 8.1.2.2 Anticipated area radiation readings '
| |
| including the readings from the two ARM's located on the Reactor Building 818' level.
| |
| B.1.2.3 Special Instructions including additional protective clothing requirements, respiratory protection requirements, and radiation detection instrument selection.
| |
| 8.1.3 Ensure Chemistry Lab is prepared per EP-IP-042,
| |
| " Chemistry Lab Emergency Preparation".
| |
| ' B .1. 4 Assemble or locate the following equipment:
| |
| B.1.4.1 Respiratory protective devices and protective clothing as specified by COORDINATOR.
| |
| 8.1.4.2 Hi-range dosimetry and extremity dosimetry B.1.4.3 Survey meter B.1.4.4 Grab sample apparatus with particulate filtee and silver zeolite cartridge
| |
| ~
| |
| installed B.1.4.5 Stopwatch O
| |
| Page 1 of 4 .
| |
| I
| |
| | |
| Attachment B EP-IP-035 Revision C Page 6 of 12 B.1.4.6 Tweezers B.1.4.7 Particulate filters B.1.4.8 Silver zeolite cartridges B.1.4.9 Plastic bags B.I.4.10 Plastic petri dish B.1.5 Perform instrument checks on survey meter.
| |
| B.1.6 Don appropriate protective clothing and respiratory protective d6 ice as directed by COORDINATOR.
| |
| 8.1.7 Assure that TLD and SRO are worn. ,
| |
| 8.1.8 Ensure survey meter is operational and on highest scale before leaving chemistry laboratory.
| |
| B.1.9 Proceed to Vent Monitor Sampling Station and while enroute continuously monitor radiation levels and the status of CAM's and ARM's.
| |
| B.1.9.1 If general area radiation levels exceed 1,000 mrem /hr. , retreat to a low backgroune'. area and notify the COORDINATOR.
| |
| f B.1.9.2 If your total quarterly whole-body exposure approaches 2,500 mrem, retreat to a low background area and notify the COORDINATOR.
| |
| B.1.10 After reaching the Vent Monitor, check existing area radiation levels and report to the COORDINATOR.
| |
| B.1.11 Record Stack Flow (CFM) of the Vent Monitor desired. . _ _
| |
| B.1.12 Secure FAAM by pressing the Vacuum Pump "STOP" l
| |
| Button. Record Time.
| |
| l B.1.13 Shut valve V-1.
| |
| Page 2 of 4
| |
| | |
| Attachment B EP-IP-035
| |
| , Revision C Page 7 of 12 B.1.14 Purge noble gases from the system by pressing the Purge " START" Button.
| |
| 8.1.15 Allow the system to purge for two (2) minutes and then end purge by pressing the Purge "STOP" Button.
| |
| B.1.16 Remove the installed charcoal cartridge and particulate filter (place particulate filter in plastic petri dish).
| |
| 8.1.16.1 Monitor cartridge and filter during removal for potential high radiation levels.
| |
| B.1.16.2 If cartridge or filter reads > 25 mrem /hr on contact, place it in lead porta pig ,
| |
| and leave at the Vent Monitor.
| |
| ~
| |
| t B.1.16.3 If cartridge or filter reads < 25 mrem /hr
| |
| , on contact, place it in plastic bag for (g) transport to Chemistry Lab.
| |
| l B.1.16.4 Record contact dose rates for cartridge and filter.
| |
| 8.1.17 Install new particulate filter and silver zeolite charcoal cartridge in the FAAM. Record time of change-out.
| |
| t B.1.18 Install the Vent Monitor Grab Sample apparatus to the FAAM by attaching it to the local sample connections. The particulate side is connected to V-4 and the gas sampling end is connected to V-3.
| |
| B.1.19 Ensure the stopcocks on the Vent Monitor Grab Sample apparatus are open.
| |
| B.1.20 Open valves V-3 and V-4.
| |
| B.1.21 Press the Vacuum Pump " START" button and simultaneously begin timing the sampling period and monitoring the dose rate.
| |
| 8.1.21.1 Record sample flow rate from sample flow rate gauge.
| |
| O . Page 3 of 4
| |
| | |
| Attachment B O EP-IP-035 Ravision C Page 8 of 12 B.1.22 Secure sampling by pressing Vacuum Pump "STOP" button when reading on contact is approximately 10 mrem /hr. above background or after 5 minutes of sampling.
| |
| 8.1.23 Record sample duration, date and time.
| |
| B.1.24 Close valves V-3 and V-4, and open valve V-1.
| |
| B.1.25 Close the stopcocks on the Vent Monitor grab sample
| |
| . apparatus.
| |
| B.1.26 Remove the Vent Monitor Grab Sample apparatus from the FAAM and place it in a plastic bag.
| |
| B.1.27 Restart.the FAAM by pressing the Vacuum Pump .
| |
| " START" Button.
| |
| 8.1.28 Notify the COORDINATOR that the sample has been taken and the FAAM has been returned to operation.
| |
| B.1.29 Transport samples to the chemistr> laboratory for analysis.
| |
| l t
| |
| 4 O
| |
| Page 4 of 4
| |
| | |
| Attachment C EP-IP-035 O Revision C Page 9 of 12 ACTION STEP SAMPLE PREPARATION AND ANALYSIS CHECK C.1.0 Chemistry Personnel will:
| |
| C.1.1 Place the composite iodine cartridge and particulate filter (if returned to the Chem. ' Lab) and the verit monitor grab sample apparatus in the fume hood in the Low Level Radiochemistry Lab.
| |
| C.1.2 ' Disassemble the grab sample apparatus.
| |
| C.1.3 Place the particulate filter in a plastic Petri dish, wrap in clean plastic film, and place in clean plastic bag. Record dose rate on contact.
| |
| C.1.4 Blow instrument air through the iodine cartridge for at least I minute.
| |
| / C.1.5 Wrap it in clean plastic film, place in a clean plastic bag, and record dose rate on contact.
| |
| C.1.6 If contact dose rates on composite cartridge and/or particulate filter are 5 25 mrem /hr., wrap in clean plastic film and put in clean plastic bag.
| |
| *C.1.7 Place a rubber septum on one end of the gas container.
| |
| C.1.8 Remove 1 ml of air from a new labelled gas vial using a gas ti,ght syringe.
| |
| C.1.9 Open the stopcock on the end of the gas grab sample container and transfer 1 ml of gas into the partially evacuated gas vial.
| |
| l C.1.10 Obtain an approximate contact dose rate for the diluted sample.
| |
| l O Page 1 of 3
| |
| | |
| Attachment C O EP-IP-035 Revision C Page 10 of 12 C.1.11 Using the dose rate from Step C.1.10 and the ,
| |
| following table as a guide, determine the approximate number of dilutions which will give a gas vial a contact dose rate of less than 0.5 mr/hr.
| |
| Sample Vial 1 mi to 14.7 ml Oilution Vol. of Dose Rate (mr/hr.) Oilutions reouired Factor Orig. Samole (ml)
| |
| <0.5 count as is 14.7 1 0.5 - 8 1 231 6.37E-2 8-12 2 3623 4.06E-3 120-1900 3 5.69E4 2.58E-4
| |
| ~
| |
| 1 1900-30,000 4 8.93E5 1.65E-5 30,000-500,000 5 1.40E7 1.05E-6 u) 500,000-7,000,000 6 2.20E8 6.68E-8 C.1.12 Based on the number of dilutions required, remove 1 ml of air from new labeled gas vials using a gas tight syringe.
| |
| : C.1.13 Make successive dilutions by transferring 1 mi l aliquots of gas into the partially evacuated gas e vials.
| |
| C.1.14 Circle the number of dilutions and record vial identification and contact dose rate of final diluted sample.
| |
| C.1.15 Wrap the gas vial in clean plastic film and place in a clean plastic bag.
| |
| C.1.16 Take samples to Counting Room for analysis (including composite iodine cartridge and particulate filter if < 25 mrem /hr. on contact).
| |
| C.1.17 Perform a quantitative isotopic analysis on the samples, decay correcting to the time of sampling.
| |
| O Page 2 of 3
| |
| --,-m - ,-
| |
| | |
| Attachment C O EP-IP-035 Revision C Page II of 12 C.1.18 Record: count date, time, and geometry on the Data Sheet.
| |
| I I
| |
| r .
| |
| l l
| |
| O
| |
| ~
| |
| 1 t
| |
| f 5
| |
| l Page 3 of 3
| |
| | |
| Attachment 0 )
| |
| (}) VENT MONITOR SAMPLES DATA SHEET EP-IP-035 Revision C i
| |
| Page 12 of 12 Ref. Step B.1.2.1 Samole Source Team Members B .1.12 Date/ Time /
| |
| B.1.16.4 Dose rate on contact: Cartridge mrem /hr. Filter mrem /hr.
| |
| 8.1.17 Cartridge changed Filter changed 8.1.21.1 Grab sample: Flow rate efm B .1.' 23 Date/ Time / Duration Grab. Grab. Grab. Comp. Comp.
| |
| Sample Part. Iodine Gas Part. Gas
| |
| * No.
| |
| / Dose Rate mrem /hr.
| |
| Count Date Count Time By
| |
| [
| |
| f Geometry C.1.13 Sample \011.1 011.2 011.3 011.4 011.5 011.6 011.7 Vial ID \
| |
| Dil. Factor \14.7 231 3623 5.69E4 8.93E5 1.40E7 2.20E8
| |
| . Oose Rate mrem /hr Vol . of Orig Sample (ml) 1 6. 37E-2 4.06E-3 2.58E-4 1.65E05 1.05E-6 6.68E-8 Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| RECONSTRUCTION AND ACCIDENT CLOSE OUT EP-IP-038 Revision B Page 1 of 9 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET l
| |
| PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION RECONSTRUCTION AND ACCIDENT CLOSE OUT - EP-IP-038 Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date O
| |
| l l
| |
| Prapared By Date Reviewed By Date PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( ) Date Approved By Data Section Head Date Superintendent of Plant l O.
| |
| | |
| RECONSTRUCTION AND ACCIDENT CLOSE OUT EP-IP-038 Revision B Page 2 of 9 RECONSTRUCTION AND ACCIDENT CLOSE OUT EP-IP-038 l
| |
| TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO.
| |
| 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3 3.O REFERENCES 3 l 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4 ATTACHMENTS J
| |
| l A IN-PLANT RADIOLOGICAL CONSIDERATIONS 7 B 0FF-SITE RADIOLOGICAL CONSIDERATIONS 8 l
| |
| l l
| |
| \
| |
| l O
| |
| | |
| RECONSTRUCTION AND ACCIDENT CLOSE OUT EP-IP-038 Revision B Page 3 of 9 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 The purpose of t; tis procedure is to:
| |
| 1.1.1 Reconstruct the event sequences associated with the cause and control cf the emergency.
| |
| i 1.1.2 Reconstruct the radiological conditions which existed during the emergency.
| |
| l 1.1.3 Assess the radiological consequences of the emergency.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE Provide a list of items to be considered when reconstructing and assessing the emergency.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 NUREG-0654, Planning Standards and Evaluation Criteria 3.2 NUREG-0696, Functional Criteria for Emergency Response Facilities
| |
| ,,' 3.3 NUREG-0731, Guidelines for Utility Management Structure and Technical Resources, Sept. 1980 3A SSES Emergency Plan 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 EREMP - Emergency Radiological Environmental Monitoring Program 4.2 REMP -
| |
| Radiological Environmental Monitoring Program 4.3 TLD -
| |
| Thermoluminescence Dosimeter 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 It is the responsibility of the Superintendent of Plant to reconstruct the sequence of events associated with the emergency, assess the adequacy of responses and document the lessons learned of any EMERGENCY which did not result in activation of the EOF.
| |
| 5.2 It is the responsibility of the Manager-Nuclear Support to reconstruct the sequence of events associated with the emergency, assess the adequacy of the responses and document the lessons learned of any EMERGENCY which did result in activation O' of the EOF.
| |
| | |
| RECONSTRUCTION AND ACCIDENT CLOSE OUT EP-IP-038 Revision 3 Page 4 of 9 5.3 It is the responsibility of the Radiation Protection Coordina or to reconstruct the on-site radiological conditions associated with the emergency and assess doses to in-plant personnel. In the event the EOF was not activated, the Radiation Protection Coordinator is responsible to reconstruct the off-site radiological conditions and assess doses to the public and other off-site personnel.
| |
| 5.4 It is the responsibility of the Radiation Support Manager to reconstruct the off-site radiation conditions and assess doses to the public and other off-site personnel in the event the EOF was activated.
| |
| 5.5 It is the responsibility of the Radiological and Environmental Services Supervisor to review and approve all radiological reports resulting from activities outlined in this procedure.
| |
| 5.6 It is the responsibility of the Vice President-Nuclear Operations to review and approve all reports resulting from activities outlined in this procedure and implement a follow-up corrective action program, as appropriate.
| |
| 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS (f 6.1 If the EOF was not activated, the Superintendent of the Plant l will issue a report including:
| |
| l o Reconstruction of the sequence of events associated with the emergency (timeline and detailed supporting documentation packages).
| |
| o Determination of the cause of the emergency.
| |
| o Assessment of the extent of damage sustained by the plant.
| |
| o Assessment of the adequacy of response.
| |
| l l o Identification of lessons learned.
| |
| 6.2 If the EOF was activated, the Manager-Nuclear Support will issue a report including:
| |
| o Reconstruction of the sequences of events associated with the en:ergency (timeline and detailed supporting documentation packages).
| |
| o Determination of the cause of the emergency.
| |
| o Assessment of the extent of damage sustained by the plant.
| |
| j () o Assessment of the adequacy of response.
| |
| l l
| |
| | |
| RECONSTRUCTION AND ACCIDENT CLOSE OUT EP-IP-038 Revision B Page 5 of 9 o Identification of lessons learned.
| |
| 6.3 Radiation Protection Coordinator Duties 6.3.1 The Radiation Protection Coordinator will issue a report, utilizing the guirlance in Attachment A, which addresses:
| |
| o Characterization of in-plant radiological conditions, o Personnel exposures.
| |
| o Characterization of radiological conditions in restricted area.
| |
| 6.3.2 If the EOF was not activated, the Radiation Protection Coordinator will:
| |
| 6.3.2.1 Issue a report, utilizing the guidance in Attachment B, which addresses:
| |
| o Correlation of radiological release data.
| |
| o Dose assessment to emergency response personnel and the public.
| |
| o Evaluation of environmental sampling program.
| |
| o Coordination of results with off-site agencies.
| |
| 6.3.2.2 Provide an initial assessment of the radiological impact to the public inanediately following the emergency.
| |
| 6.3.2.3 Establish a follow-up radiological assessment pr9 gram.
| |
| 6.4 Radiation support Manager Duties 6.4.1 If the EOF was activated, the Radiation Support Manager will:
| |
| 6.4.1.1 Issue a report, ut111 zing the guidance in d Attachment B, which addresses:
| |
| CJ data.
| |
| l l
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| l l
| |
| RECONSTRUCTION AND ACCIDENT CLOSE OUT EP-IP-038 Revision B Page 6 of 9 O o Dose assessment to emergency response personnel and the public.
| |
| o Evaluation of environmental sampling program.
| |
| o Coordination of results with off-site agencies.
| |
| 6.4.1.2 Provide an initial assessment of the radiological impact to the public immediately following the emergency.
| |
| 6.4.1.3 Establish a follow-up radiological sssessment program.
| |
| 6.5 The Radiological and Environmental Services Supervisor will review and approve all radiological reports associated with the emergency.
| |
| 6.6 The Vice-President-Nuclear Operations will review and approve all reports associated with the emergency. He will also implement a follow-up corrective action program, as appropriate.
| |
| M-13/cak
| |
| (
| |
| {
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| RECONSTRUCTION AND ACCIDENT CLOSE OUT Attachment A 4
| |
| EP-IP-038 Revision B O Page 7 of 9 ATTACHMENT A IN-PLANT RADIOLOGICAL CONSIDERATIONS A.1 Characterize radiation conditions that existed in the plant.
| |
| o dose rates o airborne concentrations o contamination levels o identify radionuclide composition o areas affected l
| |
| o radioactive liquid inventory o evaluate chemistry and radiological samples taken during emergency A.2 . Determine Personnsi Exposures I
| |
| t o ILD Badges m
| |
| ) o Self reading dosimeters-o reconstruce habitability conditions for occupied areas o internal dosimetry program o evaluate doses due to contamination o fevaluate extremity doses A.3 Characterize radiation conditions within the Restricted Area.
| |
| o vehicle surveys o on-site -buildings o spray pond o cooling tower samples / station blowdown l
| |
| l i
| |
| i O
| |
| EP-IP-038, Attachment A Rev. B Page 1 of 1
| |
| . - l -
| |
| | |
| RECONSTRUCTION AND ACCIDENT CLOSE OUT Attachment B EP-IP-038 Revision B s/ Page 8 of 9 ATTACHMENT B 0FF-SITE RADIOLOGICAL CONSIDERATIONS 3.1 - Correlate data to characterize the gaseous releases:
| |
| o effluent data o meteorological data o off-site emergency monitoring team data o Pressurized Ionization Chambers data o air monitoring stations data o REMP-TLDs data B.2 Correlate data to characterize the liquid releases:
| |
| i o effluent data o river samples, sediment and water B.3 Dose Assessment to Emergency Response Personnel
| |
| ('*g)'
| |
| o TLD Badges' o Self reading dosimeters o Air samples o reconstruct habitability conditions for occupied areas o internal dosimetry program B.4 Evaluate Environmental Sampling Program o milk samples o foodstuff samples o drinking water samples o wildlife samples o domestic animal samples o contamination estimates O
| |
| EP-IP-038, Attachemnt B, Rev. B. Page l of 2
| |
| | |
| . _ - - _ _ . _- . ~ - - _ _ . - - _ _ - _ _ . _ _ - _ - - - . . - . . . - . . _.
| |
| RECONSTRUCTION AND
| |
| , ACCIDENT CLOSE OUT i
| |
| Attachment B EP-IP-038 j Revision B Page 9 of 9 ,
| |
| B.6 Coordinate Results with Off-Site Agencies o DER /BRP environmental sampling prograa '
| |
| o DER /BRP Off-Site Teams o NRC Assessment Teams i
| |
| i O
| |
| i l
| |
| l i
| |
| O 1 EP-IP-038, Attacheant B, Rev. B, Page 2 of 2
| |
| _ _ = , . . _ _ -_ -
| |
| | |
| () PROCEDURE COVER SHEET PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION EP-IP-040 Revision A EMERGENCY EXPOSURE CONSIDERATIONS Page 1 of 9 Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date 2
| |
| 1 1
| |
| Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( )
| |
| Approved by Date Section Head PORC Meeting Number Date l Date i Superi.itendent of Plant l
| |
| (
| |
| FORM A0-QA-101-1, Rev. 1 Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| x EP-IP-040 0 Revision A Page 2 of 9 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT PAGE A Action Step - Emergency Otractor 5 O' 8 Action Step - OSC/TSC Coordinator 6 C Action Step - Radiation Protection Coordinator 7 0 Emergency Exposure Guidelines and Considerations 8 O
| |
| | |
| l EP-IP-040 O '
| |
| Revision A Page 3 of 9 1.0 pVRp0SE The purpose of this procedure is to provide guidelines and requirements when considering planned Emergency Exposures.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE This procedure is for use for personnel on site during Emergency Conditions where the potential need for Emergency Exposure exist.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 SSES Emergency Plan Table 6.2, 6.5.1 3.2 NCRP Report No. 39 Section - 257, 259 i
| |
| ; 4.0 DEFINITIONS
| |
| : G 4.1 ALARA - As Low As Reasonably Achievable Q>
| |
| 4.2 Emergency Actions - Actions required to protect vital equipment, and eliminate any further effluents, or save lives.
| |
| 4.3 Emergency Exposure personnel exposures or potential exposures in
| |
| (
| |
| 1 excess of the limits of 10CFR 20.101 4.4 KI Tablets - Potassium Iodide - Thyroid Blocking Agent.
| |
| 5.0 RESP 0NSIBILITIES 5.1 It is the responsibility of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR to evaluate the need for, and authorize Emergency Exposures.
| |
| 5.2 It is the responsibility of the OSC/TSC C00RDINATOR to evaluate in-plant efforts and identify to the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR those efforts which have a potential for Emergency Exposures.
| |
| l 5.3 It is the responsibility of the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR to provide guidance to personnel concerning radiation measurements, medical care for exposed workers, and ALARA principles.
| |
| L-i A
| |
| U l
| |
| | |
| EP-IP-040 Revision A Page 4 of 9 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 When Emergency conditions warrant, the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will follow the instructions provided in Attachment A, Action Step - EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| 6.2 When Emergency teams are needed, the OSC/TSC COORDINATOR will follow the instructions provided in Attachment B, Action Step - OSC/TSC COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.3 The RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR will follow the instructions provided in Attachment C, Action Step - RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR.
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| h Attachment A O' EP-IP-040 Revision A Page 5 of 9 ACTION STEP EMERGENCY DIRECTOR A.1.0 Upon identification of a situation where the potential r Emergency Exposures are anticipated, the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR l will:
| |
| A.1.1 Examine and determine with the appropriate COORDINATORS the necessity for Emergency Exposure Authorization or other special actions required.
| |
| A.1.2 When appropriate, with consultation with RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR authorize Emergency Exposure and/or KI Administration as per Attachment O.
| |
| A.1.2.1 Consider methods available to minimize external / internal exposure.
| |
| l O
| |
| l O Page 1 of 1 l
| |
| y - , - - - .- , , , , , - - -
| |
| 7 _ e-- --
| |
| r - - - - -
| |
| | |
| i l
| |
| l Attachment B O, EP-IP-040 Revision A Page 6 of 9 ACTION STEP OSC/TSC COORDINATOR CHECK i B.1.0 Upon determination of an anticipated situation, which could require Emergency Exposure, the Coordinator will:
| |
| 8.1.1 Inform the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR of the circumstances 8.1.2 Obtain approval of EMERGENCY DIRECTOR for Emergency Exposure.
| |
| B.1.3 Review team equipment, dosimetry, protective clothing and respirators with RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR B.1.4 As appropriate, assemble teams in accordance with Attachment 0 i
| |
| -s
| |
| ()/
| |
| ~ ~ ,-
| |
| B.1.4.1 Advise team members of Emergency Exposure Authorization and/or other special protective measures.
| |
| B.1.5 Notify RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR upon completion of mission, for exposure determination.
| |
| (G Page 1 of 1
| |
| , _ - , . - _ . . _ - , -, -.y
| |
| | |
| Attachment C
| |
| (._') EP-IP-040 Revision A Page 7 of 9 ACTION STEP RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR CHECK C.I.0 The RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR will:
| |
| l C.1.1 Prior to dispatching team, appropriate consideration shall be given to dry runs of the evolution, ALARA methods, personnel numbers and qualifications required, and cost and benefits of the proposed actions.
| |
| C.1.2 Ensure team is equiped to perform with proper dosimetry, protective clothing, and respiratory protection.
| |
| C.1.3 Assess exposure and condition of team members at completion of the mission. Assessment may include, l but not be limited to the following:
| |
| /
| |
| C.I.3.1 Read TLO(s) as soon as practicable.
| |
| C.1.3.2 Arrange for team members to get whole body count and/or other tests to assess internal deposition, total dose, and/or biological effects.
| |
| C.1.3.3 Determine if KI should be administered, and if appropriate, obtain EMERGENCY DIRECTOR approval and administer KI.
| |
| Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| Attachment 0 O, '
| |
| EP-IP-040 Revision A Page 8 of 9 EMERGENCY EXPOSURE GUIDELINES AND RECOMMENDATION CHECK NOTE: EXPOSURE IN EXCESS OF 2500 MREM / QUARTER WILL ONLY BE AUTHORIZED AFTER CONSULTATION BETWEEN THE EMERGENCY DIRECTOR AND THE RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR.
| |
| 0.1.0 Once in a lifetime Exposures.
| |
| 0.1.1 Non-Lifesaving Emergency Actions (i.e. protection of vital equipment, mitigation of release to Public):
| |
| 0.1.1.1 Planned whole body dose shall not exceed 25 Rems (2,500 mrem).
| |
| 0.1.1.2 Planned extrem:ty dose shall not exceed
| |
| 'tk 100 Rems (100,000 mrem).
| |
| 0.1.2 Lifesaving Emergency Actions:
| |
| 0.1.2.1 Planned whole body dose shall not exceed 100 Rems (100,000 mrem).
| |
| 0.1.2.2 Planned extremity dose shall not exceed 300 Rems (300,000 mrem).
| |
| 0.2.0 Potassium Iodide Use (KI) 0.2.1 It is recommended that Potassium Iodide (KI) be administered only in situations where there is a potential of exceeding 10 Rems (25,000 mrem) thyroid exposure.
| |
| 0.2.2 Potassium Iodide utilization for iodine prophylaxis shall require the approval of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.
| |
| 0.3.0 Emergency Team Member Assembly 0.3.1 The team members shall be volunteers and have the following qualifications.
| |
| O Page 1 of 2
| |
| | |
| 1 1
| |
| 1 Attachment 0 -
| |
| EP-IP-040 Revision A Page 9 of 9 0.3.1.1 8e familiar with the plant areas and have the training to carry out the assignment.
| |
| 0.3.1.2 Be familiar with ALARA concepts.
| |
| 0.3.1.3 Should be 45 years of age or older.
| |
| 0.3.1.4 Must be respiratory qualified if respiratory protection is required.
| |
| D.3.1.5 Be familiar with the potential exposure hazards.
| |
| D.3.1.6 Women capable of reproduction shall not I take part. ;
| |
| 1 D.4.0 Team Exposure Minimization i
| |
| 0.4.1 Team members will be directed to utilize ALARA principles, including time, distance, and l
| |
| (~)'
| |
| ( shielding.
| |
| )
| |
| 0.4.2 The most appropriate protective clothing and l respiratory protection will be utilized.
| |
| D.4.3 The absolute minimum number of team members will be utilized.
| |
| 0.4.4 If time permits all actions should be preplanned, walked through and rehearsed to minimize stay times.
| |
| i I
| |
| I l
| |
| )
| |
| l
| |
| () Page 2 of 2 l
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| PROCEDURE COVER SHEET PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| l SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION EP-IP-041 Revision A FIRE EMERGENCIES Page 1 of 11 Effective Date
| |
| * Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date l PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( )
| |
| Approved by Date Section Head PORC Meeting Number -
| |
| Date l Date Superintendent of Plant l
| |
| O FORM AD-QA-101-1, Rev.1 Page 1 of 1 l
| |
| | |
| EP-IP-041 Revision A Page 2 of 11 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT PAGE A Action Step - Emergency Director / 5 O,, - Shift Supervisor t3 Action Step - Security Coordinator 6 C Action Step - TSC Coordinator 7 0 Action Step - Fire Brigade Leader 8 E Action Step - Communications Coordinator 10 F Locations of Firefighting Equipment 11 l
| |
| )
| |
| i O .
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| / EP-IP-041
| |
| (]/ Revision A Page 3 of 11 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide methods and guidelines for the Fire Brigade and plant staff in fighting fires while maintaining plant safety.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE -
| |
| This procedure is applicable while fire related emergencies are in progress requiring the activation of the SSES Emergency Plan.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 SSES Emergency Plan 3.2 EP-IP-040, " Emergency Exposure Considerations" 3.3 SSES Fire Plan O
| |
| l 4.0 DEFINITIONS 1
| |
| l Fire Emergency: "Significant on-site fire as indicated by: Activation of the Fire Brigade by the Shift Supervisor and duration of a fire longer than 15 minutes after time of notification." [EP-IP-001) 5.0 RESP 0NSIBILITIES 5.1 The SHIFT SUPERVISOR / EMERGENCY DIRECTOR is responsible for ensuring that the Fire Brigade, and backup personnel are dispatched to fight fires and that appropriate off-site assistance is notified as required.
| |
| 5.2 The SECURITY COORDINATOR is responsible for ensuring that off-site assistance is requested, that responding fire fighters are issued personnel monitoring devices, and are escorted to the location designated.
| |
| 5.3 The TSC CCORDINATOR is responsible for providing assistance from on-l site resources. .
| |
| l 5.4 The FIRE BRIGADE LEADER is responsible for directing the on-scene j activities of the Fire Brigade during firefighting operations.
| |
| l l .
| |
| 5.5 The COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR is responsible for notifying off-site s agencies.
| |
| | |
| EP-IP-041 Revision A Page 4 of 11 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 Upon notification of a Fire Emergency requiring activation of the SSES Emergency Plan, the SHIFT SUPERVISOR / EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will follow the
| |
| ( instructions in Attachment A, Action Step - SHIFT SUPERVISOR / EMERGENCY
| |
| ! DIRECTOR.
| |
| 6.2 At the direction of the RESPONSIBLE COORDINATOR or EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, the SECURITY COORDINATOR will follow the instructions in Attachment 8, Action Step - SECURITY. COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.3 The TSC COORDINATOR will follow the instructions in Attachment C, Action Step - TSC COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.4 At the direction of the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, the FIRE BRIGADE LEADER will follow the instructions in Attachment D, Action Step - FIRE BRIGADE LEADER.
| |
| ; 6.5 The COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR will follow the instructions in i
| |
| Attachment E, Action Step - COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR.
| |
| A
| |
| \,Y l
| |
| l
| |
| ~E 1
| |
| | |
| p Attachment A V EP-IP-041 Revision A Page 5 of 11 ACTION STEP SHIFT SUPERVISOR / EMERGENCY DIRECTOR A.1.0 Upon notification of a Fire Emergency the SHIFT SUPERVISOR / EMERGENCY DIRECTOR will:
| |
| A.1.1 Dispatch the Station Fire Brigade A.1.2 Direct the sounding of the fire alarm A.1.3 Obtain the Fire Pre Plan for the affected area, and be prepared to advise the FIRE BRIGADE LEADER of any preplanned actions, hazards, etc.
| |
| A.1.4 If the TSC is manned, direct the TSC COORDINATOR to provide on-site assistance.
| |
| A.1.5 If the FIRE BRIGADE LEADER requests off-site firefighting assistance, direct the SECURITY COORDINATOR to secure the requested assistance.
| |
| A.I.6 Provide operations assistance to the Fire Brigade such as starting / stopping ventilation, de-energizing equipment, providing valve line-ups, etc.
| |
| NOTE: IF THE FIRE IS THOUGHT TO BE IN A HIGH RADIATION 3 AREA, THE FIRE BRIGADE MEMBERS SHOULD BE AUTHORIZED TO RECEIVE EMERGENCY EXPOSURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH EP-IP-040, " EMERGENCY EXPOSURE CONSIDERATIONS."
| |
| O Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| Attachment B EP-IP-041 Revision A Page 6 of 11 ACTION STEP SECURITY COORDINATOR
| |
| ; CHECK l B.1.0 Upon being notified of a Fire Emergency, the SECURITY l COORDINATOR will:
| |
| B.1.1 Dispatch two Security Officers as part of the Fire Brigade B.1.2 If off-site firefighting assistance is requested:
| |
| B.I.2.1 Provide the following information:
| |
| Assistance requested, normal response is pre planned with each fire department.
| |
| () Type of ' fire Location of fire 1 Ha:ards Special instructions i B.2.0 Request off-site firefighting assistance, in order, from the following fire departments:
| |
| B.2.1 Salem Township Fire Co. No 1, Beach Haven, Penna. 1-759-9213 8.2.2 Shickshinny Fire Department l Shickshinny, Penne. 542-4155 B.2.3 East Berwick Hose Co. No. 2 Berwick, Penna. 1-759-9191 or 1-911 B.3.0 Provide access in accordance with EP-IP-015, " Emergency
| |
| , Access".
| |
| 1 O Page 1 of 1 1
| |
| | |
| i O
| |
| Attachment C EP-IP-041 Revision A Page 7 of 11 ACTION STEP TSC COORDINATOR i
| |
| CHECK C.1.0 Upon notification of a Fire Emergency, the TSC COORDINATOR will:
| |
| C.1.1 Provide on-site manpower and resources to assist the Fire Brigade. This assistance may include assistance such as:
| |
| C.1.1.1 Manpower to carry supplies and equipment
| |
| ; to the scene.
| |
| C.1.1.2 Manpower and equipment to provido assistance in mitigating damage from water and smoke; and, assistance in
| |
| , , , cleaning up after the fire.
| |
| Q
| |
| )
| |
| (
| |
| Page 1 of 1 F
| |
| | |
| () Attachment 0 EP-IP-041 Revision A Page 8 of 11 FIRE BRIGADE LEADER CHECK 0.1.0 Upon notification of activation of the Station Fire Brigade, the FIRE BRIGADE LEADER (Assistant Unit Supervisor) will:
| |
| 0.1.1 Ascertain the following information:
| |
| 0.1.1.1 Location of fire 0.1.1.2 Type of fire 0.1.1.3 Any known or suspected hazards D.1.2 Obtain a portable radio from the Control Room.
| |
| D.1.3 Raspond to a Fire Shed, listed in Attachment F, and don protective clothing, including SCBA for any interior fire.
| |
| f*n 0.1.4 Upon reaching the location of the fire, the FIRE
| |
| (' - BRIGADE LEADER will report the following to the Control Room:
| |
| 0.1.4.1 Actual location, nature and extent of the fire D.1.4.2 Equipment, systems, and areas involved 0.1.4.3 Any automatic suppression system actuation 0.1.4.4 The effects of extinguishment efforts 0.1.4.5 The need for additional on-site assistance 0.1.4.6 The need for eff-site firefighting assistance 0.1.5 Obtain Health Physics support if the fire is in a radiological area. If it is expected that Fire Br'gade Members require Emergency Exposure Authorization, permission must be obtained from the EMEkSENCY DIRECTOR before the exposures per EP-IP-040, " Emergency Exposure Consideration".
| |
| O Page 1 of 2
| |
| | |
| Attachment 0 p/
| |
| t s
| |
| EP-IP-041 Revision A Page 9 of 11 0.1.6 Direct and coordinate the firefighting activities of all on-site and off-site personnel per (LATER).
| |
| 0.1.6.1 On-site personnel are under the direct supervision of the FIRE BRIGADE LEADER.
| |
| 0.1.6.2 Off-site personnel will generally remain under the command of their Department Officers, who will be directed by the FIRE BRIGADE LEADER.
| |
| 0.1.7 Keep the Control Room appraised of the status of the fire, including when it is contained and extinguished, so that the station may be returned to normal operations.
| |
| 0.1.8 Report to the Control Room any damaged or affected equipment, systems, or areas.so that repairs may be carried out.
| |
| 0.1.9 Following extinguishing of fire establish a Fire Watch.
| |
| 0.1.9.1 All firefighting equipment will either be I
| |
| returned to service or replaced.
| |
| 0.1.9.2 Provide Shift Supervisor a briefing concerning the fire and its effects.
| |
| l l
| |
| OPage 2 of 2 i . _ _ _ _ __
| |
| | |
| Attachment E O. EP-IP-041 Revision A Page 10 of 11 ACTION STEP COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR CR/TSC CHECK E.1 If the EOF is not manned the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR will perform the required notifications, including the PUBLIC INFORMATION MANAGER, in accordance with EP-IP-002, " Emergency Management Notifications".
| |
| E.2 If the EOF is manned transmit the information to the COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR-EOF for the required notifications to be carried out.
| |
| I
| |
| (
| |
| O Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| i I
| |
| Attachment F O. EP-IP-041 Revision A Page 11 of 11 LOCATIONS OF FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT
| |
| : 1. North Gatehouse (Post 15) 3 Full sets of turnout gear
| |
| : 2. Fire Shed Turbine Deck elevation 729 J
| |
| 5 Full sets of turnout gear Spare hose 50 ft.
| |
| 2 - Smoke Ejectors
| |
| : 3. Outside Shed (Cire Water Pump House (later))
| |
| 2 Full sets of turnout gear
| |
| : 4. Health Physics Area Spare SCBA bottles Spare SCBA's
| |
| : 5. Storeroom -
| |
| Spare SCBA bottles T
| |
| 75-O Page 1 of 1 4
| |
| y , e * .
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| PROCEDURE COVER SHEET l 1
| |
| PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION EP-IP-042 Revision C CHEMISTRY LA8 EMERGENCY PREPARATION Page 1 of 6 Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date O .
| |
| Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( )
| |
| I Approved by Date Section Head .
| |
| PORC Meeting Number Date Date Superintencent of Plant l
| |
| l
| |
| ! O FORM A0-0A-101-1, Rev. 1 Page 1 of 1 l
| |
| d
| |
| | |
| EP-IP-042 O, Revision C Page 2 of 6
| |
| .i TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 I
| |
| 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 3 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT PAGE l
| |
| A Action Step - Chemistry Sampling Team 4 .
| |
| 8 Chemistry Locations Map 6 i i O ,
| |
| I
| |
| | |
| EP-IP-042 -
| |
| O, aev4 <o" c Page 3 of 6 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to outline the steps to set-up the chemistry laboratory to handle potentially highly radioactive sample.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE l
| |
| To provide the Chemistry Department with guidelines for preparing the chemistry laboratory for receipt of a potentially ' highly radioactive sample during Emergency Conditions.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| General Electric Post Accident Sample Station Manual 4.0 DEFINITIONS None 5.0 RESP 0NSIBILITIES The CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM is responsible for preparing the chemistry laboratory for the receipt of a potentially highly radioactive sample in accordance with this procedure.
| |
| 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS The CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM will follow instructions in Attachment A, Action Step-CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM.
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| Attachment A EP-IP-042 O. Revision C Page 4 of 6 ACTION STEP CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM A.1.0 The CHEMISTRY SAMPLING' TEAM will:
| |
| A.1.1 After briefing and assignment, report back to the chemistry laboratory.
| |
| A.1.2 Obtain the following equipment in the chemistry laboratory.
| |
| , A.1.2.1 Step-off pads.
| |
| A.1.2.2 Kraft paper.
| |
| A.1.2.3 Tape.
| |
| A.1.2.4 Booties and Surgeons gloves.
| |
| A.1.2.5 RM-14/HP-210 or equivalent.
| |
| (, A.1.2.6 Lead Bricks.
| |
| A.1.2.7 Receptacles for used protective clothing.
| |
| A.I.3 A step-off pad shall be taped down at the location specified I in Attachment B.
| |
| A.1.4 Kraft paper shall be taped down to cover the entire floor of the Sample Preparation Room and as shown in Attachment B.
| |
| A.1.5 Receptacles to hold used protective clothing shall be placed at each step-off pad.
| |
| A.1.6 Surgical gloves and booties shall be available at the frisker located at the North door entrance to the Chem. Lab.
| |
| l A.1.7 A shield of lead bricks shall be constructed in the Fume Hood of the Sample Preparation Room.
| |
| A.1.8 All personnel and samples that are contaminated or potentially contaminated shall enter the chemistry laboratory through the NORTH door only.
| |
| O page 1 of 2
| |
| | |
| l l
| |
| l Attachment A i
| |
| ({}) EP-IP-042 Revision C Page 5 of 6 A.I.9 Before beginning any sample preparation, the appropriate supplies (gloves, dilution bottles, syringe, labels, etc) shall be assembled in the applicable Fume Hood.
| |
| A.I.10 Emergency sample log and event log shall be initiated.
| |
| i
| |
| ( '
| |
| s
| |
| ()
| |
| Page 2 of 2
| |
| | |
| l
| |
| ( '
| |
| Attachment 8 EP-IP-042 Revisfon C Page 6 of 6
| |
| .e. ' STE P OFF PA D E- XRA?T DA ER
| |
| ~
| |
| N MeHooo couMTlW4_2ccM (7-115I dutM. lab.
| |
| g fc-t241
| |
| : c. p ICAO. CWEM LA6 ICL%l i
| |
| S N e O
| |
| P l
| |
| .. Hooo\
| |
| SAMPLS
| |
| _. - N\c E
| |
| \
| |
| M 6171 N I NNEHoco I / \ '
| |
| - h eHcco /
| |
| h-9I
| |
| \
| |
| b
| |
| | |
| PROCEDURE COVER SHEET G
| |
| v .
| |
| PENN5'f LVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHAtlNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION EP-IP-043 Revision B PASS SMALL VOLUME LIQUID SAMPLE Page 1.of 14 Effective Date Expiration Oate*
| |
| Revised Expiration Date Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date.
| |
| l PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( )
| |
| Approved by Date Section Head PORC Meeting Number Date Date Superintendent of Plant O
| |
| FORM A0-QA-101-1, Rev. 1 Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| l l
| |
| i
| |
| )
| |
| EP-IP-043 '
| |
| Revision B !
| |
| Page 2 of 14 1 l
| |
| TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 3 l l
| |
| ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT PAGE I A Action Step - Emergency Director 4 i
| |
| ' O '
| |
| OSC Coordinater TSC Coordinator l B Action Step - Chemistry Sampling Team 5 l
| |
| l C Sample Oilution and Analysis 11 j 0 PASS Sample Valve Locations Map 13 )
| |
| E Data Sheet 14 l
| |
| 1 l
| |
| O i
| |
| | |
| l EP-IP-043 O, aev4s4e# s Page 3 of 14 l
| |
| l 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to outline the steps required for collecting a small volume liquid sample from the Post Accident Sampling System following an incident which could involve fuel degradation.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE To provide instructions for obtaining a small volume liquid sample from the Post Accident Sampling System during Emergency Conditions.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| Posti Accident Sample Station User's Manual, GE, NEDC-24889 4.0 OEi"INITIONS 4.1 SCBA - Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus C,%~)
| |
| 4.2 PASS - Post Accident Sampling System 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR or designated COORDINATOR are responsible for instructing, directing, and dispatching CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM.
| |
| 5.2 The CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM is responsible for obtaining small volume liquid samples from the PASS.
| |
| 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR or designated COORDINATOR will follow instructions in Attachment A, Action Step-EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, OSC COORDINATOR, TSC COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.2 The CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM will follow instructions in Attachment B, Action Step-CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM.
| |
| 6.3 Chemistry Personnel will follow instructions in Attachment C, Sample Dilution and Analysis.
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| l ,
| |
| Attachment A EP-IP-043 C3r/ Revision 3 Page 4 of 14 ACTION STEP EMERGENCY DIRECTOR OSC COORDINATOR TSC COORDINATOR CHECK A.1.0 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR or designated COORDINATOR will:
| |
| A.1.1 Direct the activities of the CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM.
| |
| A.1.2 Brief TEAM on existing emergency and instruct personnel as to what samples are required.
| |
| A.1.3 Appoint a TEAM LEADER.
| |
| NOTE: CONSIDER SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MINIMIZING INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL EXPOSURE PER EP-IP-040, " EMERGENCY EXPOSURE CONSIDERATIONS"
| |
| ( }) A.1.4 Instruct the RADIO COMMUNICATOR in TSC (if TSC is
| |
| ~
| |
| activated) to assign code name to TEAM and to maintain communications with TEAM LEADER.
| |
| A.1.5 Coordinate with the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR respiratory protective devices and protective clothing requirements needed for this sampling function. Obtain latest survey results from Turbine Building 729' (if available).
| |
| A.1.6 Assign additional SAMPLING PERSONNEL to assist or relieve TEAM as circumstances dictate.
| |
| A.1.7 Advise the EMERGENCY OIRECTOR immediately of any conditions or survey results that may be of assistance in evaluating the EMERGENCY.
| |
| A.1.8 Inform the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR of the CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM results.
| |
| O Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| J Attachment B
| |
| () EP-IP-043 Revision B Page 5 of 14 l
| |
| ACTION STEP CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM CHECK B.1.0 The CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM will:
| |
| B.1.1 Upon notification of an Emergency Condition, report immediately where instructed for briefing and assignment.
| |
| B.1.2 Obtain from the COORDINATOR:
| |
| 8.1.2.1 Specific sample requested.
| |
| B.1.2.2 Anticipated area radiation readings.
| |
| B.1.2.3 Special instructions including respiratory protection requirements, 3 protective clothing requirements, and
| |
| ("*/
| |
| %_, radiation detection instrument selection. '
| |
| B.1.3 Ensure chemistry laboratory is prepared per EP-IP-042 " Chemistry Lab Emergency Preparation", as necessary.
| |
| B.1.4 Assemble or locate the following equipment.
| |
| B.1.4.1 Respiratory protective devices and protective clothing specified by COORDINATOR.
| |
| B.1.4.2 Hi-range dosimetry and extremity dosimetry.
| |
| B.1.4.3 Survey meter B.1.4.4 Small Volume Cask B.1.4.5 Spare hypodermic needles and needle changing tool -
| |
| B.1.4.6 Flashlight, mirror and Stopwatch.
| |
| ,, 8.1.4.7 Numbered liquid vials i
| |
| (),
| |
| l Page 1 of 6
| |
| | |
| Attachment B l'y)N EP-IP-043 Revision B Page 6 of 14 B.1.4.8 Syringe (10cc) and Luer-Lok valves (2).
| |
| B.1.4.9 Demineralized water for 10cc syringe.
| |
| B.1.4.10 Key to PASS power switch.
| |
| B.1.5 Perform instrument checks on survey meter.
| |
| B.1.6 Request Operations to activate tne PASS isolation valve panel permissive switch (HS 12370) and open isolation valve HV1F103A.
| |
| B.1.7 To sample reactor water, request reactor pressure.
| |
| If RX vessel depressurized (<135 PSIG), sample reactor water from RHR in shutdown cooling mode.
| |
| If sampling Suppression Pool or reactor water via RHR system, inquire as to RHR lineup and pump status.
| |
| r
| |
| (_,) B.1.8 Don protective clothing and respiratory protective devi.e as directed by the COORDINATOR.
| |
| B.1.9 Assure that TLD and SRD are worn.
| |
| B.1.10 Ensure survey meter is operational and on high'est range before leaving chemistry laboratory.
| |
| B.1.11 Proceed to PASS and while enroute continuously
| |
| ~
| |
| monitor radiation levels and the status of CAMS and ARMS.
| |
| B.1.11.1 If general area radiation levels exceed 1,000 mrem /hr at any time during this procedure, retreat to a low background area and notify the COORDINATOR.
| |
| B.1.11.2 If your total quarterly whole body 1 exposure approaches 2,500 mrem, retreat to a low background area and notify the COORDINATOR.
| |
| ,, B.1.12 After reaching the PASS, check existing area l
| |
| '_ radiation levels and report to the COORDINATOR.
| |
| O Page 2 of 6 i
| |
| | |
| Attachment B O 88-te-o43 Revision B Page 7 of 14 B.1.13 Open the sample station vent damper (on right hand side at top of sample box).
| |
| 8.1.14 Check demineralized water tank level. If less than 50%, fill tank. To fill, close valve 1-23-242 and open valves 1-23-251, 1-23-258 and 1-23-239. After filling close valves 1-23-251, 1-23-258 and 1 239 and open 1-23-242.
| |
| B.1.15 Open nitrogen supply valves 1-23-242 and 1-23-249.
| |
| Set regulator on nitrogen cylinder to 100 PSIG.
| |
| Check open the two regulator discharge valves.
| |
| B.I.16 Check that the demineralized water tank is pressurized to 100 PSIG (Check open RV-PI-12368).
| |
| 8.1.17 Open valve from demineralized water tank to sample system (1-23-244).
| |
| B.1.18 Go to isolation valve control panel IC1040. ,
| |
| B.1.18.1 Turn "All Close" switch HS12371 to "0N" position.
| |
| B.1.18.2 Open liquid return line to wetwell (HS12364).
| |
| 8.1.18.3 Open desired sample isolation valves (see list below)
| |
| : a. Jet pump AP line - reactor water (HS12374).
| |
| : b. RHR pump A & C discharge (HS12360).
| |
| : c. RHR pump B & D discharge (HS12362).
| |
| 8.1.19 Go to Sample Station Control Panel and adjust PCV-627 for a 15 PSI reading on the adjacent gauge.
| |
| B.1.20 Turn all control panel switches off.
| |
| 8.1.21 Using the key, turn the control panel power selector switch to "A".
| |
| Page 3 of 6
| |
| | |
| Attachment B Or se-te-o43 Revision B Page 8 of 14 B.1.22 Turn the Liquid / Gas selector switch to Liquid.
| |
| B.1.23 Turn Flush System Switch HC-628-1 counterclockwise to position 6. Observe approximately I gpm flow per FI-664.
| |
| B.1.24 Turn HC-628-1 to off.
| |
| B.1.25 Drain the collector tank, trap, and sump by turning s switch HC-715-1 clockwise thru its eight positions.
| |
| Pause approximately 5 seconds at each position.
| |
| 8.1.26 Turn the liquid sample source selector switch HC-626 to position 1 for a sample from the Jet Pump line or to position 5 for a sample from the (RHR) line.
| |
| B.1.27 Flush sample line in bypass mode as follows:
| |
| 8.1.27.1 Adjust FCV-627 to give 1 gpm flow indication on FI664.
| |
| B.1.27.2 Continue flush as indicated below:
| |
| Sample Minutes to Flush Jet Pump 5 minutes RHR* 6 minutes B.1.27.3 Record the flow and flush time on the data sheet.
| |
| *For suppression pool samples, the RHR system should be running in suppression pool cooling mode for at least thirty (30) minutes before a sample is drawn.
| |
| l B.1.28 While the bypass line is being flushed perform the
| |
| ;- following steps:
| |
| B.1.28.1 Put the small volume cask into the cask positioner.
| |
| b s
| |
| Page 4 of 6
| |
| | |
| Attachment B EP-IP-043 O- Revision 8 Page 9 of 14 B.1.28.2 Remove the stopper and carrying handle from the small volume cask.
| |
| B.1.28.3 Put numbered sample bottle into the cask.
| |
| B.1.28.4 Slide out the lead shielding drawer on right hand side of sample cabinet to expose the sampling needles.
| |
| B.1.28.5 Check the condition of the needles using a mirror. If needles are bent or missing, install new needles.
| |
| B.1.28.6 Swing the cask into position under the sample station and lockiin position.
| |
| 8.1.28.7 Raise the sample bottle onto the needles.
| |
| NOTE: GREEN LIGHT OPPOSITE HC 616-1 I'.
| |
| ON CONTROL PANEL WILL LIGHT
| |
| %)
| |
| WHEN SAMPLE BOTTLE IS CORRECTLY POSITIONED ON: NEEDLES.
| |
| 8.1.29 After the bypass line flush is completed, turn switch HC-626 to position 2 for Jet. Pump sample or position 4 for an RHR sample.
| |
| 8.1.30 Adjust PCV-627 to obtain a flow of 0.3 gpm as l indicated on FI 664.
| |
| B.1.31 Flush the sample line to the sampling valve for 5 minutes, recording flow per FI 664 and time on Data Sheet.
| |
| B.1.32 Record the following on the Attachment E, PASS Small Volume Liquid / Sample Data Sheet. Pressure per PI-661, Temperature per TI-660, Conductivity per CI-663 and Radiation per RI-665.
| |
| B.1.33 Turn switch HC-616-1 to the "take sample" position.
| |
| Record sample time.
| |
| l l B.1.34 Verify that flow per FI-664 is zero.
| |
| l l
| |
| O Page 5 of 6
| |
| | |
| O-Attachment B eP-1P-043 I
| |
| Revision B Page 10 of 14 B.1.35 Fill the hypodermic syringe with 10cc of demin.
| |
| water.
| |
| B.1.36 Connect the syringe to the line on the front of the sample station. Open the two manual valves and inject water into the line.
| |
| B.1.37 Close the syringe and Luer-Lok valves.
| |
| B.1.38 Remove the syringe and fill it with air.
| |
| _ B.1.39 Re-attach the syringe, open the Luer-Lok valves, and inject the air.
| |
| B.1.40 Close the Luer-Lok valves and remove the syringe.
| |
| B.1.41 Turn switches HC-616-1 and HC-626 to the off position.
| |
| B.1.42 Turn switch HC-616-1 to the " FLUSH" position.
| |
| ) Flush for two (2) minutes and/or untti RI-665 l reaches a minimum.
| |
| B.1.43 When the flush is finished, turn switch HC-616-1 to off.
| |
| B.1.44 Lower sample vial, close lead shield door on right of sample cabinet. Record dose rate on cask.
| |
| Lower cask, install plug and remove cask.
| |
| 8.1.45 If additional liquid samples are to be taken return to Step B.1.18.3 and after opening the desired isolation valves skip to Step B.1.26.
| |
| l l
| |
| B.1.46 If all sampling is completed, drain collector, trap and sump by turning switch HC-715-1 clockwise through its eight positions. Pause approximately five (5) seconds at each position.
| |
| ! B.1.47 Secure the sample station and valve control panel IC1041. Notify the Control Room of this operation.
| |
| 8.1.48 Return to the chemistry laboratory with the sample l and notify the COORDINATOR.
| |
| O Page 6 of 6
| |
| | |
| Attachment C
| |
| () -
| |
| EP-IP-043 Revision B Page 11 of 14 SAMPLE DILUTION AND ANALYSIS CHECK C.1.0 Chemistry Personnel will:
| |
| C.1.1 Place the cample cask in the Sample Prep Room upon returning from the Sample Station.
| |
| C.1.2 Quickly emove the sample vial from the cask and place iV behind the lead brick shield in the fume hood. i"
| |
| ~
| |
| C.1.3 Remove the cap from the vial with a decapitator.
| |
| C.1.4 Obtain an approximate contact dose rate for the sample.
| |
| C.1.5 Using the dose rate from Step C.1.4 and the following table as a quide, determine the
| |
| .s approximate number and type of dilutions which will ^
| |
| give a 10 mi sample with a contact dose rate in the range of 0.05 to 0.5 mrem /hr.
| |
| Sample Vial Dose Rate (mrem /hr) Dilution (ml) -
| |
| 0-0.5 count as is 0.5-5 1 to 10 5-50 0.1 to 10 50-500 0.1 to 10 and 1 to 10 500-5000 0.1 to 10 (2X) 5000-50,000 0.1 to 10 (2X) and 1 to 10 50,000-500,000 0.1 to 10 (3X)
| |
| C.1.6 Based on the number and type of dilutions l
| |
| determined above, fill labeled liquid vials with diluent (0.01 N nitric acid) as follows:
| |
| I C.1.6.1 For 1 to 10 dilution use 9 ml of diluent C.1.6.2 For 0.1 to 10 dilution use 9.9 ml of diluent l
| |
| () Page 1 of 2
| |
| | |
| O' Attachment C EP-IP-043 Revision B 2 age 12 of 14 C.1.7 Make all dilutions by pipetting 0.1 ml or 1 ml aliquots of sample directly into the appropriate prefilled liquid vial to give a final volume of 10 ml. -
| |
| C.1.8 Cap and identify all vials.
| |
| C.I.9 Record the number and types of dilutions.
| |
| C.1.10 When a diluted sample falls into the range 0.05 -
| |
| 0.5 mrem /hr. , wrap in clean plastic film and place in a clean plastic bag.
| |
| C.1.11 Take the sample to the Low Level Radiochemistry Lab, remove from bag and wrap in a second piece of clean plastic film.
| |
| C.1.12 Take sample to Counting Room for analysis.
| |
| C.1.13 Perform a quantitative isotopic analysis on the x_ sample, decay correcting to the time of sampling.
| |
| C.1.14 Record: count date, time, geometry, and activity of those isotopes listed on Attachment E, PASS Small Volume Liquid Sample Data Sheet.
| |
| C.1.15 Place the original sample plus all dilutions in a lead brick. storage cave in the Sample Prep Room.
| |
| l O
| |
| Page 2 of 2
| |
| | |
| l Attachment 0
| |
| ! EP-IP-043 Revision 3 Page 13 of 14 l
| |
| t i
| |
| Dr7well ATMOS PASS SAMPLE VALVE LOCATIONS MAP [,U 9 Sup'n. Pool ATMOS 10 mi t M
| |
| CV Gas Sample 720 - CV 2nd Cont ATMOS c7f-/ CV CV bas 710 714 4 711 712 Co & r Spare R4 M6 b -
| |
| Trap t y _ Iodine
| |
| ,Suo'n Pool ATMOS -- T717 s -~
| |
| Cartridge W02
| |
| ~ ,
| |
| Q; P702
| |
| , 2nd Cont ATMOS CV701 v501 h X l
| |
| ' CV feminT water 1 62 CV a
| |
| CV --
| |
| ), 651 ~,
| |
| 624
| |
| - 4 1 ,LV662 X '
| |
| Cy Cas Tracer Gas 625 652[ Collectiony RHR M CV Chamber
| |
| ) Dissdt-Jed6539 g CV Gas Sample '
| |
| {.615 Hold '
| |
| Up Chamber P601 CV
| |
| (
| |
| 7 Cv y- , Cv cv 62641 i 616 629 650 FCN 25 627 " '
| |
| ' CV U"t +-Y LM- @ 6' "'
| |
| h ~*-
| |
| 722
| |
| .T a (C:k7 t. . i . . . . . .
| |
| ^
| |
| A ;; ' - ._ ::Or
| |
| : age .' Of I d-
| |
| #*E1"
| |
| )C 715 714 Box Su=p
| |
| | |
| Attachment E O' EP-IP-043 Revision 8 Page 14 of 14 PASS SMALL VOLUME LIQUID SAMPLE DATA SHEET Ref. Step B.1.2.1 SAMPLE SOURCE TEAM MEMBERS 8.1.27.3 FLUSH FLOW gpm FI 664 TIME 8.1.31 FLUSH FLOW gpm FI 664 TIME 8.1.32 PRESSURE psig PI-661 TEMP *F TI-660 I
| |
| CONDUCTIVITY umho/cm CI-663 RAD LEVEL R/hr RI-665 3.1.33 SAMPLE TIME SAMPLE DATE 8.1.44 OOSE RATE ON CASK (f C.1.0 '
| |
| SAMPLE ORIGINAL A B C D E F SAMPLE #
| |
| DILUTION FACTOR .1 to 10 DOSE RATE C.1.14 COUNT DATE/ TIME / COUNT BY l
| |
| GEOMETRY ISOTOPE ACTIVITY uCi/ml Dose Equiv. I-131 uCt/gm 131 I 137 Cs
| |
| ([)
| |
| i Page 1 of 1 i
| |
| V "'m "'
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL ,
| |
| SAMPLING I EP-IP-044 I Revision 0 Page 1 of 34 0
| |
| PROCEDURE COVER SHEET PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| 1 SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING - EP-IP-044 Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date l
| |
| t Prepared By Date Reviewed By Date PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( ) Date Approved By Date Section Head Date Superintendent of Plant O
| |
| T -
| |
| *--------w ---v--- '-
| |
| - - - - - - -w- r- e- - - - - - - - - ~ - -
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING q EP-IP-044 i Revision 0 I Page 2 of 34 l
| |
| TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page No.
| |
| 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4-5 ATTACHMENTS
| |
| / Attachment Page No.
| |
| A Action Step - RADIATION PROTECTION 6 COORDINATOR B Action Step - CHEMISTRY STAFF 7 C Action Step - RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER 8-9 l
| |
| D Action Step - ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER 10-12 E Action Step - ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLE 13-15 COLLECTORS F Action Step - ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT 16 MANAGER i G Calculation of River Transit Time to 17-27 I
| |
| Danville, Dilution Factor, and Concentration at Danville H Sample Collection Procedures 28-34 0
| |
| , . - . - , - + - , - - , - . , . ,_,m,. , , . , . - --.-
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING EP-IP-044 Revision 0 Page 3 of 34 i EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to describe the methods and responsibilities for conducting environmental monitoring during and after an EMERGENCY.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE This procedure includes all sampling and analyses to support assessment of environmental impact in the event of an abnormal gaseous or liquid release leading to or during a SITE or GENERAL EMERGENCY at SSES. Provisions are included for returning to the routine radiological environmental monitoring program as described in NSI 6.3.1.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 3.1 SSES Emergency Plan 3.2 EPA Protective Action Guides 3.3 NSI 6.3.1 Radiological Environmental Monitoring Program 3.4 Radiation Management Corporation, Procedure - T46 3.5 Radiation Monitoring Data Analysis Verification Program Manual - Appendix I, Part E 3.6 Ecological studies of the Susquehanna river in the vicinity of SSES, Ichthyological Associates, Annual Report for 1976 4.0 DEFINITIONS l
| |
| l 4.1 pCi - picoeurie 4.2 cpm - counts per minute 4.3 NRC - U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission 4.4 EPA - U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 4.5 Pa. DER /BRP - Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Resources / Bureau of Radiation Protection 4.7 EOF - Emergency Operations Facility 4.8 REMP - Radiological Environmental Monitoring Program
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING EP-IP-044 Revision 0 Page 4 of 34 0
| |
| 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 It is the responsibility of the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR to assess initial results of the liquid sample taken by the CHEMISTRY STAFF and to take appropriate actions.
| |
| 5.2 It is the responsibility of the CHEMISTRY STAFF to collect liquid samples from the blowdown line composite sampler located in the sewage treatment plant and to analyze these samples in accordance with this procedure.
| |
| 5.3 It is the responsibility of the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER to direct the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER once a SITE or GENERAL EMEP,GENCY has been declared.
| |
| 5.4 It is the responsibility of the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER to direct the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLE COLLECTORS and to arrange for the analyses of the samples which are collected during and after the EMERGENCY.
| |
| 5.5 It is the responsibility of the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLE COLLECTORS to perform the sampling required by the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER.
| |
| O 5.6 It is the responsibility of the ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT MANAGER to dispatch couriers to transport samples to the analyses laboratory upon request by the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER.
| |
| 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 Upon notification of a SITE or GENERAL EMERGENCY, the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR will follow the Instructions in Attachment A. Action Step, RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.2 At the direction of the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR the CHEMISTRY STAFF will follow Instructions in Attachment B, Action Step, CHEMISTRY STAFF.
| |
| 6.3 Upon arrival at the EOF the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER will follow Instructions in Attachment C, Action Step, RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| 6.4 Upon notification by the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER, the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER will follow Instructions in Attachment D. Action Step, ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER.
| |
| () 6.5 At the direction of the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER, the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLE COLLECTORS will follow Instructions in Attachment E, Action Step. ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLE COLLECTORS.
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING EP-IP-044 Revision 0 Page 5 of 34 6.6 Upon notification from the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER, the ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT MANAGER will follow Instructions in Attachment F. Action Step, ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| O 8 .
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING Attachment A i EP-IP-044 Revision 0
| |
| ()
| |
| i
| |
| ! Page 6 of 34 ACTION STEP RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR I
| |
| l A.l.0 In the event of a liquid release during a SITE or GENERAL EMERGENCY the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR will:
| |
| A.l.1 Obtain results of the initial liquid sample analysis performed by the CHEMISTRY STAFF.
| |
| I l A.1.2 Assess the results of the initial sample and in addition to the normal regulatory notification contact the U.S. Coast Guard.
| |
| l l
| |
| NOTE: THE DETERMINATION FOR NOTIFICATION OF THIS AGENCY WILL BE BASED ON THE CALCULATION OF CONCENTRATION OF RADIOACTIVITY IN THE WATER EXPECTED TO REACH
| |
| -9 DANVILLE. WHEN THE CONCENTRATION REACHES 3x10 uCi/ml THE U.S. COAST GUARD SHOULD BE NOTIFIED.
| |
| A.l.3 Notify the Danville Water Authority of the
| |
| () release. Notification of the release should be made to the Superintendent of Water, Danville Borough at (717) 275-1070. Initial instructions for Danville should be to continue normal operation until river flow calculations can provide data needed to make decisions on protective actions to be taken.
| |
| A.l.4 Direct the CHEMISTRY STAFF to continue sampling as necessary.
| |
| 1 A.1.5 Inform the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER of the liquid l sample analysis and of the actions alret4y taken.
| |
| Include the amount of liquid released, time for release to be terminated, and the initial concentration of radioactivity released in the discharge.
| |
| A.l.6 Inform the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR of the results of Steps A.l.1 through A.l.4.
| |
| ~
| |
| O EP-IP-044, Attachment A, Rev. O, Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING Attachment B EP-IP-044 Revision 0
| |
| () Page 7 of 34 ACTION STEP CHEMISTRY STAFF B.l.0 In the event of a liquid release the CHEMISTRY STAFF will:
| |
| B.l.1 Upon notification from the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, or designated COORDINATOR, report to the Control Room for sampling instructions.
| |
| B.1.2 When instructed, proceed to the sewage treatment plant and collect a grab sample from the blowdown line composite sampler.
| |
| B.l.3 Take the sample back to the radiochemistry laboratory for a GAMMA scan analysis.
| |
| B.1.4 Report the following to the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR:
| |
| B.l.4.1 GAMMA scan results
| |
| () B.1.4.2 Volume of release (gal.)
| |
| B.l.4.3 Length of release (time)
| |
| B.l.5 Each sample should be labeled with 'hc following information:
| |
| B.1.5.1 TIME SAMPLE WAS TAKEN B.l.5.2 TIME SAMPLE WAS ANALYZED B.l.5.3 LOCATION OF SAMPLE B.l.5.4 AMOUNT OF SAMPLE B.l.5.5 CONCENTRATION IN SAMPLE EP-IP-044, Attachment B. Rev. O, Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL '
| |
| SAMPLING Attachment C EP-IP-044 Revision 0
| |
| ( Page 8 of 34 ACTION STEP RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER C.l.0 The RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER will:
| |
| LIQUID RELEASE C.l.1 Obtain, from the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR, discharge information such as amount of liquid released, time for release to be terminated, and the initial concentration of radioactivity in the discharge. Relay this information directly to the
| |
| . ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER.
| |
| C.l.2 Direct the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER to implement off-site liquid monitoring activities as needed based on initial concentration results.
| |
| C.l.3 Instruct the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER to maintain communications with the Danville Water Authority.
| |
| GASEOUS RELEASE C.2.0 Direct the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER to implement the following off-site environmental monitoring activities:
| |
| C.2.1 Exchange'of Emergency and Quality Control TLD's in the field and subsequent reading in the EOF.
| |
| C.2.2 Exchange of Quality Control TLD's once the EMERGENCY has been terminated. These will be analyzed at the QC lab.
| |
| C.2.3 Food product and vegetation sampling l
| |
| l C.2.4 Air iodine cartridge and air particulate filter collection C.2.5 Milk collection - Begins 24 hours af ter possible release of Iodine, i
| |
| l 1
| |
| EP-IP-044, Attachment C, Rev. O, Page 1 of 2
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL 3 SAMPLING Attachment C EP-IP-044 Revision 0 Page 9 of 34 NOTE: ASSURE THAT THE RADIATION LEVELS IN THE AREAS TO BE SAMPLED ARE SUCH THAT THE SAMPLE COLLECTORS WILL NOT EXCEED.THEIR QUARTERLY EXPOSURE LIMIT.
| |
| O
| |
| ?
| |
| (
| |
| I.
| |
| O EP-IP-044, Attachment C, Rev. O, Page 2 of 2
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING Attachment D EP-IP-044 Revision 0 O Page 10 of 34
| |
| . ACTION STEP ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER D.l.0 The ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER will:
| |
| LIQUID RELEASE D.l.1 Contact the PROJECT DIRECTOR of Ichthyological Associates to notify SAMPLE COLLECTORS to report to the Susquehanna Biological Laboratory (717) 542-2191.
| |
| 1
| |
| . D.l.2 Receive initial instructions from the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| D.1.3 Obtain the following information:
| |
| D.l.3.1 River Level - Read from a river level gauge in the Susquehanna Biological Laboratory.
| |
| D.l.3.2 Amount of Liquid r e l e a s e d --
| |
| () D.l.3.3 Time for release to be FROM RADIATION t'rminated e -* SUPPORT l MANAGER D.l.3.4 Initial concentration of activity in the discharge J-D.l.4 Calculate:
| |
| D.l.4.1 The dilution factor in the Susquehanna river D.l.4.2 The time for the plume to reach Danville
| |
| , D.l.4.3 Concentration of activity expected to
| |
| ( reach Danville using the equations which l are presented in Attachment H.
| |
| L l.5 Recommend to Danville Water Authority, based on 4
| |
| these results, and in concurrence with the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER, any protective action which should be taken by Danville.
| |
| j D.1.6 Give the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLE COLLECTORS the following information:
| |
| l l EP-IP-044, Attachment D, Rev. O, Page 1 of 3
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING Attachment D EP-IP-044
| |
| () Revision 0 Page 11 of 34 D.l.6.1 Where to sample (i.e., Danville Water Authority, Control location"above discharge, location below discharge.)
| |
| D.1.6.2 Type of sample (i.e., Composite or grab)
| |
| D.1.6.3 Amount and frequency of sample (normal sampling - 100 ml/h hr. for 2 hrs.)
| |
| D.1.6.4 Special instructions.
| |
| D.l.7 Arrange for transportation and analysis of samples to the Analyses Laboratory and collection of sample results.
| |
| D.1.8 Notify the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER of sample results.
| |
| NOTE: IN EMERGENCY SITUATIONS, RADIATION MANAGEMENT CORPORATION (RMC), PHILADELPHIA, PA., SHOULD BE USED FOR SAMPLE ANALYSIS. THE TELEPHONE NUMBERS ARE:
| |
| WEEKDAYS, 9AM - SPM (215) 243-2968 ALL OTHER TIMES (215) 243-2990 GASEOUS RELEASE D.2.0 Receive initial direction from RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER.
| |
| D.2.1 Obtain the following release information:
| |
| D.2.1.1 Type of release D.2.1.2 Direction of plume D.2.1.3 Approximate radiation levels, if available D.2.2 Contact ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLE COLLECTORS and provide laitial instructions:
| |
| D.2.2.1 Type of samples to be collected (i.e.,
| |
| milk, TLD's, food product and vegetation, air iodine and air
| |
| () particulate.s)
| |
| D.2.2.2 Location of samples
| |
| . EP-IP-044, Attachment D, Rev. O, Page 2 of 3
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING Attachment D 4 EP-IP-044 !
| |
| Revision 0
| |
| () Page 12 of 34 D.2.2.3 Exchange of TLD's - replacement TLD's should be picked up at the EOF D.2.2.4 Number of samples to be collected at each location D.2.2.5 Special instructions (i.e., extra samples for Pa. DER, NRC, EPA, etc.)
| |
| D.2.2.6 Phone number at EOF for SAMPLE COLLECTORS to call.
| |
| D.2.3 Contact the ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT MANAGER and arrange for transport couriers to pick up samples and transport them to the analysis laboratory.
| |
| D.2.4 Once analysis results are known, determine from-the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER if future sampling is necessary. If further sampling is necessary follow Action Steps D.2.2 through D.2.4 O
| |
| l l
| |
| l l
| |
| l I
| |
| I l
| |
| O EP-IP-044, Attachment D. Rev. O, Page 3 of 3
| |
| | |
| l EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL )
| |
| SAMPLING i Attachment E EP-IP-0i4 Revision 0 O Page 13 of 34 ACTION STEP ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLE COLLECTORS E.1.0 The ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLE COLLECTORS will:
| |
| LIQUID RELEASE E.1.1 Obtain the following information upon initial contact with the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER:
| |
| E.1.1.1 Location of sample E.1.1.2 Type of sample (i.e., composite or grab)
| |
| E.1.1.3 Amount and frequency of sample (normal sampling is 100 ml./h hr. for 2 hrs).
| |
| E.1.1.4 Phone number to reach ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER E.1.1.5 Instructions for transporting samples to O analysis laboratory.
| |
| E.1.2 Inventory instrument kits needed for sample collection:
| |
| E.1.2.1 Flashlight ,
| |
| E.1.2.2 Sample container E.1.2.3 Sample collector (i.e., water bucket, flask, etc.)
| |
| E.1.2.4 Hipboots l E.1.2.5 Gloves, rubber l E.1.3 Collect samples at the following locations as l directed by the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER: -
| |
| l E.1.3.1 Danville Water Authority
| |
| * E.1.3.2 control location above the discharge line EP-IP-044, Attachment E. Rev. O, Page 1 of 3
| |
| | |
| s EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL t
| |
| SAMPLING
| |
| . Attachment E
| |
| . EP-IP-044
| |
| ' \ Revision 0
| |
| () Page 14 of 34 E.1.3.3. Location below the discharge line E.1.4 When all samples have been collected, contact the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER to arrange for transportation of the samples to the analysis laboratory. Samples should be labeled with the following information before being transported:
| |
| E.1.4.1 Location of sample E.1.4.2 Type of sample
| |
| .\'
| |
| E.1.4.3 Amount and frequency of sample C ,
| |
| 'E .1. 4 . 4 .Timet sample was taken E.1.5 Wait for further instructions from the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER.
| |
| ^^"EOUS RELEASE E.2.0 Upon notification.of a. .aERGENCY by the ENVIRONMENTAL
| |
| (} SAMPLER obtain the foll'owing information:
| |
| l E.2.1 Location of initial samples go be collected E.2.2 Type of samples to be collected E.2.3 Number of samples to be collected at each location E.2.4 Perform inventory of sample kits. They should include:
| |
| E.2.4.1 Sample containers E.2.4.2 Sampling tools E.2.4.3 Shielding pigs (for TLD's)
| |
| ( E.2.4.4 Personnel dosimeters l E.2.4.5 Flashlight
| |
| - E.2,4,6 Identification (PP&L) i E.2.4.7 Map of sample locations E.2.5 Remove the self reading dosimeters from the kit.
| |
| l
| |
| -O-- zero them and attach them to the front of the body.
| |
| EP-IP-044, Attachment E, Rev. O, Page 2 of 3 i
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING Attachment E EP-IP-044 Revision 0
| |
| () Page 15 of 34 E.2.6 Collect the environmental samples as directed by the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER and in accordance with the sample collection procedures in Attachment H.
| |
| E.2.7 After initial samples are collected, contact the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER to report prasent status and ,
| |
| to receive further sampling instructions.
| |
| NOTE: IF THERE IS NO PHONE AVAILABLE AT THE SAMPLE LOCATION, DRIVE TO THE NEAREST AVAILABLE PHONE TO REPORT PRESENT STATUS AND RECEIVE FURTHER INSTRUCTION.
| |
| E.2.8 When all samples have b'een collected, contact the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER to arrange for transportation of the samples to the analysis laboratory.
| |
| O
| |
| (:) .
| |
| EP-IP-044, Attachment E. Rev. O, Page 3 of 3
| |
| | |
| - . = . - . _ . - . . . - -. .- ._
| |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING Attachment F EP-IP-044 4
| |
| Revision O Page 16 of 34 i i
| |
| i i ACTION STEP ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT MANAGER F.1.0 The ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT MANAGER will:
| |
| F.1.1 Upon request from the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER, dispatch transport couriers to pick up environmental samples and transport them to the analysis laboratory, Radiation Management Corporation, 3508 Market Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
| |
| i i
| |
| i
| |
| [
| |
| EP-IP-044, Attachment F. Rev. O, Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING Attachment c, EP-IP-044 Revision 0
| |
| () Page 17 of 34 CALCULATIONS OF RIVER TRANSIT TIME TO DANVILLE FROM SSES G.1.0 Given a liquid discharge from the Susquehanna SES the following method will be used to determine the amount of time for the discharge to travel from SSES to the Danville Water Authority.
| |
| G.1.1 Obtain the river level, X, in meters above mean j sea level, from the Susquehanna biological
| |
| ) laboratory' personnel. This is read from a river level gauge in the laboratory.
| |
| Calculate the river flow velocity (Y), in meters /sec. by the use of the following equation:
| |
| Y (m/s) =
| |
| 0.356 (X) -
| |
| 52.8 The transit time (t) to Danville can then be calculated by the following:
| |
| =
| |
| e fo000m )
| |
| 3600 sec./hr.
| |
| where 50,000 m is the river distance from SSES to the Danville Water Authority.
| |
| Example river level (x) = 148.92 m river flow velocity (y) =
| |
| 0.356 (148.92m) - 52.8 (y) =
| |
| 0.2205 m/s transit time (t) = 50,000m
| |
| .2205 m/s 3600 sec/hr = 63 hrs.
| |
| G.2.0 Dilution F6ctor at Susquehanna SES Given a liquid discharge exceeding technical specification limits from the Susquehar.na SES the following method will be used to determine the dilution factor in the river at the time of the discharge.
| |
| Determine from the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER:
| |
| : 1. The total volume (gallons) of the release, A.
| |
| : 2. The total time (minutes) of release, B.
| |
| 1 EP-IP-044, Attachment G. Rev. O, Page 1 of 11 1
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING Attachment G EP-IP-044 Revision 0
| |
| () Page 18 of 34 Obtain the river level, X, in meters above mean sea level from the Susquehanna biological laboratory personnel.
| |
| Calculate the total release rate, C, by the following equation:
| |
| A (gal) 1 min.
| |
| C (gal./sec.) = B (min) 60 sec.
| |
| where A = Total Release Volume (gal) ,
| |
| B = Total Release Time (min)
| |
| Calculate the river flow D ), by converting the river level, X, to river flow (gal /seg/sec)
| |
| E (M with the use of the attached river, depth, flow, level conversion table.
| |
| Then multiply by the appropriate conversion factor:
| |
| 3 (1 M = 264.2 gal)
| |
| D (gal /sec) =
| |
| E (M /sec) x 264.2 (gal /M )
| |
| where: E= river flow (M /s); from the conversion table.
| |
| A
| |
| \J Calculate the dilution factor, F, by use of the following equation:
| |
| F = C (gal /sec)
| |
| D (gal /sec)
| |
| Example:
| |
| ; Total Volume of Release A = 22,000 gal Total Time of Release B = 30 min River Level X = 148.92 M.
| |
| C=f=
| |
| * ff* x sec
| |
| = 12.22 gal /see River Flow (E) (M /sec) =
| |
| 205.6 M /sec (from conversion table.)
| |
| River Flow D, (gal /sec) =
| |
| E (M /sec) x 264.2 (gal /M )
| |
| 3 D= 205.6 (M /sec) x 264.2 (gal /M 3)
| |
| () D = 54,320 gal /see The dilution factor (F) may now be determined:
| |
| l' EP-IP-044, Attachment G. Rev. O, Page 2 of 11
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL l SAMPLING l Attachment G EP-IP-044 Revision O O Page 19 of 34 C 12.22 (gal /sec) 7 , ,
| |
| D 54,320 (gal /sec)
| |
| F = 2.25 x 10 - 4 NOTE: FOR AN UNDETERMINED RELEASE TIME (B), A VALUE OF 1 MINUTE PER 10,000 GALLONS RELEASED SHOULD BE ASSUMED. -
| |
| G.3.0 CONCENTRATION OF RADIOACTIVITY AT DANVILLE Obtain the initial radioactivity concentration in the water at the blowdown line from the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER (G).
| |
| Multiply this number by the dilution factor calculated in I.2.0 to obtain the concentration of radioactivity released into the Susquehanna river (H).
| |
| To calculate the concentration which reaches Danville, obtain the dilution factor in the Susquehanna river to
| |
| () Danville from Table 5.2-19 which is attached at the end of this section. Divide the concentration released into the Susquehanna by the dilution factor to Danville to obtain the calculation of radioactivity expected to reach the Danville Water Authority.
| |
| Example:
| |
| o Initial concentration at blowdown time =
| |
| -3 4.2 x 10 uCi/ml (G) o Dilution factor at Susquehanna SES =
| |
| ~
| |
| 3x 10 (F) o Concentration released to Susquehanna
| |
| = FxG
| |
| -0
| |
| = 1.26 x 10 uCi/ml (H) o Dilution between Susquehanna SES and Danville (for January) = 314 (I)
| |
| O EP-IP-044, Attachment G. Rev. O, Page 3 of 11
| |
| | |
| 1 EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL J SAMPLING l
| |
| '.j Attachment G l r EP-IP-044 Revision 0 O Page 20 of 34 l
| |
| o Concentration at Danville Water Authority l
| |
| s i = (H) y (I) ,
| |
| -9
| |
| = 3.82 x 10 uCi/ml F t
| |
| i i
| |
| i I
| |
| L 1
| |
| I.
| |
| 1 i
| |
| i l
| |
| O l
| |
| l 1
| |
| l l
| |
| O ,
| |
| EP-IP-044, Attachment G. Rev. O, Page 4 o f 11
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING
| |
| - Attachment G EP-IP-044 Revision'0 O Page 21 of 34 DATA SHEET I. TRANSIT TIME FOR LIQUID DISCHARGE FROM SUSQ. SES TO DANVILLE River Level = meters above mean sea level (X)
| |
| (m above mal)
| |
| River Flow Velocity (meters /sec.) = 0.356(X)-52.795
| |
| =
| |
| meters /sec.
| |
| (Y)
| |
| Distance from Susquehanna SES to Danville = 50 km (River Distance)
| |
| Transit Time 50,000 meters 1 hr.
| |
| " Y meters /sec. 3600 sec.
| |
| =
| |
| hrs. (t)
| |
| ! m II. CONCENTRATION OF RADIOACTIVITY Initial Concentration in Blowdown = uCi/ml(A)
| |
| . Volume of Release = gal (B)
| |
| Time of Release to Length of Release =
| |
| min. (C)
| |
| Time Release will Arrive at Danville =
| |
| III. DETERMINATION OF DILUTION FACTOR Total Release Rate = B (gal.) 1 min.
| |
| C (min.) 60 sec.
| |
| = gal./sec. (D)
| |
| River Flow m /sec. (E) (from Conversion Table)
| |
| ~
| |
| River Flow (gal./sec.) = E (u /sec.) x 264.3 (gal./m )
| |
| t
| |
| = gal./sec. (F)
| |
| EP'-IP-044, Attachment G. Rev. O, Page 5 o f 11
| |
| | |
| - - =_. _ _. - _ _ _ _
| |
| EMERGENCY ENVII.ONMENTAL SAMPLING Attachment G EP-IP-044 Revision 0
| |
| () Page 22 of 34 Dilution Factor = D (gal./sec.)
| |
| F (gal./sec.)
| |
| =
| |
| (G)
| |
| IV. CONCENTRATION OF ACTIVITY AT DANVILLE Concentration at Diffuser (SSES) =A (uCi/ml) xG
| |
| =
| |
| uCi/ml (H)
| |
| Concentration at Danville =H (uci/ml) -
| |
| I (Danville Dilution Factor, Environmental Report Table 5.2-19)
| |
| =
| |
| uCi/ml (J)
| |
| RECOMMENDATION:
| |
| O t
| |
| EP-IP-044, Attachment G. Rev. O, Page 6 of 11
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING Attachment G EP-IP-044 Revision 0
| |
| () Page 23 of 34 RIVER DEPTH, LEVEL, FLOW CONVERSION TABLE AT THE SUSQUEHANNA SES BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY Water Depth Level Fgow Depth Level Fjow (ft.) (m above ms1) (m /s) (ft.) (m above ms1) (m /s) 2.0) 147.82 0.8 7.6) 149.53 430.4 2.1) 147.85 3.1 7.7) 194.56 443.7 2.2) 147.88 5.5 7.8) 149.59 457.2 2.3) 147.91 8.1 7.9) 149.62 470.9 2.4) 147.94 10.9 8.0) 149.65 484.8 2.5) 147.97 13.9 8.1) 149.68 498.9 2.6) 148.00 17.1 8.2) 149.71 513.2 2.7) 148.03 20.5 8.3) 149.74 527.7 2.8) 148.06 24.2 8.4) 149.77 542.4 2.9) 148.09 28.0 8.5) 149.80 557.3 3.0) 148,12 32.0 8.6) 149.83 572.4 3.1) 148.16 36.2 8.7) 149.86 587.7 3.2) 148.19 40.6 8.8) 149.89 603.2 3.3) 148.22 45.2 8.9) 149.92 618.9 3.4) 148.25 50.0 9.0) 149.95 634.8 3.5) 148.28 55.0 9.1) 149.98 650.9 G'i 3.6) 148.31 60.2 9.2) 150.01 667.2 3.7) 148.34 65.6 9.3) 150.05 683.7 3.8) 148.37 71.1 9.4) 150.08 700.3 3.9) 148.40 76.9 9.5) 150.11 717.2 4.0) 148.43 82.9 9.6) 150.14 734.3 4.1) 148.46 89.1 9.7) 150.17 751.6
| |
| , 4.2) 148.49 95.5 9.8) 150.20 769.0 4.3) 148.52 102.1 9.9) 150.23 786.7 4.4) 148.55 108.8 10.0) 150.26 804.6 4.5) 148.58 115.8 10.1) 150.29 822.7 4.6) 148.61 123.0 10.2) 150.32 840.9 4.7) 148.64 130.4 10.3) 150.35 859.4 4.8) 148.67 137.9 10.4) 150.38 878.1
| |
| ; 4.9) 148.70 145.7 10,5) 150.41 896.9 l 5.0) 148.73 153.7 10.6) 150.44 916.0 5.1) 148176 161.8 10.7) 150.47 935.2 5.2) 148.80 170.2 10.8) 150.50 954.7 5.3) 148.83 178.8 10.9) 150.53 974.4 5.4) 148.86 187.5 11.0) 150.56 994.2 5i5) 148.89 196.5 11.1) 150.59 1014.3 5.6) 148.92 205.6 11.2) 150.62 1034.5 5.7) 148.95 215.0 11.3) 150.65 1054.9 5;8) 148.98 224.5 11.4) 150.69 1075.6
| |
| : 5. 9 ) 149.01 234.3 11.5) 150.72 1096.4 I
| |
| {} 6.0) 149.04 244.2 11.6) 150.75 1117.5 EP-IP-044, Attachment G. Rev. O, Page 7 o f 11
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING
| |
| ~
| |
| Attachment G EP-IP-044 Revision 0
| |
| () Page 24 of 34 Water Depth Level Fgow Depth Level F (ft.) (m above ms1) (m /s) (ft.) (m above ms1) (m}ow
| |
| /n) 6.1) 149.07 254.4 11.7) 150.78 1138.7 6.2) 149.10 264.7 11.8) 150.81 1160.2 6.3) 149.13 275.3 11.9) 150.84 1181.8 6.4) 149.16 286.0 12.0) 150.87 1203.6 6.5) 149.19 297.0 12.1) 150.90 1225.7 6.6) 149.22 308.1 12.2) 150.93 1247.9 6.7) 149.25 319.4 12.3) 150.96 1270.3 6.8) 149.28 331.0 12.4) 150.99 1292.9 6.9) 149.31 324.7 12.5) 151.02 1315.8 7.0) 149.34 354.6 12.6) 151.05 1338.8 7.1) 149.37 366.7 12.7) 151.08 1362.0 7.2) 149.40 379.1 12.8) 151.11 1385.4 7.3) 149.44 391.6 12.9) 151.14 1409.0 7.4) 149.47 404.3 13.0) 151.17 1432.8 7.5) 149.50 417.2
| |
| (} NOTE: 1 m /s = 264.18 gal /s l
| |
| l EP-IP-044, Attachment G. Rev. O, Page 8 o f il
| |
| | |
| I EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING Attachment G EP-IP-044 Revision 0
| |
| () Page 25 of 34 l
| |
| Water Depth Level Fjow Depth Level F (ft.) (m above msl) (m /s) (ft.) (m above msl) (m}ow
| |
| /s) 13.1) 151.20 1456.9 18.6) 152.88 3082.6 13.2) 151.23 1481.1 18.7) 152.91 3117.7 13.3) 151.26 1505.5 18.8) 152.94 3153.0 13.4) 151.29 1530.1 19.0) 153.00 3224.2 13.5) 151.33 1554.9 19.1) 153.03 3260.1 13.6) 151.36 1579.9 19.2) 153.06 3296.2 13.7) 151.39 1605.1 19.3) 153.09 3332.5 13.8) 151.42 1630.5 19.4) 153.12 3369.0 13.9) 151.45 1656.1 19.5) 153.15 3405.7 14.0) 151.48 1681.9 19.6) 153.18 3442.5 14.1) 151.51 1707.9 19.7) 153.21 3479.6 14.2) 151.54 1734.1 19.8) 153.25 3516.9 14.3) 151.57 1760.5 19.9) 153.28 3554.4 14.4) 151.60 1787.0 20.0) 153.31 3592.1 14.5) 151.63 1813.8 20.1) 153.34 3629.9 14.6) 151.66 1840.8 20.2) 153.37 3668.0 14.7) 151.69 1868.0 20.3) ~153.40 3706.3 14.8) 151.72 1895.4 20.4) 153.43 3744.8
| |
| 'T 14.9) 151.75 1923.0 20.5) 153.46 3783.4
| |
| (~d 15.0) 151.78 1950.7 20.6) 153.49 3822.3 15.1) 151.81 1978.7 20.7) 153.52 3861.4 15.2) 151.84 2006.9 20.8) 153.55 3900.6 15.3) 151.87 2035.2 20.9) 153.58 3940.1 15.4) 151.90 2063.8 21.0) 153.61 3979.8 15.5) 151.93 2092.6 21.1) 153.64 4019.6 15.6) 151.97 2121.5 21.2) 153.67 4059.7 15.8) 152.03 2180.1 21.3) 153.70 4099.9 15.9) 152.06 2209.6 21.4) 153.73 4140.4 16.0) 152.09 2239.4 21.5) 153.76 4181.0 16.1) 152.12 2269.3 21.6) 153.79 4221.9 16.2) 152.15 2299.5 21.7) 153.82 4262.9 16.3) 152.18 2329.8 21.8) 153.86 4304.2 16.4) 152.21 2360.4 21.9) 153.89 4345.6 16.5) 152.24 2391.1 22.0) 153.92 4387.3 16.6) 152.27 2422.1 22.1) 153.95 4429.1 16.7) 152.30 2453.2 22.2) 153.98 4471.1 16.8) 152.33 2484.6 22.3) 154.01 4513.4 16.9) 152.36 2516.1 22.4) 154.04 4555.8 17.0) 152.39 2547.8 1.5) 154.07 4598.4 17.1) 152.42 2579.8 22.6) 154.10 4641.3 17.2) 152.45 2611.9 22.7) 154.13 4684.3 17.3) 152.48 2644.2 22.8) 154.16 4727.5 17.4) 152.51 2676.8 22.9) 145.19 4771.0
| |
| (} 17.5) 152.54 2709.5 23.0) 154.22 4814.6 EP-IP-044, Attachment G. Rev. O, Page 9 o f 11
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING Attachment G EP-IP-044 ,
| |
| Revision 0
| |
| () Page 26 of 34 Water Depth Level Fjow Depth Level Fjow (ft.) (m above mal) (m /s) (ft.) (m above ms1) (m /s) 17.6) 152.57 2742.4 23.1) 154.25 4858.4 17.7) 152.61 2775.5 23.2) 154.28 4902.4 17.8) 152.64 2808.9' 23.3) 154.31 4946.6 17.9) 152.67 2842.4 23.4) 154.'34 4991.1 18.0) 152.70 2876.1 23.5) 154.37 5035.7 18.1) 152.73 2910.0 23.6) 154.40 5080.5 18.2) 152.76 2944.1 23.7) 154.43 5125.5 18.3) 152.79 2978.5 23.8) 154.46 5170.7 18.4) 152.8; 3013.0 23.9) 154.50 5216.1 18.5) 152.85 3047.7 24.0) 154.53 5261.7 NOTE: 1 m /s = 264.18 gal /s O
| |
| EP-IP-044, Attachment G, Rev. O, P a ge 10 o f 11
| |
| | |
| o O O SUSQUEHANNA SES-ER-OL TABLE 5.2-19 ESTIMATED MONTHLY DISPERSION FACTORS FOR THE SUSQUEHANNA RIVER DOWNSTREAM OF SUSQUEllANNA SES MILES FRON
| |
| * SITE DISCHARGE YEARLY
| |
| ,. JAN FEB HAR APR MAY JUN JUI. AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC AVE.
| |
| WAPWALLOPEN 1.6 82 99 181 161 105 76 46 31 33 44 70 99 86 BEACH IIAVEN 3.1 170 206 348 4G4 218 121 64 43 47 62 145 206 170
| |
| " HESCOPECK 5.5 201 244 445 516 258 143 80 51 53 77 172 244 207 BERWICK 6.4 214 259 473 549 274 152 82 53 56 79 183 259 219 HI FFLINVII.I.E 11.1 239 290 528 613 307 175 92 60 62 88 204 290 246
| |
| ?
| |
| ,o ALMEDIA 15.1 257 312 556 646 331 184 101 66 68 97 221 312 263
| |
| " Bl.00HSBURG 18.9 270 328 598 678 347 197 108 70 73 103 237 328 278 U
| |
| CATAWISSA 21.8 283 343 626 710 363 206 112 73 75 108 247 343 291 p DANVILIE 30.8 314 ,18 1 681 791 404 228 124 82 86 112 269 281 321 WOLVERTON STATION 37.0 333 404 723 823 428 242 133 87 92 128 285 404 340 NORTHUMBERI.AND 43.0 345 419 751 872 444 251 137 90 93 1,, 301 419 355 SUNBURY 43.5 352 427 765 888 452 255 140 92 95 136 307 427 361 J' F i3 k "
| |
| % ;i ,'. U b l xao-a v!n.a "8kRI l X
| |
| * i
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING Attachment H '
| |
| EP-IP-044 Revision 0 O Page 28 of 34 SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURE H.1.0 Milk Collection of milk samples will begin 24 hours (1 day) after the possible release of iodine. Milk sampling frequency will initially be every day for eight days. 'If milk iodine concentration has returned to less than 10 pCi/ liter, sample frequency will be reduced to once per three days. When the iodine concentration is less than 1 pCi/ liter, sampling will return to the routine environmental monitoring program sampling frequency. In tabular form this is as follows:
| |
| Milk Iodine Concentration Milk Sampling Frequency First 24 hours No Sample Next eight days Daily 3>10 pCi/ liter Every day 1
| |
| () < 10 pCi/ lit er Every third day i <[1 pCi/ liter Routine REMP (ronthly)
| |
| ! This schedule may be applied on an individual farm basis or to all the farms listed as a group, as determined by the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER.
| |
| H.l.1 Locations which may be sampled:
| |
| ! Sample Code Farm Name Location 3 SS-MLK-12B2 Schultz Farm 1.69 mi WSW l 'SS-MLK-12B3 Young Farm 1.96 mi WSW l
| |
| [
| |
| SS-MLK-6C1 Moyer Farm 2.7 mi ESE SS-MLK-10D1 Ross Ryman Farm 3.02 mi SSW SS-MLK-12D2 Dagostin Jug Milk 3.72 mi WSW SS-MLK-5El dioss Farm 4.4 mi E SS-MLK-13E3 Dent Farm 4.9 mi W l
| |
| O l
| |
| EP-IP-044 Attachment H. Rev. O. Page 1 of 7
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING Attachment H EP-IP-044 Revision 0
| |
| () Page 29 of 34 SS-MLK-10G1 Davis Farm 14 mi SSW SS-GMK-8D1 Poltrock* 3.19 mi SSE
| |
| * Goat milk H.1.2 It is very important to note the following information for each milk sample taken.
| |
| H.1.2.1 Date H.1.2.2 Time H.1.2.3 Location H.1.2.4 Number of milkings represented in this sample (e.g., morning only, morning plus previous evening, plus previous morning, etc.).
| |
| H.1.2.5 Are the cows 1) on pasture, 2) confined to indoors, 3) outdoors not on pasture,
| |
| : 4) other.
| |
| f\
| |
| H.1.3 Collect two gallons of milk (if possible) at each location -- carefully label each container with the above information.
| |
| H.1.4 When all samples have been collected, arrange for transportation to the analysis laboratory (s) as soon as possible.
| |
| H.1.5 If requested by the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER obtain a separate sample for Pa. DER, NRC, EPA. or other agencies. The ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER will provide instruction on what to do with these samples.
| |
| H.1.6 Give the farmer all information you are sure of (e.g. results of previous analyses, sampling schedule, etc.).
| |
| NOTE: IF NOT SURE OF REQUESTED INFORMATION OBTAIN CORRECT INFORMATION FROM THE ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER.
| |
| H.1.7 Contact the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER on each f) scheduled sampling day after the eight days to N/ determine future sampling schedule.
| |
| EP-IP-044, Attachment H, Rev. O. Page 2 of 7
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING
| |
| , Attachment H EP-IP-044 )
| |
| Revision 0 l Page 30 of 34 f) ;
| |
| H.l.C Keep a running log of all samples.
| |
| H.2.0 Food Products and Vegetation Discussion: One of the earliest indications of the presence of iodine will be on the air iodine cartridges if available, and food products and vegetation samples.
| |
| For this reason, these media, if available, will be collected on the first day. Suitable vegetation samples includes grass, broccoli, cabbage, turnips, collards, skunk cabbage, corn apples, strawberries, etc.
| |
| H.2.1 If vegetation is available, collect in accordance with the normal procedure RMC-T46.
| |
| H.2.2 Pasture grass, green leafy vegetables or vegetation may be collected at the following locations, or as directed by the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER.
| |
| Sample Code Location Nane Location SS-FPV-SS6 Biological. Lab .76 mi E SS-FPV-12B1 Kisner Farm 1.15 mi WSW SS-FPV-llD1 Zehner Bros. Farm 4.3 mi SW SS-FPV-llD2 Lanning Farm 3.8 mi SW SS-FPV-12F4 Lupini Farm 8.3 mi WSW SS-FPV-12F5 Seesheltz Farm 8.6 mi WSW SS-FPV-2H1 Yalicks Produce
| |
| * 21 mi NNE SS-PAS-15Al Serafin Farm .87 mi NNW SS-PAS-8D1 Poltrock Farm 3.19 mi SSE
| |
| * Control near Dallas, Pa.
| |
| H.2.3 Arrange for transportation to the analysis-
| |
| . laboratory (s) as soon as possible.
| |
| H.2.4 Check with the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER for resample frequency.
| |
| .)
| |
| EP-IP-044, Attachment H, Rev. O, Page 3 of 7 4
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL i .9AMPLING Attachment H EP-IP-044 Revision O O Page 31 of 34 H.3.0 Air Iodine and Air Particulate Discussion: In the event of an accident, selected REMP air iodine cartridges and air particulate filters may be sampled as indicated in accordance with Procedure RMC-T46 and as directed the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER.
| |
| H.3.1 For each location, note the following information on each sample and on the sample logs.
| |
| o Date Charcoal cartridge and/or air filter installed.
| |
| o Date of this collection.
| |
| o Time of collection o Volume of air sampled o Location H.3.2 Contact ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER to determine collection frequency.
| |
| H.3.3 Sampling Frequency Air Particulate / Air Iodine Air Particulate Concentration Sampling Frequency 4 0.07 pCi/m Routine REMP (weekly)
| |
| : 4. 0.7 pCi/m 3 2X Routine REMP (twice per week)
| |
| < 7.0 pCi/m 3 3X Routine REMP (every other day) 7 7.0 pCi/m Daily Air Iodine Concentration Sampling Frequency 4 0.02 pCi/m Routine REMP 4 0.2 pCi/m 3 Twice weekly
| |
| < 2.0 pCi/m Every other day
| |
| > 2.0 pC1/m 3 Daily
| |
| (:) -
| |
| EP-IP-044, Attachment H. Rev. O, Page 4 of 7
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING ,
| |
| Attachment H !
| |
| EP-IP-044 Revision 0
| |
| () Page 32 of 34 H.3.4 Air Particulate and Air Iodine Locations Sample Code Location Name Location SS-APT-ZS2 Energy Information 0.9 mi NNE Center SS-APT-5S4 West of Biological 0.8 mi E Consultants SS-APT-llS2 Golomb House 0.4 mi SW SS-APT-9B1 Transmission Line East 1.3 mi S of Route 11 SS-APT-lD2 Near Mocanaqua Substation 4.0 mi N SS-APT-3D1 Pond Hill 3.4 mi NE SS-APT-12G1 Bloomsburg, PA 15 mi WSW SS-APT-7H1 PP&L Roof, Allentown 47 mi SE
| |
| '' H.4.0 Thermoluminescent Dosimeters TLD's will be collected by ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLE COLLECTORS under the direction of the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER. Replacement TLD's will be picked up at the EOF and installed at each collection location.
| |
| H.4.1 The ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER, upon request from the RADIATION SUPPORT MANAGER, will direct the
| |
| ; ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLE COLLECTORS to exchange the emergency TLD's. The location of the TLD's to be
| |
| , exchanged will also be relayed through the ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER.
| |
| l H.4.1.1 West Side River l TLD Location Code Distance / Direction Location Description SS-IDM-lS2E 0.24 mi N Security Fence l
| |
| ; SS-IDM-3S4E 0.30 mi NE Security Fence SS-IDM-5S7E 0.22 mi E Security Fence
| |
| (^') SS-IDH-7S3E 0.20 mi.SE Security Fence V
| |
| i SS-IDM-9SlE 0.26 mi S Security Fence l
| |
| l l
| |
| EP-IP-044, Attachment H, Rev. O, Page 5 of 7
| |
| | |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING Attachment H EP-IP-044 Revision 0
| |
| () Page 33 of 34 SS-IDM-11S3E 0.34 mi SW Security Fence SS-IDM-12 ele 4.68 mi WSW Berwick Hospital SS-IDM-13S2E 0.38 mi W Security Fence SS-IDM-14 ele 4.11 mi WNW Knouse Farm SS-IDM-15S3E 0.34 mi NW Security Fence SS-IDM-16F1E 7.81 mi NNW Hidlay Residence /
| |
| Huntingon Mills H.4.1.2 East Side River TLD Location Code Distance / Direction Location Description l SS-IDM-2FlE 5.88 mi NNE St. Adalberts Cemetery SS-IDM-4GlE 13.91 mi ENE Mountaintop l Industrial Park
| |
| ()
| |
| I SS-IDM-6 ele 4.74 mi ESE St. James Church j SS-IDM-8D2E 3.95 mi S Mowry Residence SS-IDM-10D2E 3.00 mi WSW Ross Ryman Residence H.4.2 The secondary (QC) TLD's will be picked up after the emergency has terminated as directed by the l ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLER. The location to be changed l are as follows:
| |
| l H.4.2.1 West Side River l
| |
| l TLD Location Code Distance / Direction Location Description SS-IDM-lS2Q 0.24 mi N Security Fence SS-IDM-3S4Q 0.30 mi NE Security Fence SS-IDM-5S7Q 0.22 mi E Security Fence SS-IDM-7S3Q 0.20 mi SE Security Fence l
| |
| SS-IDM-951Q 0.26 mi S Security Fence
| |
| () SS-IDM-11S3Q 0.34 mi SE Security Fence SS-IDM-12E1Q 4.68 mi WSW Berwick Hospital EP-IP-044, Attachment H. Rev. 0 Page 6 of 7 l
| |
| : 1. . _
| |
| | |
| _ .~. - -
| |
| EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING Attachment H EP-IP-044 Revision 0
| |
| () Page 34 of 34 SS-IDH-13S2Q 0.38 mi W Security Fence SS-IDM-14ElQ 4.11 mi WNW Knouse Farm i
| |
| SS-IDM-15S3Q 0.34 mi NW Security Fence SS-IDH-16FlQ 7.81 mi NNW Hidlay Residence /
| |
| Huntington Mills f
| |
| l H.4.2.2 East Side River TLD Location Code Distance / Direction Location Description i
| |
| SS-IDM-2FlQ 5.88 mi NNE St. Adalberts Cemetery SS-IDH-4GlQ 13.91 mi ENE Mountaintop Industrial Park SS-IDH-6ElQ 4.74 mi ESE St. James Church SS-IDM-8D2Q 3.95 mi S Mowry Residence
| |
| (} SS-IDM-10D2Q 3.00 mi WSW Ross Ryman Residence l
| |
| l O
| |
| EP-IP-044, Attachment H, _
| |
| Rev. O, Page 7 of 7
| |
| | |
| 9 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET l
| |
| PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGiT CO. i SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION '
| |
| EP-IP-045 Revision B PASS 10-ML GAS SAMPLE Page 1 of 14 Effective Date Expiration Data Revised Expiration Date i
| |
| O Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( )
| |
| Approved by Date Section Head PORC Meeting Number Date Date Superintendent of Plant
| |
| : O .
| |
| l FORM A0-QA-101-1, Rev. 1 Page 1 of 1
| |
| - v. - , - - - - -e-- -
| |
| ----,-%m. w-r-- m-r=, , a.- .- ..-----y-w-es..-.u,. , - +m-g w- -
| |
| m wr---y-
| |
| | |
| S
| |
| () EP-IP-045 Revision B Page 2 of 14 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 3 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT PAGE A Action Step - Emergency Director 4 s ,, , OSC Coordinator TSC Coordinator B Action Step - Chemistry Sampling Team 5 C Action Step - Sample Preparation and Analysis 11 O PASS 10 ml Gas Sample Data Form 13 E PASS Sample Valve Locations Map 14 O
| |
| | |
| EP-IP-045 O Revision s Page 3 of 14 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to outline the steps required for collecting a 10-ml gas sample from the Post Accident Sampling System following an incident which could involve fuel degredation.
| |
| j 2.0 SCOPE To provide instructions for obtaining a 10-ml gas sample from the Post Accident Sampling System during Emergency Conditions.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| Post Accident Sample Station User's Manual, GE, NEOC-24889 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 SCBA - Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus 4.2 PASS - Post Accident Sample System 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES, 5.1 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR or designated COORDINATOR are responsible for instructing, directing, and dispatching CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM.
| |
| 5.2 The CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM is responsible for obtaining 10-ml gas samples from the PASS.
| |
| 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 The 94ERGENCY DIRECTOR or designated COORDINATOR will follow instructions in Attachment A, Action Step-EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, OSC COORDINATOR, TSC COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.2 The CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM will follow instructions in Attachment 8, Action Step-CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM.
| |
| 6.3 Chemistry personnel will follow instructions in Attachment C, Action Step-SAMPLE PREPARATION AND ANALYSIS.
| |
| l (:)
| |
| 2 l _. .- -
| |
| | |
| Attachment A EP-IP-045 O, Revision B Page 4 of 14 ACTION STEP EMERGENCY DIRECTOR OSC COORDINATOR TSC COORDINATOR CHECK A.1.0 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR or designated COORDINATOR will:
| |
| A.1.1 Direct the activities of the CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM.
| |
| A.1.2 Brief TEAM on existing Emergency Condition and instruct personnel as to what samples are required.
| |
| A.1.3 Appoint a TEAM LEADER.
| |
| A.I.4 Instruct the RADIO COMMUNICATOR in TSC (if TSC is activated) to assign code name to TEAM and to maintain communications with TEAM LEADER.
| |
| ~ A. l. 5 Coordinate with the RADIATION PROTECTION
| |
| ({]) COORDINATOR respiratory protective devices and protective clothing requirements needed for this sampling function. Obtain latest survey results from Turbine Building 729' (if available).
| |
| A.1.6 Assign additional SAMPLING PERSONNEL to assist or relieve TEAM as circumstances dictate.
| |
| A.I.7 Advise the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR immediately of any conditions or survey results that may be of assistance in evaluating the Emergency Condition.
| |
| A.'1.8 Inform the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR of the CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM results.
| |
| l l
| |
| l l Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| Attachment B O'
| |
| EP-IP-045 Revision B Page 5 of 14 ACTION STEP CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM CHECK B.1.0 The CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM will:
| |
| B.1.1 Upon notification of an Emergency Condition, report immediately where instructed for briefing and assignment.
| |
| B.1.2 Obtain from the COORDINATOR: ;
| |
| B.1.2.1 Specific sample requested.
| |
| 8.1.2.2 Anticipated radiation readings.
| |
| 8.1.2.3 Special instructions including respiratory protection requirements, protective clothing requirements, and radiation detection instrument selection.
| |
| B.1.3 Ensure Chemistnr Lab is prepared per EP-IP-042, as necessary.
| |
| B.1.4 Assemble or locate the following equipment:
| |
| 8.1.4.1 Appropriate respiratory protective devices and protective clothing specified by COORDINATOR.
| |
| 8.1.4.2 Hi-range dosimetry and extremity dosimetry B.1.4.3 Survey meter B.1.4.4 Stopwatch B.1.4.5 Mirror, flashlight B.1.4.6 Numbered gas vials B.1.4.7 Key to PASS power B.1.4.8 Gas sample cask B.1.5 Perform instrument checks on survey meter Page 1 of 6 l
| |
| | |
| I l
| |
| n Attachment B U ' EP-IP-045 Revision B Page 6 of 14 B.1.6 Request Operations to activate the PASS isolation valve panel permissive switch (HS12370).
| |
| 8.1.7 Request Operations to open SV15734A, SV15736A and HV1F103A and any of the following valves depending on desired samples:
| |
| l B.1.7.1 Wetwell gas sample #1 - SV15780A and SV15782A B.1.7.2 Wetwell gas sample #2 - SV157808 and SV157828 i
| |
| B.1.7.3 Drywell gas sample (high level) -
| |
| SV15740A and SV15742A
| |
| , 8.1.7.4 Drywell gas sample (mid level) - SV157408 and SV157428 B.1.8 Don protective clothing and respiratory protective device as directed by CCCRDINATOR.
| |
| O 8.1.9 Assure that TLD and SRO are worn.
| |
| l B.1.10 Ensure survay meter is operational and on highest range before leaving chemistry laboratory.
| |
| B.1.11 Proceed to PASS and while enroute continuously monitor radiation levels and the status of CAMS and
| |
| ( ARMS.
| |
| l B.1.11.1 If general area radiation levels exceed 1,000 mrem /hr at any time during this procedure, retreat to a low background area and notify the COORDINATOR.
| |
| O v
| |
| Page 2 of 6
| |
| -__-___r __
| |
| | |
| n Attachment B V'
| |
| EP-IP-045 Revision B Page 7 of 14 B.1.11.2 If your total quarterly whole body exposure approaches 2,500 mrem at any time during this procedure, retreat to a low background area and notify the COORDINATOR.
| |
| i B.1.12 After reaching the PASS, check existing area radiation levels and report to the COORDINATOR.
| |
| B.1.13 Open the station vent damper (on right hand ' side at top of sample box).
| |
| B.1.14 Check demineralized water tank level. If less than 50%, fill tank. To fill, close valve 1-23-242 and open valves 1-23-251, 1-23-258 and 1-23-239. After filling close valves 1-23-251, 1-23-2!8 and 1 239 and open 1-23-242.
| |
| 8.1.15 Open nitrogen supply valves 1-23-242 and 1-23-249.
| |
| Set regulator on nitrogen cylinder to 100 PSIG.
| |
| Check open the two regulator discharge valves.
| |
| l B.1.16 Check that the demineralized water tank is pressurized to 100 PSIG (Check open RV-PI-12368).
| |
| 8.1.17 Open valve from demineralized water tank to sample system (1-23-244).
| |
| 8.1.18 Go to isolation Valve Control Panel (IC1040):
| |
| B.1.18.1 Turn "ALL CLOSE" switch HS 12371 to "0N" position.
| |
| B.1.18.2 Open liquid return line HS12364 and gas return line, (HS12361).
| |
| B.1.18.3 Open desired sample isolation valves (see list below):
| |
| 7 a. Wetwell gas sample #1 - HS 12366 l
| |
| : b. Wetwell gas sample #2 - HS12365
| |
| : c. Drywell gas sample (high level) -
| |
| 5 HS12369 m d. Drywell gas sample (mid. level) -
| |
| V HS12368 Page 3 of 6
| |
| | |
| Attachment B O, EP-IP-045 Revision B Page 8 of 14 NOTE: ONLY ONE OF THE TWO ORYWELL AND ONE OF THE TWO WETWELL ISOLATION VALVES SHOULD BE OPENED AT THE SAME TIME.
| |
| \~ .
| |
| B.1.19 Go to sample station control panel and adjust PCV-627'for a 15 PSI reading on the gauge.
| |
| 8.1.20 Turn all control panel switches off.
| |
| S B.1.21 Using the key, turn th9 control panel power selector switch to "A".
| |
| B.I.22 Turn the Liquid / Gas selector switch to Liquid.
| |
| B.1.23 Turn Flush System Switch HC-628-1 counterclockwise to position 6. Observe approximately 1 gpm flow per FI-664.
| |
| B.1.24 Turn HC-628-1 to off.
| |
| () 8.1.25 Orain the collector tank, trap, and sump by turning switch HC-715-1 clockwise thru its eight positions.
| |
| Pause approximately 5 seconds at each position.
| |
| B.I.26 Turn Liquid / Gas Selector switch to the " Gas" position.
| |
| B.1.27 ~ Turn the " Gas Sample Selector Shitchd (HC-723) to
| |
| : the desired sample location.
| |
| B.1.28 Turn the "10 ML Gas Sample'3 witch" (HC-705) to position 2 and " Circulate Gas" foi the minimum time
| |
| .given below at a flow rate of (LATER) to (LATER) i scfh as read on FI-725:
| |
| SAMPLE MINUTES TO FLUSH ORYWELL 7 SUPPRESSION P00L 7 SECONDARY CONTAINMENT 5
| |
| \
| |
| l ,
| |
| \
| |
| page 4 of 6 \
| |
| l
| |
| | |
| Attachment B O '
| |
| EP-IP-045 Revision B Page 9 of 14 B.1.29 While the gas sample line is being flushed, perform the following:
| |
| 8.1.29.1 Install the gas filter drawer into position.
| |
| 8.1.29.2 Place a gas vial into the gas vial positioner, slide the positioner into the gas port and lock it in place. Check that the bottle status light changes from red to nreen.
| |
| B.1.30 Record flow per FI-725 and flush duration on the Attachment 0 PASS 10 ML GAS SAMPLE DATA SHEET.
| |
| B.1.31 Turn HC-705 to position 3 and " Evacuate" the off-gas vial. Record the pressure of the evacuated vial (PI-708). Make sure the vacuum in the gas vial reache= a stable mirimum reading.
| |
| 8.1.32 Turn HC-705 to position 4 "Take Sample". Make sure
| |
| /~' that the pressure reading on PI-708 does not .
| |
| \
| |
| change.
| |
| B.I.33 Press the button to the left of HC-705 (HC-720
| |
| " Press for Sample") to obtain a sample. Keep this button depressed until a steady pressure is reached (about 5_ seconds). Record sample date and time, final pressure (PI-708), sample temperature (TI-724) and radiation reading (RI-704).
| |
| B.1.34 Turn HC-705 to position 5 " FLUSH SYSTEM" and flush for approxinstely 1 minute or until radiation monitor RI-734 reaches a minimum.
| |
| B.1.35 Withdraw the gas vial positioner. Keep the vial a maximum distance from the individual and quickly insert the sample bottle into the gas vial cask.
| |
| B.1.35.1 Put the gas vial positf oner back into the port in the sample station.
| |
| B.1.35.2 Obtain a contact dose rate on the cask.
| |
| 8.1.36 If additional 10 ml gas samples are desired, return to Step B.1.18.3 and after opening the desired isolation valves skip to Step B.1.27.
| |
| Page 5 of 6
| |
| | |
| i l
| |
| Attachment B EP-IP-045 Revision B Page 10 of 14 B.1.37 If all sampling is completed, turn switch HC-715-1 clockwise through its eight positions. Pause approximately five (5) seconds at each positic.7 B.1.38 Secure the sample station and valve control panel IC1041. Notify the Control Room of this operation.
| |
| B.I.39 Return to the chemistry laboratory with the sample and notify the COORDINATOR.
| |
| i O
| |
| Page 6 of 6
| |
| | |
| Attachment C O'
| |
| EP-IP-045 Revision B Page 11 of 14 ACTION STEP SAMPLE PREPARATION AND ANALYSIS CHECK C.1.0 Cheristry Personnel will:
| |
| C.1.1 Place the gas sample cask in the fume hood in the Sample Prep Room upon returning from the Sample Station.
| |
| C.1.2 Obtain an approximate contact dose rate for the sample.
| |
| C.1.3 Using the dose rate from Step C.1.2 and the following table as a guide, determine the approximate number of dilutions which will give a gas vial a contact dose rate of less than 0.5 mr/hr.
| |
| () Sample Vial 1 ml to 14.7 mi Dilution
| |
| ~
| |
| Dose Rate (mr/hr.) Dilutions required Factor .
| |
| <0.5 count as is 1 0.5 - 8 1 15.7 8-12 2 246 120-1900 3 3870 1900-30,000 4 6.1E4 30,000-500,000 5 9.54 x 10E5 500,000-7,000,000 6 1.50 x 10E7 C.1.4 Based on the number of dilutions required, remove 1
| |
| , ml of air from new labeled gas vials using a gas tight syringe.
| |
| C.1.5 Make successive dilutions by transferring 1 ml aliquots of gas into the partially evacuated gas vials.
| |
| O Page 1 of 2
| |
| | |
| O' Attachment C EP-IP-045 Revision 8 Page 12 of 14 C.1.6 Circle the number of dilutions and record vial identification and contact dose rate of final diluted sample.
| |
| C.1.7 Wrap the gas vial in clean plastic film and place l in a clean plastic bag.
| |
| C.I.8 Take the sample to the Low Level Radiochemistry Lab, remove from bag and wrap in a second piece of clear plastic film. , ' ,/
| |
| C.1.9
| |
| )N Take sample to Counting Room f r analysis.
| |
| C.1.10 Perform a quantitative isotopic analysis on the sample, decay correcting to the time of sampling.
| |
| C.1.11 Record: count date, time, geometry, and activity of those isotopes listed on Attachment D, PASS 10 ML Gas Sample Data Sheet.
| |
| O.- C.1.12 If gas measurements are desired, use a gas-tight transfer syringe to inject 0.1 to 1.0 ml aliquots l of the sample into the gas chromatograph.
| |
| C.1.12.1 Record gas concentrations.
| |
| C.1.13 Seal the septa on the original sample vial and all dilutions with a small dab of silicone grease and store in the lead brick cave in the Sample Prep Room.
| |
| l l
| |
| I l
| |
| Page 2 of 2 f
| |
| | |
| Attachment 0 O '
| |
| EP-IP-045 Revision B Page 13 of 14 PASS 10 ML GAS SAMPLE DATA SHEET Ref. Step B.1.2.1 Sample Source Team Members B.1.30 Sample Flow scfh(FI-725) Flush duration minutes B.1.31 Absolute pressure of vial psia (PI-708) 8.1.33 Sample date/ time / Radiation reading .(RI-704)
| |
| Final sample pressure , psia (PI-708) Temperature *F (TI-724)
| |
| C.1.6 Samole Original 011.1 011.2 011.3 011.4 011.5 011.6 Vial 10 Oil. factor 1 15.7 246 3870 6.1E4 9.5E5 1.5E7 Dose Rate (mrem /hr)
| |
| { .
| |
| C.1.11 Count date/ time / Counted by__,
| |
| Geometry Activity *( Ci/cc) -
| |
| Isotope at sample time "Not corrected for pressure Kr-85 Kr-85m Kr-87 Kr-88 i
| |
| Xe-133 l Xe-135 C.1.12 GC analysis date/ time / By H %
| |
| 0 %
| |
| N %
| |
| O Page 1 of 1 g- -w-www---- ---gi- ,y -- www-----w--ev-mm-www-v-*--- - - - - ,y-mvryr---,,,w, -
| |
| | |
| Attachment E EP-IP-045 O Revision B Page 14 of 14 PASS SAMPLE VALVE Drywell ATMOS LOCATIONS MAP
| |
| [1 k#
| |
| Sup'n Pool ATNOS Dec 10 31 j' CV GasSampla[]{ 720 CV 2nd Cont ATMOS pd Cv CV Gas 710 716f 711 712 Cohr Spare RQ4 '
| |
| --' Trap t ,
| |
| Iodine ...T717
| |
| ,Sup'n Pool ATMOS ; s Cartridge b 02 P702 yndConeATMOS CV701 V501 b CV D a .
| |
| Cv --
| |
| O- 624 I
| |
| gg i A V662 X '
| |
| CV Gas Tracer Gas 652 625 Collection)
| |
| RHR M ~~'
| |
| CV Chatber Diss m ed65 'T Cv Gas Sample g 615 CV
| |
| . Hold Up Chamber P601 CV v 7 cv v 626 n
| |
| , c7 Cr c s 616 629 650 FCN 5 9 e Z"
| |
| ~
| |
| *::0
| |
| " N- -
| |
| 652 e Cr _
| |
| g 5_, 'Q [C"6" ,16 j ..
| |
| Licule V X Collecter Page 1 of 1 ;
| |
| i A_ N l Sample SoK 715 714 ' '
| |
| "*P
| |
| | |
| PROCEDURE COVER SHEET
| |
| ?
| |
| PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION EP-IP-046 Revision B PASS IODINE / PARTICULATE SAMPLE Page 1 of 13 Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date O
| |
| Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( )
| |
| Approved by Date Section Head PORC Meeting Number Date Date Superintendent of Plant O
| |
| FORM A0-QA-101-1, Rev. 1 Page 1 cf 1
| |
| : m. .
| |
| | |
| EP-IP-046 O '
| |
| Revision B Page 2 of 13 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 OEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 3 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT PAGE
| |
| 'A g A Action Step - Emergency Ofrector 4
| |
| ./ "
| |
| OSC Coordinator
| |
| * TSC Coordinator B Action Step - Chemistry Sampling Team 5 C Sample P.eparation and Analysis 11 l
| |
| 0 Pass Sample Valve Locations Map 12 E Data Sheet 13 i
| |
| O l
| |
| l _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ . __ __ _ _ _ . _ , _ . _ . . _ . . _ _ _. _ _ _ _ _
| |
| | |
| l EP-IP-046 Revision B Page 3 of 13 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to outline the steps required for collecting a particulate /fodine sample from the Post Accident Sampling System following_ an incident which could involve fuel degracation.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE To provide instructions for obtaining a particulate / iodine sample from the Post Accident Sampling System during EMERGENCY conditions.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| Post Accident Sample Station User's Manual, GE, NEDC-24889.
| |
| 4.0 DEFINITIONS q 4.1 SCBA - Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus J
| |
| 4.2 PASS - Post Accident Sampling System 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR or designated COORDINATOR are responsible for instructing, directing, and dispatching CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM.
| |
| 5.2 The CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM is responsible for obtaining particulate /f odine saraples from the PASS in accordance with this procedure.
| |
| 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR or designated COORDINATOR will follow instructions in Attachment A, Action Step-EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, OSC COORDINATOR, TSC COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.2 The CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM will follow instructions in Attachment 8, Action Step-CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM.
| |
| 6.3 Chemistry personnel will follow instructions in Attachment C, SAMPLE PREPARATION AND ANALYSIS.
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| O Attachment A EP-IP-046 Revision B Page 4 of 13 ACTION STEP EMERGENCY DIRECTOR OSC COORDINATOR TSC COORDINATOR CHECK i
| |
| l A.1.0 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR or designated COORDINATOR will:
| |
| A.1.1 Direct the activities of the CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM.
| |
| A.1.2 Brief TEAM on existing emergency and instruct personnel as to what samples are required.
| |
| A.1.3 Appoint a TEAM LEADER.
| |
| NOTE: CONSIDER SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MINIMIZING INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL EXPOSURE PER EP-IP-040, " Emergency Exposure Considerations".
| |
| A.1.4 Instruct the RADIO COMMUNICATOR in TSC (if TSC is activated) to assign code name to TEAM and to maintain communications with TEAM LEADER.
| |
| A.1.5 Coordinate with the RAOIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR respiratory protective devices and protective clothing requirements needed for this -
| |
| sampling function. Obtain latest survey results from Turbine Building 729' (if available).
| |
| A.1.6 Assign additional SAMPLING PERSONNEL to assist or relieve TEAM as circumstances dictate.
| |
| A.1.7 Advise the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR immediately of any l conditions or survey results that may be of l assistance in evaluating the EMERGENCY.
| |
| A.1.8 Inform the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR of the CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM results.
| |
| Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| I O' Attachment B EP-IP-046 Revision 8 Page 5 of 13 ACTION STEP CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM CHECK 8.1.0 The CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM will:
| |
| 8.1.1 Upon notification of an EMERGENCY, report immediately where instructed for briefing and assignment.
| |
| '8.1.2 Obtain from the COORDINATOR:
| |
| 8.1.2.1 Specific sample requested.
| |
| 8.1.2.2 Anticipated radiation readings.
| |
| . 8.1.2.3 Special instructions including respirator l
| |
| ()
| |
| protection requirements, protective clothing requirements, and radiation detectior. instrument selection.
| |
| 8.1.3 Ensure Chemistry Lab is prepared per EP-IP-042,
| |
| " Chemistry Lab Emergency Preparation".
| |
| 8.1.4 Assemble or locate the following equipment:
| |
| 8.1.4.1 Respiratory protective devices and protective clothing specified by the COORDINATOR.
| |
| l 8.1.4.2 Hi-range dosimetry and extremity dosimetry 8.1.4.3 Survey meter B.1.4.4 Stopwatch -
| |
| , 8.1.4.5 Particulate filters in separate numbered I
| |
| plastic bags.
| |
| 8.1.4.6 Three (3) Silver Zeolite iodine i
| |
| cartridges in separate plastic bags.
| |
| 8.1.4.7, Key to PASS power switch.
| |
| Page 1 of 6 3
| |
| | |
| 1 Attachment B EP-IP-046 i
| |
| Revision B Page 6 of 13 B.1.5 Perform instrument checks on survey meter.
| |
| 8.1.6 Request Operations to activate the PASS isolation valve panel permissive switch HS 12370.
| |
| B.I.7 Request Operations to open SV 15734A and SV 15736A and HV1F103A and any of the following vaives depending on desired samples:
| |
| B.1.7.1 Wetwell gas sample #1 - SV15780A and SV15782A B.1.7.2 Wetwell gas sample #2 - SV157808 and 3V15782B B.I.7.3 Orywell gas sample (High Level) -
| |
| SV15740A and SV15742A B.1.7.4 Orywell gas sample (Mid Level) - SV15740B and SV157428
| |
| )3 .
| |
| B.1.8 Don protective clothing and respiratory protective device as directed by COORDINATOR.
| |
| B.1.9 Assure that TLD and SRO are worn.
| |
| 8.1.10 Ensure survey meter is operational and on highest range before leaving chemistry laboratory.
| |
| t B.1.11 Proceed to PASS and while enroute continuously monitor radiation levels and the status of CAMS and ARMS.
| |
| 8.1.211.1 If general area radiation levels exceed 1,000 mrem /hr at any time during this procedure, retreat to a low background area and notify tha COORDINATOR.
| |
| l B.1.11.2 If your total quarterly whole body exposure approaches 2,500 mrem, retreat l to a low background area and notify the i COORDINATOR.
| |
| l B.1.12 After reaching the PASS, check existing area radiation levels and report to the COORDINATOR.
| |
| l l Page 2 of 6 l
| |
| .-7 y ,., -,,, , . , . - y- p. e - ---
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| Attachment B EP-IP-046 Revision B Page 7 of 13 B.1.13 Open the station vent damper (on right hand side at top of sample box).
| |
| 8.1.14 Check demineralized water tank level. If less than 50%, fill tank. To fill, close valve 1-23-242 and open valves 1-23-251, 1-23-258 and 1-23-239. After filling close valves 1-23-251, 1-23-258 and 1 239 and open 1-23-242.
| |
| B.1.15 Open nitrogen supply valves 1-23-242 and 1-23-249.
| |
| Set regulator on nitrogen cylinder to 100 PSIG.
| |
| Check open tha two regulator discharge valves.
| |
| B.1.16 Check that the demineralized water tank is pressurized to 100 PSIG (Check open RV-PI-12368).
| |
| B.1.17 Open valve from demineralized water tank to sample system (1-23-244).
| |
| ! B.1.18 Go to Isolation Valve Control Panel (IC1040):
| |
| B.1.18.1 Turn "ALL CLOSE" switch HS 12371 to "0N" position. -
| |
| B.1.18.2 Open liquid return line HS12364 and gas return line, (HS12361).
| |
| B.1.18.3 Open desired sample isolation valves (see l
| |
| 1 list below):
| |
| : a. Wetwell gas sample #1 - HS 12366 1
| |
| : b. Wetwell gas sample #2 - HS12365
| |
| ~
| |
| l c. Orywell gas sample (high level) -
| |
| , HS12369
| |
| : d. Orywell gas sample (mid. level) - ~ . .
| |
| HS12368 i NOTE: ONLY ONE OF THE TWO ORYWELL AND ONE OF THE TWO WETWELL ISOLATION VALVES SHOULD BE %
| |
| OPENED AT THE SAME TIME. 1 n
| |
| (>
| |
| Page 3 of 6
| |
| | |
| l Attachment B Os' EP-IP-046 Revision B Page 8 of 13 j B.1.19 Go to sample station control panel and adjust PCV-627 for a 15 PSI reading on the gauge.
| |
| B.1.20 Turn all control pace'l switches off.
| |
| B.1.21 Using the key, turn the control panel power selector switch to "A".
| |
| B.1.22 Turn the Liquid / Gas selector switch to Liquid.
| |
| B.1.23 Turn Flush System Switch HC-628-1 counterclockwise to position 6. Observe approximately 1 gpm flow per FI-664.
| |
| 8.1.24 Turn HC-628-1 to off.
| |
| B.1.25 Orain the collector tank', trap, and' sump by turning switch HC-715-1 clockwise thru its eight positions.
| |
| . Pause approximately 5 seconds at each position.
| |
| J B.1.26 Turn Liquid / Gas Selector switch to the " Gas l position.
| |
| 8.1.27 Turn the " Gas Sample Selector Switch" (HC-723) to the desired sample location.
| |
| _ " Ext lns Ow. ^1ckje. W@e50WW~ M B.1.28 Turn the .. . ~ .. .....r l; 5. . ;;M' ( 2 :-755 to position 2 and " Circulate Gas" for the minimum time given below at a flow rate of to scfh as read on FI-725:
| |
| SAyPLE MINUTES TO FLUSH DRYWELL 7 l SUPPRESSION POOL 7 SECONDARY CONTAINMENT 5
| |
| ! Record the flush flow (FI-725), temperature (TI-724) and pressures (PI-726 and PI-727). The two. .
| |
| pressures (PI-726 and PI-727) should be approximately the same.
| |
| O Page 4 of 6
| |
| | |
| O' Attachment B EP-IP-046 Revision B Page 9 of 13 l
| |
| l B.1.29 While the gas sample line is being flushed, perform the following:
| |
| B.1.29.1 Remove'the Particulate / Iodine drawer from the Sample Station Gas Panel and place the desired particulate filter and iodine cartridge (s) in the cartridge retainer.
| |
| B.1.29.2 Note the size of the critical orifice in the retainer and record the critical flow.
| |
| B.1.29.3 Place the retainer in the drawer, insert the drawer into the sample panel, and verify drawer position light is green.
| |
| B.1.29.4 Set the switch labelled " TIME SAMPLE" to "YES" position and set timer KC-712 to 5 seconds unless instructed otherwise by
| |
| (} COORDINATOR. .
| |
| B.1.30 Record the flush duration.
| |
| B.1.31 Turn HC-712 on Control Panel to position 3 and framediately go to Sample Station and read downstream (PI-727) and upstream (PI-726) pressures. Record both pressures. (Downstream pressure should be less than half of the upstream pressure). Record sample time.
| |
| B.1.32 When the timer has timed out, observe radiation per RE-704. If the activity dcas not exceed 25 mrem /hr, additional timed samples can be made as follows:
| |
| 8.1.32.1 Turn HC-712 to position 2 B.1.32.2 Depending on previous radiation reading (s), reset timer for up to 30 seconds or set " TIME SAMPLE" switch to "NO" and use stopwatch to measure sampling time.
| |
| 8.1.32.3 Turn HC-712 to position 3 O
| |
| Page 5 of 6
| |
| , . . - . . . . , . , , , - . . , ~ , - - - . , - . . , , - . . ,,
| |
| | |
| ({}) Attachment B
| |
| , EP-IP-046 Revision B Page 10 of 13 B.1.32.4 After timer has timed out, observe radiation per RE-704.
| |
| B.1.32.5 Repeat 8.1.32.1 through B.1.32.4 until RE-704 apprcaches 25 mrem /hr. or until total sampling time is 10 minutes.
| |
| B.1.32.6 Record total sample duration .
| |
| B.1.33 Turn selector switch HC-712 to position 4 to evacuate the filter cartridge.
| |
| B.1.34 After approximately 10 seconds turn switch HC-712 to position 5. This purge should last approximately 20 seconds or until RI-704 is stable.
| |
| Read and record RI-704 on the Data Sheet.
| |
| B.1.35 Rotate HC-712 to off position.
| |
| () B.1.36 Withdraw the filter drawer and remove the cartridge retainer and put it into a plastic bag.
| |
| B.1.37 Put the filter drawer back into the sample enclosure.
| |
| B.1.38 Obtain a contact dose rate on the cartridge retainer.
| |
| B.1.39 If additional particulate / iodine samples are needed return to Step B.1.18.3 then skip to B.1.27.
| |
| B.1.40 If all sampling is completed, turn switch HC-715-1 clockwise through its eight positions. Pause approximately five (5) seconds at each position.
| |
| B.1.41 Secure the sample station and valve control panel 1C1041. Notify the Control Room of this operation.
| |
| B.1.42 Return to the chemistry laboratory with-the sample and notify the COORDINATOR.
| |
| O V
| |
| Page 6 of 6
| |
| | |
| Attachment C O
| |
| e EP-IP-046 Revision 8 Page 11 of 13 ACTION STEP SAMPLE PREPARATION AND ANALYSIS CHECK C.1.0 Chemistry Personnel will:
| |
| C.1.1 Place the cartridge retainer in the fume hood in the Low Level Chemistry Laboratory.
| |
| C.1.2 Disassemble the cartridge retainer.
| |
| C.1.3 Place the particulate filter in a p:42 tic petri dish, wrap in plastic film and place in a clean plastic bag.
| |
| _ C.1.4 Wrap the cartridge (s) in plastic film and place in a clean, plastic bag.
| |
| C.1.5 Take to Counting Room for analysis
| |
| ) ,
| |
| C.1.6 Perform a quantitative isotopic analysis on each sample, decay corre: ting to the time of sampling.
| |
| C.1.7 Record sample number, count date and time, counted by, and geometry.
| |
| O Page 1 of 1 i . .. -. -__ . . - . . . - - - -
| |
| | |
| Attachment 0 -
| |
| 1 EP-IP-046 l Revision 3 Page 12 of 13 PASS SAMPLE VALVE CV l LOCATIONS MAP V CV
| |
| <1721 'a 719
| |
| } Dr7vell ATMOS l Sup'tr Pool AI2405 10 ml l M
| |
| CV l f Gas Sampla []( 720 r C7 2nd. Cont ATMCS cw, -y CV CV bas 7l8 71Q 711 712 Coo.ler Spare R 1, W + #h -
| |
| Trap
| |
| ,Sup'n Pool ATMOS F ,
| |
| ( Iodine Cartridge T717
| |
| '' X Cv702 P702 2nd Cont ATMOS CV701 V501 h M 1
| |
| cv 622
| |
| 'D CV a
| |
| X CV --
| |
| 651 f CV I A V662 Gas Tracer Gas l 52 625 Collection)
| |
| RHR M CV Chamber J Diss . ed 653h CV
| |
| . Gas Sample g 615 C/
| |
| ., Hold Up l Chamber l
| |
| l l
| |
| 622 P601 CV C 620 C "
| |
| 717 g'
| |
| l e "'X e ete X, "629 j
| |
| =-s V o'M
| |
| : , ,.C e
| |
| 622 ap cv J% ;i ! C : . l.a cr Dage 1 of 11 '
| |
| Sample
| |
| -X {'I % N.,
| |
| ~
| |
| Box I' 4 Sump
| |
| ---w
| |
| | |
| P Attachment E O EP-IP-046 aev's'e# B Page 13 of 13 PASS IODINE / PARTICULATE SAMPLE DATA SHEET Ref.
| |
| B.1.2.1 Sample Source Team Memoers 8.1.28 Flush flow scfh (FI-725) Temperature 'F(TI-724)
| |
| Downstream pressure psig(PI-727) Upstream pressure psig(PI-726) 8.1.29.2 Critical orifice Critical flow B.1.30 Flush duration 8.1.31 Downstream pressure psig(PI-727) Upstream pressure psig(PI-726)
| |
| Sample date/ time /
| |
| 8.1.32 Total sample duration 8.1.34 Radiation mrem /hr(RE-704)
| |
| First Second Third C.1.7 Sample Particulate Cartridge Cartridge Cartridge No.
| |
| i Count l Date Count l Time l
| |
| Count By Geometry i
| |
| O Page 1 of 1 1 - . . - . . _. . . . . _ . . . . . . . _ . . - - . - - . . - . -_ .- -
| |
| | |
| l PROCEDURE COVER SHEET PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT CO.
| |
| SUSQUEHANNA STEAM ELECTRIC STATION l
| |
| EP-IF-047 Revision C PASS LARGE LIQUIO/ DISSOLVED GAS SAMPLE Page 1 of 17 Effective Date Expiration Date Revised Expiration Date O
| |
| Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date PORC Review Required Yes ( ) No ( )
| |
| Approved by Date Section Head PORC Meeting Numbar Date Date Superintendent of Plant b
| |
| O FORM AD-QA-101-1, Rev. 1 Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| EP-IP-047 Revision C Page 2 of 17 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE 3 2.0 SCOPE 3
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| 3 4.0 DEFINITIONS 3 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 3 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT PAGE A Action Step - Emergency Ofrector 4 O OSC Coordinator TSC Coordinator B Action Step - Chemistry Sampling Team 5 C Sample Preparation and Analysis 14 0 Data Siieet 16 E Pass Sample Valve Locations Map 17 O
| |
| | |
| EP-IP-047 O. '
| |
| Revtsion C Page 3 of 17 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to outline the steps required for collecting a large liquid sample and/or a dissolved gas sample from the Post Accident Sampling System following an incident wnich could involve fuel degredation.
| |
| 2.0 SCOPE To provide instructions for obtaining a large liquid sample and/or a dissolved gas sample from the Post Accident Sampling System d -ing Emeroency Conditions.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| Post Accident Sample Station User's Manual, GE, NEDC-24889 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 SCBA - Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus
| |
| () 4.2 PASS - Post Accident Sampling System 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR or designated COORDINATOR are responsible for instructing, directing, and dispatching CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM.
| |
| 5.2 The CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM is responsible for obtaining large ifquid and/or dissolved gas samples from the PASS.
| |
| 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR or designated COORDINATOR will follow l instructions in Attachment A, Action Step-EMERGENCY DIRECTOR, OSC l COORDINATOR, TSC COORDINATOR.
| |
| 6.2 The CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM will follow instructions in Attachment B, Action Step-CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM.
| |
| 6.3 Chemistry Personnel will follow instructions in Attachment C, Sample Preparation and Analysis.
| |
| O
| |
| | |
| r fs Attachment A ;
| |
| \ EP-IP-047 '
| |
| Revision C Page 4 of 17 ACTION STEP EMERGENCY OIRECTOR OSC COORDINATOR TSC COORDINATOR CHECK A.1.0 The EMERGENCY DIRECTOR or designated COORDINATOR will:
| |
| A.1.1 Direct the activities of the CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM.
| |
| A.1.2 Brief TEAM on existing emergency and instruct personnel as to what samples are required.
| |
| A.1.3 Appoint a TEAM LEADER.
| |
| NOTE: CONSIDER SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MINIMIZING INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL EXPOSURE PER EP-IP-040, " EMERGENCY, EXPOSURE CONSIDERATIONS"
| |
| /^)
| |
| (e A.1.4 Instruct the RADIO COMMUNICATOR in TSC (if TSC is activated) to assign code name to TEAM and to maintain communications with TEAM LEADER.
| |
| A.1.5 Coordinate with the RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR respiratory protective devices and _
| |
| protective clothing requirements needed for this sampling function. Obtain latest survey results from Turbine Building 729' (if available).
| |
| A.1.6 Assign additional SAMPLING PERSONNEL to assist or relieve TEAM as circumstances dictate.
| |
| A.I.7 Advise the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR immediately of any conditions or survey results that may be of assistance in evaluating. the EMERGENCY.
| |
| A.1.8 Inform the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR of the CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM results.
| |
| O Page 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| Attachment B EP-IP-047 i Revision C '
| |
| Page 5 of 17 ACTION STEP CHEMISTRY SAMPLING TEAM CHECK B.1.0 theCHEMISTRYSAMPLINGTEAMwill:
| |
| ; 8.1.1 Upon notification of an EMERGENCY, report immediately where instructed for briefing and assignment.
| |
| B.1.2 Obtat., from the COORDINATOR:
| |
| B.1.2.1 Specific sample requested.
| |
| B.1.2.2 Anticipated area radiation readings.
| |
| B.1.2.3 Special instructions including respiratory protection requirements, f_'; protective clcthing requirements, and
| |
| \e radiation detection instrument selection.
| |
| 8.1.3 Ensure Chemistry Lab is prepared per EP-IP-042,
| |
| " Chemistry Lab Emergency Preparation".
| |
| B.1.4 Assemble or locate the following equipment:
| |
| 8.1.4.1 Respiratory protective devices and protective clothing specified by COORDINATOR.
| |
| B.1.4.2 Hi-range dosimetry and extremity dosimetry B.1.4.3 Survey Meter B.1.4.4 Liquid sample casi and cart and gas sample cask B.1.4.5 Spare hypodermic needles and needle changing tool.
| |
| 8.1.4.6 Stopwatch, flashlight and mirror 0
| |
| v Page 1 of 9
| |
| | |
| O Attachment B EP-IP-047 Revision C Page 6 of 17 B.1.4.7 Liquid sample vials, prenumbered 8.1.4.8 Off gas vials, prenumbered.
| |
| ; B.1.4.9 Key to PASS power switch.
| |
| B.1.5 Perform instrument checks on survey meter.
| |
| B.1.6 Request Operations to activate the PASS isolation valve panel permissive switch (HS 12370) and open isolation valve HV1F103A.
| |
| B.1.7 To sample reactor water, request reactor pressure.
| |
| If depressurized, (<135 psig) sample reactor from RHR in shutdown cooling mode. If sampling Suppression Pool or reactor water via RHR system, inquire as to RHR lineup and pump status.
| |
| 8.1.8 Don protective clothing and respiratory protective
| |
| (} device as directed by the COORDINATOR. ,
| |
| B.1.9 Assure that TLD and SRO are worn.
| |
| B.I.10 Ensure survey meter is operational and on highest range before leaving chemistry laboratory.
| |
| ~
| |
| B.1.11 Proceed to PASS and while enroute continuously monitor radiation levels and the status of CAMS and ARMS.
| |
| B.1.11.1 If general area radiation levels exceed 1,000 mrem /hr at any time during this procedure, retreat to a low background area and notify the COORDINATOR.
| |
| B.1.11.2 If your total quarterly whole body exposure approaches 2,500 mrem, retreat to a low background area and notify the COORDINATOR.
| |
| B.1.12 After reaching the PASS, check existing area radiation levels and report to the COORDINATOR.
| |
| B.1.13 Open the station vent damper (on right hand side at top of sample box).
| |
| Page 2 of 9
| |
| | |
| (} Attachment B EP-IP-047 f
| |
| Revision C Page 7 of 17 B.1.14 Check demineralized water tank level. If less than 50%, fill tank. To fill, close valve 1-23-242 and open valves 1-23-251, 1-23-258 and 1-23-239. After filling close valves 1-23-251, 1-23-258 and 1 239 and open 1-23-242.
| |
| B.1.15 Open nitrogen supply valves, 1-23-242 and 1-23-249.
| |
| Set regulator on nitrogen cylinder to 100 psig.
| |
| Check open the two regulater discharge valves.
| |
| 8.1.16 Check that tha demineralized water tank is pressurizen te 400 PSIG. Check open RV-PI-12368.
| |
| B.1.17 Open valve com demineralized water tank to sample system (1-Ze 244).
| |
| 8.1.18 Go to isolation valve control panel (IC1040) 8.1.18.1 Turn "All Close" switch HS 12371 to "0N" position
| |
| ['J')
| |
| 8.1.18.2 Open liquid return line to wetwell (H5 12364) 8.1.18.3 Open gas return line to suppression pool (HS 12361)
| |
| B.1.18.4 Open desired sample isolation valves (see list of valves below)
| |
| : a. Jet pump AP line (reactor water)-
| |
| HS12374.
| |
| : b. RHR pump A & C discharge-HS12360.
| |
| t
| |
| : c. RHR pump B & O discharge-HS12362.
| |
| B.1.19 If dissolved gas sample is required, open tracer gas tank valve and two supply valves. Set regulator on cylinder to give approximately 5 psig.
| |
| B.1.20 Go to Sample Station Control Panel. Adjust PCV-627 to get a 15 psi reading on the adjacent gauge.
| |
| O Page 3 of 9
| |
| | |
| l Att .. ' at B O-EP-IP-047 Revision C Page 8 of 17 B.1.21 Turn all control panel switches off.
| |
| 8.1.22 Using the key, turn the control panel power selector switch to "A".
| |
| 8.1.23 Turn the Liquid / Gas selector switch to Liquid.
| |
| 8.1.24 Turn Flush System Switch HC-628 I counterclockwise to position 6. Observe approximately I gpm flow per FI-664.
| |
| B.1.25 Turn HC-628-1 *.o off.
| |
| B.1.26 Orain the collector tank, trap and sump by turning switch HC-715-1 clockwise thru its eight positions.
| |
| ; Pause approximately 5 seconds at each position.
| |
| B.1.27 Turn the liquid sample source selector switch HC-626 to position 1 for a sample from the Jet Pump
| |
| 'T line or to position 5 for a sample from the RHR.
| |
| (Q B.1.28 Adjust PCV-627 to give 1 gpm flow indication on FI 664.
| |
| B.1.29 Flush for minimum times indicated below:
| |
| ~
| |
| Sample Minutes to Flush Jet Pump 5 RHR* 6 Record flow from FI-664 and flush duration.
| |
| *For suppression pool samples, the RHR system should be running in suppression pool cooling mode for at least 30 minutes before sampling.
| |
| O Page 4 of 9
| |
| .,,, w. , -g , --,
| |
| - - - - - _ - m -_ a , - , ,
| |
| | |
| O-Attachment B EP-IP-047 Revision C Page 9 of 17 8.1.30 If liquid sample is required perform following steps while bypass line is being flushed:
| |
| B.1.30.1 Slide out the lead shielding drawer on right side of sample cabinet to expose the s4mpling needles.
| |
| B.1.30.2 Inspect the needles with a mirror and flashlight. If needles are missing or bent, install new needles.
| |
| B.1.30.3 Remove the stopper from large volume cask.
| |
| B.1.30.4 Put a numbered sample bottle into the cask.
| |
| B.1.30.5 With the cask in the fully lowered position, roll the cask into position
| |
| (), under the sample station.
| |
| B.1.30.6 Use the hydraulic pump on the cask to start raising the cask into the bottom opening of the sample station. Stop pumping when the top cask ring is inside and the large volume cask is just touch.ing the bottom of the sample station.
| |
| B.I.30.7 Push down on the plunger on the cask to raise the sample bottle out of the cask and onto the needles. Verify that the
| |
| " Bottle In" lights opposite HC-601 on the control panel change from red to green.
| |
| B.1.31 If a dissolved gas sample is required, place an off gas vial into the gas vial positioner, slide the positioner into the gas port and lock it into -
| |
| place. Observe that the gas bottle status light '
| |
| changes from red to green.
| |
| B.1.32 After the bypass line flush is completed, turn switch HC-626 to position 2 for det Pump sample or 7'-
| |
| position 4 for RHR sample. -
| |
| Page 5 of 9
| |
| | |
| Attachment B EP-IP-047 Revision C Page 10 of 17 B.1.33 Adjust PCV-627 to obtain a flow of 0.3 gpm as indicatec on FI-664.
| |
| 8.1.34 Flush the sample if ne to the sampling valve for 5 minutes, recording flow per FI 664 and time.
| |
| 8.1.35 Record pressure per PI-661, temperature per TI-660, Conductivity per CI-663 and Radiation per RI-665.
| |
| B.1.36 Turn the Dissolved Gas and Liquid Sample System swit"h HC-601 to position 1 for 2-3 seconds and observe that P-701 starts and valve CV-622 rotates.
| |
| 8.1.37 Turn switch HC-601 to position 2 for 2-3 seconds, observe that P-601 starts.
| |
| B.1.38 Turn switch HC-601 to position 3 to isolate the sample and start the dissolved gas separation.
| |
| Leave in this position for approximately 10 seconds. Record sample time.
| |
| B.1.39 If dissolved gas sample is reTJired perform the following:
| |
| B.1.39.1 Turn HC-601 to position 4 to inject tracer gas into valve CV-615. Leave in this position for approximately 10 seconds. Record the tracer gas supply system pressure at the regulator.
| |
| B.1.39.2 Turn HC-601 to position 5 to put the tracer gas into the loop.
| |
| 8.1.39.3 Read the initial pressure of the-dissolved gas sample bottle at this time from PI-662 and record as Po on the DATA SHEET.
| |
| B.1.40 Turn HC-601 to position 6 and within 5 seconds turn to position 7.
| |
| 8.1.:1 Leave HC-601 in position 7 for approximately 10 seconds. Read pressure from PI-662 and record as P1 on Attachment 0, " Dissolved Gas Sample Data Sheet".
| |
| Page 6 of 9
| |
| 's
| |
| | |
| l Attachment B EP-IP-047 Revision C Page 11 of 17 B.1.42 Turn HC-601 to position 8. Within 5 seconds turn to position 9.
| |
| 8.1.43 Read pressure on PI-662 and record as P2.
| |
| B.1.44 Complete this step if a dissolved gas sample is required: Turn switch HC-652 to " Gas Sample" and hold it there while watching PI-662. After at least 10 seconds and w;.en PI-662 is very steady release HC-652. Turn HC-652 again to " Gas Sample" to verify the eoualized pressure. Record the steady PI-667. pressure as P3.
| |
| B.1.45 When a dissolved gas sample is not desired rotate switch HC-652 counterclockwise to the " Relieve Pressure" position and hold until pressure on PI-662 equalizes.
| |
| 8.1.46 If a large volume liquid sample is desired turn HC-s '601 to position 10. Push and hold HC-629-1 for at .
| |
| least-10 seconds. Then turn HC-601 to off.
| |
| 8.1.47 If a liquid sample was not desired, turn the switch HC-601 to the OFF position very quickly.
| |
| B.1.48 Lower the liquid sample bottle into the large cask by pulling up on the plunger handle. Do not turn plunger handle as twisting the bottle while it is on the needles will bend the needles.
| |
| B.1.49 Lower the cask on the cart by relieving the hydraulic oil pressure with the small petcock handle on the hydraulic cylinder.
| |
| , 8.1.50 Slide the lead shield drawer back into the l enclosure to cover the opening for the needles.
| |
| B.1.51 Roll the cask out from under the sample station and quickly put the lead pl into the top of the cask.
| |
| Do not lean over the tog the cask where there will be a column of radiation before the plug is inserted.
| |
| B.1.52 Carefully and slowly roll the cask away from the sample station.
| |
| Page 7 of 9
| |
| | |
| N Attachment 8 k'~s)
| |
| EP-IP-047 Revision C Page 12 of 17 8.1.53 Remove the Gas vial positioner from the sample enclosure and quickly insert the samolo bottle into the gas vial cask.
| |
| B.1.54 Put the gas vial positioner back into the port in the sample station.
| |
| B.1.55 Turn the flush system switch HC-628-1 to position 2 to flush with demineralized water. Observe that there is flow per FI-664.
| |
| B.1.56 After RI-665 shows radiation has di, creased significantly turn switch HC-628-1 to position 3 to flush the V-610 loop. Watch RI-665.
| |
| B.1.57 When the radiation reaches a minimum turn switch HC-628-1 to position 4 and flush the P-601 loop.
| |
| Watch RI-665.
| |
| y B.1.58 When the radiation reaches a minimum turn switch s/ HC-628-1 to position 5 and flush valve CV-615.
| |
| Watch RI-665. The valve volume is so small a change in RI-665 may not be observable.
| |
| B.1.59 Turn switch HC-628-1 to position 6 and flush the piping station. Flush for 5 minutes.
| |
| B.1.60 Turn switch HC-628-1 to position 7 for another flush of the CV-622 loop. Watch RI-665.
| |
| B.1.61 If RI-665 did not indicate an acceptable radiation level at any step of the operation, go back and repeat steps B.1.55 thru B.1.60.
| |
| B.1.62 If all sanipling is completed, turn HC-628-1 to "off", drain the collector tank V-715, trap T-717 and the sump by turning switch HC-715-1 clockwise through its eight positions. Pause approximately five (5) seconds at each position.
| |
| B.1.63 Secure the sample station and valve control panel IC1041. Notify the Control Room of this operation.
| |
| B.1.64 Return to the chemistry laboratory with the gas sample and notify the CCORDINATOR.
| |
| O Page 8 of 9 l
| |
| | |
| i
| |
| 'a Attachment B iP-IP-047 Revision C Page 13 of 17 B.1.65 Make appropriate arrangements for off-site shipment of !arge volume cask.
| |
| Oj .
| |
| 1 0
| |
| Page 9 of 9
| |
| | |
| O Attachment C EP-IP-047 Revision C Page 14 of 17 SAMPLE PREPARATION AND ANALYSIS CHECK C.1.0 Chemistry Personnel will:
| |
| C.1.1 Place the gas sample cask in the fume hood in the Sample Prep Room upon returning from the Sample Station.
| |
| C.I.2 Obtain an approximate contact dose rate for the sample.
| |
| C.1.3 Using the dose rate from Step C.1.2 and the following table as a guide, determine the approximate number of dilutions which will give a gas vial a contact dose rate of less than 0.5 mr/hr.
| |
| f' (8j Sample Vial 1 mi to 14.7 ml Otlution Oose Rate (mr/hr.) Oflutfors' required Factor
| |
| <0.5 count x, is 1 0.5 - 8 1 15.7 8-12 2 246 120-1900 3 3870 1900-30,000 4 6.1E4 30,000-500,000 5 9.54 x 10E5 500,000-7,000,000 6 1.50 x 10E7 l
| |
| l C.1.4 Bat i on the number of dilutions required, remove 1 ml of air from new labeled gas vials using a gas tight syringe.
| |
| C.1.5 Make successfre dilutions by transferring 1 ml aliquots of ges into the partially evacuated gas vials.
| |
| O Page 1 of 2 l
| |
| : 7. .
| |
| Attachment C EP-IP-047 Revision C Page 15 of 17 C.1.6 Circle the number of dilutions and record vial identifiertion and contact dose rate of final diluted sample C.I.7 Wrap the gas vial in clean plastic film and place
| |
| ; in a clean plastic bag.
| |
| C.1.8 Take the sample to the Low Level Radiochemistry Lab, remove from bag and wrap in a second piece of clear plastic film.
| |
| C.1.9 Take sample to Counting Room for analysis.
| |
| C.l.10 Perform a quantitative isotopic analysis on the sample, decay correcting to the time of sampling.
| |
| 'C.I 11 Record: count date, time, geometry, and activity of those isotopes listed on the Data Sheet.
| |
| y C.1.12 If gas measurements are desired, use a gas-tight .
| |
| s transfer syringe to inject 0.1 to 1.0 mi aliquot >
| |
| of the sample into the gas chromatograph.
| |
| C.1.12.1 Record gas concentrations.
| |
| C.1.13 Seal the septa on the original sample vial and all dilutions with a small dab of silicone grease and store in the lead brick cave in the Sample Prep Room.
| |
| {
| |
| O Page 2 of 2 m -- --
| |
| +~----rw--, -w-- , g - .y.
| |
| | |
| Attachment D
| |
| ]m<
| |
| EP-IP-047 Revision C OISSOLVED GAS SAMPLE DATA SHEET Ref. Step B.1.2.1 SAMPLE SOURCE TEAM MEMBERS 8.1.29 Flush flow gpm (FI-664) Flush duration minutes B.1.34 Flush flow gpm (FI-664) Flush duration minutes 8.1.35 Pressure PSIG (PI-661) Temperature F (TI-660)
| |
| Conductivity umho/cm (CI-663) Radiation mR/hr (RI-665)
| |
| B.1.38 Sample date/ time /
| |
| B.1.39 Tracer gas supply system pressure (Regulator)Po PSIA (PI-662) 8.1.41 P1 PSIA (PI-662) 8.1.43 P2 PSIA (PI-662)
| |
| B.1.44 P3 PSIA (PI-662)
| |
| C.1.6 Samole Original 011.1 011.2 011.3 011.4 011.5 011.6 Vial 10 011. factor 1 15.7 246 3870 6.1E4 9.5E5 1.5E7 Dose Rate 8/. (mrem /hr) ,
| |
| C.1.11 Count date/ time / Counted by Geometry Activity * (uCi/cc)
| |
| Isotooe at samole time *Not corrected for pressure Kr-85 Kr-85m Kr-87 Kr-88 Xe-133 Xe-135 ,
| |
| l T
| |
| C.1.12 GC analysis date/ time / By 0
| |
| O l Page 1 of 1 I
| |
| | |
| Attachment E - '
| |
| EP-IP-047 i Revision C '
| |
| {m J Page 17 of 17 PASS SAMPLE v'ALVE CV 4y CV LOCATIONS MAP d721 *719 Drwell ATMOS' l Sup'n Pool ADOS 10 ml '
| |
| X CV Gas Sample 720 p CV 2nd Cont ATMOS cy, -/ CV C7 has c 718 71g 711 712 CoJ1er Spare R$4 d --
| |
| ' Trap f y _ Iodine -- T717
| |
| ,Suo'n Pool ADf05 Cartridge g ,
| |
| P702 2nd Cone ATMOS CV701 V501 SpeminT h
| |
| CV Water 1 a CV -
| |
| CV -~
| |
| 651
| |
| -I 624 y" '
| |
| g
| |
| ~
| |
| y i A V662:
| |
| CV Gas Tracer Cas 625 652[ Colrectic RHR M CV Chamber Dissotfed 653h CV Gas Sample .615 CV 620
| |
| _,. Hold I Chamber Up Z' P601 CV 622 C U ~
| |
| 620 l 717 a a 626g 616 ga 629 3 : , -
| |
| 22 e g_. - --
| |
| u .,
| |
| C) N ; Ce h a:::
| |
| Page 1 of 1 X '
| |
| f ' ;',, _ N .,
| |
| l Sample 715 714 Box - ._
| |
| Sump
| |
| -}}
| |
